gmutils (24oct10)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@20183 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

16 files changed, 9049 insertions, 7174 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/gmutils/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/gmutils/README
index cacdb870aca..31572881e88 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/gmutils/README
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/gmutils/README
@@ -1,69 +1,69 @@
-The gmutils package
-is a work of Grzegorz `Natror' Murzynowski,
-<natror at o2 dot pl>
-
-   
-1. Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 by Grzegorz `Natror' Murzynowski
-
-This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. 
-See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
-for the details of that license.
-
-
-2. Introduction
-
-The gmutils.sty package provides some macros that are analogous to
-the standard LaTeX ones but extend their functionality, such as
-\@ifnextcat, \addtomacro or \begin(*). The others are just
-conveniences I like to use in all my TeX works, such as \afterfi, \pk
-or \cs.
-
-I wouldn't say they are only for the package writers but I assume
-some nonzero (La)TeX-awareness of the user.
-
-
-3. Installation
-
-Unpack the gmutils-tds.zip archive in some texmf directory or put the
-gmutils.sty somewhere in the texmf/tex/latex branch on your
-own. (Creating a /texmf/tex/latex/gm directory may be advisable if you
-consider using other packages written by me.)
-
-Then you should refresh your TeX distribution's files'
-database most probably.
-
-
-4. Contents
-
-The distribution of this package consists of the following three files and a TDS-compliant archive.
-
-gmutils.sty
-README
-gmutils.pdf
-gmutils-tds.zip
-
-5. Documentation
-
-The last of the above files (the .pdf) is a documentation compiled
-from the .sty file by running LaTeX on the gmutils.sty file twice:
-xelatex gmutils.sty
- in the directory you wish the documentation to be in, 
-you don't have copy the .sty file  there---TeX will find it,
-then MakeIndex on the gmutils.idx file, and then LaTeX
-on gmutilsDoc.tex once more.
-
-MakeIndex shell command:
-         makeindex -r gmutilsDoc
-The -r switch is to forbid MakeIndex make implicit ranges since the
-(code line) numbers will be hyperlinks
-
-Compiling of the documentation requires the packages: gmdoc
-(gmdoc.sty and gmdocc.cls), gmverb.sty, gmutils.sty and also some
-standard packages: hyperref.sty, xcolor.sty, geometry.sty,
-multicol.sty, lmodern.sty, fontenc.sty that should be installed
-on your computer by default.
-
-If you have not installed the mwart.cls class (available on CTAN in
-mwcls package), the result of your compilation may differ a bit from
-the .pdf provided in this .zip archive in formattings: If you have not
-installed mwart.cls, the standard article.cls will be used.
+The gmutils package

+is a work of Grzegorz `Natror' Murzynowski,

+<natror at o2 dot pl>

+

+   

+1. Copyright 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 by Grzegorz `Natror' Murzynowski

+

+This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License. 

+See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html

+for the details of that license.

+

+

+2. Introduction

+

+The gmutils.sty package provides some macros that are analogous to

+the standard LaTeX ones but extend their functionality, such as

+\@ifnextcat, \addtomacro or \begin(*). The others are just

+conveniences I like to use in all my TeX works, such as \afterfi, \pk

+or \cs.

+

+I wouldn't say they are only for the package writers but I assume

+some nonzero (La)TeX-awareness of the user.

+

+

+3. Installation

+

+Unpack the gmutils-tds.zip archive in some texmf directory or put the

+gmutils.sty somewhere in the texmf/tex/latex branch on your

+own. (Creating a /texmf/tex/latex/gm directory may be advisable if you

+consider using other packages written by me.)

+

+Then you should refresh your TeX distribution's files'

+database most probably.

+

+

+4. Contents

+

+The distribution of this package consists of the following three files and a TDS-compliant archive.

+

+gmutils.sty

+README

+gmutils.pdf

+gmutils-tds.zip

+

+5. Documentation

+

+The last of the above files (the .pdf) is a documentation compiled

+from the .sty file by running LaTeX on the gmutils.sty file twice:

+xelatex gmutils.sty

+ in the directory you wish the documentation to be in, 

+you don't have copy the .sty file  there---TeX will find it,

+then MakeIndex on the gmutils.idx file, and then LaTeX

+on gmutilsDoc.tex once more.

+

+MakeIndex shell command:

+         makeindex -r gmutilsDoc

+The -r switch is to forbid MakeIndex make implicit ranges since the

+(code line) numbers will be hyperlinks

+

+Compiling of the documentation requires the packages: gmdoc

+(gmdoc.sty and gmdocc.cls), gmverb.sty, gmutils.sty and also some

+standard packages: hyperref.sty, xcolor.sty, geometry.sty,

+multicol.sty, lmodern.sty, fontenc.sty that should be installed

+on your computer by default.

+

+If you have not installed the mwart.cls class (available on CTAN in

+mwcls package), the result of your compilation may differ a bit from

+the .pdf provided in this .zip archive in formattings: If you have not

+installed mwart.cls, the standard article.cls will be used.

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/gmutils/gmutils.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/gmutils/gmutils.pdf
index 5225b38e2c1..e84b4e33378 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/gmutils/gmutils.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/gmutils/gmutils.pdf
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmRCS.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmRCS.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..814896937b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmRCS.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmRCS.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `RCS')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmRCS}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993  (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+
+
+\def\ParseRCSVersion$Id%
+: #1.#2,v #3 #4 #5 #6 #7${%
+  \def\RCSFileName{#1}%
+  \def\RCSFileExt{#2}%
+  \def\RCSFile{#1.#2}%
+  \def\RCSVersion{#3}%
+  \def\RCSDate{#4}%
+  \def\RCSTime{#5}%
+  \def\RCSAuthor{#6}%
+}
+
+
+\def\defRCSeDatum
+#1% datum name
+#2% datum definition (basically |#|number)
+{%
+  \@namedef{eRCS#1}$Id%
+  : ##1.##2,v ##3 ##4 ##5 ##6 ##7${#2}%
+}
+
+\defRCSeDatum{File}{#1.#2} % |\eRCSFile|
+\defRCSeDatum{Version}{#3}% |\eRCSVersion|
+\defRCSeDatum{Date}{#4}% |\eRCSVDate|
+\defRCSeDatum{Time}{#5}% |\eRCSVTime|
+\defRCSeDatum{Author}{#6}% |\eRCSVAuthor|
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmRCS.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmampulex.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmampulex.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..432b2ee2201
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmampulex.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmampulex.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `ampulex')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmampulex}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 Ampulex Compressa-like modifier of macros (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+
+\RequirePackage{gmcommand}
+
+\DeclareCommand\ampulexlet\long
+{Q{\outer\long\global\protected}{} % (1)  (optional) prefix\:(es);
+  % allowed is any sequence of them in any order, just like for the
+  % original \TeX's \incmd\def.
+  T{\def\edef\gdef\xdef\pdef}{\def} % (2) (optional) kind of definition; if
+  % not specified, \incmd\def\ will be used.
+  m % (3)  macro to be let to,
+  m % (4) macro to provide the definition,
+  O{} % (5) \cs{def}'s parameters string; empty by default,
+  O{} % (6) definition body's parameters to be taken in a~one-step
+  % expansion of the redefined macro; empty by default; the
+  % undelimited parameters should be double-braced here.
+  m % (7) start token(s),
+  m % (8) end token(s)
+  m % (9) the replacement of |#7|, |#8| and whatever between them.
+}{%^^B
+  % \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/29}{added}
+  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/07}{made \pk{xparse}-ish and
+  %   \cs{ampulexset} removed}
+  % \chgs{2008/12/7 v0.98 first argument (the prefix) made of the
+  %   \env{Q} type}
+  % For the example of usage see \ref{ampulexset}. \HideDef
+  %
+  \long\def\gmu@ampulexlet@resa
+  ##1#7% we put |#7| as a delimiter
+  ##2#8% we put |#8| as a delimiter
+  ##3\gmu@AmpulexDelimiter{%
+    % We use a special (undefined) \CS  |\gmu@AmpulexDelimiter| as
+    % the final delimiter because standard \LaTeX's |\@nil| isn't
+    % probably a good idea since we
+    % want to ampulex deep \LaTeX's macros and other |\gmu@›…|
+    % macros too.
+    \gmu@ifempty{##3}%
+  }%
+  % Now |\gmu@ampulexlet@resa| is redefined to produce an open |\gmu@ifempty|
+  % depending on whether the start and end token(s) are found in the
+  % meaning of \inverb|#4|.
+  %
+  % Before we proceed, we deal with a difficulty with a special case
+  % when |#6| is “|#1|”, which occurs because of stripping braces of a
+  % single-brace argument.
+  \gmu@ifutokens{#6}{##1}%
+  {\def\ampulex@Args{{%
+          ####1}}%
+  }%
+  {\edef\ampulex@Args{\@nx\unexpanded{%
+        \unexpanded{#6}}}}%
+  \long  \def\gmu@ampulexlet@resc##1{%
+    \@xa\@xa\@xa\@xa      \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@ampulexlet@resa
+    \@xa\@xa\@xa#4%
+    \ampulex@Args
+    ##1% this parameter will be substituted with |#7#8| in
+       % line~\ref{resc1} and with emptiness in line~\ref{resc2}.
+    \gmu@AmpulexDelimiter
+  }%
+  %
+  \gmu@ampulexlet@resc{#7#8}%\label{resc1}   % ^^V   \gmu@ampulexlet@resb
+  % We've just applied the checker and it produces an open
+  % |\gmu@ifempty{⁄<some tokens>}|
+  %  if the delimiters are found in the meaning of |#4|
+  % so, if \<some tokens> are none, we issue a warning
+  {%
+    \PackageWarning{gmampulex}{%
+      \@nx#4 doesn't contain tokens
+      \detokenize{#7} nor \detokenize{#8}. You better check if this is
+      what you want to redefine.^^J%
+      \@nx#4 is^^J%
+      \meaning#4^^J%
+    }}%
+  % and we proceed if they are really some
+  {%
+  % We define a~temporary
+  % macro with the parameters delimited with the `start' and `end' parameters
+  % of \incs{ampulexdef}. It has to stand a double |\edef|.
+  \edef\gmu@ampulexlet@resa{%
+    \long\def\@nx\gmu@ampulexlet@resa
+    ####1\unexpanded{#7}%
+    ####2\unexpanded{#8}%
+    ####3\@nx\gmu@AmpulexDelimiter{%
+      \@nx\unexpanded{####1}%
+      % we drop the part between the |#7| and |#8| delimiters
+      % (including delimiters)
+      \unexpanded{\unexpanded{#9}}% we replace the part of the
+      % redefined macro's meaning with the replacement text.
+      \@nx\unexpanded{####3}%
+    }% of inner |\gmu@ampulexlet@resa|
+  }% of outer |\gmu@ampulexlet@resa|
+  \gmu@ampulexlet@resa
+  % Now |\gmu@ampulexlet@resa| carries the modifier of |#4|'s
+  % definition.
+  %
+  %
+\unless\ifx\czat#4%
+   \edef\gmu@ampulexlet@resb{% double definition for double hashes of expanded
+     % |\unexpanded{#1›…}|
+     #1#2%
+     \@nx#3\unexpanded{#5}{%
+       \gmu@ampulexlet@resc{}%\label{resc2}
+ % Here we are sure the tokens sequences
+ % |#7| and |#8| are in the one-level expansion of |#4| so we don't pass them
+ % as sentinels (which \ac{BTW} would totally spoil the redefinition, what it
+ % did indeed 2010/6/23).
+     }% of |#3|'s definition body
+   }% of inner |\gmu@ampulexlet@resb|
+   \gmu@ampulexlet@resb
+\else
+    \gmu@ifxany#2{\gdef\xdef}{\global}{}%
+    #1\edef#3#5{\gmu@ampulexlet@resc{}}%\label{resc2}
+\fi
+  }% of if the delimiters were found in the meaning.
+}% of |\ampulexlet|
+
+\DeclareCommand\ampulexdef\long{%
+  % \chgs{2010/04/22 v0.994 rewritten not to use the arguments 7–9
+  %   explicitly not to wrap them in a temporary macros, and to accept
+  %   single hashes (instead of quadruple) in arguments 5 and 6. The
+  %   temporary macros renamed
+  %   to \cmd\gmu@reserveda and \cmd\gmu@reservedb. The body moved to
+  %   \cmd\ampulexlet with adding another \CS argument to let let a
+  %   macro not necessarily redefine it itself and this command made a
+  %   particular case of that new one}
+#1  Q{\outer\long\global\protected}{} % (1) as |\ampulexlet|
+#2  T{\def\edef\gdef\xdef\pdef}{\def} % (2) ad |\ampulexlet|
+#3  m % (3)  macro to be redefined,
+#4  O{} % (4) as |\ampulexlet|'s |#5|,
+#5  O{} % (5) as |\ampulexlet|'s |#6|,
+#6  m % (6) start token(s),
+#7  m % (7) end token(s),
+#8  m % (8) the replacement
+}{%
+  \DCUse\ampulexlet{#1}{#2}{#3}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}%
+}
+
+
+
+\def\gmu@ENumLoop#1#2{% this is a~fully expandable loop generating |#2|${}-{}$|#1|
+  % space tokens (cf. The  % \eTeX\ Manual p.~9).
+  \ifnum#1<#2 %
+    \gmu@tempa
+    \@xa\gmu@ENumLoop
+    \@xa{\number\numexpr#1+1\@xa}%
+    \@xa{\number#2\@xa}%
+  \fi}% of |\gmu@hashes|.
+
+\long\def\defENumLoop
+#1% the loop macro's name
+#2% the replacement of |\gmu@tempa|
+{%
+  \ampulexlet#1\gmu@ENumLoop
+  [##1##2][{##1}{##2}]%
+  \gmu@tempa\@xa{#2\@xa}%
+  %
+  \ampulexdef#1%
+  [##1##2][{##1}{##2}]%
+  \gmu@ENumLoop\@xa{#1\@xa}%
+}
+
+\edef\GenericInfoToTerminal{%
+  \unexpanded{%
+    \@XA{\ampulexlet\protected\long\GenericInfo}\csname
+    GenericInfo \endcsname[#1#2][{#1}{#2}]%
+    \write\m@ne % we replace the token between these with:
+    {\write\ifnum\tracingonline>\z@ \@unused\else\m@ne\fi}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\ampulexdef\@starttoc[#1][#1]\makeatletter\@input{\makeatletter\NamedInput}
+
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmampulex.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmbase.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmbase.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9e0bba08753
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmbase.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,2724 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmbase.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `base')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmbase}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 some tricky low-level macros (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+
+\ifx\XeTeXversion\relax
+  \let\XeTeXversion\@undefined% If someone earlier used
+\fi
+
+\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
+\XeTeXinputencoding utf-8 % we use Unicode dashes later in this file.
+\fi% and if we are not in \XeTeX, we skip them thanks to \XeTeX-test.
+
+\let\@xa\expandafter
+\let\@nx\noexpand
+
+\def\@xanx{\@xa\@nx}
+
+\long\def\@xadef#1{\@xa\def\@xa#1\@xa}
+
+\long\def\@csn#1{\csname #1\endcsname}
+
+\long\def\Name#1#2{\@xa#1\csname #2\endcsname}
+
+\long\def\@xau#1{\unexpanded\@xa{#1}}
+
+\def\gmu@firstandspace#1{#1 }
+
+\long\def\strip@bslash#1{%
+  \gmu@ifempty{#1}{}{%
+    \gmu@if {cat}{\@nx~\@nx#1}% this is specially for an active
+    % backslash (have you ever met it?). Thanks to this special case
+    % the inner macro declared for an active |\| by |\DeclareCommand|
+    % is |\\\| not |\\csname\endcsname\|.
+    {\string#1}% if |#1| is active
+    {%
+      \@xa\@xa\@xa\ifnum\@xa\@xa\@xa\escapechar
+      \@xa\@xa\@xa=\@xa\@xa\@xa`\@xa\gmu@firstandspace
+      \string#1\else\string#1\fi
+    }% if |#1| is not active
+  }% of if |#1| not empty
+}
+
+
+
+\long\def\bslash@or@ac#1{%
+  \ifcat\@nx~\@nx#1%
+  \else
+    \bslash
+  \fi
+  \strip@bslash{#1}%
+}
+
+\long\def\@xanxcs#1{%
+  \ifcat\@nx~\@nx#1%
+    \@nx#1%
+  \else
+    \@xa\@nx\csname #1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+\long\def\@xaucs#1{%
+  \unexpanded\@xa\@xa\@xa{\csname #1\endcsname}%
+}
+
+\long\def\@xanxtri#1{%
+  \ifcat\@nx~\@nx#1%
+    \@nx#1%
+  \else
+    \@xa\@nx\csname \strip@bslash{#1}\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\pdef{\protected\def}
+
+\def\lpdef{\long\protected\def}
+\let\pldef\lpdef
+
+\def\pedef{\protected\edef}
+
+\def\pxdef{\protected\xdef}
+
+\long\def\gobble#1{}
+\let\@gobble\gobble
+\let\gobbletwo\@gobbletwo % it's a \LaTeX's |\long| macro (in File d:
+
+\long\def\@gobbleeight#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{}
+
+\long\pdef\provide#1{%\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{added}
+  \ifdefined#1% \UnDef
+    \ifx\relax#1\afterfifi{\def#1}%
+    \else\afterfifi{\gmu@gobdef}% \UnDef
+    \fi
+  \else\afterfi{\def#1}%
+  \fi}
+
+\long\def\gmu@gobdef#1#{% \UnDef
+  \def\gmu@tempa{}% it's a~junk |\def|-assignment
+  % to absorb possible prefixes.
+  \@gobble}
+
+\def\pprovide{\protected\provide}
+
+\long\def\@nameedef#1#2{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{added}
+  \@xa\edef\csname#1\endcsname{#2}}
+
+
+\pdef\gmu@DefSymbol#1{%
+  \unless\ifdefined#1%
+    \def#1{#1}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@if#1#2{%
+  \ifnum\strcmp{incsname}{\detokenize{#1}}=\z@
+    \@xa\@xa\@xa\ifincsname
+    \@gobble\fi % this |\fi| balances the conditional when false
+  \else
+    \csname if#1\@xa\endcsname
+  \fi
+  #2\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@notif#1#2{%
+  \gmu@if {#1}{#2}%
+  \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo
+}
+
+\def\gmu@ifsw #1{\gmu@if {#1}{}}
+\def\gmu@notsw #1{\gmu@notif {#1}{}}
+
+\long\def\gmu@unless #1#2{%
+  \ifnum\strcmp{incsname}{\detokenize{#1}}=\z@
+    \@xa\@xa\@xa\unless \@xa\@xa\@xa\ifincsname
+    \@gobble\fi % this |\fi| balances the conditional when it's not
+                % |\ifincsname|
+  \else
+    \@xa\unless \csname if#1\@xa\endcsname
+  \fi
+  #2\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi
+}
+
+
+\lpdef\@iwru@EC#1#2#3{%
+  \@iwrum{#1»{#2}« »#3«}%
+  \gmu@passbraced{#1{#2}}{#3}%
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@generalCASE
+#1% Testing macro (|\gmu@if| etc.
+#2% |#1| of the testing macro
+#3% |#2| of the testing macro
+#4% |#3| of the testing macro (what if test satisfied)\\
+{%
+  #1{#2}{#3}%
+  {%
+    \gmu@EatCases{#4}}{}%
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@EatCases
+#1%
+#2\gmu@ESAC
+{#1}
+
+\let\gmu@lastCASE\gmu@EatCases
+
+\def\gmu@CASE {\gmu@generalCASE \gmu@if }
+\def\gmu@CASEnot {\gmu@generalCASE \gmu@notif }
+\def\gmu@CASExany {\gmu@generalCASE \gmu@ifxany }
+\def\gmu@CASExnone {\gmu@generalCASE \gmu@ifxnone }
+
+\long\def\gmu@reserved@firstofmany#1#2\gmu&nil{#1}
+
+\long\def\ifsingletoken#1{% ^^V \gmu &nil % such a strange delimiter to
+                                % make it work both in letter and
+                                % other |@| scopes etc.\ (|&| seems to
+                                % me recatcoded rather seldom)
+  \ifnum \strcmp{\unexpanded{#1}}%
+    {\@xau{\gmu@reserved@firstofmany #1\blekotnizza@ \di \broccoli
+        \gmu&nil}%
+    }% of right text of |\strcmp|
+    =\z@
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@predetokstring #1{%
+  \gmu@if {num}
+  {%
+    % After a couple of hours of debug I reached the proper test which
+    % is given below. The goal is to (expandably!) check whether |#1|
+    % is braced and/or begins with a blank space. In any of those
+    % cases we don't hit it('s first token) with |\string|.
+    %
+    % |\@firstofone| strips outermost pair of braces if any and
+    % gobbles the lading blank(s) if any so the detokenised strings
+    % will differ.
+    \strcmp
+    {\detokenize{#1x}}%
+    {\detokenize\@xa{\@firstofone #1x}}=\z@
+  }% of test
+  {\@xa{\string#1}}
+  {{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+\long\def\ifstrings#1#2{%
+  \ifnum\strcmp
+  {\detokenize\gmu@predetokstring{#1x}}%
+  {\detokenize\gmu@predetokstring{#2x}}=\z@
+}
+
+
+\long\def\ifstribs#1#2{%
+  \ifnum\strcmp{\strip@bslash{#1}}{\strip@bslash{#2}}=\z@
+}
+
+
+\long\def\ifStrX#1#2{%
+  \gmu@CASEnot {x}{#1#2}%
+  {\iffalse}% if tokens are x-unequal, all is clear.
+  %
+  \gmu@CASEnot x {\@undefined#1}
+  {\iftrue}%
+  %
+  % some (i.e.\ \emph{both}) tokens are-x |\@undefined| or |\relax|,
+  % then
+  \gmu@CASE {strings}{#1#2}%
+    {\iftrue}%
+  %
+  \gmu@lastCASE
+  {\iffalse}%
+  \gmu@ESAC
+}
+
+\long\def\firstofone#1{#1}
+
+\long\def\bracefirstofone#1{{#1}}
+
+\long\pdef\scantwo#1#2{
+  \begingroup\endlinechar\m@ne
+  \@xa\endgroup\scantokens{#1#2}%
+}
+
+\long\def\@firstofthree#1#2#3{#1}
+\long\def\@secondofthree#1#2#3{#2}
+\long\def\@thirdofthree#1#2#3{#3}
+\long\def\@twoofthree#1#2#3{#1#2}
+\long\def\@secondoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#2}
+
+\long\def\@firstofmany#1#2\@nil{#1}
+
+\long\def\@secondofmany#1#2#3\@nil{#2}
+
+\long\def\@allbutfirstof#1#2\@nil{#2}
+
+
+
+
+\def\longafterfi{%
+  \long\def\afterfi##1##2\fi{\fi##1}}
+\longafterfi
+\long\def\afterfifi#1#2\fi#3\fi{\fi\fi#1}
+\long\def\afteriffifi#1#2\fi#3\fi{\fi#1}
+
+\long\def\afterififfififi#1#2\fi#3\fi#4\fi{\fi#1}
+\long\def\afteriffififi#1#2\fi#3\fi#4\fi{\fi\fi#1}
+\long\def\afterfififi#1#2\fi#3\fi#4\fi{\fi\fi\fi#1}
+
+
+\long\def\foone#1{\begingroup#1\relax\egfirstofone}
+\long\def\egfirstofone#1{\endgroup#1}
+
+\def\fooatletter{\foone\makeatletter}
+
+\newcommand*\@emptify[1]{\let#1=\@empty}
+\@ifdefinable\emptify{\let\emptify\@emptify}
+
+\newcommand*\g@emptify{\global\@emptify}
+\@ifdefinable\gemptify{\let\gemptify\g@emptify}
+
+\newcommand\@relaxen[1]{\let#1=\relax}
+\@ifdefinable\relaxen{\let\relaxen\@relaxen}
+
+\newcommand*\g@relaxen{\global\@relaxen}
+\@ifdefinable\grelaxen{\let\grelaxen\g@relaxen}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifempty#1{%\
+  \ifnum\strcmp{\detokenize{#1}}{}=\z@
+    \@xa\@firstoftwo
+  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnonempty#1#2#3{\gmu@ifempty{#1}{#3}{#2}}
+
+
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifexempty #1{%
+  \ifnum \strcmp{#1}{}=\z@
+    \@xa\@firstoftwo
+  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+
+\long\pdef\IfAmong#1\among#2{%\label{IfAmong}\
+  % \begin{enumargs}
+  % \item the token(s) whose presence we check,
+  % \item the list of tokens in which we search |#1|,
+  % \item the ‘if found’ stuff,
+  % \item the ‘if not found’ stuff.
+  % \end{enumargs}
+  % \chgs{2008/12/05 v0.98 split from \cs{IfAmong}}
+  %
+  \long\def\gmu@among@##1#1##2\gmu@among@{%
+    \gmu@ifempty{##2}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}%
+  \gmu@among@#2#1\gmu@among@}
+
+\newif\ifgmu@ifxquant
+\newtoks\gmu@ifxa@toks
+
+\long\pdef\gmu@ifxany
+#1% a single token to be |\ifx| ed with each of |#2|
+#2% counterpart to the above—a sequence of tokens to check |#1|
+{%
+  \gmu@ifempty{#2}{\@secondoftwo}{%
+    % we wrap the iteration over |#2|'s tokens in |\gmu@ifempty| because
+    % we expect many empty |#2|'s in |\DeclareCommand|'s |\loop|
+    % arguments (such as |Q| and |U|)
+    \gmu@ifxquantfalse
+    \let\gmu@ifxa@aasiter\@@gmu@ifxa@aasiter
+    %
+    \edef\gmu@ifxa@aas{% edef and unexpanded to protect agains
+      % |#|\cat6 token(s) in |#1|.
+      \unexpanded{%
+        \ifx #1\gmu@ifxa@token
+          \gmu@ifxquanttrue
+          \let\gmu@ifxa@aas\gmu@ifxa@drainer
+        \else
+          \ifx \gmu@ifxa@Limit\gmu@ifxa@token
+            \emptify \gmu@ifxa@aasiter
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \gmu@ifxa@aasiter
+      }%of |\unexpanded|
+    }% of |\gmu@ifxa@aas|
+    %
+    \gmu@ifxa@aasiter #2\gmu@ifxa@Limit
+    \gmu@if {gmu@ifxquant}{}%
+  }% of if |#2| nonempty
+}
+
+\def\gmu@ifxa@drainer{%
+  \ifx\gmu@ifxa@Limit\gmu@ifxa@token
+    \emptify\gmu@ifxa@aasiter
+  \fi
+  \gmu@ifxa@aasiter
+}
+
+\gmu@DefSymbol\gmu@ifxa@Limit
+
+\def\@@gmu@ifxa@aasiter{%
+  \afterassignment\gmu@ifxa@aas
+  \let\gmu@ifxa@token= }% thanks to this space it'll look also at
+
+\long\pdef\gmu@ifxnone
+#1% token to be checked against
+#2% list of tokens to \emph{not} find |#1| at
+{%
+  \gmu@ifxany{#1}{#2}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@foreach#1\gmu@foreach@delim#2{%
+  %
+  \long\def\gmu@forer##1{%
+    \gmu@if {strings} {\gmu@foreach@delim {##1}}%
+    {}% if we've met the delimiter, we stop.
+    {% otherwise we wrap |#1| in a macro to make it available to |#2|
+      \edefU\gmu@forarg{##1}%
+      #2% we execute |#2| and probably continue iteration (unless the
+        % loop isn't broken with the next macro).
+      \gmu@forer
+    }%
+  }% of forer.
+  \gmu@forer#1\gmu@foreach@delim
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@foreach@break
+#1\gmu@foreach@delim{}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifsXXany
+#1% kind of test (|strings| or |stribs| so far)
+#2% token to be checked against |#3|
+#3% the list of tokens to be iterated over\\
+{%
+  \gmu@ifsXXany@{#1}{#2}#3\gmu@ifsXXany@end
+  \@firstoftwo\@secondoftwo
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifsXXany@
+#1% kind of test
+#2% left side of comparison
+#3% right side of comparison
+{%
+  \gmu@if {#1}{#2#3}%
+  \gmu@ifsXXany@found
+  {% else
+    \gmu@if {#1}{#3\gmu@ifsXXany@end}%
+    \@secondoftwo
+    {\gmu@ifsXXany@{#1}{#2}}% if we didn't meet the sentinel, we iterate
+  }%
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifsXXany@found
+#1\gmu@ifsXXany@end
+{\@firstoftwo}
+
+\def\gmu@ifstrany{\gmu@ifsXXany {strings}}
+
+\def\gmu@ifsbany{\gmu@ifsXXany {stribs}}
+
+\def\gmu@ifStrXany{\gmu@ifsXXany {StrX}}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifstrnone#1#2#3#4{%
+  \gmu@ifstrany{#1}{#2}{#4}{#3}%
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifsbnone#1#2#3#4{%
+  \gmu@ifsbany{#1}{#2}{#4}{#3}%
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifStrXnone#1#2#3#4{%
+  \gmu@ifStrXany{#1}{#2}{#4}{#3}%
+}
+
+\lpdef\gmu@CASEstrany {\gmu@generalCASE \gmu@ifstrany }
+
+\lpdef\gmu@CASEstrnone {\gmu@generalCASE \gmu@ifstrnone }
+
+\lpdef\gmu@CASEsbany {\gmu@generalCASE \gmu@ifsbany }
+
+\lpdef\gmu@CASEsbnone {\gmu@generalCASE \gmu@ifsbnone }
+
+
+\newtoks\degroup@toks
+
+\long\pdef\gmu@degroup
+#1% text to be degrouped
+{\degroup@toks={}%
+  \gmu@degroup@iter#1\gmu@degroup@end
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@degroup@afterlet{%
+  \gmu@if x{\degroup@lettoken\bgroup}%
+  {\degroup@drainanditer}%
+  {\gmu@if x{\degroup@lettoken\egroup}%
+    {\degroup@drainanditer}%
+    {\degroup@addanditer}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\def\gmu@degroup@iter{%
+  \futurelet\degroup@lettoken\gmu@degroup@afterlet}
+
+\def\degroup@drainanditer{%
+  \afterassignment\gmu@degroup@iter
+  \let\gmu@drain=
+}
+
+\def\degroup@addanditer{%
+  \gmu@if x{\degroup@lettoken\gmu@letspace}%
+  {\addtotoks\degroup@toks{ }%
+    \degroup@drainanditer
+  }{%
+    \degroup@addanditer@i
+  }%
+}
+
+\long\def\degroup@addanditer@i
+#1{%
+  \gmu@if {strings}{#1\gmu@degroup@end}%
+  {}% we've reached the end of iteration
+  {% it's sth.\ to add
+    \addtotoks\degroup@toks{#1}%
+    \gmu@degroup@iter
+  }%
+}
+
+\pdef\IfIntersect
+{\gmu@ifintersect \gmu@ifxany}
+
+\lpdef\gmu@ifintersect
+#1% an iterating test (|\gmu@ifxany|, |\gmu@ifstrany| or
+#2% one list to match
+#3% another list to match
+{%
+  \let\IfIntersect@next\@secondoftwo
+  \gmu@foreach #2\gmu@foreach@delim{%
+    \@xa #1\gmu@forarg{#3}%
+    {\let\IfIntersect@next\@firstoftwo
+      \gmu@foreach@break
+    }{}%
+  }% of |\gmu@foreach|'s |#2|.
+  \IfIntersect@next
+}
+
+\pdef\gmu@ifstrintersect
+{\gmu@ifintersect\gmu@ifstrany}
+
+\pdef\gmu@ifsbintersect
+{\gmu@ifintersect\gmu@ifsbany}
+
+
+\newtoks\@XAtoks
+
+\long\pdef\@XA#1{%
+  \@XAtoks={#1}%
+  \@xa\the\@xa\@XAtoks}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifinmeaning#1\of#2{% \
+  % \begin{enumargs}
+  % \item the token(s) whose presence we check,
+  % \item the macro in whose meaning we search |#1| (the first token of
+  %   this argument is expanded one level with |\expandafter|),
+  % \item the `if found' stuff,
+  % \item the `if not found' stuff.
+  % \end{enumargs}
+  %
+  % \chgs{2007/11/06 v0.98 (in \pk{gmdoc}) made more elegant:
+  % \cs{if} changed to \cs{ifx} made four parameters and not expanding
+  % to an open \cs{if›(true⁄|false›)}. % ^^A |
+  % Also renamed from \cs{@ifismember}}
+  % \chgs{2008/12/05 v0.98 moved here from \pk{gmdoc} and rewritten,
+  % including split to \cs{IfAmong} because the latter is needed in
+  % \cs{DeclareCommand}}
+  %
+  \@XA{\IfAmong#1\among}\@xa{#2}}
+
+\gmu@DefSymbol\defNoHash
+\gmu@DefSymbol\defHashy
+\gmu@DefSymbol\boolean
+\gmu@DefSymbol\edim
+
+\def\gmu@geteschar{%
+  % A macro that edefines detokenised char of the charcode |\escapechar|
+  \edef\gmu@xiieschar{%
+    \gmu@CASE {num} {\escapechar <\z@}
+    {}%
+    %
+    \gmu@CASE {num}{\escapechar <32 }
+    {\@xa \@firstofmany \string \blekotnizza\@nil}% not firstthreeofmany!!!!
+    %
+    \gmu@CASE {num} {\escapechar=32 }
+    { }% space cannot be “first of…”.
+    \gmu@lastCASE
+    {\@xa \@firstofmany \string \blekotnizza \@nil}%
+    \gmu@ESAC
+  }%
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@IfBooleanMacro#1{%
+  \gmu@ifedetokens{\meaning#1}{macro:->true}%
+  {\@firstoftwo}%
+  {\gmu@ifedetokens{\meaning#1}{macro:->false}%
+    {\@firstoftwo}%
+    {\@secondoftwo}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\pdef\IfIs
+#1% a \CS
+#2% |\dimen|, |\long|, |\toks|, |\skip|, |\count|, |\dimexpr|,
+  % |\numexpr|, |\glueexpr|, |\newif| for |\iffalse| and |\iftrue|,
+  % |\if| or |\conditional| for any Boolean test/switch, |\def| for a
+  % macro.
+  %
+  % This test tells us in particular what kind of assignment may be
+  % applied to |#1|. Therefore it turns true for |#1| being e.g.\ primitive
+  % \TeX's  skip registers and |#2|==|\skip|.
+{%
+  \PackageInfo{gmbase}{^^J%
+    Checking whether ***\string#1*** is a ***\string #2***^^J
+    If the next message you get is an error^^J%
+    ***missing number treated as  0***,^^J
+    then it's probably not^^J}%
+  \@tempswafalse
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE x{\defNoHash#2}%
+  {% case “def no hash” (hashless macro)
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \edef\gmu@IfIs@resa{%
+      \pdef\@nx\gmu@IfIs@resa
+      ####1\detokenize{macro:->}%
+      ####2\@nx\@nil{\@ifnonempty{####2}}%
+      % And we prepare applying thus defined macro to |#1|:
+      \unexpanded{\@xa\gmu@IfIs@resa\meaning#1}%
+      \detokenize{macro:->}\@nx\@nil
+    }% of |\edef|
+  }% of case hasless macro (“def no hash”)
+  %
+  % if not hashless
+  \gmu@CASE x {\defHashy#2}%
+  {%
+    % case hashy macro
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \edef\gmu@IfIs@resa{%
+      \pdef\@nx\gmu@IfIs@resa
+      ####1\detokenize{macro:}####2\xiihash1####3->%
+      ####4\@nx\@nil{\@ifnonempty{####4}}%
+      % And we prepare applying thus defined macro to |#1|:
+      \unexpanded{\@xa\gmu@IfIs@resa\meaning#1}%
+      \detokenize{macro:}\xiihash1->\@nx\@nil
+    }% of |\edef|
+  }% of case hashy macro
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE x {#2\boolean}
+  {% case Boolean
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \def\gmu@IfIs@resa{\gmu@IfBooleanMacro#1}%
+    %
+  }% of case Boolean
+  %
+  \gmu@CASEstrany #2{\dimexpr \numexpr \glueexpr \edim}%
+  {%  case \eTeX\ expression
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \def\gmu@IfIs@resa{% if should be a macro expanding to
+      % expression contents
+      \IfIsExpression #1#2}%
+  }% of case expression
+  %
+  % The subsequent part of this huge test refers to |\meaning|s. We
+  % want to make it robust to possible (although rather seldom)
+  % changes of |\escapechar|. Therefore define an aux macro that
+  % expands to detokenised escape char.
+  %
+  % Assume that letters, icluding »e«, will not be used as the escape
+  % char:
+  \gmu@geteschar
+  %
+  % Now |\gmu@xiieschar| carries the detokenised escape char (is empty
+  % if |\escapechar|${}<0$).
+  %
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE x {\dimen#2}%
+  {% Case dimen. Let's check if it's special (inner \TeX's)
+    % or normal.
+    \gmu@ifxany#1{\prevdepth \pagegoal \pagetotal \pagestretch
+      \pagefilstretch \pagefillstretch \pagefilllstretch
+      \pageshrink \pagedepth
+      \hfuzz \vfuzz \overfullrule \emergencystretch \hsize \vsize
+      \maxdepth \splitmaxdepth \boxmaxdepth \lineskiplimit
+      \delimitershortfall \nulldelimiterspace \scriptspace
+      \mathsurround \predisplaysize \displaywidth
+      \displayindent \parindent \hangindent \hoffset \voffset
+    }%
+    {\@tempswatrue\let\gmu@IfIs@resa\@firstoftwo}%
+    {% subcase normal dimen
+      \def\gmu@IfIs@resa{%
+        \gmu@ifexempty {\gmu@xiieschar}%
+        {%
+          \pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4####5####6\@nil{%
+            \gmu@if {}
+            {1%
+              \if d####1\else0\fi
+              \if i####2\else0\fi
+              \if m####3\else0\fi
+              \if e####4\else0\fi
+              \if n####5\else0\fi
+              1}%
+          }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+        }% …if eschar negative
+        {%
+          \pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4####5####6####7\@nil{%
+            \gmu@if {} {1%
+              \if \gmu@xiieschar ####1\else0\fi
+              \if d####2\else0\fi
+              \if i####3\else0\fi
+              \if m####4\else0\fi
+              \if e####5\else0\fi
+              \if n####6\else0\fi
+              1%
+            }%
+          }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+        }% …when eschar nonnegative
+      }% of outer |\gmu@IfIs@resa|
+    }% of if special dimen or not
+  }% of case dimen
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE x {\count#2}%
+  {% case count
+    \gmu@ifxany#1{\spacefactor \prevgraf \deadcycles
+      \insertpenalties
+      \pretolerance \tolerance \hbadness \vbadness \linepenalty
+      \hyphenpenalty \exhyphenpenalty \binoppenalty \relpenalty
+      \clubpenalty \widowpenalty \displaywidowpenalty
+      \brokenpenalty \predisplaypenalty \postdisplaypenalty
+      \interlinepenalty \floatingpenalty \outputpenalty
+      \doublehyphendemerits \finalhyphendemerits \adjdemerits
+      \looseness \pausing \holdinginserts \tracingonline
+      \tracingmacros \tracingstats \tracingparagraphs
+      \tracingpages \tracingoutput \tracinglostchars
+      \tracingcommands \tracingrestores \language \uchyph
+      \lefthyphenmin \righthyphenmin \globaldefs
+      \defaulthyphenchar \defaultskewchar \escapechar \endlinechar
+      \newlinechar \maxdeadcycles \hangafter \fam \mag
+      \delimiterfactor \time \day \month \year \showboxbreadth
+      \showboxdepth \errorcontextlines
+      \lastlinefit
+    }%
+    {% if special count register then:
+      \@tempswatrue\let\gmu@IfIs@resa\@firstoftwo}%
+    {%
+      % if normal count register then
+      \def\gmu@IfIs@resa{%
+        \gmu@ifexempty \gmu@xiieschar
+        {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4####5####6\@nil{%
+            \gmu@if {} {1%
+              \if c####1\else0\fi
+              \if o####2\else0\fi
+              \if u####3\else0\fi
+              \if n####4\else0\fi
+              \if t####5\else0\fi
+              1%
+            }% of test
+          }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+        }% … when eschar is negative
+        %
+        {% eschar not empty (nonnegative)
+          \pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4####5####6####7\@nil{%
+            \gmu@if {} {1%
+              \if \gmu@xiieschar####1\else0\fi
+              \if c####2\else0\fi
+              \if o####3\else0\fi
+              \if u####4\else0\fi
+              \if n####5\else0\fi
+              \if t####6\else0\fi
+              1%
+            }% of test
+          }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+        }% … when eschar nonnegative
+      }% of outer |\gmu@IfIs@resa|
+    }% of if normal count register
+  }% of case count
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE x {\skip#2}%
+  {% case skip
+    \gmu@ifxany#1{%
+      \baselineskip \lineskip \parskip \abovedisplayskip
+      \abovedisplayshortskip \belowdisplayskip
+      \belowdisplayshortskip \leftskip \rightskip \topskip
+      \splittopskip \tabskip \spaceskip \xspaceskip \parfillskip
+    }%
+    {% if special skip
+      \@tempswatrue\let\gmu@IfIs@resa\@firstoftwo}%
+    {% not special skip
+      \def\gmu@IfIs@resa{%
+        \gmu@ifexempty \gmu@xiieschar
+        {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4####5\@nil{%
+            \gmu@if {} {1%
+              \if s####1\else0\fi
+              \if k####2\else0\fi
+              \if i####3\else0\fi
+              \if p####4\else0\fi
+              1%
+            }%
+          }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+        }% …when eschar nonnegative
+        %
+        {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4####5####6\@nil{%
+            \gmu@if {} {1%
+              \if \gmu@xiieschar ####1\else0\fi
+              \if s####2\else0\fi
+              \if k####3\else0\fi
+              \if i####4\else0\fi
+              \if p####5\else0\fi
+              1%
+            }%
+          }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+        }% …when eschar nonnegative
+      }% of outer |\gmu@IfIs@resa|
+    }% of if skip but not special
+  }% of case skip
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE x {\toks#2}
+  {% case toks
+    \gmu@ifxany#1{%
+      \output \everypar \everymath \everydisplay \everyhbox
+      \everyvbox \everyjob \everycr \errhelp \everyeof}%
+    {% subcase special toks
+      \@tempswatrue\let\gmu@IfIs@resa\@firstoftwo}%
+    {% subcase normal toks
+      \def\gmu@IfIs@resa{%
+        \gmu@ifexempty \gmu@xiieschar
+        {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4####5\@nil{%
+            \gmu@if {} {1%
+              \if t####1\else0\fi
+              \if o####2\else0\fi
+              \if k####3\else0\fi
+              \if s####4\else0\fi
+              1%
+              }%
+            }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+          }% …when eschar negative
+        {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4####5####6\@nil{%
+            \gmu@if {} {1%
+              \if \gmu@xiieschar ####1\else0\fi
+              \if t####2\else0\fi
+              \if o####3\else0\fi
+              \if k####4\else0\fi
+              \if s####5\else0\fi
+              1%
+              }%
+            }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+          }% …when eschar nonnegative
+      }% of outer |\gmu@IfIs@resa|
+    }% of if toks but not special
+  }% of case toks
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE x {\long#2}%
+  % if a macro is |\long|, then these detokens open its meaning
+  % despite of possible |\outer|.
+  {% case long macro
+    \def\gmu@IfIs@resa{%
+      \gmu@ifexempty \gmu@xiieschar
+      {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4####5\@nil{%
+          \gmu@if {} {1%
+            \if l####1\else0\fi
+            \if o####2\else0\fi
+            \if n####3\else0\fi
+            \if g####4\else0\fi
+            1%
+          }%
+        }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+      }% …when eschar negative
+      {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4####5####6\@nil{%
+          \gmu@if {} {1%
+            \ifnum \gmu@xiieschar ####1\else0\fi
+            \if l####2\else0\fi
+            \if o####3\else0\fi
+            \if n####4\else0\fi
+            \if g####5\else0\fi
+            1%
+          }%
+        }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+      }% …when eschar nonnegative
+    }% of outer |\gmu@IfIs@resa|
+  }% of case |\long|
+  % Note that we also can put here a test whether the meaning
+  % begins with |macro| which would mean that a macro is
+  % short.
+  \gmu@CASE x {\newif#2}%
+  {% case |\newif| (Boolean switch)
+    \def\gmu@IfIs@resa{%
+      \gmu@ifexempty \gmu@xiieschar
+      {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3%
+        ####4####5####6####7####8\@nil{%
+          \gmu@unless {} {0% lazy disjunction
+            \gmu@if {} {1% lazy conjunction
+              \if i####1\else0\fi
+              \if f####2\else0\fi
+              \if f####3\else0\fi
+              \if a####4\else0\fi
+              \if l####5\else0\fi
+              \if s####6\else0\fi
+              \if e####7\else0\fi
+              1%
+            }%
+            {}{0}%
+            \gmu@if {} {1% lazy conjunction
+              \if i####1\else0\fi
+              \if f####2\else0\fi
+              \if t####3\else0\fi
+              \if r####4\else0\fi
+              \if u####5\else0\fi
+              \if e####6\else0\fi
+              \if \relax####7\else0\fi
+              1%
+            }%
+            {}{0}%
+            0%
+          }%
+        }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+      }% …when eschar nonnegative
+      %
+      {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3%
+        ####4####5####6####7####8####9\@nil{%
+          \gmu@unless {} {0%
+            \gmu@if {} {1%
+              \if \gmu@xiieschar ####1\else0\fi
+              \if i####2\else0\fi
+              \if f####3\else0\fi
+              \if f####4\else0\fi
+              \if a####5\else0\fi
+              \if l####6\else0\fi
+              \if s####7\else0\fi
+              \if e####8\else0\fi
+              1%
+            }%
+            {}{0}%
+            \gmu@if {} {1%
+              \if \gmu@xiieschar ####1\else0\fi
+              \if i####2\else0\fi
+              \if f####3\else0\fi
+              \if t####4\else0\fi
+              \if r####5\else0\fi
+              \if u####6\else0\fi
+              \if e####7\else0\fi
+              \if \relax####8\else0\fi
+              1%
+            }%
+            {}{0}%
+            0%
+          }%
+        }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+      }% …when eschar nonnegative
+    }% of outer |\gmu@IfIs@resa|
+  }% of case |\newif| (Boolean switch)
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE {x\@xa\@xa} {\csname if\endcsname#2}%
+  {%  case |\if| test
+    \def\gmu@IfIs@resa{%
+      \gmu@ifexempty \gmu@xiieschar
+      {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3\@nil{%
+          \gmu@if {} {1%
+            \if i####1\else0\fi
+            \if f####2\else0\fi
+            1%
+          }%
+        }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+      }% …when eschar negative
+      %
+      {\pdef\gmu@IfIs@resa####1####2####3####4\@nil{%
+          \gmu@if {} {1%
+            \if \gmu@xiieschar ####1\else0\fi
+            \if i####2\else0\fi
+            \if f####3\else0\fi
+            1%
+          }%
+        }% of inner |\gmu@IfIs@resa|…
+      }% …when eschar nonnegative
+    }% of outer |\gmu@IfIs@resa|
+  }% of case |\if|
+  %
+  \gmu@lastCASE %^^A >>>>> ??????
+  {false}{}{}%
+  \gmu@ESAC
+  % For the cases 1–$n$ we just launch their auxiliary macro:
+  \if@tempswa
+    \@xa\gmu@IfIs@resa
+  \else
+  %
+  % For the other cases their auxiliary macro defines “inner |@resa|”
+  % (protected) which perform the test on the meaning of |#1|.
+      \gmu@IfIs@resa
+      %
+      % now (new) |\gmu@IfIs@resa| it's defined as delimited
+      % with |#2| and |\@nil| (if |#1| may be one of kinds checked letter
+      % by letter).
+      %
+      \edef\gmu@IfIs@resb{%
+      \gmu@IfIs@resa\meaning#1%
+      \relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax %to provide
+      % something for gobbling tests.
+      \@xa\detokenize\@xa{\string#2}\@nx\@nil}%
+    \@xa\gmu@IfIs@resb
+  \fi
+}% of |\IfIs|
+
+\unless\ifdefined\@tempskipa\newskip\@tempskipa\fi
+\unless\ifdefined\@tempmuskipa\newmuskip\@tempmuskipa\fi
+
+\long\def\IfIsExpression
+#1% the stuff to be examined
+#2% |\dimexpr|, |\glueexpr|, |\numexpr| or |\muexpr| or |\edim| (added
+{%
+  \ifx#2\numexpr\let\next\@tempcnta\fi
+  \ifx#2\glueexpr\let\next\@tempskipa\fi
+  \ifx#2\dimexpr\let\next\@tempdima\fi
+  \ifx#2\muexpr\let\next\@tempmuskipa\fi
+  \gmu@if {strings} {#2\edim} % in case of special (not necessarily
+                              % defined) \CS\ |\edim| we gobble the
+                              % |=\edim| tokens and put |\dimexpr|
+                              % before the tested token.
+  {\def\next##1##2{\@tempdima=\dimexpr}}{}%
+  \afterassignment\gmu@testtopenalty
+  \next=#2#1\penalty
+}
+
+\def\gmu@testtopenalty#1\penalty{%
+  \gmu@ifempty{#1}}
+
+\pdef\newgif#1{%
+  {\escapechar\m@ne
+    \global\let#1\iffalse
+    \@gif#1\iftrue
+    \@gif#1\iffalse
+  }}
+\def\@gif#1#2{%
+  \protected\@xa\gdef\csname\@xa\@gobbletwo\string#1%
+  g% the letter $g$ for `|\global|'.
+  \@xa\@gobbletwo\string#2\endcsname
+  {\global\let#1#2}}
+
+\pdef\newif#1{% We not only make \incs{newif}
+  % \incs{protected} but also make it to define \cs{protected}
+  % assignments so that premature expansion doesn't affect
+  % \inverb|\if…\fi| nesting.
+ % \changes{v0.92}{2008/08/09}{added redefinition so that now
+ % switches defined with it are \cs{protected} so they won't expand to
+ % a~further expanding or unbalanced \cs{iftrue/false} in an \cs{edef}}
+  \count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne
+  \let#1\iffalse
+  \@if#1\iftrue
+  \@if#1\iffalse
+  \escapechar\count@}
+
+\def\@if#1#2{%
+  \protected \@xa\def\csname\@xa\@gobbletwo\string#1%
+  \@xa\@gobbletwo\string#2\endcsname
+  {\let#1#2}}
+
+\pdef\hidden@iffalse{\iffalse}
+\pdef\hidden@iftrue{\iftrue}
+
+
+\pdef\grefstepcounter#1{%
+  {\let\protected@edef=\protected@xdef\refstepcounter{#1}}}
+
+\pdef\hgrefstepcounter#1{%
+  \ifhmode\leavevmode\fi\grefstepcounter{#1}}
+
+
+\pdef\hunskip{\ifhmode\unskip\fi}
+
+
+\def\glet{\global\let}
+
+
+\lpdef\addtomacro
+#1% macro (has to be parameterless)
+#2% stuff to be added
+{\edef #1{\@xau #1\unexpanded{#2}}}
+
+\pdef\gaddtomacro{\global\addtomacro}
+
+\long\def\prependtomacro#1#2{% \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/15}{order of
+  % arguments reversed}
+  \edef#1{\unexpanded{#2}\@xa\unexpanded\@xa{#1}}}
+
+\lpdef\addtotoks#1#2{%
+  #1=\@xa{\the#1#2}}
+
+\lpdef\prependtotoks#1#2{%
+  \iffalse {\fi % hack to balance braces in definition
+    \@XA{%
+      #1=\bgroup#2%
+    }\the#1}% actually this brace closes the text opened by |\bgroup|.
+}
+
+\long\def\addto@forlist
+#1% a comma-separated list
+#2% the element(s) added
+{\ifx#1\@empty
+    \@xa\@gobble
+  \else\@xa\@firstofone
+  \fi
+  {\addtomacro#1{,}}%
+  \addtomacro#1{#2}%
+}
+
+\lpdef\eaddtomacro
+#1% a macro
+#2% stuff to be added (will be fully expanded)
+{\edef#1{\@xau#1#2}}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifundefined #1{% not |\protected| because expandable.
+  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/9/12}{added. All \cs{@ifundefined}s used by
+  % me changed to this}
+  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/03}{made robust to unbalanced \cs{if}s and
+  % \cs{fi}s the same way as \LaTeX's \cs{@ifundefined} (after a~heavy
+  % debug :-)}
+  %
+  \gmu@CASEnot {csname} {#1\endcsname}% defined…
+  {\@firstoftwo}%
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE  {x\@xa\@xa} {\csname #1\endcsname\relax}% but only as |\relax|---then
+  % 2nd argument.
+  {\@firstoftwo}%
+  \gmu@lastCASE
+  {\@secondoftwo}%
+  \gmu@ESAC
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifdefined #1#2#3{%
+  \gmu@ifundefined {#1}{#3}{#2}}
+
+
+\long\def \gmu@ifCSdefined#1{%
+  \gmu@CASEnot {defined} {#1}
+  {\@secondoftwo}%
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE x {\relax #1}
+  {\@secondoftwo}%
+  %
+  \gmu@EatCases
+  {\@firstoftwo}%
+  \gmu@ESAC
+}
+
+\long\def\CSNameIf
+#1% the name to check and probably execute
+{%
+  \ifcsname #1\endcsname
+    \@xa\@twoofthree
+  \else\@xa\@thirdofthree
+  \fi
+  {\csname #1\endcsname}%
+}
+
+\foone{\catcode`\_=8 }
+{\let\subs=_}
+
+\foone{\catcode`\^=7 }
+{\let\sups=^}
+
+\foone{\@makeother\_}
+{\def\xiiunder{_}}
+
+\let\all@unders\xiiunder
+\foone{\catcode`\_=8 }
+{\addtomacro\all@unders{_}}
+\foone{\catcode`\_=11 }
+{\addtomacro\all@unders{_}}
+\foone{\catcode`\_=13 }
+{\addtomacro\all@unders{_}}
+
+\foone{\@makeother\^^M}{\def\xiiM{
+  }}% \chgs{2010/03/16 v0.992 added}
+
+\def\all@stars{*}
+\foone{\catcode`\*=11 }
+{\addtomacro\all@stars{*}}
+\foone{\catcode`\*=13 }
+{\addtomacro\all@stars{*}}
+
+\def\all@spaces{ }
+\foone{\@makeother\ }{%
+\addtomacro\all@spaces{ }%
+}
+\foone{\obeyspaces}{%
+\addtomacro\all@spaces{ }%
+}
+
+\foone\obeylines{%
+  \def\two@Ms{
+  }}
+\foone{\@makeother\^^M}{%
+  \addtomacro\two@Ms{
+  }}
+
+\edef\spaces@and@Ms{\@xau{\all@spaces}\@xau{\two@Ms}}
+
+\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
+  \chardef\_="005F
+\fi
+
+\foone{\@makeother\`}%
+{\def\backquote{`}}
+
+\foone{\catcode`\[=1 \@makeother\{
+  \catcode`\]=2 \@makeother\}}%
+[%
+  \def\xiilbrace[{]%
+  \def\xiirbrace[}]%
+]% of |\firstofone|
+
+
+\foone{\catcode`\_=\active}
+{%
+  \pdef\smartunder{%
+    \catcode`\_=\active
+    \def_{%
+      \ifincsname\xiiunder
+      \else
+        \ifmmode\subs
+        \else\_%
+        \fi
+      \fi}}}% We define it as \inverb|\_| not just as
+\foone{\catcode`\!=0
+  \@makeother\\}
+{!newcommand*!xiibackslash{\}}
+
+\let\bslash=\xiibackslash
+
+\foone{\@makeother\%}
+{\def\xiipercent{%}}
+
+\foone{\@makeother\&}%
+{\def\xiiand{&}}
+
+\foone{\@makeother\ }%
+{\def\xiispace{ }}
+
+\foone{\@makeother\#}%
+{\def\xiihash{#}}
+
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \ifdefined\xxt@visiblespace
+    \let\visiblespace\xxt@visiblespace
+    \def\xxt@visiblespace@fallback{{%
+        \fontspec{Latin Modern Mono}\textvisiblespace}}%
+  \else
+    \let\visiblespace\xiispace
+  \fi}
+
+\foone\obeyspaces{\def\gmu@activespace{ }}
+
+\foone\obeylines{\def\activeM{^^M}}
+
+\pdef\makeblanksignored{%
+  \catcode`\^^M=9\relax
+  \catcode`\^^I=9\relax
+  \catcode`\ =9\relax}
+
+\pdef\fooblanksignored{%
+  \foone{\makeblanksignored}%
+}
+
+
+\long\pdef\edefU#1#2{%
+  \edef#1{\unexpanded{#2}}%
+}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextcat#1#2#3{%
+  \edefU\reserved@d{#1}%
+  \edefU\reserved@a{#2}%
+  \edefU\reserved@b{#3}%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\@ifncat}
+
+\def\@ifncat{%
+  \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken
+    \let\reserved@c\@xifncat
+  \else
+    \ifcat\reserved@d\@nx\@let@token
+      \let\reserved@c\reserved@a
+    \else
+      \let\reserved@c\reserved@b
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \reserved@c}
+
+{\def\:{\let\@sptoken= } \global\: % this makes |\@sptoken| a space token.
+
+  % \DefIndex\@xifncat
+\def\:{\@xifncat} \@xa\gdef\: {\futurelet\@let@token\@ifncat}}
+\pdef\spifletter{\@ifnextcat a{\space}{}}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextif#1#2#3{%
+  \def\reserved@d{#1}%
+  \def\reserved@a{#2}%
+  \def\reserved@b{#3}%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\@ifnif}
+
+\def\@ifnif{%
+  \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken
+    \let\reserved@c\@xifnif
+  \else
+    \if\reserved@d\@nx\@let@token
+      \let\reserved@c\reserved@a
+    \else % |#1| of |\@ifnextif| is not |\if|-equivalent the future
+      % token. But this may be because the future token is active
+      % so it \emph{would} be |\if|-equivalent if not passed
+      % through |\futurelet|. Let's manage this case.
+      \begingroup
+      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+        \lccode`\@nx~=`\reserved@d
+      }\gmu@tempa
+      \lowercase{\endgroup
+        \ifx~}\@let@token
+        \let\reserved@c\reserved@a
+      \else
+        \let\reserved@c\reserved@b
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \reserved@c}
+
+{\def\:{\let\@sptoken= } \: % this makes |\@sptoken| a space token.
+\def\:{\@xifnif} \@xa\gdef\: {\futurelet\@let@token\@ifnif}}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextac#1#2{%
+  \@ifnextnotgroup
+  {\gmu@ifnac{#1}{#2}}%
+  {#2}}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifnac#1#2#3{%
+  \ifcat\@nx~\@nx#3%
+    \@xa\@firstoftwo
+  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
+  \fi{#1#3}{#2#3}}
+
+
+
+\pdef\gmu@lowstar{%
+  \iffontchar\font"22C6 \char"22C6 \else\gmu@lowstarfake\fi
+}% we could define it to
+
+
+\def\gmu@tempa{*}
+\foone{\catcode`\*=\active}
+{\def\gmu@tempb{*}% it's defined in line \ref{active star}
+ % to make |*| defined (when it was undefined,
+  % \incmd\newcommand's \incs{gm@ifstar} test turned
+  % true, the next undefined token was gobbled and raised an error).
+  \let*=\gmu@lowstar}
+
+\edef\gmu@tempa{%
+  \long\pdef\@nx\gmu@ifstar##1##2{% \chgs{2008/12/16 v0.98 renamed from
+    % \cs{@ifstar} since something
+    % redefines \cs{@ifstar}}
+    \@nx\@ifnextif\gmu@tempa%
+    {\@nx\@firstoftwo{##1}}% it's a bit hacky but O.K.: if the
+    % condition is not satisfied, the following brace is taken
+    {%
+      \@nx\@ifnextchar\@xa\@nx\gmu@tempb
+      {\@nx\@firstoftwo{##1}}% and again, if the condition is not
+      % satisfied, the second brace is taken.
+      {##2}%
+    }% of if not |*|\cat 12
+  }% of |\gmu@ifstar|.
+}\gmu@tempa
+
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextnotgroup#1#2{% \chgs{2008/12/11 v0.98 extracted from
+  % \cs{@ifnextac}} This macro checks whether the next token is able
+  % to be picked or is it a~braced list of tokens or is it a~group
+  % closer so there's no token to be picked.
+  \@ifnextcat\bgroup{#2}{%
+    \@ifnextcat\egroup{#2}% \chgs{2008/12/11 v0.98 added test for
+    % \cmd\egroup}
+    {#1}}}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextgroup#1#2{% Note this macro turns true both before
+  % a~group opener and before a~group closer.
+  \@ifnextnotgroup{#2}{#1}}
+
+\pdef\ignoreactiveM{%
+  \@ifnextgroup{}{\gmu@checkM}}
+
+\foone\obeylines{% we know it's a~single token since we use this macro
+  % only in \incmd\@ifnextgroup's ‘else’.
+  \long\pdef\gmu@checkM#1{%
+    \ifx
+    #1\@xa\ignoreactiveM%
+    \else\@xa#1\fi}}
+
+\let\gmu@reserveda\*%
+\def\*{%
+  \let\*\gmu@reserveda
+  \let\gmu@letspace= }%
+\* %
+
+
+\lpdef\gmu@peep@next #1{%
+  \let\@def@token\@undefined
+  \edefU\gmu@peepnext@inner {%
+    \gmu@CASE x {\@let@token\gmu@letspace}%
+    {\@ifnextchar\par
+      {#1}
+      {\let\@let@token= \gmu@letspace % note |=| and blank space
+        \@XA{#1}\space
+      }%
+    }% of if |\futurelet| detected a blank space
+    %
+    \gmu@CASE {condsalt} % if any of the conditions below:
+    {{ x {\@let@token\@undefined}
+        x {\@let@token\relax}}} % it's arg of disjunction
+    {\gmu@peep@hash{#1}}%
+    %
+    \gmu@lastCASE
+    {#1}%
+    \gmu@ESAC
+  }%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\gmu@peepnext@inner
+}
+
+\lpdef\gmu@peep@hash
+#1% stuff that probably tests |#2| somehow
+#2% a single token, which we are sure is undefined or |\relax| (and
+{%
+  \def\@def@token{#2}%
+  #1%
+  #2%
+}
+
+\lpdef\gmu@ifpeeped
+#1% kind of comparison
+#2% stuff to compare
+{%
+  \gmu@if {defined} {\@def@token}
+  {\@XA{\gmu@if {#1}}\@xa{\@def@token #2}}
+  {\gmu@if {#1} {\@let@token #2}}%
+}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextspace
+#1% if yes
+#2% if not
+{%
+  \gmu@peep@next
+  {\gmu@if x {\@let@token\gmu@letspace}{#1}{#2}}%
+}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextcharRS
+#1% a single token (will be |\ifx|ed)
+#2% what if yes
+#3% what if not
+{%
+  \gmu@peep@next
+  {\gmu@if {defined} {\@def@token}
+    {\@XA{\gmu@if {StrX}}\@xa {\@def@token #1}}% of the special “null”
+                                % case
+                                %
+    {\gmu@if x {\@let@token #1}}%
+    {#2}{#3}%
+  }% of |\gmu@peep@next|
+}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextanyRS
+#1% list of tokens (any balanced text, will be |\let| token after token
+#2% what if next is one of listed |#1|
+#3% what if not
+{\gmu@peep@next
+  {\gmu@if {defined} {\@def@token}
+    {\@xa \gmu@ifStrXany \@def@token }
+    % otherwise we are next to a defined and not |\relax| token so
+    {\gmu@ifxany {\@let@token}}%
+    {#1}{#2}{#3}%
+  }% of peep
+}
+
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifnextStrXany
+#1%  outer macro's tested list of tokens
+#2% “if found” branch
+#3% “if not found” branch
+{\gmu@notif {condsalt}
+  {{ x {\@let@token\@undefined} x {\@let@token\relax}}}%
+  {#2}%
+  %
+  % Some (i.e.\ \emph{both}) |\@undefined| or |\relax|, then we
+  % compare strings
+  {\gmu@futureifany {#2}{#3}{#1}}%
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@futureifany
+#1% what if \OK
+#2% what if not \OK
+#3% list of tokens
+#4% token ot be checked against |#3| (and put back on the input) Note
+{\gmu@ifstrany #4 {#3}{#1}{#2}#4}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextanyIS
+#1% list of tokens (any balanced text, will be |\let| token after token
+#2% what if next is one of listed in |#1|
+#3% what if not
+{%
+  \edefU\gmu@ifna@afterlet{%
+    \gmu@if x{\@let@token\gmu@letspace}%
+    {% if next is blank space, we drop it and retry:
+      \edefU\gmu@ifna@resa{\@ifnextanyIS{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+      \afterassignment\gmu@ifna@resa
+      \let\gmu@drain=
+    }%
+    {% else we perform |\gmu@ifnextany|
+      \gmu@ifxany{\@let@token}{#1}{%
+        \gmu@ifnextStrXany {#1}{#2}{#3}%
+      }%
+      {#3}%
+    }%
+  }% of the after-let macro
+  \futurelet\@let@token\gmu@ifna@afterlet
+}% of |\@ifnextanyIS|
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextnoneRS
+#1% list of tokens (any balanced text, will be |\let| token after token
+#2% what if next is one of listed |#1|
+#3% what if not
+{%
+  \@ifnextanyRS{#1}{#3}{#2}%
+}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextgroupRS #1#2{%
+  \gmu@peep@next
+  {\gmu@if x{\@let@token\bgroup}{#1}%
+    {\gmu@if x{\@let@token\egroup}{#1}{#2}}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\long\pdef\@ifnextnotgroupRS#1#2{%
+  \@ifnextgroupRS{#2}{#1}}
+
+
+
+\foone\obeylines{%
+  \long\pdef\@ifnextMac#1#2{%
+    \@ifnextchar^^M{#1}{#2}}}
+
+\long\def\xiistring#1{%
+  \if\@nx#1\xiispace
+    \xiispace
+  \else
+    \afterfi{\string#1}% to make the same error as bare |\string|
+    % would cause in case of empty \inhash1.
+  \fi}
+
+\def\@xiispaces#1 #2\@nil{%
+  #1%
+  \ifx\@xiispaces#2\@xiispaces
+  \else
+  \xiispace
+  \afterfi{\@xiispaces#2\@nil}%
+  \fi}
+
+\long\pdef\xiiEdetoke
+#1% a scratch \CS
+#2% stuff to be fully expanded and turned to catcode 12 including
+  % spaces.
+{%
+  \edef#1{#2}%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \@xa\@xa\@xa\@xiispaces
+    \@xa\detokenize\@xa{#1} \@nil}%
+}
+
+\long\def\@ifEUnextchar#1#2#3{%
+  % ‘if Edefed Unexpanded next char’
+  \let\reserved@d=#1%
+ \edefU\reserved@a{#2}%
+ \edefU\reserved@b{#3}%
+ \futurelet\@let@token\@ifnch}
+
+\newcommand\gmu@storespecials[1][]{% we provide a~possibility of
+  % adding stuff. For usage see line \ref{@storespecials}.
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`\@nx##1=\the\catcode`##1\relax}%
+  \edef\gmu@restorespecials{%
+    \dospecials\do\^^M}#1}
+
+\pdef\gmu@septify{% restoring the standard catcodes of specials. The
+  % name is the opposite of `sanitize' ^^A(
+  % :-)\,. It restores also the original catcode of \inverb|^^M|.
+  \def\do{\relax\catcode`}%
+  \do\ 10\do\\0\do\{1\do\}2\do\$3\do\&4%
+  \do\#6\do\^7\do\_8\do\%14\do\~13\do\^^M5\relax
+  %\nostanza |%% \let\do\@makeother|\\
+  % |%% \do0\do1\do2\do3\do4\do5\do6\do7\do8\do9\relax|\nostanza
+}
+
+\newif\ifgmu@SMglobal
+
+\pdef\SMglobal{\gmu@SMglobaltrue}
+
+\def\MakePrivateLetters{\makeatletter}
+
+\pdef\StoreMacro{%
+  \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters
+  \gmu@ifstar\egStore@MacroSt\egStore@Macro}
+
+\lpdef\egStore@Macro#1{\endgroup\Store@Macro{#1}}
+\lpdef\egStore@MacroSt#1{\endgroup\Store@MacroSt{#1}}
+
+\pdef\StoreMacro@nocat
+{%
+  \gmu@ifstar \Store@MacroSt \Store@Macro
+}
+
+\def\gmu@storeprefix{/gmu/store}
+
+\lpdef\Store@Macro#1{%
+  \escapechar92
+  \ifgmu@SMglobal\afterfi\global\fi
+  \@xa\let\csname \gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}\endcsname#1%
+  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse
+}
+
+\lpdef\Store@MacroSt#1{%
+  \edef\gmu@smtempa{%
+    \ifgmu@SMglobal\@xa\global\fi
+    \let\@xa\@nx\csname\gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}\@xa\endcsname%\label{SMbslash}
+    % we add backslash because to ensure compatibility between
+    % \incs{(Re)StoreMacro} and \incs{(Re)StoreMacro*}, that is. to allow
+    % writing e.g.  \inverb|\StoreMacro\kitten| and then
+    % \inverb|\RestoreMacro*{kitten}| to restore the meaning of
+    % \incs{kitten}.\ilrr
+    \ifcsname #1\endcsname % \chgs[\StoreMacro]{2010/04/16 v0.993
+    % fixed asymmetry with the unstarred version: till today the
+    % unstarred version for an undefined \CS undefine the storage \CS
+    % and the starred version made it \cmd\relax. Now both undefine}
+    % If the argument \CS is undefined, we undefine the storage macro too.
+      \@xa\@nx\csname#1\endcsname
+    \else\@nx\@undefined
+    \fi
+    \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}%% we wish the globality to be just
+  % once.\par
+  \gmu@smtempa
+}
+
+
+\lpdef\StoreMacros{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\egStore@Macros}
+
+\lpdef\egStore@Macros#1{\endgroup
+  \Store@Macros{#1}%
+}
+
+\lpdef\Store@Macros #1{%
+  \gmu@setsetSMglobal
+  \let\gml@StoreCS\Store@Macro
+  \gml@storemacros#1.}
+
+\def\gmu@setsetSMglobal{%
+  \ifgmu@SMglobal
+    \let\gmu@setSMglobal\gmu@SMglobaltrue
+  \else
+    \let\gmu@setSMglobal\gmu@SMglobalfalse
+  \fi}
+
+\lpdef\gml@storemacros#1{%
+  \def\gmu@storemacros@resa{\@nx#1}% My \TeX\ Guru's trick to deal with |\fi|
+  % and such, i.e., to hide |#1| from \TeX\ when it is processing a~test's
+  % branch without expanding.
+  \if\gmu@storemacros@resa.% a~dot finishes storing.
+    \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse
+  \else
+    \if\gmu@storemacros@resa,% The list this macro is put before may
+    % contain commas and that's O.K., we just continue the work.
+      \afterfifi\gml@storemacros
+    \else% what is else this shall be stored.
+      \gml@StoreCS{#1}% we use a~particular \CS to may |\let| it both to
+      % the storing macro as above and to the restoring one as
+      % \gmiflink[letRestore]{below}.
+      \afterfifi{\gmu@setSMglobal\gml@storemacros}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+
+\lpdef\RestoreMacro{%
+  \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\gmu@ifstar\egRestore@MacroSt\egRestore@Macro}
+
+\lpdef\egRestore@Macro#1{\endgroup\Restore@Macro{#1}}
+\lpdef\egRestore@MacroSt#1{\endgroup\Restore@MacroSt{#1}}
+
+\lpdef\Restore@Macro#1{%
+  \escapechar92
+  \gmu@ifstored#1{%
+    \ifgmu@SMglobal\afterfi\global\fi
+    \@xa\let\@xa#1\csname \gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}\endcsname
+    \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}%
+  {\unless\ifgmu@quiet
+      \PackageWarning{gmutils}{\@nx#1 is not stored, I do nothing with
+        it}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifstored#1#2#3{%
+  \gmu@ifundefined{\gmu@storeprefix/%
+    \bslash@or@ac{#1}}{#3}{#2}%
+}
+
+\lpdef\gmu@storeifnotyet#1{%
+  \gmu@if {} {\relax\@nx#1}% we check if it's a~\CS
+  {\gmu@ifstored{#1}{}{\StoreMacro@nocat#1}}%
+  {}%
+}
+
+\lpdef\Restore@MacroSt#1{%
+  \gmu@ifundefined{\gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}}%
+  {\unless\ifgmu@quiet
+    \PackageWarning{gmutils}{\bslash#1 is not stored. I~do nothing}%
+    \fi}%
+  {\edef\gmu@smtempa{%
+      \ifgmu@SMglobal\global\fi
+      \@nx\let\@xa\@nx\csname#1\endcsname
+      \@xa\@nx\csname\gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}\endcsname}% cf. the commentary
+    % in line \ref{SMbslash}.
+    \gmu@smtempa}%
+  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse
+}
+
+\lpdef\RestoreMacros{%
+  \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters
+  \egRestore@Macros}
+
+\lpdef\egRestore@Macros#1{\endgroup
+  \Restore@Macros{#1}%
+}
+
+\lpdef\Restore@Macros #1{%
+  \gmu@setsetSMglobal
+  \let\gml@StoreCS\Restore@Macro% \gmhypertarget[letRestore]{we}
+  % direct the core \CS towards restoring and call the same iterating
+  % macro as in line \ref{InnerStore}.
+  \gml@storemacros#1.}
+
+\pdef\ResetMacro{% restore possibly to |\@undefined|
+  % \chgs{2010/04/16 v0.993 added}
+  \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\gmu@ifstar\egReset@MacroSt\egReset@Macro}
+
+\lpdef\egReset@Macro#1{\endgroup\Reset@Macro{#1}}
+\lpdef\egReset@MacroSt#1{\endgroup\Reset@MacroSt{#1}}
+
+\lpdef\Reset@Macro#1{%
+  \escapechar92
+  \ifgmu@SMglobal\@xa\global\fi
+  \ifcsname  \gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}\endcsname
+    \@xa\let\@xa#1\csname \gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}\endcsname
+  \else
+    \let#1\@undefined
+  \fi
+  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse
+}%
+
+\lpdef\Reset@MacroSt#1{%
+  \ifcsname \gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}\endcsname
+    \ifgmu@SMglobal\@xa\global\fi
+    \@xa\let\csname#1\@xa\endcsname
+    \csname\gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}\endcsname % cf. the commentary
+    % in line \ref{SMbslash}.
+  \else
+    \@xa\let\csname#1\endcsname\@undefined
+  \fi
+  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse
+}
+
+\lpdef\ResetMacros{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Reset@Macros}
+
+\lpdef\Reset@Macros#1{\endgroup
+  \gmu@setsetSMglobal
+  \let\gml@StoreCS\Reset@Macro% \gmhypertarget[letReset]{we}
+  % direct the core \CS towards restoring and call the same iterating
+  % macro as in line \ref{InnerStore}.
+  \gml@storemacros#1.}
+
+\pdef\StoredMacro{\begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Stored@Macro}
+\lpdef\Stored@Macro#1{\endgroup\Restore@Macro#1#1}
+
+\long\def\storedcsname#1{%% \changes{v0.88}{2008/08/03}{added}
+  \ifcsname \gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}\endcsname
+    \afterfi{%
+      \csname \gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{#1}\endcsname}%
+  \else \@xa \@undefined
+  \fi
+}
+
+\pdef\StoreEnvironment#1{% \label{StoreEnvironment}
+  \Store@MacroSt{#1}\Store@MacroSt{end#1}}
+
+\pdef\RestoreEnvironment#1{%
+  \Restore@MacroSt{#1}\Restore@MacroSt{end#1}}
+
+\pdef\StoringAndRelaxingDo{%
+  \gmu@SMdo@setscope
+  \long\def\do##1{%
+    \gmu@SMdo@scope
+    \@xa\let\csname \gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{##1}\endcsname##1%
+    \gmu@SMdo@scope\let##1\relax}}
+
+\pdef\gmu@SMdo@setscope{%
+  \ifgmu@SMglobal\let\gmu@SMdo@scope\global
+  \else\let\gmu@SMdo@scope\relax
+  \fi
+  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse
+}
+
+\lpdef\RestoringDo{%
+  \gmu@SMdo@setscope
+  \long\def\do##1{%
+    \gmu@SMdo@scope
+    \@xa\let\@xa##1\csname
+    \gmu@storeprefix/\bslash@or@ac{##1}\endcsname}%
+}
+
+\pdef\gmu@MakeScopePrefix
+#1% \CS to be let |\global| or |\relax|
+#2% a sequence of tokens
+{%
+  \let#1\relax
+  \gmu@ifxany{\global}{#2}%
+  {\let#1\global}{}%
+}
+
+\lpdef\gmu@namelet
+#1% scope prefix (to be honest, \emph{any} sequence of tokens that may
+  % be passed as an argument: |\gmu@ifxany| will parse it)
+#2% left side of the assignment
+#3% right side of the assignment
+{%
+  \gmu@MakeScopePrefix\gmu@namelet@scpref{#1}%
+  \gmu@if {csname} {#3\endcsname}%
+  {%
+    \@xa\gmu@namelet@scpref\@xa\let\csname#2\@xa\endcsname
+    \csname#3\endcsname}%
+  {%
+    \@xa\gmu@namelet@scpref
+    \@xa\let\csname#2\endcsname\@undefined}%
+}
+
+\pdef\n@melet{\gmu@namelet\relax}
+
+\pdef\gn@melet{\gmu@namelet\global}
+
+\long\pdef\tri@let
+#1% scope prefix(es)
+#2% left side
+#3% right side of the assignment
+{%
+  \gmu@MakeScopePrefix\gmu@tri@let@scpref{#1}%
+  \ifcat\@nx~\@nx#2%
+    \def\next{\gmu@tri@let@scpref\let#2}%
+  \else \edef\next{\gmu@tri@let@scpref\let\@xanxtri{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \ifcat\@nx~\@nx#3%
+    \next#3%
+  \else
+    \edef\next{%
+      \@xau\next
+      \ifcsname \strip@bslash{#3}\endcsname
+      \@xanxtri{#3}%
+      \else\@nx\@undefined
+      \fi
+    }% of next's edef
+    \next
+  \fi
+}%
+
+\long\pdef\envirlet#1#2{% for |\let|ting environments.
+  \n@melet{#1}{#2}%
+  \n@melet{end#1}{end#2}%
+}
+
+\long\pdef\glenvirlet#1#2{% for |\let|ting environments.
+  \gn@melet{#1}{#2}%
+  \gn@melet{end#1}{end#2}%
+}
+
+
+
+\def\@ifXeTeX{% two-argument command
+  \ifdefined\XeTeXversion
+  \unless\ifx\XeTeXversion\relax\afterfifi\@firstoftwo\else\afterfifi\@secondoftwo\fi
+  \else\afterfi\@secondoftwo\fi}
+
+\def\XeTeXifprefix{% to be used as prefix to an |\if›…| test.
+  \@ifXeTeX{}{\unless}}
+
+
+\@ifXeTeX{%
+  \pdef\textbullet{% \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/3}{the \XeTeX\
+    % version enriched with \cs{iffontchar} due to lack of bullets
+    % with the default settings reported by Morten H\o{}gholm and Edd Barrett}
+    \iffontchar\font"2022 \char"2022 \else\ensuremath{\bullet}\fi}%
+  %
+  \pprovide\glyphname#1{% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/12}{moved here from
+    % my private document class}
+    \XeTeXglyph \numexpr\XeTeXglyphindex "#1"\relax\relax}% since
+                                % \XeTeX\ … \incs{numexpr} is redundant.
+}
+{\def\textbullet{\ensuremath{\bullet}}}
+
+
+\long\def\detoken@xa#1{\detokenize\@xa{#1}}
+
+ \long\def\all@other#1{\@xa\gmu@gobmacro\meaning#1}
+
+ % The |\gmu@gobmacro| macro above is applied to gobble the |\meaning|'s
+ % beginning, |long macro:->| all `other' that is.
+ % \Define\gmu@gobmacro
+ \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+   \def\@nx\gmu@gobmacro##1\@xa\@gobble\string\macro:##2->{}}
+ \gmu@tempa
+
+
+\def\gmshowlists{%
+  \tracingonline=1
+  \showboxdepth=1000 \showboxbreadth=1000 \showlists}
+
+\def\gmshowbox{%
+  \tracingonline=1
+  \showboxdepth=10000 \showboxbreadth=10000 \showbox}
+
+\def\gmtracingoutput{%
+  \tracingoutput\@ne
+  \tracingonline=\@ne
+  \showboxdepth=10000 \showboxbreadth=10000 }
+
+\newif\ifgmu@debug@msgs
+
+\def\gmtron{%
+  \tracingonline=\@M
+  \tracingmacros=\@M
+  \tracingassigns=\@M
+  \tracingcommands=\@m
+  \gmu@debug@msgstrue
+  \let\let\let
+}
+
+\def\gmtroff{%
+  \tracingonline=\m@ne
+  \tracingmacros\m@ne
+  \tracingassigns=\m@ne
+  \tracingcommands=\m@ne
+  \gmu@debug@msgsfalse
+  \let\let\let
+}
+
+\newcommand\nameshow[1]{%
+  \ifcsname #1\endcsname
+    \@xa\show\csname#1\endcsname
+  \else \show\@undefined
+  \fi}
+
+\newcommand\nameshowthe[1]{%
+  \ifcsname #1\endcsname
+    \@xa\showthe\csname#1\endcsname
+  \else \showthe\@undefined
+  \fi}
+
+\newcommand\namemeaning[1]{%
+  \ifcsname #1\endcsname
+    \@xa\typeout{\@xa\meaning\csname#1\endcsname}%
+    \show\relax
+  \else \typeout{\meaning\@undefined}\show\relax
+  \fi}
+
+\def\secondclass{%
+  \newif\ifSecondClass
+  \SecondClasstrue
+  \@fileswithoptions\@clsextension}%|[outeroff,gmeometric]{gmdocc}|%
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \unless\ifdefined\@parindent
+    \newskip\@parindent
+    \@parindent=\parindent
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\balsmiley#1 {}% to balance parentheses and brackets in
+                % smileys. \balsmiley( ;-) \inverb|\balsmiley( ;-)|
+
+\long\def\scantnoline#1{%  ‘rescan tokens without adding line at the end’
+  {\endlinechar\m@ne\scantokens{#1}}}
+
+\pdef\getprevdepth{% to pass last depth through a group (e.g. |\end{envir.}|)
+  \endgraf
+  \xdef\setprevdepth{\prevdepth=\the\prevdepth\relax}%
+}
+
+\pdef\getprevdepthlocal{%
+  \endgraf
+  \edef\setprevdepth{\prevdepth=\the\prevdepth\relax}%
+}
+
+\def\StoreCatM{%
+  \protected\edef\RestoreCatM{%
+    \catcode`\@nx\^^M=\the\catcode`\^^M\relax}%
+}
+
+\pdef\RestoreCatM{\PackageE{gmutils}{first store the catcode of
+    ^\empty^\empty M with \string\StoreCatM.}%
+}
+
+
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+
+\pdef\resizegraphics#1#2#3{% % \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{\cs{includegraphics}
+  % works well in \XeTeX\ so I~remove the complicated version
+  % with \cs{XeTeXpicfile}}
+  % 2009/11/17 works bad with a file whose name contains spaces so I
+  % return \cmd\XeTeXpicfile
+  \resizebox{#1}{#2}{%
+    \edef\gmu@tempa{\@nx\csname XeTeX\@nx\@ifendswithpdf{%
+        \@xa\string\csname#3\endcsname}{pdf}{pic}file\@nx\endcsname}%
+    \gmu@tempa "#3"\relax}}
+
+\edef\gmu@tempa{%
+  \def\@nx\@ifendswithpdf##1{%
+    \unexpanded{%
+      \ifnum
+      \if\relax\gmu@pdfdetector}##1%
+    \detokenize{pdf}\unexpanded{\relax0\else1\fi}% we expand to 1 if
+    % \inhash1 ends with lowercase ‘pdf’ of cat. 12
+    \unexpanded{\if\relax\gmu@PDFdetector}##1%
+    \detokenize{PDF}\unexpanded{\relax0\else1\fi}% we expand to 1 if
+    % \inhash1 ends with uppercase ‘PDF’ of cat. 12
+    >0
+    \unexpanded{\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi}%
+  }% of |\@ifendswithpdf|
+  %
+  % \stanza
+  %
+  \def\@nx\gmu@pdfdetector##1\detokenize{pdf}{}%
+  \def\@nx\gmu@PDFdetector##1\detokenize{PDF}{}%
+}\gmu@tempa
+
+
+\def\lastcentered{%
+  \lastlinefit\z@
+  \parindent0sp\relax
+  \leftskip\dimexpr1\leftskip\relax plus 1fil\relax
+  \rightskip\dimexpr1\rightskip\relax plus -1fil\relax
+  \parfillskip0sp plus 2fil\relax
+}
+
+\def\endlastcentered{\par\@endpetrue}
+
+\def\firstcentered{%
+  \lastlinefit\z@
+  \parfillskip 0sp\relax
+  \rightskip0sp plus 1fil\relax
+  \leftskip0sp plus -1fil\relax
+  \parindent 0sp
+  \addtotoks\everypar{\hskip0sp plus 2fil\relax}%
+}
+
+\let\endfirstcentered\endlastcentered
+
+\def\gmu@measurewd#1{% \label{@measurewd}
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\fontcharwd\font`#1}%
+  \settowidth{\@tempdimb}{% to preserve kerning
+    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1%
+    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1%
+    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1%
+    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1}%
+  \edef\gmu@tempb{\the\dimexpr(\@tempdimb-\gmu@tempa)/20}%
+}
+
+\def\@xa@three#1#2{% reverses expansion of three tokens, two given as
+  % arguments. (third may be |{|^^A }
+  % )
+  \@xa\@xa\@xa \@xa\@xa\@xa \@xa #1%
+  \@xa\@xa\@xa #2%
+  \@xa }
+
+\def\@xa@four#1#2#3{% reverses expansion of four tokens, three given as
+  % arguments. (fourth may be |{|^^A }
+  % )
+  \@xa\@xa\@xa\@xa \@xa\@xa \@xa
+  \@xa\@xa\@xa\@xa \@xa\@xa\@xa\@xa #1%
+  \@xa\@xa\@xa\@xa \@xa\@xa \@xa #2
+  \@xa\@xa\@xa #3%
+  \@xa }
+
+
+\long\pdef\@ifenvir#1{%\label{@ifenvir}\
+  % \begin{enumargs}
+  %   \mand enquired environment name which will be confronted with
+  %   \incs{@currenvir}
+  %   \mand what if true (if the names are
+  %   equivalent\qfootnote{The names are checked whether they produce
+  %     the same \cmd\csname. They don't have to have the same
+  %     catcodes.})
+  %   \mand what if false
+  % \end{enumargs}
+  %
+  % \changes{v0.92}{2008/08/07}{added}
+  % \chgs{2010/06/02 v0.993 made \cmd\protected after an error at work}
+  \gmu@ifedetokens{\@currenvir}{#1}%
+}
+
+\pdef\@ifjobname#1{\gmu@ifedetokens{\jobname}{#1}}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifstrcmp
+#1% wrapper for left side of comparison
+#2% wrapper for right side of comparison
+#3% left side of comparison (list of tokens)
+#4% right —”—
+{%
+  \ifnum\strcmp{#1{#3}}{#2{#4}}=\z@
+    \@xa\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \@xa\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\gmu@ifdetokens
+{%
+  \gmu@ifstrcmp\detokenize\detokenize
+}% of |\gmu@ifdetokens|
+
+\def\gmu@ifutokens
+{%
+  \gmu@ifstrcmp\unexpanded\unexpanded
+}
+
+\def\gmu@ifedetokens{%
+  \gmu@ifstrcmp \@firstofone \@firstofone
+}
+
+\@XA{\pdef\gmu@pifdetokens}\@xa{\gmu@ifdetokens}
+
+\@XA{\pdef\gmu@pifutokens}\@xa{\gmu@ifutokens}
+
+\@XA{\pdef\gmu@pifedetokens}\@xa{\gmu@ifedetokens}
+
+  % \chgs{2009/04/21 v0.99 moved to a~separate macro from
+  % \cmd\@ifenvir\ and made symmetric to both arguments}
+  % \chgs{2008/12/01 v0.98 rewritten not to make entries in the hash
+  % table, thanks to \cmd\detokenize\ and made robust to open \cs{if}s
+  % in the arguments thanks to substitution of explicit parameters
+  % with \cmd\@firstoftwo\ and \cmd\@secondoftwo}
+
+
+
+\def\gmu@HHashes#1#2{% this is a~fully expandable loop analogous to
+  % that of The  % \eTeX\ Manual p.~9.
+  \ifnum#1<#2 %
+  ################\number#1
+  \expandafter\gmu@HHashes
+  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
+  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
+  \fi}% of |\gmu@HHashes|.
+
+\def\gmu@Hashes#1#2{% this is a~fully expandable loop analogous to
+  % that of The  % \eTeX\ Manual p.~9.
+  % expanding in an |\edef| to |####›1›…####⁄<h.$2-1$>| (quadruple hashes' sequence)
+  \ifnum#1<#2 %
+  ########\number#1
+  \expandafter\gmu@HHashes
+  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
+  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
+  \fi}% of |\gmu@hashes|.
+
+\def\gmu@hashes#1#2{% this is a  loop analogous to
+  \ifnum#1<#2%
+  ####\number#1
+  \expandafter\gmu@hashes
+  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
+  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
+  \fi
+}% of |\gmu@hashes|.
+
+\def\gmu@HHashesbraced#1#2{%
+  \ifnum#1<#2%
+  {################\number#1}%
+  \expandafter\gmu@HHashesbraced
+  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
+  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
+  \fi}% of |\gmu@hashesbraced|.
+
+\def\gmu@Hashesbraced#1#2{%
+  \ifnum#1<#2%
+  {########\number#1}%
+  \expandafter\gmu@HHashesbraced
+  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
+  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
+  \fi}% of |\gmu@hashesbraced|.
+
+\def\gmu@hashesbraced#1#2{%
+  \ifnum#1<#2%
+  {####\number#1}%
+  \expandafter\gmu@hashesbraced
+  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
+  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
+  \fi
+}% of |\gmu@hashesbraced|.
+
+\def\gmu@hashesOut#1#2{%
+  \ifnum#1<#2%
+  \space\space\space\space
+  »\@nx\unexpanded{####\number#1}«%
+  \expandafter\gmu@hashesOut
+  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
+  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
+  \fi
+}% of |\gmu@hashesbraced|.
+
+\def\gmu@hashesOutU#1#2{%
+  \ifnum#1<#2%
+  \space\space\space\space
+  »\@nx\unexpanded{####\number#1}«%
+  \expandafter\gmu@hashesOut
+  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
+  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
+  \fi
+}% of |\gmu@hashesbraced|.
+
+\@tempcnta=1
+\@whilenum\@tempcnta<11\do{% 2010/4/15
+  \@nameedef{gmu@hashes@\the\numexpr\@tempcnta-1\relax}%
+  {\gmu@hashes1\@tempcnta}%
+  %
+  \@nameedef{gmu@Hashes@\the\numexpr\@tempcnta-1\relax}%
+  {\gmu@Hashes1\@tempcnta}%
+  %
+  \@nameedef{gmu@HHashes@\the\numexpr\@tempcnta-1\relax}%
+  {\gmu@HHashes1\@tempcnta}%
+  %
+  \@nameedef{gmu@hashesbraced@\the\numexpr\@tempcnta-1\relax}%
+  {\gmu@hashesbraced1\@tempcnta}%
+  %
+  \@nameedef{gmu@Hashesbraced@\the\numexpr\@tempcnta-1\relax}%
+  {\gmu@Hashesbraced1\@tempcnta}%
+  % %
+  \@nameedef{gmu@HHashesbraced@\the\numexpr\@tempcnta-1\relax}%
+  {\gmu@HHashesbraced1\@tempcnta}%
+  %
+  \edef\gmu@eloops@resa{%
+    \long\def\@xanxcs{% ^^A >>>>>> printhashes
+      gmu@TOhashes@\romannumeral\numexpr\@tempcnta-1\relax}%
+      \gmu@hashes1\@tempcnta{%
+        \@nx\TypeOut{%
+          \gmu@hashesOut % ^^A2
+          1 \@tempcnta}%
+      }% of |\gmu@TOhashes@viii| etc.
+      %
+    }% of temporary macro
+    %
+    \gmu@eloops@resa
+    % Generates nine pairs of macros |\gmu@TOhashes@i|,
+    % |\gmu@TOUhashes@i|, |\gmu@TOhashes@ii|, |\gmu@TOUhashes@ii|
+    % etc. that print (type out) their arguments  on the terminal,
+    % ^^A expanded or \textbf Unexpanded.
+    % unexpanded
+    %
+    \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+}% of |\@whilenum|
+
+\foone{\catcode`\ \active}%
+{\newcommand*\gmobeyspaces{\let \ \catcode`\ \active}}
+
+\newcommand*\nohy{\leavevmode\kern0sp\relax}
+\newcommand*\yeshy{\leavevmode\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip}
+
+\long\pdef\gmu@EdefCurrnames#1{%
+  \xiiEdetoke\gmu@EdefCurrnames@resa{#1}%
+  \@xa  \gmu@EdefCurrnames@ \gmu@EdefCurrnames@resa.tex.\@nil
+  % if no extension is present, |tex| is assumed. This couple of
+  % macros won't work well for files with dots in their names.
+}
+
+\pdef\gmu@EdefCurrnames@ #1.#2.#3\@nil{%
+  \def\@currname{#1}%
+  \def\@currext{#2}%
+}
+
+\def\NamedInput@prepare#1{% we wrap in a macro to use also in |\DocInput|
+  \@pushfilename
+  \gmu@EdefCurrnames {#1}%
+}
+
+\let\NamedInput@finish=\@popfilename
+
+\pdef\NamedInput#1{% useful e.g.~in error handling
+  \NamedInput@prepare {#1}%
+  \@@input #1\relax
+  \NamedInput@finish
+}
+
+\def\gmu@ifdim
+#1% dimen specification
+#2% comparison
+#3% dimen specification
+{%
+  \ifnum0\ifx#2≤1\fi\ifx#2≥1\fi\ifx#2≠1\fi=\@ne
+    \afterfi\unless
+  \fi
+  \ifdim#1\ifx#2≤>\fi\ifx#2≥<\fi\ifx#2≠=\fi
+    \ifx#2>>\fi\ifx#2<<\fi\ifx#2==\fi
+    \dimexpr(#3)*1\relax% parentheses are for closing all possible
+                        % \eTeX pressions not to gobble that |\relax|
+                        % by them but only by the outermost |\dimexpr|
+                        % to avoid premature expansion of the
+                        % following |\expandafter|. (2010/6/14)
+    \@xa\@firstoftwo
+  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\gmu@ifskip
+#1% glue specification
+#2% comparison for natural part
+#3% comparison for stretch part
+#4% comparison for shrink part
+#5% glue specification
+{\ifnum
+    0\gmu@ifdim{1\glueexpr#1}#2{1\glueexpr#5}10%
+    \gmu@ifdim{\gluestretch\glueexpr#1}#3{\gluestretch\glueexpr#5}10%
+    \gmu@ifdim{\glueshrink\glueexpr#1}#4{\glueshrink\glueexpr#5}10=111
+    \@xa\@firstoftwo
+  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\gmu@ifbox
+#1% a box register number (e.g.~|\copy\z@|)
+#2% comparison for heights
+#3% comparison for depths
+#4% comparison for widths
+#5% a box register number
+{%
+  \gmu@ifskip
+  {\glueexpr (\ht#1 plus \dp#1 minus\wd#1 )*1\relax}%
+  #2#3#4%
+  {\glueexpr (\ht#5 plus \dp#5 minus\wd#5 )*1\relax}%
+}
+
+\def\greater@dim#1#2{%
+  \ifdim\dimexpr#1>\dimexpr(#2)*1\relax
+    #1%
+  \else #2%
+  \fi
+}
+
+\long\pdef\gmu@removeelement
+#1% element to be removed
+#2% macro carrying a comma-separated list
+#3% \CS to carry removed element.
+{%
+  \let#3\@undefined%
+  \def\gmu@removeelement@resa##1,#1,##2\@nil{%
+    \gmu@ifempty{##2}%
+    {\edefU#2{##1}}%
+    {\edefU#2{##1,##2}%
+      \def#3{#1}%
+      \@xa\gmu@removeelement@resa#2\@nil
+    }%
+    % If |##2| is not empty, then we know |#1| was in the list so we
+    % have to remove its copy from the end of the list.
+  }% of |\gmu@removeelement@resa|
+  \@xa\gmu@removeelement@resa\@xa,#2,#1,\@nil
+  % We gobble the beginning comma
+  \@xa\@xa\@xa\ifx\@xa\@firstofmany#2\relax\@nil,%
+    \edef#2{\unexpanded
+      \@xa\@xa\@xa{\@xa\@gobble#2}}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+\long\def\@nxcsn#1{%
+  \@xa\@nx\csname #1\endcsname}
+
+
+\def\@listbegvskipping{%
+  \@topsepadd=\topsep
+  \ifvmode
+    \advance\@topsepadd by\partopsep
+  \fi
+  \par
+  \addvspace\@topsepadd
+}
+
+
+\def\foolc#1#2{%
+  \begingroup\lccode`#1=`#2\relax
+  \lcfirstofone
+}
+
+\long\def\lcfirstofone#1{%
+  \lowercase{\endgroup#1}%
+}
+
+\long\def\PackageWarning#1#2{%
+  \GenericWarning{%
+    (#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces
+  }{%
+    Package #1 Warning: #2%
+  }%
+}
+
+\long\def\TypeOut#1{%
+  \edef\TO@resa{#1}%
+  \edef\TO@resa{\@xa\detokenize\@xa{\TO@resa}}%
+  \typeout{\TO@resa}}
+
+\long\def\ShowOut#1{%
+  \TypeOut{#1}%
+  \show\TO@resa
+}
+
+\long\pdef\incsdef
+#1% a CS or active char
+#2% parameters string
+#3% definition's body
+{%
+  \def#1#2{%
+    \gmu@if {incsname}{}%
+    {\string#1}{#3}%
+  }%
+}
+
+
+\gmu@DefSymbol\gmu@CountTokens@end
+\newcount\c@gmu@TokensCount
+
+\lpdef\gmu@CountTokens
+#1% the tokens to be counted.
+{%
+  \c@gmu@TokensCount=\m@ne
+  \let\gmu@CountToken@token\@undefined
+  \gmu@CountToken@iter
+  #1\gmu@CountTokens@end
+}
+
+\def\gmu@CountToken@iter{%
+  \gmu@if x{\gmu@CountToken@token\gmu@CountTokens@end}%
+  {}% we've reached the end of iteration
+  {%
+    % We increase the counter and throw the iterator after next assignment
+    \advance\c@gmu@TokensCount\@ne
+    \afterassignment\gmu@CountToken@iter
+    \let\gmu@CountToken@token=
+  }%
+}%
+
+
+\long\def\gmu@passbraced
+#1% the stuff to be put before |#2|
+#2% the stuff we check and pass unbraced if single or braced otherwise
+{%
+  \gmu@CountTokens{#2}%
+  \gmu@if {num}{\c@gmu@TokensCount=\@ne}%
+  {\gmu@if x{#2 }%
+    \@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}%
+  \@secondoftwo
+  {#1#2}{#1{{#2}}}%
+}% of |\gmu@passbraced|
+
+\long\def\MeaningOrUnex#1{%
+  \gmu@if {singletoken}{{#1}}%
+  {\meaning#1}{\unexpanded{#1}}%
+}
+
+\pldef\@iwru#1{%
+  %
+  % as simple as possible not to put much output on the terminal if
+  % tracing is on.
+  %
+  \immediate \write \@unused {l.\the\inputlineno:\space #1}%
+}
+
+\pldef\@iwruJ{\@iwru{^^J}}
+
+\pldef\@iwrum#1{%
+  \@iwru{»\unexpanded{#1}« is »\MeaningOrUnex{#1}«}%
+}
+
+\pldef\@iwruif#1{%
+  \gmu@if {gmu@debug@msgs}{}
+  {\@iwru{#1}}{}%
+}
+
+\long\pdef\IgnInfo
+#1% package name
+#2% description
+#3% stuff we announce as ignored
+{%
+  \PackageInfo{#1}{Item »\unexpanded{#3}« (\MeaningOrUnex{#3}) ignored^^J%
+      #2}%
+}
+
+\pldef\@iwma{%
+  % (Added 2010/10/19)
+  %
+  % Note it takes a \emph{text} not an argument.
+  \immediate \write \@mainaux
+}
+
+\def\stepnummacro
+#1% a macro that expands to some numerical stuff
+#2%
+{\edef#1{\the\numexpr #1+#2}}
+
+\def\boolstobin
+#1% a sequence of Boolean switches' names without »if«
+{%
+  \numexpr \boolstobin@iter 0 #1 {}\gmu@delim %
+}
+
+\def\boolstobin@iter
+#1% expression so far
+#2% the name of current  switch (without »if«)
+#3% tail of switches
+\gmu@delim
+{%
+  \gmu@ifempty{#3}%
+  {#1\relax}% |\relax| to close the num expression
+  {\boolstobin@iter
+    {(#1)*2+\csname if#2\endcsname 1\else 0\fi}%
+    #3\gmu@delim
+  }%
+}
+
+\long\def\condstobin
+#1% a sequence of conditionals' names without »if« followed by the condition
+{%
+  \numexpr \condstobin@iter 0 #1 {}{}\gmu@delim %
+}
+
+\long\def\condstobin@iter
+#1% expression so far
+#2% the name of current conditional (without »if«)
+#3% the condition for |#2|
+#4% tail of switches
+\gmu@delim
+{%
+  \gmu@ifempty{#3}%
+  {#1\relax}% |\relax| to close the num expression
+  {\condstobin@iter
+    {(#1)*2+\csname if#2\endcsname #31\else 0\fi}%
+    #4\gmu@delim
+  }%
+}
+
+\long\def\condsalt
+#1% a sequence of conditionals' names without »if« followed by the condition
+{%
+  \numexpr \condsalt@iter 0 #1 {}{}\gmu@delim %
+}
+
+\long\def\condsalt@iter
+#1% expression so far
+#2% the name of current conditional (without »if«)
+#3% the condition for |#2|
+#4% tail of switches
+\gmu@delim
+{%
+  \gmu@ifempty{#4}%
+  {#1\relax}% |\relax| to close the num expression
+  {\condsalt@iter
+    {#1+\csname if#2\endcsname #3 1\else 0\fi}%
+    #4\gmu@delim
+  }%
+}
+
+\long\def\ifcondsalt #1{%
+  \ifnum \condsalt{#1}>\z@
+}
+
+\long\def\condsconj
+#1% a sequence of conditionals' names without »if« followed by the condition
+{%
+  \numexpr \condsconj@iter 1 #1 {}{}\gmu@delim %
+}
+
+\long\def\condsconj@iter
+#1% expression so far
+#2% the name of current conditional (without »if«)
+#3% the condition for |#2|
+#4% tail of condition(al)s
+\gmu@delim
+{%
+  \gmu@ifempty{#4}%
+  {#1\relax}% |\relax| to close the num expression
+  {\condsconj@iter
+    {#1*\csname if#2\endcsname #3 1\else 0\fi}%
+    #4\gmu@delim
+  }%
+}
+
+\long\def\ifcondsconj #1{%
+  \ifnum \condsconj {#1}>\z@
+}
+
+\long\def\sName    #1#2    {\@xa#1\csname #2\endcsname}
+
+\long\def\sdName    #1#2    {\@xa#1\csname \detokenize{#2}\endcsname}
+
+\long\def\dName #1#2{\@xa #1\csname \detokenize{#2}\endcsname}
+
+\long\def\@sN    #1    {\csname #1\endcsname}
+\long\def\@sdN    #1    {\csname \detokenize{#1}\endcsname}
+
+\long\def\gmu@extreme
+#1% kind of test (|num| or |dim|)
+#2% inequality sign: |<| for minimum, |>| for maximum.
+#3% left side of comparison
+#4%  right side of comparison
+{%
+  \gmu@if {x\@xa\@xa}{\@firstofmany#4\@nil\relax} % this complicated test is to
+  % allow arguments beginning with some \incs{if⁄<…>} as in
+  % \incs{possvfil} e.g.
+  {#3}%
+  {%
+    \gmu@if {#1} {\csname #1expr\endcsname#3\relax
+      #2\csname #1expr\endcsname #4\relax }
+    {\gmu@extreme {#1}#2{#3}}%
+    {\gmu@extreme {#1}#2{#4}}%
+  }%
+}% of |\gmu@extreme|
+
+\def\gmu@maxnum{\gmu@extreme {num}>}
+\def\gmu@minnum{\gmu@extreme {num}<}
+
+\def\gmu@maxdim{\gmu@extreme {dim}>}
+\def\gmu@mindim{\gmu@extreme {dim}<}
+
+\pdef\gmu@fitto
+#1% scope (nothing, |\relax| or |\global|.
+#2% left side of the assignment (must be a dimen able to be ”passive”)
+#3% the comparison (if |#2#3#4| then reassign |#2|)
+#4% right side of the assignment---any correct text for |\dimexpr|.
+{%
+  \gmu@if {dim}{#2#3\dimexpr (#4)+\z@\relax\relax}%
+  {#1#2=\dimexpr (#4)+\z@\relax}%
+  {}%
+}
+
+\pdef\gmu@g@enlargeto
+#1% |#2| of the above
+#2% |#4| of the above
+{\gmu@fitto\global{#1}<{#2}}
+
+\pdef\discre#1#2#3{\leavevmode\kern\z@
+  \discretionary{#1}{#2}{#3}\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip}
+
+\pdef\discret#1{\discre{#1}{#1}{#1}}
+
+\pdef\gmu@flexhyphen{%
+  \discre{% before break
+    \ifnum\hyphenchar\font>\z@
+      \char\hyphenchar\font
+    \fi
+  }% end of before break
+  {}%after break
+  {}% without break
+}
+
+\def\:{%
+  \ifmmode\afterfi{\mskip\medmuskip}%
+  \else\afterfi{\discre{\null}{}{}}% \incs{null} to get
+  % \incs{hyphenpenalty} not \incs{exhyphenpenalty}.
+  \fi
+}
+
+\lpdef\hboxreflected#1{%
+  \hbox{%
+    \reflectbox{#1}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\pdef\gmu@ifSystemX{% the ‘If file exists” test is \emph{NOT}
+                    % expandable since it involves opening some
+                    % streams. Therefore we define this macro as protected.
+  \IfFileExists{/etc/passwd}%
+}
+
+\def\hrule@zero{\hrule height\z@ width\z@ depth\z@}
+\def\vrule@zero{\vrule height\z@ width\z@ depth\z@}
+
+\def\do#1#2{% (2010/10/11)
+  \Name  \def{gmu@iflast#1}{%
+    \ifnum #2=\lastnodetype
+      \@xa\@firstoftwo
+    \else
+      \@xa\@secondoftwo
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+
+\do {glue}{11}
+\do{kern}{12}
+\do {penalty}{13}
+
+\def\gmu@dimratio
+#1% numerator dim(en/expr)
+#2% denominator dim(en/expr)
+{\strip@pt
+  \dimexpr  1pt *
+  \numexpr\dimexpr (#1)*1\relax\relax /
+  \numexpr \dimexpr (#2)*1\relax \relax
+  \relax
+}
+
+\def\falseifdefined #1{%
+  \ifcsname if#1\endcsname
+    \csn{#1false}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\trueifdefined #1{%
+  \ifcsname if#1\endcsname
+    \csn{#1true}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmbase.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmcommand.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmcommand.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..77ea0839d87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmcommand.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,2164 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmcommand.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `command')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmcommand}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 definition of powerful \string \DeclareCommand \string &al. (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+
+\RequirePackage{gmbase} % we require the tricky low-level macros.
+
+\unless\ifcsname ifgmu@quiet\endcsname
+\Name\newif {ifgmu@quiet}% % it has to be at least (at highest) in
+ % \CH{2010/09/06 v0.993 moved here from
+                    % % \pk{gmutils.sty} (a bug fix)}
+\fi
+
+ %
+
+\unless\ifdefined\@temptokenb
+\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\fi
+
+\newif\if@dc@alllong@ % for an option of all arguments long (it's
+                      % stronger than |GroteLang| defined later (the
+                      % latter is |\let| it).
+\newif\if@dc@quiet@ % for suppressing the message of using  of
+
+\newif\ifDCMessages % a~global switch to suppress the message about
+
+\newtoks\@dc@arguments % the register for storing parsed
+                       % |\\command {#1}›…{⁄<n>}|.
+
+\newcount\c@dc@catchernum
+\newcount\c@dc@argnum
+
+\newif\if@dc@ignore@
+\newif\if@dc@GroteNegere@ % for “gross” ignoring
+\newif\if@dc@GroteLang@ % for “gross” longness
+
+\newif\if@dc@long@
+
+\def\@dc@long@letter{%
+\if@dc@long@ P\fi
+}
+
+\newif\if@dc@xadefault
+
+\def\@nx@xa{\@nx\@xa}
+\def\@xa@nx{\@xa\@nx}
+\def\@xa@xa{\@xa\@xa}
+
+\newif\if@dc@xadefault@i@
+\newif\if@dc@xadefault@ii@
+\newif\if@dc@xaeacher@
+
+\def\@dc@falsify@xadefaults{%
+  \@dc@xadefaultfalse
+  \@dc@xadefault@i@false
+  \@dc@xadefault@ii@false
+}
+
+\lpdef\DeclareCommand#1#2#3{% ^^B It's the draft version just
+  % ^^B~to declare the true one, which is  defined in line
+  % \ref{DC:final}.
+  %
+  % \begin{enumargs}
+  % \item command to be defined,
+  % \item arguments specification,
+  % \item definition body.
+  % \end{enumargs}
+  % \chgs[\DeclareCommand]{2008/12/05 v0.98 added the \env{S}/\env{T}
+  %   spec parsing, the
+  %   \env{s} spec parsing rewritten to be a~shorthand for
+  %   \env{S\{*\}}, unused code removed}
+  % \chgs{2010/04/15 v0.993 implemented the \cmd\SameAs feature}
+  %
+  %
+  %
+\@dc@alllong@true
+  \@dc@ResetParseAuxilia
+  %
+  \@dc@ParseNextSpecifier #2%
+  \@dc@buckstopshere% it's the sentinel of parsing. Doesn't have to be
+  % defined since the test performs a strings comparison.
+  \protected\edef#1{%
+    \@nx\@dc@    {\the\toks@}%
+    \@xanxcs{\@dc@InnerName{#1}}%
+    \@nx #1%
+  }%
+  \edef\gmu@DeclareCommand@resa{%
+    \long\def\@xanxcs{\@dc@InnerName{#1}}%
+    \@xau\@dc@innerhashes{%
+      \unexpanded{#3}}%
+  }% of resa
+  \gmu@DeclareCommand@resa
+}% of the ‘draft’ |\DeclareCommand|.
+
+\long\def\@dc@
+  #1%  the argument catchers in a~pair of braces (their arguments
+  %   may contain \incmd\par\ so the macro is long).
+  #2% |\\thecommand\|
+  #3% |\thecommand|
+  {%
+  \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
+    \@xa\@firstofone
+  \else
+    \protect#3\@xa\@gobble
+  \fi
+  {\@dc@arguments{#2}#1\the\@dc@arguments}%
+}
+
+\def\@dc@ResetParseAuxilia{%
+  %
+  \emptify\@dc@ParsedSpecs{}%
+  %
+  \c@dc@catchernum\z@ % the count of catchers
+  \c@dc@argnum\z@ % the count of arguments (inner arity) (it may be
+                 % smaller than the above if we ignore some arguments)
+  %
+  \toks@{}% in this register we will store  the created sequence of
+  % argument catchers.
+  %
+  % And for the |M⁄m| specifiers:
+  \@dc@Mmode@false
+  %
+  \emptify\@dc@innerhashes % in this macro we will store the sequence of
+                     % \inverb|#1#2…|.
+                     %
+  \@dc@GroteNegere@false
+  \let\if@dc@GroteLang@\if@dc@alllong@
+}
+
+\newif \if@dc@Mmode@
+\def\@dc@Ms@num {\z@}%
+
+\def\@dc@Ms@init{%
+  \@dc@Mmode@true
+  \def\@dc@Ms@num {\z@}%
+  \edef\@dc@Ms@initial@listate{%
+    \@dc@Ms@listate
+  }% of edef
+}
+
+\def\@dc@Ms@listate{%
+  \boolstobin{{@dc@long@}{@dc@ignore@}}%
+}
+
+\def\@dc@Ms@shipout {%
+  \gmu@if {num} {\@dc@Ms@num>\z@}%
+  {\@xa\dc@addtoParsed@\@xa{\@dc@Ms@num}%
+    \def\@dc@Ms@num{\z@}%
+    \@dc@Mmode@false
+   }%
+   {}%
+}
+
+\def\@dc@ResetStepAuxilia {%
+  % We set the local ignorance switch to its “gross” value
+  \let\if@dc@ignore@ =\if@dc@GroteNegere@
+  \let\if@dc@long@ = \if@dc@GroteLang@
+  % and reset the expandaftering switches
+  \@dc@falsify@xadefaults
+}
+
+\def\@dc@argtypes{%
+  =\gobblespace \loop \lostwax \SameAs \Scope
+  AaBbCcDdGgKkMmOoQqSs*TtUuWw%
+  \drs
+}
+
+\def\@dc@drses{\drs}
+
+\@ifXeTeX
+{\addtomacro\@dc@argtypes{ďĎ}%
+  \addtomacro\@dc@drses{ďĎ}%
+}
+{}
+
+\def\@dc@ParseSpecifier #1{% The main inner macro parsing argument
+  \gmu@CASE {stribs}{{#1}\@dc@buckstopshere}%
+  {%
+  \@dc@Ms@shipout
+    \edef\@dc@innerhashes {%
+      \gmu@hashes 1{\numexpr\c@dc@argnum +\@ne}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \gmu@CASE {stribs}{{#1}>}%
+  {%
+    \grab@prefix }%
+  \@XA{%
+    \gmu@CASEsbnone{#1}}\@xa{%
+    \@dc@argtypes
+  }%
+  {\IgnInfo{gmcommand}{while parsing arg specifiers}{#1}%
+    \@dc@ParseNextSpecifier }%
+  \gmu@CASE {stribs}{{#1}\SameAs}%
+  {\@dc@SameAs}%
+  \gmu@ifsbnone {#1}{Mm}%
+  {\@dc@Ms@shipout }%
+  {}%
+  \gmu@if {@dc@Mmode@}{}%
+  {}%
+  {%
+    \gmu@ifsbany{#1}{=\gobblespace}{\@dc@ignore@true}{}%
+    \gmu@if {@dc@long@} {}
+    {\@dc@addtospecs@bare{>P}}
+    {}%
+    %
+    \gmu@if {@dc@ignore@}{}%
+    {\@dc@addtoparsed@Ignore   }%
+    {}%
+    %
+    \@dc@addtospecs@bare {#1}%
+    %
+    \@xa\addtotoks\@xa\toks@\@xa{%
+      \csname ArgumentCatcher@\@dc@long@letter
+      \strip@bslash{#1}%
+      \endcsname
+    }% of toks' text.
+    \advance\c@dc@catchernum\@ne
+  }% of if not |M|-mode
+  \gmu@notif {@dc@ignore@}{}%
+  {\@dc@addinnerhash }% \label{@dc@addinnerhash}
+  {}% (empty “not-else” branch of ignoring)
+  \gmu@CASEsbany {#1}{Mm}%
+  {\@dc@process@ms}%
+  \gmu@CASEsbany {#1}{Kk}%
+  {\@dc@define@K}%
+  \gmu@CASEsbany {#1}{\gobblespace}%
+  {\@dc@ParseNextSpecifier}%
+  \gmu@CASEsbany{#1}{=\Scope AaBbCcDdOoSs*}%
+  {\grab@optparam{#1}}%
+  \@XA{\gmu@CASEsbany{#1}}\@xa{\@dc@drses}%
+  {\grab@optparam{#1}}%
+  \gmu@CASEsbany{#1}{UuWw\lostwax}%
+  {\@dc@grab@Loop #1}% putting the specifier's letter as |#1| for the
+  % grabber suppresses adding it to the parsed specifiers' list.
+  \gmu@lastCASE
+  {%
+    \grab@twoparams{#1}}%
+  \gmu@ESAC
+  %
+}% of  |\@dc@ParseSpecifier|
+
+\def\@dc@addtoparsed@Ignore{%
+  \addtotoks\toks@{\@dc@ignorearg}%
+  \@dc@addtospecs@bare{>i}%
+}
+
+\def\@dc@addinnerhash{%
+  \advance\c@dc@argnum\@ne
+}
+
+\def\@dc@process@ms{%
+  \gmu@if {@dc@Mmode@}{}%
+  {\gmu@if {num}{\@dc@Ms@initial@listate=\@dc@Ms@listate}%
+    {\@dc@process@ms@grabnum }% of if the state has'nt been changed
+    {\@dc@Ms@shipout
+ % Remember however that we've increased number of arguments so now we
+ % set it back:
+       \advance\c@dc@argnum\m@ne
+      \@dc@ParseSpecifier m%
+    }% of if the state has been changed
+  }% of if |M|-mode
+  {\@dc@Ms@init
+  \@dc@process@ms@grabnum
+  }% of not if |M|-mode.
+}% of \@dc@process@ms
+
+\def \@dc@process@ms@grabnum {%
+  \@ifnextanyIS {\bgroup \@ne \tw@ \thr@@ 123456789}%
+  {%
+    \@dc@process@ms@fin}%
+  {%
+    \@dc@process@ms@fin \@ne}%
+}
+
+\def \@dc@process@ms@fin #1{%
+  \edef\@dc@processms@hash {\the\numexpr#1}%
+  \edef\@dc@processms@left {\the\numexpr 9-\c@dc@argnum+\@ne}%
+  %
+  \gmu@if {condsconj} {%
+    {%
+      {num} {\@dc@processms@hash >\z@}
+      {num} {\@dc@processms@hash <\numexpr
+        \@dc@processms@left+1 \relax }%
+    }%
+  }%
+  {\stepnummacro \@dc@Ms@num \@dc@processms@hash
+    \edef\@dc@hashgoal {%
+      \the\numexpr\c@dc@argnum +%
+      \@dc@processms@hash-1}% minus 1 because one
+    \@whilenum \c@dc@argnum<\@dc@hashgoal \do{%
+      \@dc@addinnerhash
+    }%
+    %
+    \@dc@ParseNextSpecifier }%
+  {\PackageError{gmcommand}{%
+      The argument to the M or m specifier, if any, has to be ^^J%
+      a number between 1 and \@dc@processms@left ^^J%
+      (there is/are \the\c@dc@argnum\space arg(s) declared
+      already).^^J%
+      I ignore this m/M.}%
+    {}%
+    \gmu@passbraced  \@dc@ParseNextSpecifier {#1}%
+  }%
+}% of |\@dc@process@ms|
+
+\def\@dc@ParseNextSpecifier{%
+  \@dc@ResetStepAuxilia
+  \@dc@ParseSpecifier
+}
+
+\lpdef\@dc@AddAndParse#1{%
+  \dc@addtoParsed@{#1}%
+  \@dc@falsify@xadefaults
+  \@dc@ParseNextSpecifier
+}
+
+
+\def\grab@optparam #1{% arg specifier
+  \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\@dc@AddAndParse}%
+  {%
+    \edef\@dc@tempa{%
+      \gmu@if {csname}%
+      {@dc@optparam@deft@\strip@bslash{#1}\endcsname}%
+      {\@xaucs {@dc@optparam@deft@\strip@bslash{#1}}}%
+      {\@nx \NoValue}%
+    }%
+    \@xa\@dc@AddAndParse\@xa{\@dc@tempa}%
+  }%
+}
+
+
+\long\def\@dc@DeclareDefault #1#2{%
+  \uppercase{%
+    \Name\edefU{\strip@bslash{\@dc@optparam@deft@}\strip@bslash{#1}}{#2}}%
+  %
+  \lowercase{%
+    \Name\edefU{@dc@optparam@deft@\strip@bslash{#1}}{#2}}%
+}
+
+\@dc@DeclareDefault D{0}
+
+\@dc@DeclareDefault Ď{0}
+
+\@xa\@dc@DeclareDefault \@xa\Scope\@xa{\all@stars}
+
+\@dc@DeclareDefault = {\@tempcnta}
+
+
+\@dc@DeclareDefault Q {\NoValue}
+
+\@dc@DeclareDefault U {\NoValue}
+
+\long\def\@dc@maybe@expandafter #1{%
+  \gmu@if {@dc@xadefault}{}%
+  {\gmu@ifutokens{#1}{\NoValue}%
+    {\@secondoftwo}{\@firstoftwo}%
+  }% if we are to expandafter |#1|.
+  {\@secondoftwo}% if we don't expandafter |#1|
+}
+
+\long\def\dc@addtotoks@ #1{%
+  \@dc@maybe@expandafter {#1}%
+  %
+  {\toks@\@xa\@xa\@xa{\@xa\the\@xa\toks@\@xa{#1}}}%
+  {\toks@\@xa{\the\toks@{#1}}}%
+}
+
+\long\def\@dc@addtospecs #1{%
+  \@dc@maybe@expandafter {#1}%
+  {\@xa \addtomacro \@xa\@dc@ParsedSpecs\@xa{\@xa{#1}}%
+  }%
+  {\addtomacro\@dc@ParsedSpecs{{#1}}}%
+}
+
+\long\def\dc@addtoParsed@ #1{%
+  \dc@addtotoks@{#1}%
+  \@dc@addtospecs{#1}%
+}
+
+\long\def\@dc@addtospecs@bare #1{%
+  \addtomacro\@dc@ParsedSpecs{#1}%
+}
+
+\long\def\@dc@addtotoks@bare #1{%
+  \addtotoks\toks@ {#1}%
+}
+
+\long\def\@dc@addtoParsed@bare #1{%
+  \@dc@addtotoks@bare {#1}%
+  \@dc@addtospecs@bare {#1}%
+}
+
+\long\def\grab@twoparams
+#1% the specifier
+#2% first parameter, which is mandatory
+{% default default (when default is absent)
+  \if@dc@xadefault@i@\@dc@xadefaulttrue\fi
+  \dc@addtoParsed@{#2}%
+  \if@dc@xadefault@ii@
+    \@dc@falsify@xadefaults\@dc@xadefaulttrue
+  \fi
+  \grab@optparam{#1}%
+}
+
+\long\def\@dc@addargum#1{%
+  \addtotoks\@dc@arguments{#1}%
+\@iwruif {@@@@@@ @dc@arguments: »\the\@dc@arguments«}%
+}
+
+\Store@Macro\@dc@addargum
+
+\pdef\@dc@ignorearg{%
+  \long\def\@dc@addargum##1{%
+    \Restore@Macro\@dc@addargum}%
+}
+
+
+\def\grab@prefix@CASE{% jus a shorthand
+  \@xa\gmu@CASEsbany\gmu@forarg
+}
+
+\long\def\grab@prefix #1{%
+  %% \CH{2010/07/26  v0.993 made for-eaching to make it behave as
+  %% expected, i.e.\ that latter settings prævalent over the former}
+  %
+  \gmu@foreach#1\gmu@foreach@delim{%
+    %
+    \grab@prefix@CASE
+    {\long!lL\par Pp}%
+    {\@dc@long@true}%
+    %
+    \grab@prefix@CASE
+    {Ii}%
+    {\@dc@ignore@true}%
+    %
+    \grab@prefix@CASE
+    {\@xa\expandafter}%
+    {\@dc@xadefaulttrue}%
+    %
+    \grab@prefix@CASE
+    {\@xa \@xa@nx \@xa@xa \expandafter \@xanx \xanx \xaxa}%
+    {\@dc@xadefault@i@true}%
+    %
+    \grab@prefix@CASE
+    {\@xa \@nx@xa \@xa@xa \expandafter \@nxxa \nxxa}%
+    {\@dc@xadefault@ii@true}%
+    %
+    \grab@prefix@CASE
+    {\@xaeacher \xaeacher \xaEacher \xaE }%
+    {\@dc@xadefault@ii@true}%
+    %
+    \grab@prefix@CASE
+    {\GroteNegere \GrossIgnore \GroteN \GrossI}
+    {\@dc@GroteNegere@true
+      \@dc@ignore@true}%
+    %
+    \grab@prefix@CASE
+    {\GroteNegereStop\GrossIgnoreStop
+      \GroteNStop\GrossIStop}
+    {\@dc@GroteNegere@false
+      \@dc@ignore@false}%
+    %
+    \grab@prefix@CASE
+    {\GroteLang\GrossLong\GroteL\GrossL}
+    {\@dc@GroteLang@true
+      \@dc@long@true}%
+    %
+    \grab@prefix@CASE
+    {\GroteLangStop\GrossLangStop
+      \GroteLStop\GrossLStop}%
+    {%
+      \let\if@dc@GroteLang@=\if@dc@alllong@
+      \let\if@dc@long@=\if@dc@alllong@}%
+    %
+    \gmu@EatCases
+    {\IgnInfo{gmcommand}{while parsing arg specifiers}{#1}}%
+    \gmu@ESAC
+    %
+  }% of for each
+    \@dc@ParseSpecifier %
+}% of |\grab@prefix|
+
+\long\def\dc@DefParseNext#1{%
+  % This is to allow hashes in the defaults.
+  \edefU\@dc@parse@next{#1}%
+}
+
+\def\@dc@Alias
+#1% |\lowercase| or |\firstofone|
+#2% left side of the assignment
+#3% right side of the assignment
+#4% |Lower| or empty
+{%
+  \gmu@if {csname}%
+  {ArgumentCatcher@\strip@bslash #3\endcsname}%
+  {#1{%
+      \@xa\let\csname\strip@bslash\ArgumentCatcher@
+      \strip@bslash #2\@xa\endcsname}%
+    \csname ArgumentCatcher@\strip@bslash #3\endcsname
+  }{\PackageError{gmutils/gmcommand}{%
+      You're trying to #4Alias the »\unexpanded{#3}« catcher^^J%
+      but it is not defined!}{}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\def\@dc@LowerAliases #1{%
+  % To provide  lowercase aliases of the catchers:
+  \@dc@Alias \lowercase {#1}{#1}{Lower}%
+  \@dc@Alias \lowercase {\P#1}{\P#1}{Lower}% we provide »P« as a \CS
+                                % to avoid lowercase'ing it.
+}
+
+\def\@dc@AliasCatcher
+#1% left side of the assignment
+#2% right side of the assignment
+{%
+  \@dc@Alias \firstofone {#1}{#2}{}%
+}
+
+\def\@dc@AliasPLower
+#1% specifier to alias
+{\@dc@AliasCatcher {P#1}{#1}%
+  \@dc@LowerAliases{#1}%
+}
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@B
+#1% default value
+#2%  tail of args catchers.
+\@dc@arguments % delimiter
+{%
+  \@ifnextcat\bgroup
+  {\dc@DefParseNext{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@m@i }%
+  {\@dc@addargum {{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments }%
+}
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PB
+#1% default value
+#2%  tail of args catchers.
+\@dc@arguments % delimiter
+{\@ifnextcat\bgroup
+  {\dc@DefParseNext{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@Pm@i }%
+  {\@dc@addargum {{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments }%
+}
+
+\@dc@LowerAliases B
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@T@ % parsing of a~single \textbf Token continued:
+#1%  the list to search |#4| on,
+#2% the default value,
+#3% the tail of args parsers,
+#4% the token we search in |#1|  (it's an unbraced
+{%
+  \gmu@ifStrXany #4{#1}%
+  {\@dc@addargum {{#4}}#3\@dc@arguments}%
+  {\@dc@addargum {{#2}}#3\@dc@arguments#4}%
+}
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@T % parsing of a~ single \textbf Token. It's
+#1% the list we search optional token on,
+#2% the default value,
+#3%  the tail  of args parser.
+\@dc@arguments{%
+  \@ifnextnotgroup
+  % \label{dc@S:bgroup}
+  {\ArgumentCatcher@T@{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
+  {\@dc@addargum {{#2}}#3\@dc@arguments}% if we parse an
+  % opening or closing brace, then we are sure it's not any expected
+  % Single.
+}
+
+\@dc@AliasPLower T
+
+
+\edef\ArgumentCatcher@S
+#1% default value
+{%
+  \@nx\ArgumentCatcher@T {\@xa\@nx\all@stars}{#1}}% the |s| arg spec is
+
+\@dc@AliasPLower S
+\@dc@AliasCatcher * S
+
+\newif\if@debugacro@
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Loop  %^^A >>>>>>>loop
+#1% “sign” of match for iteration: |\any| or |\none|
+#2% list of tokens |\@let@token| will be matched against with |#1|
+#3% test for “drainers” (allowed values as for |#1|)
+#4% list of “drainers”: if |\@let@token| satisfies the |#3| test,
+#5% upper bound of number of items (may be empty or negative to turn
+#6% default value (if empty sequence is parsed), |\NoValue| by default.
+#7% an “eacher”—stuff to be put before each token/text added to the
+#8% the tail of args parser
+\@dc@arguments % delimiter
+{%
+  \dc@DefParseNext{#8}%
+  \emptify\@dc@seQuence
+  \c@dc@Loop@bound=\numexpr(\gmu@ifempty{#5}{-1}{#5})*1\relax
+  \gmu@if {num}{\c@dc@Loop@bound<\z@}%
+  {\c@dc@Loop@bound=-\c@dc@Loop@bound
+    \let\@dc@Loop@countby\z@
+  }%
+  {\let\@dc@Loop@countby\m@ne}%
+  %
+  \gmu@ifempty{#2}%
+  {\gmu@if {strings}{\none #1}%
+    {\@dc@Loop@iteralltrue}% it's an additional switch for better
+    % performance in a special case: when we wish
+    % only count the items and iterate over anything
+    {%
+      \Store@Macro\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@defcheck
+      \def\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@defcheck{%
+        \Restore@Macro\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@defcheck
+        \ArgumentCatcher@Loop@shipout}%
+    }% of if |#1| str-is |\any|
+  }% of if |#2| empty
+  {\@dc@Loop@iterallfalse}% when |#2| nonempty, we \emph{have} to
+  % perform matching. \rrthis
+  %
+  \gmu@ifempty{#4}%
+  {\gmu@if {strings} {\any #3}%
+    {\@dc@Loop@addallfalse\@dc@Loop@drainalltrue}%
+    {\@dc@Loop@addalltrue\@dc@Loop@drainallfalse}%
+  }% of if |#4| empty
+  {\@dc@Loop@addallfalse\@dc@Loop@drainallfalse}% when |#4| nonempty,
+  % we \emph{have} to perform matching. \rrthis
+  %
+  \edef\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@afterpeep{%
+    \gmu@if {@dc@Loop@iterall}{}%
+    {\firstoftwo}%
+    {\unexpanded{%
+        \@dc@Loop@test
+        #1{#2}% if the next token StrX-is/is not on |#2|,
+        % then… \label{h1.@let@token.h2}
+      }% of |\unexpanded|
+    }% of if we don't iterate over all (of preparation of iteration test)
+    {\gmu@if {@dc@Loop@addall}{}%
+      {\@nx \ArgumentCatcher@Loop@add}%
+      {\gmu@if {@dc@Loop@drainall}{}%
+        {\@nx \ArgumentCatcher@Loop@drain}%
+        {\unexpanded{%
+            \@dc@Loop@test
+            #3{#4}% if the next token satisfies |#3|-direction StrX
+            % match against |#4|, then we discard it,
+            % otherwise we add it.
+            \ArgumentCatcher@Loop@drain
+            \ArgumentCatcher@Loop@add
+          }% of |\unexpanded|
+        }% of not drain all
+      }% of if not add all
+    }%
+    {\gmu@if {@dc@Loop@iterall}{}%
+      {}%
+      {\@nx \ArgumentCatcher@Loop@shipout}%
+    }%
+    \unexpanded{{#6}{#7}}%
+  }% of |\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@afterpeep|
+  %
+  \ArgumentCatcher@Loop@defcheck {#6}{#7}%
+  \ArgumentCatcher@Loop@check
+}% of |\ArgumentCatcher@Loop|
+
+\newcount\c@dc@Loop@bound
+
+\newif\if@dc@Loop@iterall
+\newif\if@dc@Loop@addall
+\newif\if@dc@Loop@drainall
+
+\long\def\@dc@Loop@test
+#1% |\any| or |\none|
+#2% list of tokens to match against
+#3% what if \OK
+#4% what if not \OK.
+{% remember we are in the argument of |\gmu@peep@next| so we are after
+  % peep.
+ \gmu@if {defined}{\@def@token}
+ {\csname gmu@ifStrX\strip@bslash #1\@xa\endcsname
+   \@def@token }%
+ {\csname gmu@ifx\strip@bslash #1\endcsname
+   \@let@token }%
+ {#2}{#3}{#4}%
+}
+
+\@dc@AliasCatcher {PLoop} {Loop}
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@defcheck
+#1% default,
+#2% “eacher”
+{%
+  \edefU\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@check{%
+    \gmu@if {num}{\c@dc@Loop@bound>\z@}
+    {\advance \c@dc@Loop@bound \@dc@Loop@countby
+      \gmu@peep@next
+      \ArgumentCatcher@Loop@afterpeep }
+    {\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@shipout {#1}{#2}}% of if num bound reached
+  }% of |\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@check|
+}% of |\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@defcheck|
+
+\lpdef\@dc@Loop@CareOfSpace
+#1% a macro with all the arguments except last
+{\gmu@ifpeeped x \gmu@letspace
+  {\edef\@dc@Loop@careofspace@aas{%
+      \unexpanded{#1{ }}%
+    }% edef unexpanded to allow |#| tokens in |#1|
+    \afterassignment\@dc@Loop@careofspace@aas
+    \let\gmu@drain= }% after |=| is a space.
+  {#1}% next not space, so just |#1| and let it process the next token
+  % its way.
+}
+
+
+\lpdef\@dc@Loop@CareOfSpaceAndGroup
+#1% as in the previous macro
+{\@iwruif {Care of both: @let@token: »\meaning\@let@token«}%
+  \@dc@Loop@CareOfSpace{%
+    \gmu@passbraced{#1}%
+  }%
+}% of “take care of both”
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@add
+#1% default
+#2% eacher
+{\@dc@Loop@CareOfSpaceAndGroup
+  {\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@add@{#2}}%
+}
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@add@
+#1%  eacher
+#2%  token/text to be added
+{\addtomacro\@dc@seQuence{#1#2}%
+  \@iwruif {@@@@@@ Q-add: »\the\@dc@arguments«}%
+  \ArgumentCatcher@Loop@check
+}% of  |\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@add@|
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@drain
+#1% default
+#2% eacher
+{%
+  \@iwruif{@@@@@@ Q-drain: »\the\@dc@arguments«}%
+  \@dc@Loop@CareOfSpaceAndGroup
+  {\@xa\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@check\@gobble}%
+}
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@shipout
+#1% default
+#2% eacher
+{%
+  \gmu@if x{\@dc@seQuence\@empty}%
+  {\def\@dc@seQuence{#1}%
+    \gmu@if x{\@dc@seQuence\@empty}%
+    {}{\prependtomacro\@dc@seQuence{#2}}%
+  }%
+  {}% if |\@dc@seQuence| is nonempty, we don't modify it.
+  \@xa\@dc@addargum\@xa{\@xa{\@dc@seQuence}}%
+  \@iwruif {@@@@@@ Q-finish: »\the\@dc@arguments«}%
+  \@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments
+}% of |\ArgumentCatcher@Loop@shipout|
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Q
+#1% list
+#2% default (|\NoValue| by default, as in previous versions.
+{%
+  \ArgumentCatcher@Loop
+  \any
+  { #1}% note the space before |#1|—settheory sum of |#1| and drainers.
+  \any
+  { }% we ignore spaces—it's a legacy setting, maybe we'll optionise
+  % it in the future
+  \m@ne % we allow any number of tokens
+  {#2}% default, by default |\NoValue|, as defined in line \ref{Q-arg deft.}
+  {}% empty eacher
+}%
+
+\@dc@AliasPLower Q
+
+\def\ArgumentCatcher@D{% decimal argument (useful for dates e.g.)
+  \ArgumentCatcher@Q
+  {-+0123456789}%
+  % the default value will be delivered by the defaults' catcher
+}
+
+\@dc@AliasPLower D
+
+\@ifXeTeX
+{%
+  \def\ArgumentCatcher@Ď
+  #1% default value, 0 by default
+  {% decimal argument
+    \ArgumentCatcher@Loop
+    \any
+    {-+0123456789}%
+    \none
+    {}%
+    \m@ne
+    {#1}%
+    {}%
+  }%
+}
+{}%
+
+\@dc@AliasPLower Ď
+
+\@dc@AliasCatcher U {Loop}
+
+\@dc@AliasPLower U
+
+\@dc@AliasCatcher W {Loop}
+
+\@dc@AliasPLower W
+
+\@dc@AliasCatcher {lostwax} U
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@item
+#1% “sign” of matching
+#2% list to match against
+#3% default value
+#4% eacher (which in this case will be applied to \emph{the} (one)
+{%
+  \ArgumentCatcher@Loop
+  #1%
+  {#2}%
+  \none {}% we add all that matches
+  1 % at most one item
+  {#3}%
+  {#4}%
+}
+
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@genM
+#1% the letter »P« (for long catcher) or nothing (for the short version)
+#2% number of undelimited parametrs to catch (arabic)
+#3% tail of parsers
+\@dc@arguments{%
+  \dc@DefParseNext{#3}%
+  \csname ArgumentCatcher@#1m@%
+  \romannumeral#2%
+  \endcsname
+}
+
+
+\def\ArgumentCatcher@M{\ArgumentCatcher@genM {}}
+\def\ArgumentCatcher@PM{\ArgumentCatcher@genM P}
+
+\@dc@AliasCatcher {m} {M}
+\@dc@AliasCatcher {Pm} {PM}
+
+\@dc@AliasCatcher {ms} {M}
+\@dc@AliasCatcher {Pms} {PM}
+
+\@tempcnta=\@ne
+\@whilenum\@tempcnta<9\do{%
+  %
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+    %
+    % The short catchers of mandatories:
+    \def\@xanxcs{%
+      ArgumentCatcher@m@\romannumeral\@tempcnta}%
+    \gmu@hashes1{\numexpr\@tempcnta+1}%
+    {\@nx\@dc@addargum{%
+        \gmu@hashesbraced 1{\numexpr\@tempcnta+1}}%
+      \@nx\@dc@parse@next\@nx\@dc@arguments
+    }% of \incs{ArgumentCatcher@m@\<rom.num>}.
+    %
+    % And  the long ones:
+    \long \def\@xanxcs{%
+      ArgumentCatcher@Pm@\romannumeral\@tempcnta}%
+    \gmu@hashes1{\numexpr\@tempcnta+1}%
+    {\@nx\@dc@addargum{%
+        \gmu@hashesbraced 1{\numexpr\@tempcnta+1}}%
+      \@nx\@dc@parse@next\@nx\@dc@arguments
+    }% of \incs{ArgumentCatcher@Pm@\<rom.num>}.
+    %
+  }% of |\edef|.
+  \gmu@tempa
+  \advance\@tempcnta1\relax
+}% of the loop.
+
+\if 1 1
+\@tempcnta\@ne
+\@whilenum\@tempcnta<9\do{%
+  \typeout{\bslash  ArgumentCatcher@m@\romannumeral\@tempcnta:    ^^J%
+    \Name\meaning{ArgumentCatcher@m@\romannumeral\@tempcnta}^^J}%
+  \typeout{\bslash  ArgumentCatcher@Pm@\romannumeral\@tempcnta : ^^J%
+    \Name\meaning
+    {ArgumentCatcher@Pm@\romannumeral\@tempcnta}^^J^^J^^J%
+  }%
+  \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+}
+
+\fi
+
+\def\ArgumentCatcher@m@ix
+#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
+  \@dc@addargum{%
+    {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}}%
+  \the \@dc@arguments
+}
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pm@ix
+#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
+  \@dc@addargum{%
+    {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}}%
+  \the \@dc@arguments
+}
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@K %  a~Knuthian delimited or undelimited
+#1% the particular Knuthian macro
+#2%   the tail of args parser.
+\@dc@arguments % tail delimiter
+{\dc@DefParseNext{#2}#1}
+
+\@dc@AliasPLower K
+
+\long\def\gmu@twostring#1#2{\string#1\string#2}
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@G@longorshort
+#1% longness prefix (|\long| or nothing)
+#2% left and right delimiters
+#3% default value
+#4% the tail of args parser.
+\@dc@arguments % tail delimiter
+{%
+  \edef\@dc@Gname{ArgumentCatcher@G\gmu@twostring#2}%
+  \gmu@if {csname}{\@dc@Gname \endcsname}%
+  {}%
+  {#1\Name\def{\@dc@Gname \@xa}%
+    \@dc@Gparams#2{\@dc@addargum{{##2}}##1\@dc@arguments}%
+  }%
+  \@xa\@ifEUnextchar\@firstoftwo#2%
+  {\def\dc@parse@next{#4}% we hide possible |\par|s.
+    \csname \@dc@Gname \endcsname\dc@parse@next}%
+  {\@dc@addargum{{#3}}#4\@dc@arguments}%
+}
+
+\long\def\@dc@Gparams#1#2{##1#1##2#2}
+
+\lpdef\ArgumentCatcher@G % short general catcher
+#1% left and right delimiters
+#2% default value
+{\ArgumentCatcher@G@longorshort{}{#1}{#2}}
+
+\lpdef\ArgumentCatcher@PG % long general catcher
+#1% left and right delimiter
+#2% default value
+{\ArgumentCatcher@G@longorshort{\long}{#1}{#2}}
+
+\def\@dc@DefAsGeneral
+#1% specifier
+#2% delimiters
+{\Name\lpdef{ArgumentCatcher@\strip@bslash{#1}}%
+  ##1% default value
+  {\ArgumentCatcher@G{#2}{##1}}%
+  \Name\lpdef{ArgumentCatcher@P\strip@bslash{#1}}%
+  ##1% default value
+  {\ArgumentCatcher@G{#2}{##1}}%
+  %
+  \gmu@if {cat}{a\@nx#1}%
+  {\@dc@LowerAliases #1}{}%
+}
+
+\@dc@DefAsGeneral A{<>}
+
+\@dc@DefAsGeneral O{[]}
+
+
+\def\DCnocoordinate{\@dc@DefAsGeneral C{()}}
+\DCnocoordinate
+
+\edefU\DCcoordinate{%
+  %
+  \long\def\ArgumentCatcher@C
+  #1% default value
+  #2% tail of parsers
+  \@dc@arguments % tail's delimiter
+  {%
+    \@ifEUnextchar(%^^A)
+    {\dc@DefParseNext{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@c@}%
+    {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}%
+  }%
+  %
+  \let\ArgumentCatcher@c\ArgumentCatcher@C
+  \let\ArgumentCatcher@Pc\ArgumentCatcher@PC
+  %
+  \long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PC#1#2\@dc@arguments{%
+    \@ifEUnextchar(%^^A)
+    {\dc@DefParseNext{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@Pc@}%
+    {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}%
+  }%
+  %
+  \def\ArgumentCatcher@c@(#1){%
+    \gmu@ifxany,{#1}%
+    {\@xa\@dc@addargum\@dc@commasep#1\@dc@commasep}%
+    {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments
+  }%
+  % \stanza
+  \def\@dc@commasep#1,#2\@dc@commasep{{{{#1}{#2}}}}%
+  % \stanza
+  \long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pc@(#1){%
+    \gmu@ifxany,{#1}%
+    {\@xa\@dc@addargum\@dc@commasep#1\@dc@commasep}%
+    {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments
+  }%
+}
+
+
+\def\@dc@Scope@shipout#1{%
+  \ifx\@dc@seQuence\@empty\def\@dc@seQuence{#1}\fi
+  \@xa  \gmu@ifxany\@xa \global\@xa{\@dc@seQuence}%
+  {\@dc@addargum{{\global}}}%
+  {\@dc@addargum{{\relax}}}%
+  \@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments
+}
+
+\def\ArgumentCatcher@Scope
+#1% the separator(s)
+{\let\@dc@seQuence@shipout@@\@dc@seQuence@shipout
+  \let\@dc@seQuence@shipout\@dc@Scope@shipout
+  \ArgumentCatcher@Q{\global\relax}{\relax}%
+  \let\@dc@seQuence@shipout\@dc@seQuence@shipout@@
+  \@dc@ignorearg
+  \ArgumentCatcher@T{#1}{\NoValue}%
+}
+
+\@dc@AliasCatcher {PScope} \Scope
+
+
+\def\NoValue{-NoValue-}
+
+\long\def\IfNoValueTF#1{% % \chgs{2008/12/1 v0.98 the \pk{xparse} tests for
+  % the presence of value redefined and much simplified (43 \CS'es
+  % less). Moreover, they are now fully expandable: \cmd\IfNoValueTF,
+  % \cmd\IfNoValueT, \cmd\IfNoValueF, \cmd\IfValueTF, \cmd\IfValueT,
+  % \cmd\IfValueF}
+  %
+  % \chgs{2010/05/27 v0.993 bug fix: order of \cmd\NoValue and
+  % \cs{@firstofmany} reversed after a catastrophal |{11}{11}| argument}
+  \@xa\ifx\@xa\NoValue\@firstofmany#1\@empty\@nil \afterfi\@firstoftwo
+  \else\afterfi\@secondoftwo
+  \fi}
+
+\long\def\IfNoValueT#1#2{\IfNoValueTF{#1}{#2}\@empty}
+
+\long\def\IfNoValueF#1#2{\IfNoValueTF{#1}\@empty{#2}}
+
+\long\def\IfValueTF#1#2#3{\IfNoValueTF{#1}{#3}{#2}}
+
+\long\def\PutIfValue#1{\IfValueT{#1}{#1}}
+
+\let\IfValueT\IfNoValueF
+
+\let\IfValueF\IfNoValueT
+
+\long\pdef\IfLong#1{%\
+  % \begin{enumargs}
+  % \item the argument to check for |\par|,
+  % \item what if |\par| found,
+  % \item what if |\par| not found.
+  % \end{enumargs}
+  %
+  \edef\gmu@IfLong@resa{\detokenize{#1}}%
+  \edef\gmu@IfLong@resa{%
+    \IfAmong\string\par\@nx\among{\gmu@IfLong@resa}}%
+  \gmu@IfLong@resa}
+
+
+\long\@namedef{ArgumentCatcher@=}%
+#1% register used in the assignment
+#2%  the tail  of args parser.
+\@dc@arguments{%
+  \dc@DefParseNext{%
+    \@dc@addargum\NoValue  % to make ignoring mechanism work
+    #2\@dc@arguments}%
+  \afterassignment\@dc@parse@next
+  #1}% optional space and |=| is left at user's discretion. In fact,
+
+\n@melet{ArgumentCatcher@P=}{ArgumentCatcher@=}
+
+
+\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@gobblespace
+{\ArgumentCatcher@T {\dc@gobblespace@dummy}{\NoValue}}
+
+\let\ArgumentCatcher@Pgobblespace\ArgumentCatcher@gobblespace
+
+\def\dc@gobblespace@dummy{\dc@gobblespace@dummy}
+
+\let\gobblespace\dc@gobblespace@dummy
+
+
+\errorcontextlines=100
+
+\long\def\@dc@InnerName#1{%
+  \bslash@or@ac{#1}%
+  \bslash
+}%
+
+%% \CH{2010/07/26  v0.993 This strikingly simple idea of storing the
+%% specifiers' sequence in a macro came to my head only after some
+%% three years of developing \cmd\DeclareCommand}
+\long\edef\@dc@SpecsArName#1{%
+  Specs \string& arity of
+  \@nx\bslash@or@ac{#1}%
+}%
+
+\pdef\@dc@messages {%
+  \gmu@notif {@dc@quiet@}{}%
+  {%
+    \gmu@if {DCMessages}{}%
+    {\PackageInfo{gmcommand}{^^J%
+        Parsing arguments for \dc@innername^^J%
+        [specified as:
+        \unexpanded
+        \@xa\@xa\@xa \@xa\@xa\@xa \@xa{%
+          \@xa\@xa\@xa\@secondofmany
+          %
+          % not |\@secondofthree| because first use of this definition is for
+          % |\DeclareCommand| not having its specifiers' carrier.
+          %
+          \csname \@dc@specsname\endcsname {}{}\@nil }%
+        \space ]^^J%
+        [in file: \@currname.\@currext\space ]}% of info message
+    }% of if \ac DC messages
+    {}% of if not |DCMessages|
+  }% of if not |@dc@quiet@|
+  {}% of if not not |@dc@quiet@|
+}% of |\@dc@messages|
+
+
+\edefU\@dc@DCbody {%
+{% \label{DC:final}  %
+                 % \chgs{2008/12/05 v0.98 added the \cs{@bsphack}---\cs{@esphack} option}
+                 % \chgs{2008/12/07 v0.98 added the \env{Q\arg{tokens}} argument type
+                 %   (a~word over the alphabet \<tokens>)}
+  \edef\dc@innername {\@dc@InnerName #1}% we'll use it in |K|-type arg.\ catcher and
+  \edef\@dc@specsname  {\@dc@SpecsArName{#1}}%
+  \gmu@ifCSdefined {#1}%
+  {\gmu@if{DCMessages}{}%
+    {\PackageWarning{gmcommand}{%
+        ^^J%
+        Redefining command \dc@innername\space
+        with \string\DeclareCommand}%
+    }%
+    {}%
+  }%
+  {\gmu@if {DCMessages}{}%
+    {\PackageInfo{gmcommand}{^^J%
+        \string\DeclareCommand-ing \dc@innername\space (new)^^J}%
+    }%
+    {}%
+  }%
+  \@dc@alllong@false
+  \@dc@quiet@false
+  %
+  \emptify\@dc@Specs@tempa
+  %
+  \gmu@ifsbintersect{#2}{\long!lL}{%
+    \addtomacro\@dc@Specs@tempa{\long}%
+    \@dc@alllong@true}%
+  {}%
+  %
+  \gmu@ifsbintersect{#2}{.qQ\quiet}{%
+    \addtomacro\@dc@Specs@tempa{\quiet}%
+    \@dc@quiet@true}%
+  {}%
+  %
+  \gmu@ifsbintersect{#2}{iIwW\sphack}%
+  {% if `invisibility' is specified: \UnDef
+    \addtomacro\@dc@Specs@tempa{\sphack}%
+    \def\@dc@bsphack@{\@nx\@bsphack}% \UnDef
+    \def\@dc@esphack@{\@nx\@esphack}%
+  }%
+  {\emptify\@dc@bsphack@
+    \emptify\@dc@esphack@}% if `invisibility' is not specified.
+  %
+  \gmu@ifsbany\envhack{#2}%
+  {% but  if we define an environment:
+    \addtomacro\@dc@Specs@tempa{\envhack}%
+    \emptify\@dc@bsphack@
+    \emptify\@dc@esphack@
+    \edef\@dc@setThrowArgs{%
+      \dc@ThrowArgs{\string#1}}% if our command is used
+  }%
+  {% and if we don't define an environment:
+    \emptify\@dc@setThrowArgs
+  }%
+  %
+  \relaxen\@dc@global@
+  \relaxen\@dc@outer@
+  %
+  \gmu@ifsbany\outer{#2}%
+  {\addtomacro\@dc@Specs@tempa{\outer}%
+    \let\@dc@outer@\outer}%
+  {}%
+  %
+  \gmu@ifsbany\global{#2}{%
+    \addtomacro\@dc@Specs@tempa {\IAmDeclaredGlobally}%
+    \let\@dc@global@\global}%
+  {}%
+  %
+  \@xa\Name \@xa\edefU
+  \@xa\@dc@specsname
+  \@xa{\@xa{\@dc@Specs@tempa}}%
+  \@dc@ResetParseAuxilia
+  %
+  \@dc@ParseNextSpecifier #3%
+  \@dc@buckstopshere % it's the sentinel of parsing. Since the test
+  %
+  \@xa \Name \@xa \addtomacro \@xa \@dc@specsname
+  \@xa {\@xa{\@dc@ParsedSpecs}}%
+  %
+  \@xa\Name\@xa\addtomacro\@xa\@dc@specsname
+  \@xa{\@xa{\the \c@dc@argnum}}%
+  %
+  \@dc@outer@\@dc@global@ % possibly the prefixes,
+%%%%%
+%%%%%% Here comes the definition of the coating macro, named the
+%%%%%% same as the command:
+  \protected\edef#1{% always |\protected| \balsmiley( ;-)
+    \@dc@bsphack@ % perhaps |\@bsphack|
+    %
+    \@dc@messages
+    %
+    \@nx\@dc@{\the\toks@}% in the braces appear the argument catchers.
+    \@xanxcs{\dc@innername}%
+    \ifx\@dc@outer@\outer
+      \@xanxcs{\@xa\gobble\string#1 }% note the blank
+    \else \@nx #1%
+    \fi
+  }% of main coating macro's |\edef|. \UnDef
+  %
+  \edef\gmu@DeclareCommand@resa{%
+    \@dc@global@ % perhaps |\global|
+    \long\def\@xanxcs{\@dc@InnerName{#1}}% for a~command
+    \@xau\@dc@innerhashes % it's |#1#2#3…|
+    {% the body of the inner ‘|\\⁄<name>\|’ macro:
+      \@dc@setThrowArgs
+      \unexpanded{#4}%
+      \@dc@esphack@}%
+  }% of |\edef|.
+  \gmu@DeclareCommand@resa
+}% of |\DeclareCommand|'s body.
+}
+
+\def\@dc@DCprefixQlist{\global\protected\outer\long
+  \relax % for the very tricky case when |\@dc@global| may be
+  !lL.qQiIwW\sphack\envhack}
+
+\long\def\ShowCommand #1{%
+  \@iwruJ
+  \@iwru{»\string#1« is »\meaning#1«}%
+  \@iwruJ
+  \@iwru{»\Name\string{\@dc@InnerName{#1}}« is
+    »\Name\meaning{\@dc@InnerName{#1}}«}%
+  \@iwruJ
+  \@iwru{»\Name\string{\@dc@SpecsArName{#1}}« is
+    »\Name\meaning{\@dc@SpecsArName{#1}}«}%
+  \@iwruJ
+  \show\show
+}
+
+\@XA{\DeclareCommand\DeclareCommand   % This is the final version by now.\
+{
+  #1 >Pm       %   command to be defined (may  be \incs{par} if you
+  #2 >\@xa Q{\@dc@DCprefixQlist}{} %\
+  #3 >Pm % arguments specification (may contain \incmd\par),
+  #4 >Pm %  the definition body; may contain nearly anything including
+}}\@dc@DCbody
+
+
+\@XA{\DeclareCommand \DeclareCommand \long
+  {m >\@xa Q{\@dc@DCprefixQlist}{} mm}}%
+\@dc@DCbody
+
+
+\long\def\dc@EAName#1{% Env.\ arguments' toks' name
+  \if\bslash#1\else#1\fi's_args}
+
+\pdef\dc@ThrowArgs#1{%
+  \gmu@if{csname}{\dc@EAName{#1}\endcsname}
+  {}% if it's defined, we do nothing (we assume it's defined by us and
+    % is toks register.)
+  {% else we define it as a new toks
+  % \label{'s args}
+    \@xa\newtoks\csname\dc@EAName{#1}\endcsname
+  }%
+  \csname\dc@EAName{#1}\endcsname=%
+  \@xa\@xa\@xa{\@xa\@gobble\the\@dc@arguments}%
+}%
+
+
+\def\@dc@K@defaultrepl{##1}
+
+\DeclareCommand\@dc@define@K \long {mb}{% \label{K@parse}
+  %  First we add the particular \CS to the toks register:\nostanza
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+    \unexpanded{\toks@\@xa}%
+    {\@nx\the\toks@{%
+        \@xanxcs{\dc@innername @K\the\c@dc@catchernum}%
+      }%
+    }%
+    % here we add to the parsers toks list a \CS\ named
+    % |\⁄<our command>@K⁄<num. of catcher>| (the particular Knuthian catcher)
+  }\gmu@tempa
+  %  and define this macro: \nostanza
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+    % And now we define that particular Knuthian catcher.
+    \def\@xanxcs{\dc@innername @K\the\c@dc@catchernum}%
+    \gmu@if {@dc@xadefault@i@}{}%
+    {\@xau{#1}}%
+    {\unexpanded{#1}}%
+    {%
+      \@nx\@dc@addargum{{%
+          \IfValueTF{#2}{%
+            \gmu@if{@dc@xadefault@ii@}{}%
+            {\@xau{#2}}%
+            {\unexpanded{#2}}%
+          }{\@xau{\@dc@K@defaultrepl}}%
+        }}% we add the Knuthian
+      % replacement to the toks register as \inhash n.
+      \@nx \@dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments
+    }% and continue parsing.
+  }% of |\edef|. Now we execute this temporary macro, which means we \incmd\def|\⁄<command>@K⁄<n>|
+  \@dc@global@ % set properly before |\@dc@ParseNextSpecifier #3⁄<buck>|.
+  \if P\@dc@long@letter\relax\long\fi
+  \gmu@tempa
+  % Now we clean up and continue construction of arguments parser. \nostanza
+ \@dc@ParseNextSpecifier
+}% of |\@dc@define@K|
+
+\DeclareCommand\@dc@grab@Loop \long {%
+  #1 T{\any \none Uu\U \u Ww\W \w \lostwax} % the “sign” of matching for adding; use of
+  % the letters suppresses adding them to the
+  % parsed specifiers' list, which is crucial for
+  % |\SameAs| copying of specifiers: the “until” and “while” loops
+  % don't shift their arguments.
+  %
+  #2 >Pm % list of tokens to match for/against iteration
+  %
+  >i T{\drain \drop \Drain \Drop}
+  #3 T{\any \none }{\none} % the “sign” of matching for draining
+  %
+  #4 b{} % list of drainers, empty by default
+  %
+  >i T{\count \ubound}
+  #5 D{\m@ne} % upper bound of iterations
+  %
+  >i T{\default \Default}
+  #6 b % default value (|\NoValue| by default)
+  %
+  #7 T{\eacher \Eacher \defEacher} % default is |\NoValue| and that's no
+                                % harm since we test if |#7| == |\defEacher|.
+  #8 B{} % eacher, empty by default
+}{%
+  %
+  \@dc@process@matchsign {#1} {##1}%
+  %
+  \dc@addtoParsed@{#2}%
+  %
+  \gmu@if {strings}{\lostwax#1}%
+  {\gmu@if {@dc@xadefault}{}%
+    {\@xa\edefU\@xa\@dc@LostWaxList\@xa{#2}}%
+    {\edefU\@dc@LostWaxList{#2}}%
+  }%
+  {}%
+  %
+  \@dc@process@matchsign {#3} {##3}%
+  %
+  \dc@addtoParsed@{#4}%
+  %
+  \@xa  \@dc@addtospecs@bare \@xa{\the\numexpr #5}%
+  \@dc@addtotoks@bare{{#5}}% to ignore possible expandafter.
+  %
+  \dc@addtoParsed@ {#6}%
+  %
+  \gmu@if {strings}{\defEacher#7}
+  {%
+    \Name\def{\dc@innername/defdEacher/\the\c@dc@argnum}%
+    ##1{#8}%
+    %
+    \Name \dc@addtoParsed@
+    {\dc@innername/defdEacher/\the\c@dc@argnum}%
+  }
+  {\gmu@if {@dc@xaeacher@}{}
+    {\@dc@xadefaulttrue}{\@dc@xadefaultfalse}%
+    \dc@addtoParsed@ {#8}%
+  }%
+  %
+  \gmu@if {strings}{\lostwax#1}
+  {\grab@LostWax}
+  {\@dc@ParseNextSpecifier}%
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\grab@LostWax {
+  >iT{\lost \Lost}
+  #1 b{\lostwax@NoValue}
+  >iT {\count \ubound}
+  #2 D{1}
+  >iT{\endlost \EndLost}
+}{%
+  % We build an ignored “while” catcher.
+  %
+  \def\@dc@LostWaxA{>iw}%
+  %
+  \gmu@ifdetokens {\lostwax@NoValue}{#1}
+  {%
+    % if no particular value of the “lost wax” is provided, we assume
+    % the same as the “until” delimiter(s).
+    %
+    \prependtomacro\@dc@LostWaxA{>\@xa}%
+    \addtomacro\@dc@LostWaxA{\@dc@LostWaxList}%
+  }%
+  %
+  % Otherwise first we check whether “lost wax” provided has nonempty
+  % intersection with the “until” delimiters.
+  {%
+    \@xa\gmu@ifstrintersect
+    \@xa{\@dc@LostWaxList}{#1}
+    {\addtomacro\@dc@LostWaxA{{#1}}}%
+    {\PackageError{gmutils/gmcommand}{^^J%
+       You try to declare a "Lost Wax" catcher^^J%
+       with the "Lost" list disjoint with the "Until" list.^^J%
+       I assume sum of them}%
+     {}%
+     %
+     \@xa \addtomacro\@xa\@dc@LostWaxA
+     \@xa{\@xa{\@dc@LostWaxList #1}}%
+   }%
+ }%
+ %
+ \addtomacro\@dc@LostWaxA{ \count #2 \relax}%
+ %
+ \@xa\@dc@ParseNextSpecifier \@dc@LostWaxA
+}% of |\grab@LostWax|.
+
+\def\@dc@process@matchsign
+#1% the argument
+#2% its numeral in human language (for the error message)
+{%
+  \gmu@CASE {strings} {{#1}\any }
+  {\@dc@addtoParsed@bare {\any }}%
+  %
+  \gmu@CASEsbany {#1} {Ww}
+  {\@dc@addtotoks@bare {\any}}%
+  %
+  \gmu@CASE {strings} {{#1}\none}
+  {\@dc@addtoParsed@bare {\none }}%
+  %
+  \gmu@CASEsbany {#1} {Uu\lostwax }
+  {\@dc@addtotoks@bare {\none }}%
+  %
+  \gmu@lastCASE
+  {\PackageError{gmcommand}{%
+      You *have* to declare »\string\any« or »\string\none« ^^J%
+      as the #2 argument for the »\string\loop« catcher}{}%
+  }%
+  \gmu@ESAC
+}
+
+\long\pdef\UnDeclareCommand#1{%
+  \let#1\@undefined
+  \ifcsname\@dc@InnerName{#1}\endcsname
+    \n@melet{\@dc@InnerName{#1}}{@undefined}%
+  \fi
+  \ifcsname\@dc@SpecsArName{#1}\endcsname
+    \n@melet{\@dc@SpecsArName{#1}}{@undefined}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+\edef\gmu@tempa{%
+  \def\@nx\gmu@ifHashless@##1%
+  \detokenize{macro:}##2->##3\@nx\@nil}%
+\gmu@tempa
+{\gmu@if {}{\gmu@ifempty{#2}{1}{0}\gmu@ifempty{#3}{2}{1}}}
+
+\long\edef\gmu@ifHashlessMacro
+#1% a \CS, name or active char
+{%
+  \edef\@nx\gmu@WHL@arg{\@nx\@xanxtri{#1}}%
+  \unexpanded{\@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@ifHashless@
+    \@xa\meaning\gmu@WHL@arg}%
+  \relax % to ensure that |#3| of |\gmu@ifHashless@| is nonempty
+  % if match for the delimiters is found earlier
+  \detokenize{macro:***->}\@nx\@nil % the sentinels
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@ifDeclared#1{%
+  % \begin{enumargs}
+  % \item a \CS or csname or an active char,
+  % \item true branch,
+  % \item false branch  %
+  % \end{enumargs}
+  \let\gmu@ifDe@next\@secondoftwo
+  %
+ %
+  \gmu@CASEnot {csname} {\@dc@SpecsArName{#1}\endcsname}%
+  {}%
+  %
+  \gmu@CASEnot {csname}{\@dc@InnerName{#1}\endcsname}%
+  {}%
+  %
+  \gmu@EatCases
+  {\gmu@ifHashlessMacro{#1}%
+    {\edef\gmu@ifDe@resa{%
+        \@nx\gmu@ifxany\@xanxcs{\@dc@InnerName{#1}}%
+        {\unexpanded\@xa\@xa\@xa{\gmu@WHL@arg}}%
+        % Above: to get the contents of the outer macro we use the macro
+        % carrying conversion of possible name into a \CS and expand
+        % it twice. Then we freeze it with |\unexpanded|.
+        {\let\@nx\gmu@ifDe@next\@nx\@firstoftwo}% if the inner macro
+        % is present in the
+        % contents of |#1|, we take the first implicit argument
+        {}% otherwise we do nothing (taking the second implicit is
+        % already set)
+      }% of edef
+      \gmu@ifDe@resa
+    }% of if a hashless macro
+    {}% of if not a hasless macro
+  }%
+  %
+  \gmu@ESAC
+  \gmu@ifDe@next
+}% of |\gmu@ifDeclared|
+
+\long\def\@dc@SameAs#1{%
+  \gmu@ifDeclared {#1}%
+  {%
+    \@xa\@xa\@xa \@xa\@xa\@xa \@xa
+    \@dc@ParseNextSpecifier
+    \@xa\@xa\@xa \@secondofthree
+    \csname \@dc@SpecsArName{#1}\endcsname
+  }%
+  {%
+    \PackageError{gmcommand}{%
+      Command \@nx#1 ^^J%
+      is not declared with \DeclareCommand. ^^J%
+      I can't repeat its parameters in current command declaration}%
+    {}%
+  }%
+}% of |\@dc@SameAs|
+
+\DeclareCommand\DCUse{>Pm}{% ^^A with star we automatically pass the
+  \gmu@ifDeclared{#1}%
+  {%
+    \@dc@arguments\@xa{\@xa
+      \csname \@dc@InnerName{#1}\endcsname
+    }%
+    %
+    \csname ArgumentCatcher@Pm@\romannumeral
+    \@xa \@xa \@xa \@thirdofthree
+    \csname \@dc@SpecsArName{#1}\endcsname % of arity carrier
+    \endcsname % of the catcher
+  }%
+  {\PackageError{gmcommand}{%
+      Command \@nx#1 ^^J%
+      is not declared with \DeclareCommand. ^^J%
+      Therefore I can't use its inner macro (because of its nonexistence).^^J}%
+    {}%
+  }%
+}%
+
+
+\DeclareCommand\DeclareEnvironment \long
+{
+  #1--#4  \SameAs \DeclareCommand
+  % We repeat the specifiers, but the role of |#4| is slightly
+  % different here: here it's the |\begin| part definition.
+  %
+ m %  (5)  the end definition; it \emph{can} contain any
+  %   \inverb|#|\<n>---the arguments of the environment are passed
+  %   to it, too.
+}{%
+  \def\gmu@DeclareEnvironment@resa{\envhack}%  we add the information we define an
+  % environment.
+  \IfValueT{#2}%
+  {\addtomacro\gmu@DeclareEnvironment@resa{#2}}% we pass all the ‘prefixes’ to
+  % \incs{Decl\+are\+Comm\+and}
+  % \stanza
+  \@xa\DeclareCommand\csname#1\@xa\endcsname
+  \gmu@DeclareEnvironment@resa{#3}{#4}%
+  %
+  %\nostanza Now the begin definition is done. Let's get down to the
+  %end definition. \nostanza
+  %
+ \let\@dc@env@endglobal=\@dc@global@ % note this \CS was for sure redefined by the last
+  % \incs{Decl\+are\+Com\+m\+and} (and by nothing else) and that's
+  % exactly what we want.
+  \edef\gmu@DeclareEnvironment@resb{%
+    \@nx\@xa
+    \@xanxcs{\bslash end#1}%
+    \@nx\the
+    \@xanxcs{\dc@EAName{#1}}%
+  }% of |\edef|. It reuslts in
+  % \[|\@xa \\end⁄<name> \the\\⁄<name>'s_args|\]
+  % which does not collide with the inner macro of the |\end›…|
+  % command, since the latter is |\\end›…\|.
+\gmu@if{csname}{\dc@EAName{#1}\endcsname}{\gmu@namelet\global{\dc@EAName{#1}}{@undefined}}{}%
+  \edef\gmu@DeclareEnvironment@resa{% \UnDef
+    \@dc@global@\long\def % the inner end macro is always \incmd\long\
+    % and perhaps defined \incmd\global ly.
+    \@xanxcs{\bslash end#1}%
+    \@xau\@dc@innerhashes % it's |#1#2#3›…|---the inner end macro takes the
+    % same number of parameters as the begin macro.
+    {% the definition body
+      \unexpanded{#5}}%
+  }% of |\edef›…@resa|.
+  \gmu@DeclareEnvironment@resa
+  \edef\gmu@DeclareEnvironment@resc{%
+    \DeclareCommand\@xanxcs{end#1}%
+    \@dc@env@endglobal
+    {}% no parameters
+    {\@xau    {\gmu@DeclareEnvironment@resb
+        \@ignoretrue}%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \gmu@DeclareEnvironment@resc
+  %
+  %
+}% of |\DeclareEnvironment|
+
+\DeclareCommand\NewCommand
+{\SameAs\DeclareCommand}
+{%
+  \gmu@ifCSdefined {#1}
+  {\DCUse\DeclareCommand#1{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+  {\PackageError{gmcommand}%
+    {Command \@nx#1 already defined \on@line!}%
+    {}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\RenewCommand
+{\SameAs\DeclareCommand}
+{%
+  \gmu@ifCSdefined {#1}
+  {\DCUse\DeclareCommand#1{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+  {\PackageError{gmcommand}%
+    {Command \@nx#1 not yet defined \on@line!}%
+    {}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\ProvideCommand
+{\SameAs\DeclareCommand}
+{%
+  \gmu@ifCSdefined {#1}
+  {}
+  {\DCUse\DeclareCommand#1{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\NewEnvironment
+{\SameAs\DeclareEnvironment}
+{%
+  \gmu@ifdefined{#1}
+  {\DCUse\DeclareEnvironment{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}%
+  {\PackageError{gmcommand}
+    {Environment #1 already defined \on@line!}{}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\RenewEnvironment
+{\SameAs\DeclareEnvironment}
+{%
+  \gmu@ifdefined {#1}
+  {\DCUse\DeclareEnvironment{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}%
+  {\PackageError{gmcommand}
+    {Environment #1 not yet defined \on@line!}{}%
+  }%
+}
+
+
+\DeclareCommand\XeTeXthree{o}{% \
+  % \changes{v0.90}{2008/8/4}{adjusted
+  %   to the redefinition of
+  %   \cs{verb} in \pk{xlxtra} 2008/07/29}
+  \@ifXeTeX{%
+    \IfValueT{#1}{\PassOptionsToPackage{#1}{fontspec}}%
+    \@ifpackageloaded{gmverb}%
+    {%
+      \Store@Macro\verb
+      \StoreEnvironment{verbatim}%
+      \StoreEnvironment{verbatim*}%
+    }{}%
+    \RequirePackage{xltxtra}% since v 0.4 (2008/07/29) this package
+    % redefines |\verb| and \env{verbatim*},
+    % and quite elegantly provides an option
+    % to suppress the redefinitions, but
+    % unfortunately that option excludes also
+    % a~nice definition of |\xxt@visiblespace|
+    % which I~fancy.
+    \@ifpackageloaded{gmverb}%
+    {%
+      \Restore@Macro\verb
+      \RestoreEnvironment{verbatim}%
+      \RestoreEnvironment{verbatim*}%
+    }{}%
+    %
+    \AtBeginDocument{%
+      \@ifpackageloaded{gmlogos}{%
+        \Restore@Macro\LaTeX\Restore@MacroSt{LaTeX }% my version of the
+        % \LaTeX\ logo has been stored just
+        % after defining, in line \ref{SMLaTeX}. \ilrr
+        \Restore@Macro\eTeX}%
+      {}%
+    }%
+    % \stanza
+    \pdef\adddefaultfontfeatures##1{%
+      \addtomacro\zf@default@options{#1,}}
+  }% of |\@ifXeTeX|'s first argument,
+  {}% |\@ifXeTeX|'s second argument,
+}% of |\XeTeXthree|'s body.
+
+\DeclareCommand\setspaceskip{%
+  A{1}% optional factor for all three components
+  O{\fontdimen2\font}%
+ >is
+ O{\fontdimen3\font}%
+ >is
+ O{\fontdimen4\font}}
+{\spaceskip=\glueexpr\dimexpr#2*#1\relax plus\dimexpr #3*#1\relax
+  minus\dimexpr#4*#1\relax\relax}
+
+\def\makestarlow{%
+  \begingroup\lccode`\~=`\*\lowercase{%% \Define**
+    \endgroup\def~{\gmu@lowstar}}% 2009/10/19  |\let| changed to
+  % \inverb|\def| to allow redefinitions of \incmd\gmu@lowstar.
+  \catcode`\*=\active
+  \defLowStarFake
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\defLowStarFake{%
+  Q{+-0123456789,.}{0,5}% fraction of fontchar depth of the star glyph
+}%
+{%
+  \def\gmu@lowstarfake{%
+    \leavevmode\vbox{\hbox{*}\kern#1\fontchardp\font`*}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\def\gmu@lowstarfake{*} % useful for next command where normal star is
+
+\DeclareCommand\enoughpage{%
+  #1  D{\NoValue} % (optional short version (number of
+                  % |\baselineskip|s)) Before 2010/9/10 the default
+                  % value was the |D|-default, i.e., 0, which lead to
+                  % improper working of this command.
+  #2  B{2\baselineskip}% (2) optional (formerly mandatory) long version of
+  % required room on a page
+  >is
+  #3  B{} % (3) what if the room is enough
+  >is
+  #4 B{\newpage} % (4) what if there's to little room on a page
+}{%
+  % \chgs{2009/03/18 v0.98 made \eTeX-ish}
+  % \chgs{2009/05/25 v0.98 made ifthenelse-like with ‘then’ and ‘else’
+  %   optional default \<nothing> and \cmd\newpage resp.}
+  % \chgs{2009/10/21 v0.98 \cmd\par\ removed since to let it be used
+  %   for \cmd\pagebreak\ inside a paragraph}
+  \gmu@if {num} {%
+    \gmu@if {dim}{%
+      \dimexpr\pagegoal-\pagetotal<\dimexpr
+      (\IfValueTF{#1}{#1\baselineskip}{#2})*1\relax
+    }
+       10%
+     \gmu@if {dim} {\pagegoal<\pagetotal}
+       10%
+    >\z@
+    }
+    {\typeout{@@@@@ not enough page \on@line}%
+      #4%
+    }%
+    {#3}%
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@LC@LetInners
+#1% scope prefix (|\global| or |\relax|
+#2% left side
+#3% right side of the assignment
+{%
+  \edef\gmu@LC@InnerLeft{\@dc@InnerName{#2}}%
+  \edef\gmu@LC@InnerRight{\@dc@InnerName{#3}}%
+  %
+  \gmu@namelet{#1}{\gmu@LC@InnerLeft}{\gmu@LC@InnerRight}%
+  \edef\gmu@LC@InnerLeft{\@dc@SpecsArName{#2}}%
+  \edef\gmu@LC@InnerRight{\@dc@SpecsArName{#3}}%
+  %
+  \gmu@namelet{#1}{\gmu@LC@InnerLeft}{\gmu@LC@InnerRight}%
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@CL@PrepareArg
+#1% left/right
+#2% |\@xa| or |\edef|, maybe sth.\ more in the future
+#3% a \CS, text of a name or an active char
+{%
+  \Name\let{gmu@CL@#1}\@undefined
+  \ifx\@xa#2\Name\edef{gmu@CL@#1}{\@xau{#3}}\fi
+  \ifx\edef#2\Name\edef{gmu@CL@#1}{#3}\fi
+  \unless\ifcsname gmu@CL@#1\endcsname
+    \Name\edef{gmu@CL@#1}{%
+      \gmu@if{cat}{\@nx~\@nx#3}%
+      {\@nx#3}{\strip@bslash{#3}}%
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\CommandLet \long {%
+  \Scope % (1)
+  T{\@xa\edef} % (2) whether left side should be |\expandaftered|
+  m % (3) left side of assignment
+  >iT{=} % pro forma
+  T{\@xa\edef} % (4) whether right side should be |\expandaftered|
+  m % (5) right side of the asssignment
+}{%
+  %
+  \gmu@CL@PrepareArg{left}#2{#3}%
+  \gmu@CL@PrepareArg{right}#4{#5}%
+  %
+  \@xa\gmu@ifDeclared\@xa{\gmu@CL@right}{%
+    \edef\gmu@LC@resa{%
+      \DeclareCommand %
+      \@xa\@xanxtri\@xa{\gmu@CL@left}%
+      #1% scope prefix
+      {\@nx\SameAs\@xa\@xanxtri\@xa{\gmu@CL@right}}% args. spec
+      {}% the body of the command will be |\let| via letting inners.
+    }%
+  %
+    \gmu@LC@resa
+    \@XA{\@xa\gmu@LC@LetInners\@xa#1%
+    \@xa{\gmu@CL@left}}\@xa{\gmu@CL@right}%
+  }% of if Declared
+  {% if not Declared, we just |\let|:
+\if\@nx#3ѥ\typeout{@@@@@ »\@xa\@dc@InnerName\@xa{\gmu@CL@right}« is not
+  Declared?: \Name\meaning{\@xa\@dc@InnerName\@xa{\gmu@CL@right}}%
+}%
+\show\NotDeclared
+\fi
+    \@XA{\@xa\tri@let\@xa#1%
+      \@xa{\gmu@CL@left}}\@xa{\gmu@CL@right}%
+  }%
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\envirlet \long{\Scope mm}{% for |\let|ting environments.
+  \CommandLet #1{#2}{#3}%
+  \CommandLet #1{end#2}{end#3}%
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\@fornum{%
+  m% (1) initial (least) num. value
+  m% (2) limit (last iterated over) num. value
+  O{1}% (3) step of iteration
+  m% (4) body of the loop
+}%
+{\edef\gmu@fornum@min{\the\numexpr #1}%
+  \edef\gmu@fornum@lim{\the\numexpr #2}%
+  \let\gmu@fornum@curr\gmu@fornum@min
+  \@whilenum\gmu@fornum@curr<\gmu@fornum@lim
+  \do{#4%
+    \edef\gmu@fornum@curr{%
+      \the\numexpr\gmu@fornum@curr+#3}%
+  }% of |\@whilenum|'s body.
+}% of |\@fornum|.
+
+\pdef\StoreCommand{%
+  \begingroup
+  %\label{SC begr}
+  \MakePrivateLetters
+  \@StoreCommand
+}
+
+\long\def\gmu@SC@StorageName
+#1% a \CS, name or active char
+#2% group level
+{%
+  \gmu@storeprefix/%
+  \ifnum\numexpr#2>-1 \the\numexpr(#2)*1\relax\fi
+  \bslash@or@ac {#1}%
+}%
+
+\def\gmu@SC@setgrouplevel
+#1% |+›⁄|-⁄|\NoValue|
+#2% a decimal number
+{\edef\gmu@SC@grouplevel{%
+    \the\numexpr
+    \IfValueTF{#1}%
+    {\currentgrouplevel#1#2+1}{#2}%
+  }% of the grouplevel-carrying macro
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\@StoreCommand
+{T{+-}% grouplevel shift indicator
+  d % group level or shift
+  >Pm% name or \CS
+}{%
+  \endgroup %we close the group opened in line \ref{SC begr}.
+  \gmu@SC@setgrouplevel{#1}{#2}%
+  %
+  \edef\gmu@SC@resa{%
+    \gmu@SC@StorageName{#3}{\gmu@SC@grouplevel}}%
+  %
+  \let\gmu@SC@scope\relax
+  \ifnum\gmu@SC@grouplevel>\currentgrouplevel
+    \let\gmu@SC@scope\global
+  \fi
+  \@xa\CommandLet\@xa\gmu@SC@scope\@xa{\gmu@SC@resa}{#3}%
+}
+
+\pdef\StoreEnvironment{%
+  \begingroup
+  \MakePrivateLetters
+  \@StoreEnvironment
+}
+
+\def\@StoreEnvironment#1{%
+  \@StoreCommand{#1}%
+  \begingroup
+  \@StoreCommand{end#1}%
+}
+
+\pdef\RestoreEnvironment{%
+  \begingroup
+  \MakePrivateLetters
+  \@RestoreEnvironment
+}
+
+\def\@RestoreEnvironment#1{%
+  \endgroup
+  \RestoreCommand{#1}%
+  \RestoreCommand{end#1}%
+}
+
+\pdef\UseStored{%
+  \begingroup
+  \MakePrivateLetters
+  \@UseStored}
+
+
+\DeclareCommand\@UseStored \long{%
+  T{+-}% (1) indicator of grouplevel shift (in distiction from an absolute
+       % group level)
+  d % (2) optional grouplevel/shift (0 by default)
+  O{\@gobble}% (3) stuff to be put before the pair of \CS es, an
+  % assignment e.g.
+  m % (4) a \CS or csname
+}{%  \chgs{2010/06/23 v0.993 added}
+  \endgroup
+  \gmu@SC@setgrouplevel{#1}{#2}%
+  \edef\gmu@SC@grouplevel{%
+    \the\numexpr\gmu@SC@grouplevel+1}% for the first turn of loop
+  %
+  \loop
+    \edef\gmu@SC@grouplevel{%
+      % we decrease the group level number
+      \the\numexpr\gmu@SC@grouplevel-1}%
+    %
+    \edef\gmu@SC@currname{%
+      % define the cs' storage name for that level
+      \gmu@SC@StorageName{#4}{\gmu@SC@grouplevel}}%
+  \ifnum
+  % and check the conjunction of conditions: the group level is >=-1…
+    \unless\ifnum\gmu@SC@grouplevel<-1 1\else 0\fi
+    % and the csname remains not defined.
+    \unless\ifcsname \gmu@SC@currname \endcsname 1\else 0\fi
+    =11
+    \repeat
+  \gmu@if{csname}{\gmu@SC@currname\endcsname}%
+  {%
+    % ^^A     \s how\ExecutingTrueBranch
+    \@XA{#3{#4}}\csname \gmu@SC@currname\endcsname}% first
+  {%
+    % ^^A \s how\ExecutingFalseBranch
+    #3{#4}\@undefined}% second
+}% of |\@UseStored|
+
+\DeclareCommand\RestoreCommand{\Scope d}{%
+  \UseStored #2[\CommandLet #1*]%
+}
+
+\newbox\gmu@smashbox
+
+\DeclareCommand\set@smashbox{%
+  \Scope
+  T{hv}{h}
+}{#1\setbox\gmu@smashbox =\csname #2box\endcsname }%
+
+\def\smash@box{\smash{\box\gmu@smashbox}}
+
+
+\newbox\gmu@boxa
+\newdimen\gmu@dima
+\newdimen\gmu@dimb
+
+\DeclareCommand\gmu@extremebox {
+  #1  m % a dimen register (will be assigned the extr.\ value) or a
+  % \CS (will be defined as |\the| extreme value)
+  #2  T {\min\max}{\max} % kind of extreme
+  #3  T {\wd\ht\dp\totalheight}{\wd} % dimension to compare, the last two for total |\ht|+|\dp|.
+  #4  \lostwax {\global\relax} \eacher{\gmu@dimextreme@step} \lost{\relax}
+  #5  T{\global}{} % scope of assignment
+}{%
+  \gmu@if x {\max#2}
+  {\gmu@dimb=-\maxdimen
+    \def\gmu@dimextreme@comp{<}%
+  }
+  {\gmu@dimb=\maxdimen
+    \def\gmu@dimextreme@comp{>}%
+  }%
+  %
+  \long  \def\gmu@dimextreme@step ##1{%
+    \setbox\gmu@boxa=\hbox{##1}%
+    %
+    \gmu@dima= \gmu@if x {\totalheight#3}
+    {\dimexpr \ht\gmu@boxa +\dp\gmu@boxa\relax}
+    {#3\gmu@boxa}%
+    \relax
+    %
+    \gmu@if {dim}
+    {\gmu@dimb\gmu@dimextreme@comp \gmu@dima }
+    {\gmu@if {dim} {\gmu@dima>\z@}
+      {\gmu@dimb=\gmu@dima }
+      {}%
+    }
+    {}%
+    %
+  }%
+  %
+  #4%
+  \IfIs #1\dimen
+  {#5#1=\gmu@dimb}
+  {#5\edef #1{\the\gmu@dimb }}%
+}%
+
+
+\DeclareCommand\enlargefsize{
+  #1  m % enlargement (dim(expr)) for font size
+  #2  b % enlargement (dim(expr)) for baselineskip (if absent, |#1| is used)
+}{\edef\gmu@tempa{%
+    \@nx\fontsize{\the\dimexpr\f@size pt+#1}%
+    {\the\dimexpr 1\baselineskip+ \IfValueTF{#2}{#2}{#1}}%
+  }\gmu@tempa\selectfont
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\scalefsize {
+  #1 m % scale for font size
+  #2 b % scale for baselineskip (if absent,  |#1| is used)
+  \gobblespace
+}{\edef\gmu@tempa{%
+    \@nx\fontsize{\the\dimexpr #1\dimexpr\f@size pt\relax}%
+    {\the\dimexpr  \IfValueTF{#2}{#2}{#1}\baselineskip}%
+  }\gmu@tempa\selectfont
+}
+
+\let\gmu@discretionaryhyphen\- % for the cases when we don't redefine
+                               % \incs\- but use \incs\UrlFix
+
+\DeclareCommand\bihyphen{
+  O{*} % token that'll make the discretionary hyphen |\-| allow other break-points
+}{%
+  \DeclareCommand\gmu@discretionaryhyphen{T{#1}ca}{%
+    \IfValueT{##2}{%
+      \gmu@ifempty{##2}{}{%
+        \def\gmu@bihyphen@char{##2}}%
+    }%
+    \IfValueT{##3}{%
+      \gmu@ifempty{##3}{}{%
+        \def\gmu@bihyphen@corr{##3}}%
+    }%
+    %
+    % Depending on |#1| we allow (if present, then we take |\discre|)
+    % hyphenation of the word's before- and
+    % after-parts or forbid it (if absent, then we take
+    % |\discretionary|).
+    \IfValueTF{##1}\discre\discretionary
+    {% before break
+      \IfValueTF{##2}
+      {%
+        \gmu@ifempty{##2}{\gmu@bihyphen@char}{##2}%
+      }%
+      {%
+        \ifnum\hyphenchar\font>\z@
+          \char\hyphenchar\font
+        \fi}%
+    }% end of before break
+    {%after break
+      \IfValueT{##3}{%
+        \gmu@ifempty{##3}{\gmu@bihyphen@corr}{##3}%
+      }%
+    }%
+    {% without break
+    }% almost as in \TB: unlike \TB, we allow hyphenchars
+    % $\ge255$ as we are \XeTeX.
+  }% of |\DeclareCommand\-|
+  \gmu@storeifnotyet\-% original |\-| is a~\TeX's
+  % primitive, therefore we should store it.
+  \CommandLet\-\gmu@discretionaryhyphen
+  \CommandLet\@dischyph\gmu@discretionaryhyphen % to override
+                                % \pk{framed.sty}
+  \pdef\gmu@flexhyphen{\gmu@discretionaryhyphen#1\relax}%
+}% of |\bihyphen|
+
+\relaxen\gmu@bihyphen@corr
+
+\DeclareCommand\gmshowlists {
+  >iT{\depth}
+  Ď{1}%
+  >iT{\breadth}
+  Ď{10000000}
+}
+{\tracingonline=\@ne
+  \showboxdepth=#1\relax % how many levels of
+                                % box nesting should be shown
+  \showboxbreadth=#2\relax % after how many elements »etc.« will be put
+  \showlists
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\gmtracingoutput {
+  \SameAs\gmshowlists
+}
+{\tracingonline=\@ne
+  \showboxdepth=#1\relax % how many levels of
+                                % box nesting should be shown
+  \showboxbreadth=#2\relax % after how many elements »etc.« will be put
+  \tracingoutput=\@ne
+}
+
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmcommand.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmenvir.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmenvir.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3348e8b0005
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmenvir.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmenvir.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `envir')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmenvir}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 redefinition of \string \begin \space and \string \end  (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+
+\RequirePackage{gmbase, gmampulex} % the low-level macros
+
+
+
+\emptify\@envirstack
+
+\def\@pushenvir{%
+  %^^V\edef\@currenvir{\@currenvir}% is already expanded.
+  \xdef\@envirstack{%
+    {\@xa\detokenize\@xa{\@currenvir}}%
+    {\the\currentgrouplevel}%
+    {\@currenvline}%
+    \@envirstack
+  }%
+}
+
+\def\@popenvir#1#2#3{%
+  \@XA{\@popenvir@#1#2#3}\@envirstack\@nil
+}
+
+\def\@popenvir@#1#2#3#4#5#6#7\@nil{%
+  \gdef#1{#4}% |#1| carries last envir name
+  \gdef#2{#5}% |#2| carries last envir level
+  \gdef#3{#6}% |#3| carries last envir beginnig line
+  \gdef\@envirstack{#7}% and we update the stack
+}
+
+\long\def\@begnamedgroup#1{%
+  \edef\@prevgrouplevel{\the\currentgrouplevel}% added 2009/03/24 to
+  % handle special pseudo-environments that don't increase
+  % \incmd\currentgrouplevel (such as \inenv{document}). Note it's
+  % |\edef|ed \emph{outside} the environment's group.
+  \@ignorefalse% not to ignore blanks after group
+  \begingroup\@endpefalse
+  \edef\@prevenvir{\@currenvir}% Note we |\edef| it inside the group
+  % (for obvious reason), unlike the ‘previous’ grouplevel.
+  \edef\@currenvir{#1}% We could do recatcoding
+  % through\inverb|\string| or \nlperc\cmd\detokenize\ but all the name
+  % `other' and 10 could affect
+  % a~thousand packages so we don't do that and we'll recatcode in
+  % a~testing macro, see line \ref{@ifenvir}.
+  \edef\@currenvline{\on@line}%
+  \@pushenvir % we put current envir to |\@envirstack|.
+  \csname #1\endcsname}% if the argument is a~command's name (an
+
+\def\begin{\gmu@ifstar{\@begnamedgroup}{%
+      \@begnamedgroup@ifcs}}
+
+\def\@begnamedgroup@ifcs#1{%
+  \ifcsname#1\endcsname\afterfi{\@begnamedgroup{#1}}%
+  \else\afterfi{\@latex@error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}%
+  \fi}%
+
+
+\long\def\@fourthofmany#1#2#3#4#5\@nil{#4}%
+
+\lpdef\@ifprevenvir#1{%\label{@ifenvir}\
+  % \begin{enumargs}
+  %   \mand enquired environment name which will be confronted with
+  %   \incs{@prevenvir}
+  %   \mand what if true (if the names are
+  %   equivalent\qfootnote{The names are checked whether they produce
+  %     the same \cmd\csname. They don't have to have the same
+  %     catcodes.})
+  %   \mand what if false
+  % \end{enumargs}
+  %
+  % \changes{v0.92}{2009/09/04}{added}
+  % \chgs{2010/06/09 v0.993 made use \cmd\@envirstack}
+  %
+  % % \CH{2010/09/23 v0.993 to be precise, it's not a change but
+  % % rather a staus quo action: \cmd\gmu@ifedetokens suddenly turned
+  % % to be expandable and un\cmd\protected so we make \emph{this}
+  % % macro \cmd\protected}
+  \gmu@ifedetokens
+  {\@xa\@fourthofmany\@envirstack\relax\relax\relax\relax\@nil}%
+  {#1}}
+
+
+\def\@checkend#1{%
+  \@ifenvir{#1}%
+  {}%
+  {\@badend{#1}}%
+}
+
+\ampulexdef\end[#1][#1]\endcsname\@checkend{%
+\endcsname
+\@popenvir\gmu@drain\gmu@drain\gmu@drain
+\@checkend}
+
+\pdef\@endif#1{\@ifenvir{#1}{\end{#1}}{}}
+
+\pdef\@endifprev#1{\@ifprevenvir{#1}{\end{#1}}{}}
+
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmenvir.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmlogos.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmlogos.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f27a97c8150
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmlogos.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmlogos.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `logos')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmlogos}
+    [2010/04/09 v0.993 TeX-related logos (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+
+\RequirePackage{gmbase}
+
+
+\let\oldLaTeX\LaTeX
+\let\oldLaTeXe\LaTeXe
+
+\pdef\TeX{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX\@}
+\Store@Macro\TeX
+\AtBeginDocument{\Restore@Macro\TeX}
+
+\newcommand*\DeclareLogo[3][\relax]{% \begin{enumargs*}
+  % \opt  is for non-\LaTeX\ spelling and will be used in the
+  % \acro{PD1} encoding (to make pdf bookmarks);
+  % \item is the command, its name will be the PD1 spelling by
+  % default,
+  % \item is the definition for all the font encodings except PD1.
+  % \end{enumargs*}
+  %
+  \ifx\relax#1\def\gmu@DeclareLogo@resa{\@xa\@gobble\string#2}%
+  \else
+    \def\gmu@DeclareLogo@resa{#1}%
+  \fi
+  \edef\gmu@DeclareLogo@resa{%
+    \@nx\DeclareTextCommand\@nx#2{PD1}{\gmu@DeclareLogo@resa}}
+  \gmu@DeclareLogo@resa
+  \DeclareTextCommandDefault#2{#3}%
+  \pdef#2{#3}% added for \XeTeX.
+}
+
+\DeclareLogo\LaTeX{%
+  {%
+    L%
+    \setbox\z@\hbox{\check@mathfonts
+      \fontsize\sf@size\z@
+      \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
+      A}%
+    \kern-.57\wd\z@
+    \sbox\tw@ T%
+    \vbox to\ht\tw@{\copy\z@ \vss}%
+    \kern-.2\wd\z@% originally $-,15$\,em for T.
+  }%
+  {%
+    \ifdim\fontdimen1\font=\z@
+    \else
+      \count\z@=\fontdimen5\font
+      \multiply\count\z@ by 64\relax
+      \divide\count\z@ by\p@
+      \count\tw@=\fontdimen1\font
+      \multiply\count\tw@ by\count\z@
+      \divide\count\tw@ by 64\relax
+      \divide\count\tw@ by\tw@
+      \kern-\the\count\tw@ sp\relax
+    \fi}%
+  \gmlogos@hyphen
+  \TeX}
+
+\DeclareLogo\LaTeXe{\mbox{\m@th \if
+    b\expandafter\@car\f@series\@nil\boldmath\fi
+    \LaTeX\kern.15em2$_{\textstyle\varepsilon}$}}
+
+\Store@Macro\LaTeX
+\Store@MacroSt{LaTeX }
+
+\DeclareLogo[(La)TeX]{\LaTeXpar}{%
+  {%
+    \setbox\z@\hbox{(}%)
+    \leavevmode % \chgs{2010/04/09 v0.993 added \cmd\leavevmode\ (a
+    % bug fix)}
+    \copy\z@
+    \kern-.2\wd\z@ L%
+    \setbox\z@\hbox{\check@mathfonts
+      \fontsize\sf@size\z@
+      \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
+      A}%
+    \kern-.57\wd\z@
+    \sbox\tw@ T%
+    \vbox to\ht\tw@{\box\z@%
+      \vss}%
+  }%
+  \kern-.07em% originally $-,15$\,em for T.
+  {%(
+    \sbox\z@)%
+    \kern-.2\wd\z@\copy\z@
+    \kern-.2\wd\z@}\gmlogos@hyphen\TeX
+}
+
+\gmu@ifundefined{AmSTeX}
+  {\def\AmSTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\mathcal A\kern-.2em\lower.376ex%
+        \hbox{$\mathcal M$}\kern-.2em\mathcal S$-\TeX}}}{}
+
+\DeclareLogo\BibTeX{{\rmfamily B\kern-.05em%
+    \textsc{i{\kern-.025em}b}\kern-.08em% the kern is wrapped in
+                                % braces for my |\fakescaps|' sake.
+    \TeX}}
+
+\DeclareLogo\SliTeX{{\rmfamily S\kern-.06emL\kern-.18em\raise.32ex\hbox
+        {\scshape i}\kern -.03em\TeX}}
+
+\DeclareLogo\PlainTeX{\textsc{Plain}\kern2pt\TeX}
+
+\DeclareLogo\Web{\textsc{Web}}
+\DeclareLogo[The TeX book]\TeXbook{\textsl{The \TeX\space book}}
+\let\TB\TeXbook% \textit{TUG Boat} uses this.
+
+\DeclareLogo[e-TeX]\eTeX{%
+  \iffontchar\font"03B5{\itshape ε}\else
+  \ensuremath{\varepsilon}\fi-\kern-.125em\TeX}% definition sent by Karl
+
+\Store@Macro\eTeX
+
+\DeclareLogo[pdfe-TeX]\pdfeTeX{pdf\gmlogos@hyphen\eTeX}
+
+\DeclareLogo\pdfTeX{pdf\gmlogos@hyphen\TeX}
+\DeclareLogo\pdfLaTeX{pdf\gmlogos@hyphen\LaTeX}
+
+\gmu@ifundefined{XeTeX}{%
+  \DeclareLogo\XeTeX{X\kern-.125em\relax
+    \gmu@ifundefined{reflectbox}{%
+      \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667em\relax}{%
+      \lower.5ex\hbox{\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.1667em\relax}%
+    \TeX}}{}
+
+\gmu@ifundefined{XeLaTeX}{%
+  \DeclareLogo\XeLaTeX{X\kern-.125em\relax
+    \gmu@ifundefined{reflectbox}{%
+      \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667em\relax}{%
+      \lower.5ex\hbox{\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.1667em\relax}%
+    \LaTeX}}{}
+
+\DeclareLogo\XeTeXpar{% \chgs{2010/04/09 v0.993 added}
+  \setbox\z@\hbox{(}%)
+  \leavevmode
+  \copy\z@
+  \kern-.2\wd\z@
+  \smash{% the “Xe” part is copied from \pk{xltxtra}
+    X\lower0.5ex
+   \hbox{\kern-0.15em
+     \gmu@ifundefined{XeTeXversion}%
+     {\setbox0=\hbox{E}\dimen0=\ht0\advance\dimen0by\dp0%
+       \raise\dimen0\hbox{\rotatebox{180}{\box0}}%
+     }% of if not in \XeTeX, then in \XeTeX:
+     {\ifnum\XeTeXfonttype\font>0
+       \ifnum\XeTeXcharglyph"018E>0
+         \char"018E\relax
+       \else
+         \ifdim\fontdimen1\font=0pt
+           \reflectbox{E}%
+         \else
+           \XeTeXuseglyphmetrics=1%
+           \setbox0=\hbox{E}\dimen0=\ht0\advance\dimen0by\dp0%
+           \raise\dimen0\hbox{\rotatebox{180}{\box0}}%
+         \fi
+       \fi
+     \else
+       \setbox0=\hbox{E}\dimen0=\ht0\advance\dimen0by\dp0%
+       \raise\dimen0\hbox{\rotatebox{180}{\box0}}%
+     \fi}% of reversed E when in \XeTeX
+   }% of hbox
+ }% of smash ^^A(
+ \setbox\z@\hbox{)}%
+ \kern-.2\wd\z@
+ \copy\z@
+ \kern-0.15em
+ \TeX}%
+
+\DeclareLogo[LuaTeX]\LuaTeX{\textsc{Lua}\gmlogos@hyphen\TeX}
+
+\emptify\gmlogos@hyphen
+
+\def\HyphenateLogo#1{%
+  {\let\gmlogos@hyphen\-%
+    #1}%
+}
+
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmlogos.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmmeta.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmmeta.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b6bc0b2207b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmmeta.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,295 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmmeta.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `meta')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmmeta}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 meta-symbols for typesetting macros and arguments (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+\RequirePackage{gmcommand}
+\pdef\meta#1{%
+  % \begin{quotation}
+  %   Since the old implementation of |\meta| could be used in math we better ensure
+  %   that this is possible with the new one as well. So we use |\ensuremath| around
+  %   |\langle| and |\rangle|. However this is not enough: if |\meta@font@select| below
+  %   expands to |\itshape| it will fail if used in math mode. For this reason we hide
+  %   the whole thing inside an |\nfss@text| box in that case.
+  % \end{quotation}
+  {\meta@fontsetting\ensuremath\langle}%
+  \ifmmode\@xa\nfss@text\fi
+  {% this has to be a~begin-group because \incmd{\nfss@text} becomes
+   % \incmd\hbox\ in math mode.
+   \gmu@activespaceblank
+    \meta@font@select
+    % Need to keep track of what we changed just in case the user changes font inside
+    % the argument so we store the font explicitly.
+    #1\/%
+  }%
+  {\meta@fontsetting\ensuremath\rangle}%
+}% of |\meta|.
+
+\pdef\gmu@activespaceblank{%
+  \@xa\def\gmu@activespace{\space\ignorespaces}% note the
+  % subtle perversity of this definition: if we meet more than one
+  % subsequent active spaces, then the first of them will
+  % typeset \incmd\space and its \incmd\ignorespaces\ will
+  % gobble \incmd\space\ of the second and will stop at
+  % \incs{ignorespaces} and this \incs{ignorespaces} will gobble
+  % the next \incs{space} and so on.
+}
+
+\def\meta@fontsetting{\color{red!85!black}}
+
+\def\meta@font@select{\meta@fontsetting\it}
+
+\def\<#1>{\meta{#1}}
+
+\pdef\metachar#1{\begingroup\metacharfont #1\endgroup}
+\def\metacharfont{\meta@fontsetting\rm}
+
+\pdef\vs{\discre{\visiblespace}{}{\visiblespace}}
+
+\def\printspaces#1{{\let~=\vs \let\ =\vs \gmu@pswords#1 \@nil}}
+\def\gmu@pswords#1 #2\@nil{%
+  \ifx\relax#1\relax\else#1\fi
+  \ifx\relax#2\relax\else\vs\penalty\hyphenpenalty\gmu@pswords#2\@nil\fi}% note
+
+\pdef\sfname#1{\textsf{\printspaces{#1}}}
+
+\def\gmu@discretionaryslash{\discre{/}{\hbox{}}{/}}% the second
+
+\pdef\file#1{\gmu@printslashes#1/\gmu@printslashes}
+
+\def\gmu@printslashes#1/#2\gmu@printslashes{%
+  \sfname{#1}%
+  \ifx\gmu@printslashes#2\gmu@printslashes
+  \else
+  \textsf{\gmu@discretionaryslash}%
+  \afterfi{\gmu@printslashes#2\gmu@printslashes}\fi}
+
+
+\pdef\pk#1{\textsf{#1}}
+
+\DeclareCommand\cs{O{\type@bslash\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip}}{%\
+  % \begin{enumargs}
+  %   \dc O{\bslash}  the control sequence's prefix, by default it's
+  %   \inverb|\| allowing hyphenation of subsequent word,
+  %   \dc m the control sequence or anything to be typeset in
+  %   typewriter font.
+  % \end{enumargs}
+  % \chgs{2008/12/12 v0.98 added \cs{verbatim@specials}}
+  % \chgs{2008/12/12 v0.98 made \cmd\- switch to \cmd\normalfont\
+  % because \IMHO\ this underlines the fact that a~\CS\ belongs to the
+  % narrative. \cmd\hyphenchar\ set to 45 as in usual texts}
+  \begingroup
+  \ifdefined\verbatim@specials\verbatim@specials\fi
+  \edef\-{\discretionary{%
+      \ifdefined\gmv@hyphen\gmv@hyphen
+      \else\unexpanded{{\normalfont-}}%
+      \fi}{}{}}%
+  \def\{{\type@lbrace\yeshy}\def\}{\char`\}}%
+  \narrativett
+  \edef\narrativett@storedhyphenchar{\the\hyphenchar\font}%
+  \hyphenchar\font=%
+  \ifdefined\gmv@hyphenchar\gmv@hyphenchar
+  \else "A6
+  \fi
+  \cs@inner{#1}%
+}% of |\cs|
+
+\pdef\cs@inner#1#2{%
+  #1#2%
+  \endgroup}
+
+\def\narrativett{\ttfamily}% such name because I~introduce it to
+
+\long\pdef\env{\cs[]}
+
+\foone{\@makeother\^}
+  {\pdef\hathat{\cs[^^]}}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \@ifpackageloaded{gmdoc}{\def\hash{\cs[\#]}}{}}
+
+\def\possfil{\hfil\penalty1000\hfilneg}
+
+\def\possvfil{\vfil
+  \penalty\numexpr
+  \gmu@minnum{\clubpenalty+\widowpenalty}{9999}%
+  \relax % eaten by |\gmu@maxnum|
+  \relax % eaten by |\numexpr|
+  \vfilneg}
+
+
+\long\def\cmd#1{\@xa\cs\@xa{\@xa\cmd@to@cs\string#1}\spifletter}% it has to be
+
+\def\cmd@to@cs#1#2{\char\number`#2\relax}
+
+\pdef\marg#1{{\narrativett\type@lbrace}\arg@wrap{#1}{\narrativett\char`\}}}
+
+\pdef\oarg{\@ifnextchar[\@oargsq\@oarg}
+\pdef\@oarg#1{{\narrativett[}\arg@wrap{#1}{\narrativett]}}
+\pdef\@oargsq[#1]{\@oarg{#1}}
+
+\pdef\parg{\@ifnextchar(\@pargp\@parg}
+\def\@parg#1{{\narrativett(}\arg@wrap{#1}{\narrativett)}}
+\def\@pargp(#1){\@parg{#1}}
+
+\pdef\aarg{\@ifnextchar<\@aarga\@aarg}
+\def\@aarg#1{{\narrativett<}\arg@wrap{#1}{\narrativett>}}
+\def\@aarga<#1>{\@aarg{#1}}
+
+\def\@verbaarga#1#2>{\@aarg{#2}\arg@dc}
+
+\foone{\catcode`>\active}{%
+  \def\@verbaargact#1#2>{\@aarg{#2}\arg@dc}%
+}
+
+\foone{\@makeother\{\@makeother\}%
+  \catcode`[=\@ne\catcode`]=\tw@}
+[% ^^A{
+  \def\@verbmargm#1#2}[% for an argument in curly braces in a verbatim, where
+    % the braces are not groupers and not necessary ‘other’. We'll know
+    % by \incmd{\@ifnextif} that the future token is an opening
+    % brace. Note this macro has 2nd parameter delimited with ‘other’
+    % closing brace (so may not act correctly when braces are nested
+    % (then hide them with special verbatim groupers)).
+    \marg[#2]%
+    \arg@dc
+  ]%
+]% of |\foone|
+
+\def\arg@wrap{\meta}
+
+\DeclareCommand\arg@dc!{%
+  % \chgs{200/03/04 v0.991 added rcognising of verbatim braces and
+  %   angles}
+  s % (1)
+  o % (2)
+  c % (3)
+  b % (4)
+  a % (5)
+  T{\arg} % (6) just gobbled (for backwards compatibility)
+}{% This command iterates while it
+  % has arguments and typesets them in brackets, parentheses or curly
+  % braces. Note it gobbles subsequent |\arg|s and just iterates.
+  \def\next{0}%
+  \IfValueT{#1}%
+  {\metachar[\scanverb{*}\metachar]\def\next{1}}%
+  \IfValueT{#2}{\@oarg{#2}\def\next{1}}%
+  \IfValueT{#3}{\@parg{#3}\def\next{1}}%
+  \IfValueT{#4}{\marg{#4}\def\next{1}}%
+  \IfValueT{#5}{\aarg{#5}\def\next{1}}%
+  \@ifnextchar\egroup{\endgroup}{%
+    \if1\next\@xa\arg@dc
+    \else % it's crucial that we look for verbatim braces \emph{after}
+      % we checked there were no \inhash4, otherwise there would
+      % be an error.
+      \def\next{%
+        \@ifnextif\xiilbrace{\@verbmargm}%
+        {% not active or other lbrace
+          \@ifnextif<{% then we look for angles
+            \ifnum\catcode`>=\active
+              \@xa\@verbaargact
+            \else\@xa\@verbaarga
+            \fi}%
+          {% and if not angles neither verbatim braces, then
+            \endgroup  % if we have no more arguments to typeset, we
+            % close the group opened in lines \ref{queer.group} and \ref{queer.group2}.
+            \spifletter
+          }%
+        }%
+      }%
+      \@xa \next
+    \fi
+  }% of not egroup
+}% of  |\arg@dc|
+
+\foone{\obeylines\@makeother\^^C}{%
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \let\math@arg\arg %
+    \pdef\arg{% This is |\arg| for meta-arguments.
+      \ifmmode\math@arg %
+      % \chgs{200/03/04 v0.991 added rcognising of verbatim braces and angles}
+      \else\afterfi{%
+        \begingroup %
+        % \label{queer.group}
+        \ifdefined\@ifQueerEOL\@ifQueerEOL{%
+          \def^^M{\unskip\space}% in the ‘queer’ \ac{EOL}s scope we
+          % keep line end active in case we have
+          % \incmd\arg\nlpercent\arg{arg.} ending a~line: the next
+          % char peeper touches line end or, if the line end was $_5$,
+          % gobbles the space it turns into so the comment layer would
+          % ‘leak’ to the code layer.
+        }{}\fi %
+        \arg@dc}%
+      \fi}% of |\arg|,
+  }% of |\AtBeginDocument|,
+  %
+  % \stanza
+  % And this is arg-typesetting command for verbatim arguments.
+  \pdef\argv{%
+    \begingroup %
+    % \label{queer.group2}
+    \@makeother\^^C%
+    \pdef\arg@wrap##1{%
+      \narrativett{##1}%
+    }%
+    \ifdefined\@ifQueerEOL\@ifQueerEOL{%
+        \def^^M{\unskip\space}% in the ‘queer’ \ac{EOL}s scope we
+        % keep line end active… as above
+      }{}%
+    \fi % of |\ifdefined|
+    \arg@dc}%
+}% of |\foone|.
+
+
+\DeclareCommand\cat{Q{'"0123456789ABCDEF}{0}}{%
+  ${}_{\the\numexpr#1}\m@th$\spifletter
+}
+
+\pdef\CS{% \changes{v0.99n}{2008/08/30}{added}
+  \acro{CS}%
+  \@ifnextcat a{ }{}}% we put a~space if the next token is
+
+\pdef\CSs{\CS{}es\@ifnextcat a{ }{}}% for pluralis.
+\pdef\CSes{\CS{}es\@ifnextcat a{ }{}}% for pluralis.
+
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmmeta.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmmw.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmmw.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..78adfffac76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmmw.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmmw.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `mw')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmmw}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 improvements to the MWCLS classes (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+\RequirePackage{gmcommand}
+
+
+\AtBeginDocument{% because we don't know when exactly \pk{hyperref} is
+  % loaded and maybe after this package.
+  \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\newcounter{NoNumSecs}%
+    \setcounter{NoNumSecs}{617}% to make |\ref|ing to an unnumbered section
+    % visible (and funny?).
+    \def\gmu@hyperrefstepcounter{\refstepcounter{NoNumSecs}}%
+    \pdef\gmu@targetheading#1{%
+      \hypertarget{#1}{#1}}}% end of then
+  {\def\gmu@hyperrefstepcounter{}%
+    \def\gmu@targetheading#1{#1}}% end of else
+}% of |\AtBeginDocument|
+
+\def\gmu@dontnumbersectionsoutofmainmatter{%
+  \if@mainmatter\else \HeadingNumberedfalse \fi}
+\def\gmu@clearpagesduetoopenright{%
+  \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else \clearpage\fi}
+
+\long\def\@ifnotmw#1#2{\gmu@ifundefined{mw@sectionxx}{#1}{#2}}
+
+\@ifnotmw{}{%
+\def\mw@sectionxx#1#2[#3]#4{%
+  \edef\mw@HeadingLevel{\csname #1@level\endcsname
+        \space}% space delimits level number!
+  \ifHeadingNumbered
+      \ifnum \mw@HeadingLevel>\c@secnumdepth \HeadingNumberedfalse \fi
+      % \nostanza line below is in |\gmu@ifundefined| to make it work in classes
+      % other than \pk{mwbk}\nostanza
+      \gmu@ifundefined{if@mainmatter}{}{\gmu@dontnumbersectionsoutofmainmatter}
+  \fi
+%%   \ifHeadingNumbered
+%%     \refstepcounter{#1}%
+%%     \protected@edef\HeadingNumber{\csname the#1\endcsname\relax}%
+%%   \else
+%%     \let\HeadingNumber\@empty
+%%   \fi
+  \def\HeadingRHeadText{#2}%
+  \def\HeadingTOCText{#3}%
+  \def\HeadingText{#4}%
+  \def\mw@HeadingType{#1}%
+  \if\mw@HeadingBreakBefore
+    \if@specialpage\else\thispagestyle{closing}\fi
+    \gmu@ifundefined{if@openright}{}{\gmu@clearpagesduetoopenright}%
+    \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter
+      \thispagestyle{blank}\else
+      \thispagestyle{opening}\fi
+       \global\@topnum\z@
+  \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingBreakBefore|
+%%
+  \ifHeadingNumbered
+    \refstepcounter{#1}%
+    \protected@edef\HeadingNumber{\csname the#1\endcsname\relax}%
+  \else
+    \let\HeadingNumber\@empty
+    \gmu@hyperrefstepcounter % we step an auxiliary counter to make a
+                            % hyperref's label/target.
+  \fi% of |\ifHeadingNumbered|
+%%
+  \if\mw@HeadingRunIn
+    \mw@runinheading
+  \else
+    \if\mw@HeadingWholeWidth
+      \if@twocolumn
+        \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter
+        \onecolumn
+        \mw@normalheading
+        \pagebreak\relax
+              \if@twoside
+                \null
+                \thispagestyle{blank}%
+                \newpage
+              \fi% of |\if@twoside|
+        \twocolumn
+        \else
+          \@topnewpage[\mw@normalheading]%
+        \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter|
+      \else
+        \mw@normalheading
+        \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter\pagebreak\relax\fi
+      \fi% of |\if@twocolumn|
+    \else
+      \mw@normalheading
+      \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter\pagebreak\relax\fi
+    \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingWholeWidth|
+  \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingRunIn|
+  }
+
+
+\relaxen\SetSectionFormatting
+\newcommand*\SetSectionFormatting[5][\empty]{%
+  \ifx\empty#1\relax\else% empty (not |\empty|!) |#1| also launches |\else|.\HideDef
+    \def\mw@HeadingRunIn{10}\def\mw@HeadingBreakBefore{10}%
+    \def\mw@HeadingBreakAfter{10}\def\mw@HeadingWholeWidth{10}%
+    \gmu@ifempty{#1}{}{\mw@processflags#1,\relax}% If |#1| is omitted,
+    % the flags are left unchanged. If |#1| is given, even as [], the
+    % flags are first cleared and then processed again.
+  \fi
+  \gmu@ifundefined{#2}{\@namedef{#2}{\mw@section{#2}}}{}%
+  \mw@secdef{#2}{@preskip} {#3}{2 oblig.}%
+  \mw@secdef{#2}{@head}    {#4}{3 oblig.}%
+  \mw@secdef{#2}{@postskip}{#5}{4 oblig.}%
+  \ifx\empty#1\relax
+    \mw@secundef{#2@flags}{1 (optional)}%
+  \else\mw@setflags{#2}% \ResumeDef
+  \fi}
+
+\def\mw@secdef#1#2#3#4{% ^^B
+  \gmu@ifempty{#3}
+    {\mw@secundef{#1#2}{#4}}
+    {\@namedef{#1#2}{#3}}}
+
+\def\mw@secundef#1#2{%
+  \gmu@ifundefined{#1}{%
+    \ClassError{mwcls/gm}{%
+      command \bslash#1  undefined \MessageBreak
+      after \bslash SetSectionFormatting!!!\MessageBreak}{%
+      Provide the #2 argument of \bslash SetSectionFormatting.}}{}}
+
+\def\addtoheading#1#2{%
+    \n@melet{gmu@addtoheading@resa}{#1@head}%
+    \edef\gmu@addtoheading@resa{\unexpanded{#2}\@xa\unexpanded{\gmu@addtoheading@resa}}%
+    \n@melet{#1@head}{gmu@addtoheading@resa}%
+}
+
+}% of |\@ifnotmw|'s else.
+
+
+\@ifnotmw{}{% We proceed only in \acro{MWCLS}.
+
+\def\@afterheading{%
+  \@nobreaktrue
+  \xdef\gmu@prevsec{\mw@HeadingType}% added now
+  \everypar{%
+    \grelaxen\gmu@prevsec% added now. All the rest is original \LaTeX.
+    \if@nobreak
+    \@nobreakfalse
+    \clubpenalty \@M
+    \if@afterindent \else
+    {\setbox\z@\lastbox}%
+    \fi
+    \else
+    \clubpenalty \@clubpenalty
+    \everypar{}%
+    \fi}}
+
+\def\gmu@checkaftersec{%
+  \gmu@ifundefined{gmu@prevsec}{}{%
+    \ifgmu@postsec% an additional switch that is true by default but
+    % may be turned into an \cs{ifdim} in special
+    % cases, see line \ref{gmu@postsec}.
+    {\@xa\mw@getflags\@xa{\gmu@prevsec}%
+      \glet\gmu@checkaftersec@resa\mw@HeadingBreakAfter}% \UnDef
+    \if\mw@HeadingBreakBefore\def\gmu@checkaftersec@resa{11}\fi% if the
+    % current heading inserts page break before itself, all the play
+    % with vskips is irrelevant.
+    \if\gmu@checkaftersec@resa\else
+    \penalty10000\relax
+    \skip\z@=\csname\gmu@prevsec @postskip\endcsname\relax
+    \skip\tw@=\csname\mw@HeadingType @preskip\endcsname\relax
+    \gmu@ifundefined{\mw@HeadingType @twoheadskip}{%
+      \ifdim\skip\z@>\skip\tw@
+      \vskip-\skip\z@% we strip off the post-skip of previous
+      % header if it's bigger than current pre-skip
+      \else
+      \vskip-\skip\tw@% we strip off the current pre-skip otherwise
+      \fi}{% But if the two-header-skip is defined, we put
+      % \emph{it}
+      \penalty10000
+      \vskip-\skip\z@
+      \penalty10000
+      \vskip-\skip\tw@
+      \penalty10000
+      \vskip\csname\mw@HeadingType @twoheadskip\endcsname
+      \relax}%
+    \penalty10000
+    \hrule height\z@\relax% to hide the last (un)skip before subsequent
+    % \incs{addvspace}s. \ilrr
+    \penalty10000
+    \fi
+    \fi
+  }% of |\gmu@ifundefined{gmu@prevsec}| `else'.
+}% of |\def\gmu@checkaftersec|.
+
+\def\ParanoidPostsec{% \label{gmu@postsec} this version of
+  % \inverb|\ifgmu@postsec| is intended for the special case of
+  % sections may contain no normal text, as while \pk{gmdoc}ing.
+  \def\ifgmu@postsec{% note this macro expands to an open \cs{if}.
+    \skip\z@=\csname\gmu@prevsec @postskip\endcsname\relax
+    \ifdim\lastskip=\skip\z@\relax% we play
+    % with the vskips only if the last skip is the previous
+    % heading's postskip (a~counter-example I~met while
+    % \pk{gmdoc}ing).
+  }}
+
+\let\ifgmu@postsec\iftrue
+
+\def\gmu@getaddvs#1\addvspace#2\gmu@getaddvs{%
+  \toks\z@={#1}%
+  \toks\tw@={#2}}
+
+\def\gmu@setheading#1{%
+  \@xa\gmu@getaddvs#1\gmu@getaddvs
+  \edef#1{%
+    \the\toks\z@\@nx\gmu@checkaftersec
+    \@nx\addvspace\the\toks\tw@}}
+
+\gmu@setheading\mw@normalheading
+\gmu@setheading\mw@runinheading
+
+\def\SetTwoheadSkip#1#2{\@namedef{#1@twoheadskip}{#2}}
+
+}% of |\@ifnotmw|'s else.
+
+
+\@ifnotmw{}{% We define this declaration only when in \pk{mwcls}.
+\DeclareCommand\WPheadings{T{\chapter}}{%
+  \SetSectionFormatting[breakbefore,wholewidth]
+      {part}{\z@\@plus1fill}{}{\z@\@plus3fill}%
+  %
+  \IfValueF{#1}{%
+    \gmu@ifundefined{chapter}{}{%
+      \SetSectionFormatting[breakbefore,wholewidth]
+      {chapter}
+      {66\p@}% |{67\p@}|% for Adventor/Schola 0,95.
+      {\FormatHangHeading{\LARGE}}
+      {27\p@\@plus0,2\p@\@minus1\p@}%
+    }%
+  }% of unless |#1|
+  %
+  \SetTwoheadSkip{section}{27\p@\@plus0,5\p@}%
+  \SetSectionFormatting{section}
+      {24\p@\@plus0,5\p@\@minus5\p@}%  ^^A {24\p@\@plus5\p@\@minus2\p@}
+      {\FormatHangHeading {\Large}}
+      {10\p@\@plus0,5\p@}% ed.\ Krajewska of ``Wiedza Powszechna'', as
+      % we understand her, wants the skip between a~heading and text
+      % to be rigid.
+  %
+  \SetTwoheadSkip{subsection}{11\p@\@plus0,5\p@\@minus1\p@}%
+  \SetSectionFormatting{subsection}
+      {19\p@\@plus0,4\p@\@minus6\p@}
+      {\FormatHangHeading {\large}}% 12/14 pt
+      {6\p@\@plus0,3\p@}% after-skip 6\,pt due to p.12, not to squeeze
+      % the before-skip too much.
+  %
+  \SetTwoheadSkip{subsubsection}{10\p@\@plus1,75\p@\@minus1\p@}%
+  \SetSectionFormatting{subsubsection}
+      {10\p@\@plus0,2\p@\@minus1\p@}
+      {\FormatHangHeading {\normalsize}}
+      {3\p@\@plus0,1\p@}% those little skips should be smaller than
+      % you calculate out of a~geometric progression, because the
+      % interline skip enlarges them.
+  %
+  \SetSectionFormatting[runin]{paragraph}
+      {7\p@\@plus0,15\p@\@minus1\p@}
+      {\FormatRunInHeading{\normalsize}}
+      {2\p@}%
+  %
+  \SetSectionFormatting[runin]{subparagraph}
+      {4\p@\@plus1\p@\@minus0,5\p@}
+      {\FormatRunInHeading{\normalsize}}
+      {\z@}%
+}% of |\WPheadings|
+}% of |\@ifnotmw|
+
+\@ifnotmw{% we are not in \pk{mwcls} and want to
+  % handle \pk{mwcls}-like sectionings i.e., those written with two
+  % optionals.
+  \def\gmu@secini{gm@la}%
+  \Store@Macros{%
+    \partmark \chaptermark \sectionmark \subsectionmark
+    \subsubsectionmark \paragraphmark}%
+  % \Define\gmu@secxx
+  \def\gmu@secxx#1#2[#3]#4{%
+    \ifx\gmu@secstar\@empty
+    % \nostanza a~little trick to allow
+      % a~special version of the heading just to the running head.
+      \@namedef{#1mark}##1{% we redefine \cs{\<sec>mark} to gobble its
+        % argument and to launch the stored true marking command on the
+        % appropriate argument.
+        \storedcsname{#1mark}{#2}%
+        \Restore@MacroSt{#1mark}% after we've done what we
+        % wanted we restore original |\#1mark|.\ilrr
+      }%
+      \def\gmu@secstar{[#3]}% if |\gmu@secstar|
+    % is empty, which means the sectioning command was written
+    % starless, we pass the `true' sectioning command |#3| as the
+    % optional argument. Otherwise the sectioning command was written
+    % with star so the `true' s.c.\ takes no optional.
+    \fi
+    \@xa\@xa\csname\gmu@secini#1\endcsname
+    \gmu@secstar{#4}}%
+}{% we are in \pk{mwcls} and want to reverse MW's optionals order
+  % i.e., if there's just one optional, it should go both to toc and to
+  % running head.
+  \def\gmu@secini{gm@mw}%
+  %
+  \let\gmu@secmarkh\@gobble% in \pk{mwcls} there's no need to make
+  % tricks for special version to running headings.
+  % \Define\gmu@secxx
+  \def\gmu@secxx#1#2[#3]#4{%
+    \@xa\@xa\csname\gmu@secini#1\endcsname
+    \gmu@secstar[#2][#3]{#4}}%
+}
+
+\def\gmu@sec#1{\@dblarg{\gmu@secx{#1}}}
+\def\gmu@secx#1[#2]{%
+  \@ifnextchar[{\gmu@secxx{#1}{#2}}{\gmu@secxx{#1}{#2}[#2]}}% if
+
+\def\gmu@straightensec#1{% the parameter is for the command's name.
+  \gmu@ifundefined{#1}{}{% we don't change the ontological status of the
+    % command because someone may test it.
+    \n@melet{\gmu@secini#1}{#1}%
+    \@namedef{#1}{%
+      \gmu@ifstar{\def\gmu@secstar{*}\gmu@sec{#1}}{%
+        \def\gmu@secstar{}\gmu@sec{#1}}}}%
+}%
+
+\let\do\gmu@straightensec
+\do{part}\do{chapter}\do{section}\do{subsection}\do{subsubsection}
+\@ifnotmw{}{\do{paragraph}}% this `straightening' of
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmmw.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmnotonlypream.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmnotonlypream.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..bb17a9e0eb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmnotonlypream.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmnotonlypream.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `notonlypream')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmnotonlypream}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 modification of the 'only preamble' clause (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+
+\RequirePackage{gmampulex}
+
+
+\newcommand\not@onlypreamble[1]{{%
+  \def\do##1{\ifx#1##1\else\@nx\do\@nx##1\fi}%
+  \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds}}}
+
+\not@onlypreamble\@preamblecmds
+\not@onlypreamble\@ifpackageloaded
+\not@onlypreamble\@ifclassloaded
+\not@onlypreamble\@ifl@aded
+\not@onlypreamble\@pkgextension
+
+\not@onlypreamble\@pushfilename
+\not@onlypreamble\@popfilename
+
+\not@onlypreamble\@currnamestack
+
+
+\def\gmu@notprerr{ can be used only in preamble (\on@line)}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \def\do#1{\@nx\do\@nx#1}%
+  \edef\@preamblecmds{%
+    \def\@nx\do##1{%
+      \def##1{\@nx\gmno@NotprerrMessage##1}\@nx\@eha}}%
+    \@preamblecmds}
+
+\def\gmno@NotprerrMessage#1{%
+  \PackageError{gmutils/LaTeX}%
+  {\@nx\string#1 \@nx\gmu@notprerr}{}%
+}
+
+
+\def\gmu@nocite@ampulex{% we wrap the stuff in a~macro to hide an open
+  % \incs{if}. And not to make the begin-input hook too large.
+  % \label{ampulexset} the first optional argument is the
+  % parameters string and the second the argument for one-level
+  % expansion of \incs{nocite}. Both hash strings are doubled to pass
+  % the  % first \incs{def}.
+  \ampulexdef\nocite[##1][##1]
+  \ifx
+  {\@onlypreamble\document}%
+  \iftrue}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\gmu@nocite@ampulex}%
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmnotonlypream.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmparts.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmparts.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1133a9a23d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmparts.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmparts.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `parts')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmparts}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 modification of \string \include \space \string & in/excluding parts of main file (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+
+
+\RequirePackage{gmcommand}
+
+\def\gmu@getext#1.#2\@nil{%\UnDef
+  \def\gmu@filename{#1}%\UnDef
+  \def\gmu@fileext{#2}}
+
+\def\include#1{\relax
+  \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
+  \@latex@error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
+  \else \@include#1 \fi}
+
+\def\@include#1 {%
+  \gmu@getext#1.\@nil
+  % \UnDef
+  \ifx\gmu@fileext\empty\def\gmu@fileext{tex}\fi
+  \clearpage
+  \if@filesw
+    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{\gmu@filename.aux}}%
+  \fi
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \if@partsw
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \edef\reserved@b{#1}%
+    \@for\reserved@a:=\@partlist\do{%
+      \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\@tempswatrue\fi}%
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa
+    \let\@auxout\@partaux
+    \if@filesw
+      \immediate\openout\@partaux \gmu@filename.aux
+      \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
+    \fi
+    \@input@{\gmu@filename.\gmu@fileext}%
+    \inclasthook
+    \clearpage
+    \@writeckpt{\gmu@filename}%
+    \if@filesw
+      \immediate\closeout\@partaux
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \deadcycles\z@
+    \@nameuse{cp@\gmu@filename}%
+  \fi
+  \let\@auxout\@mainaux}
+
+\newcommand\whenonly[3]{%
+  \def\gmu@whonly{#1,}%
+  \ifx\gmu@whonly\@partlist\afterfi{#2}\else\afterfi{#3}\fi}
+
+\def\inclasthook{\thispagestyle{closing}}
+
+\def\filepart#1{\relax
+  \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
+  \@latex@error{\string\filepart\space cannot be nested}\@eha
+  \else\afterfi{\@filepart#1 }\fi}
+
+\def\@filepart#1 {%
+  \clearpage
+  \edef\gmu@filepartname{#1}% we'll use it later
+  \if@filesw
+    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}%
+  \fi
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \if@partsw
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \@for\gmu@filepart@resa:=\@partlist\do{%
+      \ifx\gmu@filepart@resa\gmu@filepartname\@tempswatrue\fi}%
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa
+    \let\@auxout\@partaux
+    \if@filesw
+      \immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux
+      \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
+    \fi
+    \@xa\@firstoftwo
+    % \label{spart:iftrue}
+  \else
+    \deadcycles\z@
+    \@nameuse{cp@\gmu@filepartname}%
+    \let\@auxout\@mainaux
+    \@xa\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+  {\iftrue}%
+  {\let\endfilepart\fi
+    \csname gm@skipped@#1\endcsname
+    \def\next{\Restore@MacroSt {endfilepart}%
+      \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\show\NextBgroup\@gobble}{}}%
+    \@xa\next\iffalse}%
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\endfilepart{b}{% Note the argument is  not used really. Maybe later we'll
+  % use it for checking of proper matching. Or maybe not.
+  \inclasthook
+  \clearpage
+  \@writeckpt{\gmu@filepartname}%
+  \if@filesw
+  \immediate\closeout\@partaux
+  \fi
+  \fi% this |\fi| closes |\Iftrue| put by line \ref{spart:iftrue}.
+  \let\@auxout\@mainaux
+}
+
+\Store@Macro\endfilepart
+
+\def\nofileparts{%
+  \let\filepart\@gobble
+  \DeclareCommand\endfilepart{b}{}%
+}
+
+
+\def\includecountfix{%
+  \def\@wckptelt##1{%
+    \immediate\write\@partaux{%
+      \providecounter{##1}% to
+      % provide the font counters defined
+      % in parts of the document.
+      \string\setcounter{##1}{\the\@nameuse{c@##1}}}}%
+}
+
+\pdef\providecounter#1{%
+  \unless\ifcsname c@#1\endcsname\newcounter{#1}\fi}
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmparts.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmrelsize.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmrelsize.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b32a63c38f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmrelsize.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmrelsize.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `relsize')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmrelsize}
+    [2010/04/09 v0.993 chosen macros from the relsize package and mine (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+\protected\def\relsize#1{%
+  \ifmmode \@nomath\relsize\else
+    \begingroup
+     \@tempcnta % assign number representing current font size
+       \ifx\@currsize\normalsize 4\else   % funny order is to have most …
+        \ifx\@currsize\small 3\else       % …likely sizes checked first
+         \ifx\@currsize\footnotesize 2\else
+          \ifx\@currsize\large 5\else
+           \ifx\@currsize\Large 6\else
+            \ifx\@currsize\LARGE 7\else
+             \ifx\@currsize\scriptsize 1\else
+              \ifx\@currsize\tiny 0\else
+               \ifx\@currsize\huge 8\else
+                \ifx\@currsize\Huge 9\else
+                4\rs@unknown@warning % unknown state: |\normalsize| as starting point
+     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+     \advance\@tempcnta#1\relax
+      \ifnum\@tempcnta<\z@ \rs@size@warning{small}{\string\tiny}\@tempcnta\z@ \fi
+      \@xa\endgroup
+      \ifcase\@tempcnta  % set new size based on altered number
+         \tiny \or \scriptsize \or \footnotesize \or \small \or \normalsize \or
+         \large \or \Large \or \LARGE \or \huge \or \Huge \else
+          \rs@size@warning{large}{\string\Huge}\Huge
+\fi\fi}% end of |\relsize|.
+
+\providecommand*\rs@size@warning[2]{\PackageWarning{gmutils (relsize)}{%
+ Size requested is too #1.\MessageBreak Using #2 instead}}
+
+\providecommand*\rs@unknown@warning{\PackageWarning{gmutils (relsize)}{Current font size
+ is unknown! (Why?!?)\MessageBreak Assuming \string\normalsize}}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\larger[1][\@ne]{\relsize{+#1}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\smaller[1][\@ne]{\relsize{-#1}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\textlarger[2][\@ne]{{\relsize{+#1}#2}}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\textsmaller[2][\@ne]{{\relsize{-#1}#2}}
+\protected\def\largerr{\relsize{+2}}
+\protected\def\smallerr{\relsize{-2}}
+
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmrelsize.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmtypos.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmtypos.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..3992e1af62b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmtypos.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,2027 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmtypos.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `typos')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmtypos}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 a collection of macros, mosltly typographical (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+
+\RequirePackage{gmcommand, gmnotonlypream}
+
+\unless\ifcsname ifgmu@quiet\endcsname
+  \@xa\newif\csname ifgmu@quiet\endcsname
+\fi
+
+\DeclareOption{quiet}{\gmu@quiettrue}
+
+\ProcessOptions
+
+
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \@ifpackageloaded{fontspec}{%
+    \pdef\udigits{%
+      \addfontfeature{Numbers=Uppercase}}%
+  }{%
+    \emptify\udigits}}
+
+
+\def\Xedekfracc{\gmu@ifstar\gmu@xedekfraccstar\gmu@xedekfraccplain}
+    % (plain) The starless version turns the font feature |frac| on.
+    %
+    % (\*) But nor my modification of Minion Pro neither \TeX\ Gyre
+    % Pagella doesn't feature the
+    % |frac| font feature properly so, with the starred version of the
+    % declaration we use the characters from the font where available
+    % (see the |\@namedef|s below) and the |numr| and |dnom| features
+    % with the fractional slash otherwise (via |\gmu@dekfracc|).
+    %
+    % (\*\*) But Latin Modern Sans Serif Quotation doesn't support the
+    % numerator and denominator positions so we provide the double
+    % star version for it, which takes the char from font if it exist
+    % and typesets with lowers and kerns otherwise.
+
+\def\gmu@xedekfraccstar{%
+  \def\gmu@xefraccdef##1##2{%
+      \iffontchar\font ##2
+        \@namedef{gmu@xefracc##1}{\char##2 }%
+      \else
+        \n@melet{gmu@xefracc##1}{relax}%
+      \fi}%
+    %
+    \def\gmu@dekfracc##1/##2{%
+      {\addfontfeature{VerticalPosition=Numerator}##1}\gmu@numeratorkern
+      \char"2044 \gmu@denominatorkern
+      {\addfontfeature{VerticalPosition=Denominator}##2}}%
+    %
+    % We define the fractional macros. Since Adobe Minion Pro doesn't
+    % contain $\frac n5$ nor $\frac n6$, we don't provide them here.
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/4}{"BC}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/2}{"BD}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{3/4}{"BE}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/3}{"2153}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{2/3}{"2154}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/5}{"2155}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{2/5}{"2156}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{3/5}{"2157}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{4/5}{"2158}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/6}{"2159}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{5/6}{"215A}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/8}{"215B}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{3/8}{"215C}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{5/8}{"215D}%
+    \gmu@xefraccdef{7/8}{"215E}%
+    \pdef\dekfracc@args##1/##2{%
+      \gmu@ifundefined{gmu@xefracc\detokenize{##1/##2}}{%
+        \gmu@dekfracc{##1}/{##2}}{%
+        \csname gmu@xefracc\detokenize{##1/##2}\endcsname}%
+      \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup\fi
+    }% of |\dekfracc@args|.
+    \gmu@ifstar{\let\gmu@dekfracc\gmu@dekfraccsimple}{}%
+  }
+
+\def\gmu@xedekfraccplain{% `else' of the main |\gmu@ifstar|
+    \pdef\dekfracc@args##1/##2{%
+      \ifmmode\hbox\fi{%
+        \addfontfeature{Fractions=On}%
+        ##1/##2}%
+      \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup\fi
+    }% of |\dekfracc@args|
+  }
+
+\newif\if@gmu@mmhbox% we'll use this switch for |\dekfracc| and also
+
+\pdef\dekfracc{% \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/14}{made to work also in math
+               % mode, even with math-active digits}
+  \ifmmode\hbox\bgroup\@gmu@mmhboxtrue\fi
+  \dekfracc@args}
+
+\def\gmu@numeratorkern{\kern-.055em\relax}
+\def\gmu@denominatorkern{\kern-.05em\relax}
+
+
+
+\pdef\textsuperscript@@#1{%
+  \@textsuperscript{\selectfont#1}}%
+\def\@textsuperscript#1{%
+  {\m@th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf@size\z@#1}}}}}
+
+\let\textsuperscript@@\textsuperscript
+
+\def\GMtextsuperscript{%
+  \@ifXeTeX{%
+    \DeclareCommand\textsuperscript{sm}{%
+      \IfValueTF{##1}{\textsuperscript@@{##2}}%
+      {%
+        \begingroup
+        \addfontfeature{VerticalPosition=Numerator}##2%
+        \endgroup}}%
+  }{\truetextsuperscript}}
+
+\def\truetextsuperscript{%
+  \let\textsuperscript\textsuperscript@@
+}
+
+
+
+\def\gmu@getfontstring{%
+  \xdef\gmu@fontstring{%
+    \gmu@fontstring@}}
+
+\def\gmu@fontstring@{%
+  \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@fontstring@@\@xa\meaning\the\font\@nil}
+
+\def\gmu@fontstring@@#1"#2"#3\@nil{"#2"}
+
+\def\gmu@getfontscale#1Scale#2=#3,{%
+  \ifx\gmu@getfontscale#3\else
+    \def\gmu@tempa{MatchLowercase}%
+    \def\gmu@tempb{#3}%
+    \ifx\gmu@tempa\gmu@tempb
+      \gmu@calc@scale{5}%
+      \@xa\@firstoftwo
+    \else
+      \def\gmu@tempa{MatchUppercase}%
+      \ifx\gmu@tempa\gmu@tempb
+        \gmu@calc@scale{8}%
+        \afterfifi\@firstoftwo
+        \else\afterfifi\@secondoftwo
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    {\xdef\gmu@fontscalebr{[\gmu@fontscale] }}%
+    {\xdef\gmu@fontscalebr{[#3] }}%
+    \afterfi\gmu@getfontscale
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\gmu@getfontdata#1{%
+  \global\emptify\gmu@fontscalebr
+  \begingroup
+  #1%
+  \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@getfontscale
+  \csname zf@family@options\f@family\endcsname
+  ,Scale=\gmu@getfontscale,%
+  \gmu@getfontstring
+  \xdef\gmu@theskewchar{\the\skewchar\font}%
+  \endgroup}
+
+\def\gmu@stripchar#1"{"}
+
+\DeclareCommand\gmath@getfamnum{C{\gmath@fam}}{%
+  \edef\gmath@famnum{\@xa\gmu@stripchar\meaning#1}%
+}
+
+
+\DeclareCommand\gmathFams{o  % the name of math version
+  C{\NoValue} % ‘rescue’ font. Will be accessible via
+  % \inverb|\symgmathRoman⁄<version>| (math family) and
+  % \inverb|\gmath@fontt⁄<version>| (font).
+}{%
+  \IfValueT{#1}{%
+    \DeclareMathVersion{#1}% this sets the defaults so no need to
+    % define them explicitly
+    }% of if |#1| given
+  %
+  \gmu@getfontdata{\rmfamily\itshape}%
+  %
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+    \IfValueTF{#1}{\@nx\SetSymbolFont{letters}{#1}}%
+    {\@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{letters}}%
+    {\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{it}%
+    \IfValueT{#1}{%
+      \@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{letters#1}%
+      {\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{it}%
+      }%
+    \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
+      \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
+    \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{it}{%
+      <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
+    \IfValueT{#1}{%
+      \@nx\SetMathAlphabet\@nx\mathit{#1}{\encodingdefault}{gmathit#1}{m}{it}}%
+  }\gmu@tempa
+  %
+  \IfValueT{#2}{%
+    \gmu@getfontdata{#2\gmu@ifstored{\upshape}{\storedcsname{upshape}}{\upshape}}%
+    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+      \@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{gmathRoman\PutIfValue{#1}}%
+      {\encodingdefault}{gmathRm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}%
+      \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathRm\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
+        \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
+      \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathRm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}{%
+        <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
+    }\gmu@tempa
+    \@xa\font\csname gmath@fontt\PutIfValue{#1}\endcsname
+    =\gmu@fontstring\relax
+    % \stanza
+    \gmu@getfontdata{#2\gmu@ifstored{\itshape}{\storedcsname{itshape}}{\itshape}}%
+    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+      \@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{gmathItalic\PutIfValue{#1}}%
+      {\encodingdefault}{gmathIt\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}%
+      \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathIt\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
+        \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
+      \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathIt\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}{%
+        <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
+    }\gmu@tempa
+  }% of if |#2| given
+  % \stanza
+  \gmu@getfontdata{\rmfamily\upshape}%
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+    \IfValueTF{#1}{\@nx\SetSymbolFont{gmathroman}{#1}}%
+    {\@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{gmathroman}}%
+    {\encodingdefault}{gmathrm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}%
+    \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathrm\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
+      \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
+    \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathrm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}{%
+      <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
+    \IfValueT{#1}{%
+      \@nx\SetMathAlphabet\@nx\mathrm{#1}{\encodingdefault}{gmathrm#1}{m}{n}}%
+  }\gmu@tempa
+    \@xa\font\csname gmath@font\PutIfValue{#1}\endcsname
+    =\gmu@fontstring\relax
+    \gmathfamshook
+}
+
+\emptify\gmathfamshook
+
+\DeclareCommand\gmathbase{oC{\NoValue}}{%
+  \gmathFams[#1](#2)%
+  \DeclareCommand\gmath@do{%
+    m % (1) the character or \CS\ to be declared,
+    o % (2)  the Unicode to be assigned,
+    m % (3) math type (\CS like \cs{mathord} etc.)
+    C{\gmath@fam} % font family
+  }{%\
+    %
+    \gmath@getfamnum(##4)%
+    \IfValueTF{##2}{%
+      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+        = \mathchar@type##3\space
+        \gmath@famnum\space
+        "##2\relax}%
+      \if\relax\@nx##1%
+        \gmu@ifstored{##1}{}{\Store@Macro##1}%
+        \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+          \XeTeXmathchardef \@nx##1\gmu@tempa}%
+        \else
+        \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+          \XeTeXmathcode `##1 \gmu@tempa}
+        \fi%
+      }%
+      {% no value of |##2|
+        \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+          \XeTeXmathcode `##1 =
+          \mathchar@type##3\space
+          \gmath@famnum\space
+          `##1\relax}%
+      }%
+      \gmu@tempa
+    }% of \incs{gmath@do}
+    %
+    \DeclareCommand\gmath@doif{%
+      m        % (1) the Unicode hex of char enquired,
+      m      % (2) the char or \CS\ to be declared,
+      m      % (3) math type \CS (\cs{mathord} etc.),
+      o      % (4) second-choice Unicode (taken if first-choice is absent),
+      o      % (5) third-choice Unicode (as above if second-choice is absent from font).
+      B{\gmath@fam} % (6) never used in this package. Why?
+      C{\NoValue}
+    }{%
+      \gmu@storeifnotyet{##2}%
+      \@xa\let\@xa\gmath@ft\csname
+        gmath@font%
+        \ifx\gmath@fam##6\else t\fi
+        \gmath@version
+      \endcsname
+      \iffontchar\gmath@ft"##1 \gmath@do##2[##1]##3(##6)%
+      \else
+        \IfValueTF{##4}{%
+          \iffontchar\gmath@ft"##4 \gmath@do##2[##4]##3(##6)%
+          \else
+            \IfValueTF{##5}{%
+              \iffontchar\gmath@ft"##5 \gmath@do##2[##5]##3(##6)%
+              \else
+                \gmath@restore{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##7}%
+              \fi}%
+            {\gmath@restore{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##7}}%
+          \fi}%
+        {\gmath@restore{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##7}}%
+      \fi
+    }% of |\gmath@doif|
+    % In the command above we try to define math char or a~\CS in the
+    % family given as |##6|. If there're no respective chars, we try
+    % the same with the family given (as a~word) in |##7|.
+    \def\gmath@restore##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
+      \IfValueT{##6}%
+      {\ifcsname ##6\endcsname
+          \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+            \unexpanded{\gmath@doif{##1}{##2}{##3}[##4][##5]}%
+            {\@xanxcs{##6}}\relax
+          }\gmu@tempa
+          \@xa\@gobbletwo % if family |##6| is defined, we gobble the
+          % other branch
+        \fi
+      }%
+      \firstofone
+      {\if\relax\@nx##2%
+          \Restore@Macro##2%
+        \fi
+      }%
+    }%
+    %
+\iffalse % doesn't work in a~non-math font.
+    \DeclareCommand\gmath@delc{mo}{%\
+      % \begin{enumargs*}
+      %   \mand the char or \CS\ to be declared,
+      % \opt the Unicode (if not the same as the char).
+      % \end{enumargs*}
+      %
+    \gmath@getfamnum
+    \IfValueTF{##2}{%
+      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+        = \gmath@famnum\space "##2\relax}%
+      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+        \XeTeXdelcode `##1 \gmu@tempa}
+    }%
+    {%
+      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+        \XeTeXdelcode `##1 =
+        \gmath@famnum\space
+        `##1\relax}%
+    }%
+    \gmu@tempa
+  }% of \incs{gmath@delc}
+  %
+  \def\gmath@delcif##1##2{%\
+    % \begin{enumargs*}
+    %   \mand the Unicode enquired,
+    % \item the char to be delcode-declared
+    % \end{enumargs*}
+    %
+    \iffontchar\gmath@font"##1 \gmath@delc##2[##1]\fi}
+\fi% of iffalse
+  %
+  \def\gmath@delimif##1##2##3{%\
+    % \begin{enumargs*}
+    % \item the Unicode enquired,
+    % \item the \CS\ defined as \cs{XeTeXdelimiter},
+    % \item the math type \CS\ (probably \incs{mathopen} or
+    %   \incs{mathclose}).
+    % \end{enumargs*}
+    \iffontchar\gmath@font"##1
+      \gmath@getfamnum
+      \protected\edef##2{\@nx\ensuremath{%
+          \XeTeXdelimiter \mathchar@type##3\space
+          \gmath@famnum\space "##1\relax}}%
+    \fi}% of \cs{gmath@delimif}.
+  %
+  \pdef\rmopname##1##2##3{%
+    \mathop {##1\kern \z@ \mathrm{##3}}\csname n##2limits@\endcsname
+  }%
+  %
+  \DeclareCommand\gmu@dogmathbase{oC{\NoValue}}{%
+    \Restore@Macro\mathchar@type%
+    %
+    \IfValueT{##1}{\mathversion{##1}}%
+    %
+    \edef\gmath@version{\PutIfValue{##1}}%
+    %
+    \@xa\let\@xa\gmath@fam\csname symgmathroman%
+    \endcsname
+    \edef\gmath@famm{symgmathRoman\gmath@version}% as you see, this is
+    % not a~font family (number) but a~macro containing the name: of
+    % the secondary (‘rescue’) family.
+    %
+    \typeout{@@@ gmutils.sty: taking some math chars from the font^^J \gmu@fontstring@}%
+    \gmath@do+\mathbin
+    \gmath@doif{2212}-\mathbin[2013](\gmath@famm)% minus sign if present or else en dash
+    \gmath@do=\mathrel
+    \gmath@do0\mathord
+    \gmath@do1\mathord
+    \gmath@do2\mathord
+    \gmath@do3\mathord
+    \gmath@do4\mathord
+    \gmath@do5\mathord
+    \gmath@do6\mathord
+    \gmath@do7\mathord
+    \gmath@do8\mathord
+    \gmath@do9\mathord
+    %%
+    \gmath@doif{2264}\le\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
+    \let\leq\le
+    \let\leeng\le
+    \gmath@doif{2265}\ge\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
+    \let\geq\ge
+    \let\geeng\ge
+    \gmath@doif{2A7D}\xleq\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{2A7E}\xgeq\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
+    \@ifpackageloaded{polski}{%
+      \ifdefined\xleq
+      \gmu@storeifnotyet\leq
+      \let\leq=\xleq
+      \let\le=\leq
+      \fi
+      \ifdefined\xgeq
+      \gmu@storeifnotyet\geq
+      \let\geq=\xgeq
+      \let\ge=\geq
+      \fi}{}%
+    %
+    \gmath@do.\mathpunct
+    \gmath@do,\mathpunct
+    \gmath@do;\mathpunct
+    \gmath@do…\mathpunct
+    \gmath@do(\mathopen
+    \gmath@do)\mathclose
+    \gmath@do[\mathopen
+    \gmath@do]\mathclose
+    %
+    \gmath@doif{00D7}×\mathbin (\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@do:\mathrel
+    \gmath@doif{00B7}·\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{22C6}*\mathbin(\gmath@famm)% % low star
+    \gmath@doif{2300}\varnothing\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{221E}\infty\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{2248}\approx\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{2260}\neq\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
+    \let\ne\neq
+    \gmath@doif{00AC}\neg\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{00AC}\nego\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@do/\mathop
+    \gmath@do<\mathrel
+    \gmath@do>\mathrel
+    \gmath@doif{2329}\langle\mathopen(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{232A}\rangle\mathclose(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{2202}\partial\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{00B1}\pm\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{007E}\sim\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{2190}\leftarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{2192}\rightarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{2194}\leftrightarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%% if not present,
+    % \incs{gmathfurther} will take care
+    % of it if left and right arrows are present.
+    \gmath@doif{2191}\uparrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%% it should be a~delimiter
+    % (declared with \incs{gmath@delimif}) % but in a~non-math
+    % font the delimiters don't work (2008/11/19) and I~don't think
+    % I'll ever need up- and down- arrows as delimiters.
+    \gmath@doif{2193}\downarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
+    %
+    \gmath@doif{2208}\in\mathrel[03F5][0454](\gmath@famm)%%
+    % As a~fan of modal logics I~allow redefinition of \incs{lozenge}
+    % and \incs{square} iff both are in the font. I~don't accept
+    % the ‘ballot box’ U+2610.
+    \if\iffontchar\gmath@font"25CA 0\else 1\fi
+       \iffontchar\gmath@font"25FB 0\else\iffontchar\gmath@font"25A1 0\else 2\fi\fi
+      \gmath@do\lozenge[25CA]\mathord
+      \gmath@doif{25FB}\square\mathord[25A1](\gmath@famm)%%  ‘medium white square (modal
+      % operator)’ of just ‘white square’.
+    \fi
+    \gmath@doif{EB08}\bigcircle\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{2227}\wedge\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{2228}\vee\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
+    %
+    \gmath@doif{0393}\Gamma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{0394}\Delta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{0398}\Theta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{039B}\Lambda\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{039E}\Xi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03A3}\Sigma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03A5}\Upsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03А6}\Phi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03A8}\Psi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03A9}\Omega\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    %
+    \@xa\let\@xa\gmath@fam\csname symletters\gmath@version%
+    \endcsname
+    \edef\gmath@famm{symgmathItalic\gmath@version}%
+    %
+    \gmath@doif{03B1}\alpha\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03B2}\beta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03B3}\gamma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03B4}\delta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03F5}\epsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03B5}\varepsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03B6}\zeta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03B7}\eta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03B8}\theta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03D1}\vartheta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03B9}\iota\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03BA}\kappa\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03BB}\lambda\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03BC}\mu\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03BD}\nu\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03BE}\xi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03C0}\pi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03A0}\Pi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03C1}\rho\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03C3}\sigma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03DA}\varsigma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%% 03C2?
+    \gmath@doif{03C4}\tau\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03C5}\upsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03D5}\phi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03C7}\chi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03C8}\psi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    \gmath@doif{03C9}\omega\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
+    %
+    \if 1 1%
+    \iffontchar\gmath@font"221A
+      \fontdimen61\gmath@font=1pt
+      \edef\sqrtsign{%
+        \XeTeXradical \@xa\gmu@stripchar\meaning\symgmathroman\space "221A\relax}%
+    \fi
+    \fi% of if 1 1.
+    \def\max{\rmopname \relax m{max}}%
+    \def\min{\rmopname \relax m{min}}%
+    \def\lim{\rmopname \relax m{lim}}%
+    \def\sin{\rmopname \relax o{sin}}%
+    \def\cos{\rmopname \relax o{cos}}%
+    \def\tg{\rmopname \relax o{tg}}%
+    \def\ctg{\rmopname \relax o{ctg}}%
+    \def\tan{\rmopname \relax o{tan}}%
+    \def\ctan{\rmopname \relax o{ctan}}%
+  }% of |\gmu@dogmathbase|
+  \AtBeginDocument{\gmu@dogmathbase[#1](#2)%
+    \let\gmathbase\gmu@dogmathbase
+  }% of atbd
+    \not@onlypreamble\gmathbase
+}% of \cs{gmathbase}
+
+
+\@onlypreamble\gmathbase
+
+\pdef\gmathfurther{% \HideDef
+  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{removed definition of
+  %   \cs{}\<letter>s and \cs{}\<digit>s}
+  % \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/7}{Greek letters completed. Wrapped with
+  %   \cs{addtotoks} to allow using in any order with \cs{garamath}
+  %   and others}
+  %
+  \def\do##1##2##3{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
+    \def##1{%
+      \mathop{\mathchoice{\hbox{%
+            \rm
+            \edef\gma@tempa{\the\fontdimen8\font}%
+            \larger[3]%
+            \lower\dimexpr(\fontdimen8\font-\gma@tempa)/2 %
+              \hbox{##2}}}{\hbox{%
+              \rm
+              \edef\gma@tempa{\the\fontdimen8\font}%
+              \larger[2]%
+              \lower\dimexpr(\fontdimen8\font-\gma@tempa)/2 %
+              \hbox{##2}}}%
+          {\mathrm{##2}}{\mathrm{##2}}}##3}}%
+    \iffontchar\gmath@font"2211    \do\sum{\char"2211}{}\fi%
+    \do\forall{\gma@quantifierhook \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{A}%
+      \gmu@forallkerning
+    }{\nolimits}%
+    \def\gmu@forallkerning{\setbox0=\hbox{A}\setbox2=\hbox{\scriptsize x}%
+      \kern\dimexpr\ht2/3*2 -\wd0/2\relax}% to be able to redefine it
+    % when the big quantifier is Bauhaus-like.
+    \do\exists{\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{\gma@quantifierhook E}}\nolimits%
+    %
+    \def\do##1##2##3{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
+      \def##1{##3{%
+          \mathchoice{\hbox{\rm##2}}{\hbox{\rm##2}}%
+          {\hbox{\rm\scriptsize##2}}{\hbox{\rm\tiny##2}}}}}%
+    %
+    \unless\iffontchar\gmath@font"2227
+      \do\vee{\rotatebox[origin=c]{90}{<}}\mathbin%
+    \fi
+    \unless\iffontchar\gmath@font"2228
+      \do\wedge{\rotatebox[origin=c]{-90}{<}}\mathbin
+    \fi
+    %
+    \unless\iffontchar\gmath@font"2194
+      \if\iffontchar\gmath@font"2190 0\else1\fi
+        \iffontchar\gmath@font"2192 0\else2\fi
+        \do\leftrightarrow{\char"2190\kern-0,1em \char"2192}\mathrel
+    \fi\fi
+    %
+    \def\do##1##2##3{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
+      \def##1####1{##2{\hbox{%
+            \rm
+            \setbox0=\hbox{####1}%
+            \edef\gma@tempa{\the\ht0}%
+            \edef\gma@tempb{\the\dp0}%
+            ##3%
+            \setbox0=\hbox{####1}%
+           \lower\dimexpr(\ht0 + \dp0)/2-\dp0 -((\gma@tempa+\gma@tempb)/2-\gma@tempb) %
+           \box0}}}}%
+   \do\bigl\mathopen\larger
+   \do\bigr\mathclose\larger
+   \do\Bigl\mathopen\largerr
+   \do\Bigr\mathclose\largerr
+   \do\biggl\mathopen{\larger[3]}%
+   \do\biggr\mathclose{\larger[3]}%
+   \do\Biggl\mathopen{\larger[4]}%
+   \do\Biggr\mathclose{\larger[4]}%
+   %
+   %
+   \addtotoks\everymath{% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/20}{the
+     % \cs{everymath}'s left brace moved here:
+     % earlier all the stuff was put into \cs{everymath}}
+     \def\do##1##2{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
+       \def##1{\ifmmode##2{\mathchoice
+           {\hbox{\rm\char`##1}}{\hbox{\rm\char`##1}}%
+           {\hbox{\rm\scriptsize\char`##1}}{\hbox{\rm\tiny\char`##1}}}%
+         \else\char`##1\fi}}%
+     \do\{\mathopen
+     \do\}\mathclose
+     %
+     \def\={\mathbin{=}}%
+     \def\neqb{\mathbin{\neq}}%
+     \let\neb\neqb
+     \def\do##1{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
+       \edef\gma@tempa{%
+         \def\@xanxcs{\@xa\gobble\string##1r}{%
+           \@nx\mathrel{\@nx##1}}}%
+       \gma@tempa}%
+     \do\vee \do\wedge \do\neg
+     \def\fakern{\mkern-3mu}%
+     \thickmuskip=8mu plus 4mu\relax
+     %
+     \gma@gmathhook
+   }% of |\everymath|.
+   \everydisplay\everymath
+   \ifdefined\Url
+     \ampulexdef\Url{\let\do}\@makeother
+     {\everymath{}\let\do\@makeother}% I~don't know why but the
+     % \pk{url} package's \incs{url} typesets the argument inside
+     % a~math which caused digits not to be typewriter but Roman and
+     % lowercase.
+  \fi% of |\ifdefined\Url|.
+}% of |\def\gmathfurther|. \ResumeDef
+
+\Store@Macro\mathchar@type
+
+\DeclareCommand\gmath{oC{\NoValue}}{%
+  \gmathbase[#1](#2)%
+  \gmathfurther
+  \IfValueT{#1}{\csname gmathhook#1\endcsname}% this allows adding
+  % version-specific stuff (I~first used this for Fell fonts rescued
+  % with Garamond Premier)
+}
+
+\pdef\gmathscripts{% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/11}{added}
+  \addtotoks\everymath{\catcode`\^=7\relax \catcode`\_=8\relax }%
+  \everydisplay\everymath}
+
+\pdef\gmathcats{%
+  \addtotoks\everymath{\gmu@septify}%
+  \everydisplay\everymath}
+
+\emptify\gma@quantifierhook
+\def\quantifierhook#1{%
+  \def\gma@quantifierhook{#1}}
+
+\emptify\gma@gmathhook
+\def\gmathhook#1{\addtomacro\gma@gmathhook{#1}}
+
+\def\gma@dollar$#1${{\gmath$#1$}}%
+\def\gma@bare#1{\gma@dollar$#1$}%
+\def\gma@checkbracket{\@ifnextchar\[%^^A\]
+  \gma@bracket\gma@bare}
+\def\gma@bracket\[#1\]{{\gmath\[#1\]}\@ifnextchar\par{}{\noindent}}
+\def\gma{\@ifnextchar$%^^A $
+  \gma@dollar\gma@checkbracket}
+
+   %^^B trial composition
+\def\bgcolor{\color{white}}
+
+\DeclareCommand\garamath{%
+  O{\rm}% the font command
+}{%
+  % Before 2009/10/19 all the stuff was added to |\everymath| which
+  % didn't work.
+  \quantifierhook{\addfontfeature{OpticalSize=800}}%
+  %
+  \def\gma@arrowdash{{%
+      \setbox0=\hbox{\char"2192}\copy0\kern-0,6\wd0
+      \bgcolor\rule[-\dp0]{0,6\wd0}{\dimexpr1,07\ht0+\dp0}\kern-0,6\wd0}}%
+  %
+  \def\gma@gmathhook{%
+    \def\do####1####2####3{\gmu@storeifnotyet####1%
+      \def####1{####3{%
+          \mathchoice{\hbox{#1####2}}{\hbox{#1####2}}%
+          {\hbox{#1\scriptsize####2}}{\hbox{#1\tiny####2}}}}}%
+    \do\mapsto{\rule[0,4ex]{0,1ex}{0,4ex}\kern-0,05em%
+      \gma@arrowdash\kern-0,05em\char"2192}\mathrel
+    \do\cup{\scshape u}\mathbin
+    \do\varnothing{\setbox0=\hbox{\gma@quantifierhook\addfontfeature{Scale=1.272727}0}%
+      \setbox2=\hbox{\char"2044}%
+      \copy0 \kern-0,5\wd0 \kern-0,5\wd2 \lower0,125\wd0 \copy2
+      \kern0,5\wd0\kern-0,5\wd2}{}% of |\varnothing|
+    \do\leftarrow{\char"2190\kern-0,05em\gma@arrowdash}\mathrel
+    \do\shortleftarrow{\char"2190}\mathrel
+    \do\rightarrow{\gma@arrowdash\kern-0,05em\char"2192}\mathrel
+    \do\shortrightarrow{\char"2192\relax}\mathrel
+    \do\in{\gma@quantifierhook\char"0454}\mathbin
+    \do\prec{\gma@quantifierhook
+      \rotatebox[origin=c]{-90}{%
+        \glyphname{u03A5.a}}}\mathrel % added 2009/9/11
+  }% of |\gma@gmathhook|
+}% of |\garamath|.
+
+
+
+\def\gmu@tempa{\kern-0,08em\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax
+  s\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax}
+
+\protected\edef\Vs{V\gmu@tempa}
+
+\protected\edef\Ws{W\gmu@tempa}
+
+\pdef\Wz{W\kern-0,05em\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax z}
+
+
+\pdef\leftslanting@{%
+  \def\litdimen{\strip@pt\fontdimen1\font ex}%
+  \def\litcorrection{%
+    \ifhmode\null\nobreak\hskip\litdimen\relax\fi}%
+  \def\litkern{% note it's to be used inside the left slanted font,
+    % unlike \incmd\litcorrection, intended to be used \emph{before}
+    % switching to left slant/italic.
+    \leavevmode\null
+    \kern-\litdimen\relax}%
+  \def\dilitkern{\kern\litdimen\litkern}%
+  % \stanza
+  \pdef\litshape{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{copied here from
+    % E.~Szarzyński's \ty{The Letters}}
+    \litcorrection
+    \itshape
+    \@tempdima=-2\fontdimen1\font
+    \advance\leftskip by\strip@pt\fontdimen1\font ex % to assure at
+    % least the lowercase letters not to overshoot to the (left)
+    % margin. Note this has any effect only if there is a~\incs{par} in
+    % the scope.
+    \litcorrection
+    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+      \@nx\addfontfeature{FakeSlant=\strip@pt\@tempdima}}%^^B
+    % \ilrr when not \incs{edef}ed, it caused an error, which is
+    % perfectly understandable.
+    \gmu@tempa}%
+  %
+  %
+  \pdef\textlit##1{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{added}
+    {\litshape##1}}%
+  %
+  \pdef\lit{\rm\litshape}%
+  %
+  %
+  \pdef\lsl{{%
+      \litcorrection
+      \it
+      % \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{copied here from E.~Szarzyński's \ty{The
+      %     Letters}}
+      \@tempdima=-\fontdimen1\font
+      \litcorrection
+      \xdef\gmu@tempa{%
+        \@nx\addfontfeature{RawFeature={slant=\strip@pt\@tempdima}}}}%
+    \rm  % Note in this declaration we left-slant the basic Roman font
+    % not the itshape of the current family.
+    \gmu@tempa}%
+  %
+  % Now we can redefine \cs{em} and \cs{emph} to use left Italic for
+  % nested emphasis. In Polish typesetting there is bold in nested
+  % emphasis as I~have heard but we don't like bold since it perturbs
+  % homogeneous greyness of a~page. So we introduce a~three-cycle
+  % instead of two-: Italic, left Italic, upright.
+  %
+  \pdef\em{%\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{added}
+    \ifdim\fontdimen1\font=\z@  \itshape
+    \else
+      \ifdim\fontdimen1\font>\z@ \litshape
+      \else \upshape
+      \fi
+    \fi}%
+  %
+  %
+  \pdef\emph##1{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{added}
+    {\em##1}}%
+}% of \cs{leftslanting@}.
+
+\pdef\leftslanting{\AtBeginDocument\leftslanting@}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{\let\leftslanting\leftslanting@}
+
+
+\def\romorzero#1{%
+  \ifnum#1=0 zero\else\romannumeral#1 \fi}
+
+\DeclareCommand\fakeonum{%
+  o %  fake bold for the digit »2« (for which emboldening improves
+  % look),
+  >Pm   %  the text to fake old-style numbers in.
+}{%\
+  % I~tried to use this command as a~declaration but active digits are
+  % very uncomfortable, e.g.\ you can't define macros with arguments.
+  % \chgs{2008/12/04 v0.98 added}
+  \gmu@if@onum{#2}{%
+    \begingroup
+    \edef\gmu@tempa{#2}%
+    \makeatletter%
+    \IfValueT{#1}{%
+      \prependtomacro\fake@onum@ii{%
+        \begingroup\addfontfeature{FakeBold=#1}}%
+      \addtomacro\fake@onum@ii\endgroup
+    }%
+    \endlinechar\m@ne % to suppress the line end added by
+    % |\scantokens|, especially in active |^^M|'s scopes.
+    \gmu@dofakeonum
+    \@xa\scantokens\@xa{\gmu@tempa}%
+    \endgroup
+  }% of |\gmu@ifonum| ‘else’.
+}% of |\fakeonum|.
+
+\def\gmu@dofakeonum{%
+  \def\do##1{%
+    \catcode`##1\active
+    \scantokens{%
+      \@xa\let\@xa##1%
+      \csname fake@onum@\@xa\romorzero\string##1\endcsname\empty}}%
+  \do0\do1\do2\do3\do4\do5\do6\do7\do8\do9%
+}
+
+\def\do#1#2{%
+  \@namedef{fake@onum@\romorzero#1}{#2}}
+
+\def\gmu@tempa#1{%
+  \do#1{\leavevmode
+    \gmu@calculateslant{#1}% uses \incs{gmu@tempa} and
+    % \incs{gmu@tempb}, therefore goes first. And defines \incs{gmu@tempd}.
+    \gmu@measurewd{#1}% the width of char |#1| is in \incs{gmu@tempa}
+    % without kerning and in \incs{gmu@tempb} with kerning.
+    %
+    \edef\gmu@tempc{\the\fontcharht\font`#1}%
+    \hbox to \gmu@tempb {%
+      \hss\resizebox{\gmu@tempa}%
+      {\dimexpr\fontdimen5\font+\gmu@tempc-\fontdimen8\font}%
+      {\gmu@tempd#1}\hss}}}
+
+\gmu@tempa0 % |\fake@onum@zero|
+\gmu@tempa1 % |\fake@onum@i|
+\gmu@tempa2 % |\fake@onum@ii|
+
+\def\gmu@tempa#1{%
+  \do#1{\leavevmode
+    \gmu@measurewd{#1}%
+    \lower
+    \dimexpr\fontdimen8\font-\fontdimen5\font\relax
+    \hbox to \gmu@tempb {\hss#1\hss}}%
+}
+
+\gmu@tempa3 % |\fake@onum@iii|
+\gmu@tempa4 % |\fake@onum@iv|
+\gmu@tempa5 % |\fake@onum@v|
+\gmu@tempa7 % |\fake@onum@vii|
+\gmu@tempa9 % |\fake@onum@ix|
+
+\def\gmu@tempa#1{% to preserve pseudo-kerning in digits sequences.
+  \do#1{\leavevmode
+  \gmu@measurewd#1%
+  \hbox to \gmu@tempb {\hss#1\hss}}}
+
+\gmu@tempa6 % |\fake@onum@vi|
+\gmu@tempa8 % |\fake@onum@viii|
+
+\protected\def\gmu@if@onum{%
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{\@xa\meaning\the\font}%
+  \@xa\@ifinmeaning\detokenize{+onum}\of\gmu@tempa
+}
+
+\pdef\gmu@getslant{% we define |\gmu@tempa| to the (fake) slant of current font.
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{\@xa\meaning\the\font\detokenize{slant=0,}}%
+  \edef\gmu@tempb{%
+    \def\@nx\gmu@tempb####1%
+    \detokenize{slant=}%
+    ####2,####3}%
+  \gmu@tempb\@nil{##2}%
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{\@xa\gmu@tempb\gmu@tempa\@nil pt}%
+}
+
+\def\gmu@calculateslant#1{%
+  \gmu@getslant
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\numexpr\dimexpr\fontdimen1\font + \gmu@tempa}%\
+  % \incs{gmu@tempa} bears the number of scaled points of total slant
+  % (\inverb|\fontdimen1\font|${}+$\inverb|slant=…| if present) per 1pt
+  % of \inhash1.\ilrr
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\numexpr \gmu@tempa *
+    \numexpr\fontdimen5\font\relax/\numexpr\fontcharht\font`#1
+    \relax}%\
+  % we scale the total slant of \inverb|#1| by the ratio of original
+  % and scaled height of \inverb|#1|.
+  \edef\gmu@tempd{%
+    \the\dimexpr \gmu@tempa sp  - \fontdimen1\font}%\
+  % and we subtract slant-fontdimen from the scaled total slant.
+  \ifdim\gmu@tempd=\z@ \emptify\gmu@tempd
+  \else\edef\gmu@tempd{%
+    \@nx\addfontfeature{FakeSlant=\strip@pt\dimexpr\gmu@tempd}}%
+  \fi}
+
+\DeclareCommand\gmu@cepstnof{O{\gmu@tempa}% a~cs to be |\xdef|ed the
+  % font specification,
+  s% not used really,
+  m% |\fontspec| token or name of feature font (\inverb|Italic|, \inverb|Bold|,
+   % \inverb|SmallCaps|, \inverb|BoldItalic| ),
+  O{, Scale=MatchLowercase}% \pk{fontspec}  font features (key=val)
+}
+{% |\gmu@cepstnof|'s body
+  \def\gmu@cepstnof@resc##1:##2:\@nil{%
+    \ifx:##2:\else RawFeature={\gmu@maybestripcomma##2,,\@nil} \fi}%
+  % \stanza
+  \def\gmu@cepstnof@resd##1/##2/\@nil{% to check whether font name
+    % contains |/| (which may not be true!)
+    \ifx&##2&\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi}%
+  % \stanza
+  \def\gmu@cepstnof@rese##1:##2:\@nil{% to check whether the font name
+    % contains |:| when it doesn't contain |/|.
+    \ifx&##2&\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi}%
+  % \stanza
+  \edef\gmu@cepstnof@resa{%
+    % now, reserved B parses the font name and features. It uses an
+    % auxiliary reserved C because after |/| may be or may not be
+    % features specification.
+    \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@cepstnof@resd\@xa\meaning\the\font//\@nil
+    {% font name doesn't contain a~slash
+      \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@cepstnof@rese\@xa\meaning\the\font::\@nil
+      {% nor does it contain a~colon
+        \def\@nx\gmu@cepstnof@resb\detokenize{select font
+          "}####1\detokenize{"}####2\@nx\@nil{%
+          \ifx\fontspec#3%
+            \@nx\@nx\@nx\fontspec[\@gobble#4\@empty]{####1}% gobble a~comma
+          \else
+            #3Font={####1}, #3Features={\@gobble #4\@empty}%
+          \fi
+        }%
+      }%
+      {% no slash but there is a~colon
+        \def\@nx\gmu@cepstnof@resb\detokenize{select font
+          "}####1:####2\detokenize{"}####3\@nx\@nil{%
+          \ifx\fontspec#3%
+            \@nx\@nx\@nx\fontspec[\@nx\gmu@cepstnof@resc####2::\@nx\@nil#4]{####1}%
+          \else
+            #3Font={####1}, #3Features={\@nx\gmu@cepstnof@resc####2::\@nx\@nil#4}%
+          \fi
+        }%
+      }%
+    }% of ‘no slash’ case
+    {% font name contains a~slash
+      \def\@nx\gmu@cepstnof@resb\detokenize{select font
+        "}####1/####2\detokenize{"}####3\@nx\@nil{%
+        \ifx\fontspec#3%
+          \@nx\@nx\@nx\fontspec[\@nx\gmu@cepstnof@resc####2::\@nx\@nil#4]{####1}%
+        \else
+          #3Font={####1}, #3Features={\@nx\gmu@cepstnof@resc####2::\@nx\@nil#4}%
+        \fi
+      }% of |\gmu@cepstnof@resb|
+    }% of ‘slash present’ case
+  }\gmu@cepstnof@resa
+  \xdef#1{\@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@cepstnof@resb\@xa\meaning\the\font\@nil}%
+}%
+
+\def\gmu@stripcomma#1,{#1}
+
+\def\gmu@maybestripcomma#1,,#2\@nil{#1}
+
+\pdef\gmu@setbasefont{\@xa\let\@xa\gmu@basefont\the\font}
+
+\let\setbasefont\gmu@setbasefont
+
+\DeclareCommand\gmu@calc@scale{%
+  O{1}% a~factor,
+  m% number of the fontdimen
+  }
+{\begingroup
+  % We ‘descale’ the current font:\nostanza
+  \gmu@cepstnof\fontspec[, Scale=1]\gmu@tempa
+  \@xa\let\@xa\gmu@currfont@descaled\the\font
+  \gmu@basefont
+  \gmu@cepstnof\fontspec[, Scale=1]\gmu@tempa
+  % \nostanza now also the base font is descaled.
+  \xdef\gmu@fontscale{%
+    \strip@pt
+    \dimexpr  1pt *
+     \numexpr\dimexpr#1\fontdimen#2\font\relax\relax /
+    \numexpr\fontdimen#2\gmu@currfont@descaled\relax
+    \relax}%
+  \endgroup}
+
+
+\def\gmu@tilde{%
+  \leavevmode\lower.8ex\hbox{$\,\widetilde{\mbox{ }}\,$}}
+\AtBeginDocument{% to bypass redefinition of |\~| as a~text command
+  % with various encodings
+  \pdef\texttilde{%
+    % \changes{v0.83}{2007/08/22}{postponed to
+    %   \cs{begin\{document\}} to avoid overwriting by a~text command
+    %   and
+    %   made sensible to a~subsequent
+    %   /} % \changes{v0.86}{2007/12/11}{renamed from \cmd\~
+    % since the latter is one of \LaTeX's\ accents}
+    \@ifnextchar/{\gmu@tilde\kern-0,1667em\relax}\gmu@tilde}}
+
+\foone{\catcode`\^^M\active}% the comment signs here are crucial.
+{\def\defobeylines{\catcode`\^^M=13 \def^^M{\par}}}
+
+
+\def\deksmallskip{\vskip\smallskipamount}
+\def\undeksmallskip{\vskip-\smallskipamount}
+\def\dekmedbigskip{\vskip\glueexpr \medskipamount+\smallskipamount}
+\def\dekmedskip{\vskip\medskipamount}
+\def\dekbigskip{\vskip\bigskipamount}
+
+\def\hfillneg{\hskip 0pt plus -1fill\relax}
+
+\newcommand*{\TODO}[1][]{{%
+    \sffamily\bfseries\huge TO-DO!\if\relax#1\relax\else\space\fi#1}}
+
+
+\newcommand*\twocoltoc{%
+  \RequirePackage{multicol}%
+  \def\@starttoc##1{%
+    \begin{multicols}{2}\makeatletter
+      \NamedInput % changed from |\@input| 2010/8/13.
+      {\jobname .##1}%
+      \if@filesw \@xa \newwrite \csname tf@##1\endcsname
+        \immediate \openout \csname tf@##1\endcsname \jobname .##1\relax
+      \fi
+      \@nobreakfalse\end{multicols}%
+  }% of |\starttoc|
+}
+
+\@onlypreamble\twocoltoc
+
+
+\pdef\equals{\hunskip${}={}$\ignorespaces}
+\pdef\eequals{\hunskip${}=={}$\ignorespaces}
+
+\pdef\·{\hunskip${}·{}$\ignorespaces}
+
+
+\def\freeze@actives{%
+  \count\z@\z@
+  %
+  \@whilenum\count\z@<\@cclvi\do{%
+    \ifnum\catcode\count\z@=\active
+      \uccode`\~=\count\z@
+      \uppercase{\let~\relax}%
+    \fi
+    \advance\count\z@\@ne}}
+
+
+\newcommand*\ShowFont[1][6]{%
+  \begin{multicols}{#1}[The current font (the \f@encoding\ encoding):]
+    \parindent\z@
+    \count\z@\m@ne
+    \@whilenum\count\z@<\@cclv\do{
+      \advance\count\z@\@ne
+      \ \the\count\z@:~\char\count\z@\par}
+  \end{multicols}}
+
+\newcommand*\liturgiques[1][red]{% Requires the \pk{color} package.
+  \gmu@RPfor{xcolor}\color%
+  \newcommand*\czerwo{\small\color{#1}}% environment
+  \newcommand{\czer}[1]{\leavevmode{\czerwo##1}}% we leave
+  % vmode because if we don't, then \env{verse}'s |\everypar| would be
+  % executed in a~group and thus its effect lost.
+  \Store@Macro\*%
+  \def\*{\czer{\storedcsname{*}}}%
+  \def\+{\czer{†}}%
+  \newcommand*\nieczer[1]{\textcolor{black}{##1}}%
+}
+
+\newcommand*\gmu@RPfor[3][]{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{renamed from
+  % \cs{gmu@RPif} and \#3 changed from a~csname to \CS}
+  \ifx\relax#1\relax\emptify\gmu@resa
+  \else \def\gmu@resa{[#1]}%
+  \fi
+  \@xa\RequirePackage\gmu@resa{#2}}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \renewcommand*\gmu@RPfor[3][]{%
+    \unless\ifdefined#3%
+      \@ifpackageloaded{#2}{}{%
+        \typeout{^^J! Package `#2' not loaded!!! (\on@line)^^J}}%
+    \fi}}
+
+\pprovide\continuum{%
+  \gmu@RPfor{eufrak}\mathfrak\ensuremath{\mathfrak{c}}}
+
+\def\iteracro{%
+  \pdef\acro##1{%
+    \begingroup
+    \acropresetting
+    \gmu@acrospaces##1 \gmu@acrospaces
+    \endgroup
+  }%
+}
+
+\emptify\acropresetting
+
+\iteracro
+
+\def\gmu@acrospaces#1 #2\gmu@acrospaces{%
+  \gmu@acroiter#1\gmu@acroiter
+  \ifx\relax#2\relax\else
+    \space
+    \afterfi{\gmu@acrospaces#2\gmu@acrospaces}% when |#2| is nonempty,
+    % it is ended with a~space. Adding one
+    % more space in this line resulted in
+    % an infinite loop, of course.
+  \fi}
+
+\def\gmu@acroiter#1{%
+  \gmu@notif {x\@xa\@xa} {\@firstofmany#1\@undefined\@nil \gmu@acroiter}
+  {\gmu@acrokernel{#1}%
+    % and iterate
+    \gmu@acroiter
+  }% of if sentinel or not
+  {}%
+}
+
+\def\gmu@acrokernel#1{%
+  \gmu@if {cat} {a\@xanx\@firstofmany#1\@undefined\@nil}
+  {\gmu@if {num} {`#1=\uccode`#1\space }% a space to delimit numer
+    % (without it further macros were
+    % expanded which in this case are
+    % |\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\@secondoftwo| and this made the test didn't work.)
+    {{\acrocore{#1}}}%
+    {{#1}}% tu było |\smallerr|
+  }%
+  {#1}%
+}
+
+\pdef\acrocore{\smaller % was: |\scshape\lowercase|
+}
+
+
+\def\IMHO{\acro{IMHO}}
+\def\AKA{\acro{AKA}}
+
+\pdef\usc#1{{\addfontfeature{Letters=UppercaseSmallCaps}#1}}
+
+\def\uscacro{\let\acrocore\usc}
+
+
+
+\def\gmu@dekfraccsimple#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
+  \raise.7ex\hbox{%^^A \udigits
+    \gmu@fracfontsetup#1}\gmu@numeratorkern
+  \dekfraccslash\gmu@denominatorkern
+  {%^^A\udigits
+    \gmu@fracfontsetup#2}%
+  \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup\fi}
+
+\def\gmu@fracfontsetup{%
+  \smaller[3]\addfontfeature{FakeBold=1}}
+
+\def\dekfraccsimple{% \label{2292}
+  \let\dekfracc@args\gmu@dekfraccsimple
+}
+\@ifXeTeX{\def\dekfraccslash{\char"2044 }}
+{\def\dekfraccslash{/}} % You can define it as the fraction slash,
+\dekfraccsimple
+
+
+
+\newcommand*\ikern{\,\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip\relax}
+
+
+\def\gmu@scapLetters#1{%
+  \ifx#1\relax\relax\else% two |\relax|es to cover the case of empty |#1|.
+    \ifcat a\@nx#1\relax
+      \ifnum\the\lccode`#1=`#1\relax
+        {\fakescapscore\MakeUppercase{#1}}% not Plain |\uppercase|
+                                % because that works bad with \pk{inputenc}.
+      \else#1%
+      \fi
+    \else#1%
+    \fi%
+    \@xa\gmu@scapLetters
+  \fi}%
+\def\gmu@scapSpaces#1 #2\@nil{%
+  \ifx#1\relax\relax
+  \else\gmu@scapLetters#1\relax
+  \fi
+  \ifx#2\relax\relax
+  \else\afterfi{\ \gmu@scapSpaces#2\@nil}%
+  \fi}
+\def\gmu@scapss#1\@nil{{\def~{{\nobreakspace}}%
+    \gmu@scapSpaces#1 \@nil}}%|% \def\\{{\newline}}\relax|
+
+\pdef\fakescaps#1{{\gmu@scapss#1\@nil}}
+
+\let\fakescapscore\gmu@scalematchX
+
+\def\tinycae{{\tiny\AE}}% to use in |\fakescaps[\tiny]{…}|
+
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+
+
+\@ifpackageloaded{fontspec}{%
+  \def\gmu@scalar{1.0}%
+  \def\zf@scale{}%
+  \def\gmu@scalematchX{%
+    \begingroup
+      \ifx\zf@scale\empty\def\gmu@scalar{1.0}%
+      \else\let\gmu@scalar\zf@scale\fi
+      \setlength\@tempdima{\fontdimen5\font}% 5---ex height
+      \setlength\@tempdimb{\fontdimen8\font}% 8---\XeTeX\ synthesised
+      % uppercase height.
+      \divide\@tempdimb by1000\relax
+      \divide\@tempdima by\@tempdimb
+      \setlength{\@tempdima}{\@tempdima*\real{\gmu@scalar}}%
+      \gmu@ifundefined{fakesc@extrascale}{}{%
+        \setlength{\@tempdima}{\@tempdima*\real{\fakesc@extrascale}}}%
+      \@tempcnta=\@tempdima
+      \divide\@tempcnta by 1000\relax
+      \@tempcntb=-1000\relax
+      \multiply\@tempcntb by\@tempcnta
+      \advance\@tempcntb by\@tempdima
+      \xdef\gmu@scscale{\the\@tempcnta.%
+        \ifnum\@tempcntb<100 0\fi
+        \ifnum\@tempcntb<10 0\fi
+        \the\@tempcntb}%^^A{\strip@pt\@tempdimc}%
+    \endgroup
+    \addfontfeature{Scale=\gmu@scscale}%
+  }}{\let\gmu@scalematchX\smallerr}
+
+\def\fakescextrascale#1{\def\fakesc@extrascale{#1}}
+
+\newcommand*\wyzejnizej[1]{%
+  \edef\gmu@tempa{\gmu@ifundefined{r@#1}{\arabic{page}}{%
+      \@xa\@xa\@xa\@secondoftwo\csname r@#1\endcsname}}%
+  \ifnum\gmu@tempa<\arabic{page}\relax wy\.zej\fi
+  \ifnum\gmu@tempa>\arabic{page}\relax ni\.zej\fi
+  \ifnum\gmu@tempa=\arabic{page}\relax \@xa\ignorespaces\fi
+}
+
+
+\def\napapierkistretch{0,3pt}% It's quite much for 11/13pt leading.
+
+\def\napapierkicore{\advance\baselineskip%
+  by 0ptplus\napapierkistretch\relax}
+
+\DeclareEnvironment{napapierki}{s}{%
+  % \chgs{2009/01/05 v0.98 added optional star controlling globalness}
+  \par\IfValueT{#1}{\global}%
+  %
+  \napapierkicore}
+{%
+  \par
+  \IfValueT{#1}{\global\baselineskip=1\baselineskip\relax
+  }%
+}% so that you can use  \inverb|\napapierki*›…\endnapapierki*|
+
+\newcount\gmu@luzniej
+
+\newcommand*\luzniejcore[1][1]{%
+  \advance\gmu@luzniej\@ne% We use this count to check whether we open
+  % the environment or just set |\looseness| inside it again.
+  \ifnum\gmu@luzniej=\@ne  \multiply\tolerance by 2 \fi
+  \looseness=#1\relax}
+
+\newenvironment*{luzniej}{\par\luzniejcore}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment*{luzniej*}[1][1]{%
+  \multiply\tolerance by 2\relax
+  \everypar{\looseness=#1\relax}}{\par}
+
+\newcommand*\nawj{\kern0,1em\relax}% a~kern to be put between
+
+\def\pauza@skipcore{\hskip0.2em plus0.1em\relax
+  \pauzacore
+  \@ifnextchar,{% 2009/11/22 added a special case of a comma following pauza
+  }{\hskip.2em plus0.1em\relax\ignorespaces}}%
+\def\ppauza@skipcore{\unskip\penalty10000\hskip0.2em plus0.1em\relax
+          \ppauza@dash\hskip.2em plus0.1em\ignorespaces}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+  \pdef\pauza{%
+    \ifhmode
+      \unskip\penalty10000
+      \hskip0.2em plus0.1em\relax
+      \pauzacore\hskip.2em plus0.1em\relax\ignorespaces%
+    \else
+      \pauzadial
+    \fi
+  }%
+  %
+  % According to \tytul{Instrukcja technologiczna.\ Skład ręczny ^^B
+  %   i~maszynowy} the dialogue dash (in Polish) should be followed by
+  % a~rigid hskip of \dekfracc1/2\,em.
+  \pdef\pauzadial{%
+    \leavevmode\pauzacore\penalty10000\hskip0,5em\ignorespaces}
+  %
+  % And a~version with no space at the left, to begin a~|\noindent|ed
+  % paragraph explaining e.g.\ a~quotation:
+  \pdef\lpauza{%
+    \leavevmode
+    \pauzacore\hskip.2em plus0.1em\ignorespaces}%
+  %
+  % We define |\ppauza| as an en dash surrounded with thin stretchable
+  % spaces and sticking to the upper line or bare but discretionary
+  % depending on the next token being space${}_10$. Of course you'll
+  % never get such a~space after a~literal \CS so an explicit |\ppauza|
+  % will always result with a~bare discretionary en dash, but if we
+  % |\let–\ppauza|…
+  % \stanza
+   \pdef\ppauza{%
+    \ifvmode    \PackageError{gmutils}{%
+      command \bslash ppauza (en dash) not intended for vmode.}{%
+      Use \bslash ppauza (en dash) only in number and numeral ranges.}%
+    \else
+      \unskip\discretionary
+      {\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}%
+    \fi}%
+}% of at begin document
+
+\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
+\AtBeginDocument{% to be independent of moment of loading of \pk{polski}.
+  \pdef\—{%
+    \ifhmode
+      \unskip\penalty10000
+      \afterfi{%
+        \@ifnextspace{\pauza@skipcore}%
+        {\@ifnextchar,{\pauza@skipcore}% a special case of comma added 2009/11/22
+          {\@ifnextMac{\pauza@skipcore}%
+            {\pauzacore\penalty\hyphenpenalty\hskip\z@skip}}}%
+      }% of |\afterfi|'s argument
+      \else
+    % \nostanza According to \tytul{Instrukcja technologiczna.\ Skład ręczny ^^B
+    % i~maszynowy} the dialogue dash should be followed by a~rigid
+    % hskip of \dekfracc1/2\,em.\nostanza
+      \leavevmode\pauzacore\penalty10000\hskip0,5em\ignorespaces
+    \fi
+  }%
+  % The next command's name consists of letters and therefore it eats
+  % any spaces following it, so |\@ifnextspace| would always be
+  % false, therefore we don't use it.\nostanza
+  \pdef\–{%
+    \ifvmode    \PackageError{gmutils}{%
+      command \bslash ppauza (en dash) not intended for vmode.}{%
+      Use \bslash ppauza (en dash) only in number and numeral ranges.}%
+    \else
+      \afterfi{%
+        \@ifnextspace{\ppauza@skipcore}{%
+          \@ifnextMac\ppauza@skipcore
+          {\unskip\discretionary
+            {\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}}}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  %
+  \def\emdash{\char`\—}
+}% of at begin document
+
+\def\longpauza{\def\pauzacore{—}}
+\longpauza
+\def\shortpauza{%
+  \def\pauzacore{\hbox{–\kern,23em\relax\llap{–}}}}%
+\def\ppauza@dash{–}%
+
+\else % not \XeTeX
+\def\longpauza{\def\pauzacore{---}}
+\longpauza
+\def\shortpauza{%
+  \def\pauzacore{--\kern,23em\relax\llap{--}}}%
+\def\ppauza@dash{--}%
+
+\fi% of if \XeTeX\ or not.
+
+\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
+
+\foone{\catcode`—\active \catcode`–\active \catcode`-\active}{%\label{not@ifundef}
+  \def\adashes{\AtBeginDocument\adashes}% because |\pauza|
+  % is defined at begin document.
+  \AtBeginDocument{\def\adashes{%
+      \catcode`—\active \def—{\—}%
+      \catcode`–\active \def–{\–}%
+      \addtomacro\dospecials{\do\–\do\—}%
+      \addtomacro\@sanitize{\@makeother\–\@makeother\—}%
+      \addtomacro\gmu@septify{\do\–13\do\—13\relax}%
+}}}
+\else
+\relaxen\adashes
+\fi
+
+
+\def\gmu@dywiz{\ifmmode-\else
+  \ifvmode-\else\afterfifi\dywiz\fi\fi}%
+
+\foone{\catcode`-\active}{% aktivnyj diefis aktywny dywiz active hyphen
+    \def\ahyphen{\let-\gmu@dywiz\catcode`\-\active}}
+
+\newcommand*\czas[1][.]{%
+  \the\numexpr(\time-30)/60\relax#1%
+  \@tempcnta=\numexpr\time-(\time-30)/60*60\relax
+  \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 0\fi\the\@tempcnta}
+
+\newenvironment*{tytulowa}{\newpage}{\par\thispagestyle{empty}\newpage}
+
+\def\nazwired{\quad\textsc}
+
+
+\pdef\polskadata{%
+  \DeclareCommand\gmu@datefsl{%
+    ##1    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % year
+    ##2    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % month
+    ##3    Q{0123456789\bgroup} % day
+    ##4    T{,}
+    ##5    K{##1\gmu@datefsl} % additional stuff after comma
+  }{%
+      \IfValueF{##2}{\PutIfValue{##3}}%
+      \IfValueT{##2}{%
+        \@tempcnta=0##3\relax\the\@tempcnta
+        \ifcase##2\relax\or\ stycznia\or\ lutego%
+        \or\ marca\or\ kwietnia\or\ maja\or\ czerwca\or\ lipca\or\ sierpnia%
+        \or\ września\or\ października\or\ listopada\or\ grudnia\else
+        {}%
+        \fi}%
+        \IfValueT{##1}{\space ##1}%
+        \PutIfValue{##4}\IfValueT{##5}{ ##5}%
+      }% of \incs{gmu@datefsl}.
+  }% of |\polskadata|
+
+\polskadata
+
+\pdef\englishdate{%
+  \DeclareCommand\gmu@datefsl{%
+    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % (1) year
+    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % (2) month
+    Q{0123456789\bgroup} % (3) day
+    T{,}  K{##1\gmu@datefsl} % (4, 5) additional stuff after comma
+  }{%
+    \IfValueF{##2}{\PutIfValue{##3}}%
+    \IfValueT{##2}{%
+      \ifcase##2\relax\or January\or February%
+        \or March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August%
+        \or September\or October\or November\or December\else
+        {}%
+      \fi}%
+    \space
+    \@tempcnta=##3\relax\the\@tempcnta,
+    \IfValueT{##1}{ ##1}%
+    \PutIfValue{##4}\IfValueT{##5}{ ##5}%
+  }% of \incs{gmu@datefsl}.
+}%
+
+\newif\ifdate
+\pdef\bidate#1{%
+  \gmu@datefsl#1\gmu@datefsl
+}
+
+\pdef\linedate{\gmu@ifstar\linedate@@\linedate@}
+\pdef\linedate@@#1{\linedate@{--{}{}#1}}
+\pdef\linedate@#1{\par
+  \linedate@hook{#1}%
+  \ifdate\addvspace{\dateskipamount}%
+  \possvfil% if we put it before |\addvspace|, the v-space is always added.
+  \date@line{\DateFont \bidate{#1}}%
+  \nopagebreak
+  \else%|%\ifnum\arabic{dateinsection}>0\dekbigskip\fi|
+    \addvspace{\bigskipamount}\possvfil
+  \fi}% end of |\linedate|.
+
+\newcommand*\DateFont{\footnotesize\itshape}
+
+\let\linedate@hook\@gobble
+
+\let\dateskipamount\medskipamount
+
+\pdef\rdate{\let\date@line\rightline \linedate}
+
+\def\date@left#1{\par{%
+    \raggedright#1%
+    \leftskip\z@skip
+    \@@par}}%
+
+\pdef\ldate{%\changes{v0.94}{2008/09/06}{\cs{leftline}
+  % replaced with \cs{par}…\cs{par} to work well with \pk{floatflt}}
+  \let\date@line\date@left
+  \linedate}
+
+\newcommand*\runindate[1]{%
+  \paragraph{\footnotesize\itshape \gmu@datef#1\gmu@datef}%
+  \stepcounter{dateinsection}}
+\let\thedate\ldate
+
+\pdef\zwrobcy#1{\emph{#1}} %ostinato, allegro con moto,
+                                %garden party etc., także kompliment
+
+\pdef\tytul#1{\emph{#1}}
+
+\newenvironment{maszynopis}[1][]{#1\ttfamily
+  \hyphenchar\font=45\relax% this assignment is global for the font.
+  \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\rightskip+\leftskip\relax
+  \ifdim\gluestretch\@tempskipa=\z@
+  \tolerance900
+  % \nostanza it worked well with tolerance \equals 900.\nostanza
+  \advance\rightskip by\z@ plus0,5em\relax\fi
+  \fontdimen3\font=\z@% we forbid stretching spaces…\par\nostanza\gmdnoindent
+  %|%  \fontdimen4\font=\z@| but allow shrinking them.\nostanza
+  \hyphenpenalty0 % not to make \TeX\ nervous: in a~typewriting this
+  % marvellous algorithm of hyphenation should be turned off and every
+  % line broken at the last allowable point.
+  \Store@Macro\pauzacore
+  \def\pauzacore{-\rlap{\kern-0,3em-}-}%
+}{\par}
+
+\pdef\justified{%
+  \leftskip=1\leftskip% to preserve the natural length and discard
+  % stretch and shrink.
+  \rightskip=1\rightskip
+  \parfillskip=1\parfillskip
+  \advance\parfillskip by 0sp plus 1fil\relax
+  \let\\\@normalcr}
+
+\DeclareCommand\fullpar{%
+  T{+-}%
+  Q{+-0123456789} % optional looseness (most probably negative)
+}{%
+  \begingroup
+  \IfValueT{#1}{\looseness=#1\IfValueTF{#2}{#2}{1}\relax
+    \multiply\tolerance by \tw@
+  }%
+  \fullparcore
+  \par
+  \endgroup}
+
+\pdef\fullparcore{%
+  \hunskip
+  \parfillskip\z@skip}
+
+\newcommand*\twoparinit{% the name stands for `\emph{last} paragraph
+  % line's length \emph{min}imum \emph{two} \incs{parindent}.
+  \def\twopar@defts{%
+    \hsize-\leftskip-\rightskip-\fontcharwd\font`…}%
+  \def\twopar@atleast{2\@parindent}%
+  \DeclareCommand\twopar{%
+    T{+-}% (1) you can specify loosening the paragraph by one only by
+         % typing single |+| and tightening by one by typing single |-|.
+    Q{+-0123456789}% (2)
+    A{\twopar@atleast}% (3)
+    >iT{\cipolagwa}}{%
+    \begingroup
+    \IfValueT{##1}{%
+      \looseness=##1\IfValueTF{##2}{##2}{1}\relax
+      \multiply\tolerance by2
+    }%
+    \twoparcore<##3>%
+    \par
+    \endgroup
+  }% of \incmd\twopar.
+  % \stanza
+  \ifdefined\XeTeXversion
+    \DeclareCommand\twoparcore{%
+      A{\twopar@atleast}
+      \gobblespace
+    }{%
+      \hunskip % it's \ac{O.K.} it's in a~group, it'll work anyway.
+      \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\dimexpr\twopar@defts-##1\relax}%
+      \parfillskip=\glueexpr\gmu@tempa minus \gmu@tempa
+      \relax% to delimit |\glueexpr|.
+      \relax% to delimit the assignment.
+    }%
+  \else % not \XeTeX---doesn't use |\fontcharwd|.
+    \DeclareCommand\twoparcore{%
+      A{\twopar@default}
+      \gobblespace
+    }{%
+      \hunskip % it's \ac{O.K.} it's in a~group, it'll work anyway.
+      {\setbox0=\hbox{\dots}%
+        \xdef\gmu@tempa{\the\wd0}}%
+      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+        \the\dimexpr\hsize-\leftskip-\rightskip
+        -\gmu@tempa-2\@parindent\relax}%
+      \parfillskip=\glueexpr\gmu@tempa minus \gmu@tempa
+      \relax% to delimit |\glueexpr|.
+      \relax% to delimit the assignment.
+    }%
+  \fi
+  % \stanza
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \def\restoreparindent{\parindent\@parindent}%
+  }% of \cmd\AtBeginDocument.
+}% of \cs{twoparinit}.
+
+
+\def\gmu@leftskipcorr{%
+  \kern1\leftskip
+  \ifcsname \@currenvir leftskip\endcsname
+    \kern-1\csname \@currenvir leftskip\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+\DeclareCommand\wherncore{om}{%\
+  % \begin{enumargs}
+  %   \dc optional value of \incs{hskip} of (left) indent of the parbox. If
+  %   absent, parbox is aligned right;
+  % \dc text for the datum parbox.
+  % \end{enumargs}
+  \IfValueTF{#1}{\leftline{%
+      \kern1\leftskip
+      \whernfont
+      \hskip#1\relax\parbox
+      {\dimexpr\textwidth-\leftskip-\rightskip-#1}%
+      {#2}% of |\parbox|,
+    }% of |\leftline|,
+  }% of |ValueT{#1}|.
+  {% |ValueF{#1}|:
+    \rightline
+    {\whernfont
+      \whern@parbox{#2}%
+      \kern1\rightskip
+    }% of |\rightline|,
+    \setprevdepth
+  }% of |ValueF{#1}|,
+}% of |\wherncore|.
+
+\DeclareCommand\whern@parbox{%
+  T {\leftskip\rightskip}% horizontal alignment of resulting box (the
+  % side to be ragged)
+  O{t} % vertical alignment of parbox
+  >is % separator
+  O{0,7666\textwidth} % (3) width of parbox
+  m % (4) parbox contents
+}{%
+  % \begin{enumargs}
+  %   \dc S the skip of the ragged side,
+  %   \dc the |\parbox|'s contents.
+  % \end{enumargs}
+  \parbox[#2]{#3}{%
+    \IfValueTF{#1}{#1}{\leftskip}=0sp plus \textwidth
+    \parfillskip0sp\relax
+    \let\\\linebreak
+    \disobeylines
+    \whernfont #4\unskip\strut\endgraf
+    \getprevdepth
+  }% of |\parbox|,
+}% of |\whern@parbox|.
+
+\def\whern{%
+  \endgraf\nopagebreak
+  \gmu@ifstar{\wherncore}%
+  {\vskip\whernskip\wherncore}}
+
+\let\whernfont\footnotesize
+
+\newskip\whernskip
+\whernskip2\baselineskip minus 2\baselineskip\relax
+
+\DeclareCommand\whernup{%
+  o % a~vskip before
+  >is % separating star (ignored)
+  o  % (2) custom width of parbox
+  >Pm}{\par
+  \IfValueT{#1}{\vskip#1\relax}%
+  \leftline{%
+    \gmu@leftskipcorr
+    \IfValueTF{#2}{\whern@parbox\rightskip[b][#2]}%
+    {\whern@parbox\rightskip[b]}%
+    {#3}%
+  }%
+  \setprevdepth
+  \nopagebreak\relax
+  \@ifenvir{quote}{\noindent\ignorespaces}{}}
+
+
+\pdef\thousep#1{% a~macro that'll put the thousand separator between
+  % every two three-digit groups.\par\nostanza
+  % First we check whether we have at least five digits.
+  %\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/23}{added}
+  \gmu@thou@fiver#1\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% we put five
+  % \incs{relax}es after the parameter to ensure the string will meet
+  % \incs{gmu\+@\+thou\+@\+fi\+ver}'s definition.\ilrr
+  \gmu@thou@fiver{#1}{% if more than five digits:
+    \emptify\gmu@thou@put
+    \relaxen\gmu@thou@o\relaxen\gmu@thou@i\relaxen\gmu@thou@ii
+    \@tempcnta\z@
+    \gmu@thou@putter#1\gmu@thou@putter
+    \gmu@thou@put
+  }}
+
+\def\gmu@thou@fiver#1#2#3#4#5\gmu@thou@fiver#6#7{% this macro only
+  % checks if the text delimited with itself consists of at least five tokens/braces
+  \ifx\relax#5\relax\@xa\@firstoftwo
+  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
+  \fi{#6}{#7}}
+
+\def\gmu@thou@putter #1#2{% we are sure to have at least five tokens
+  % before the sentinel \incs{gmu@thou@putter}.
+  \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
+  \@tempcntb\@tempcnta
+  \divide\@tempcntb3\relax
+  \@tempcnta=\numexpr\@tempcnta-\@tempcntb*3
+  \edef\gmu@thou@put{\@xau{\gmu@thou@put}\unexpanded{#1}%
+    \ifx\gmu@thou@putter#2\else
+      \ifcase\@tempcnta
+        \gmu@thou@o\or\gmu@thou@i\or\gmu@thou@ii% all three
+        % \CSes are yet  \incs{relax} so we may put them in
+        % an \incs{edef} safely.\ilrr
+      \fi
+    \fi}% of \cs{edef}
+  \ifx\gmu@thou@putter #2% if we are at end of the digits…
+    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+      \ifcase\@tempcnta
+        \gmu@thou@o\or\gmu@thou@i\or\gmu@thou@ii
+      \fi}%
+    \@xa\let\gmu@tempa\gmu@thousep% … we set the proper \CS…
+  \else% or …
+    \afterfi{%  iterate.
+      \gmu@thou@putter#2}% of \cs{afterfi}
+  \fi% of if end of digits.
+}% of \cs{gmu@thou@putter}.
+
+\def\gmu@thousep{\,}% in Polish the recommended thousand separator is
+
+\pdef\xathousep#1{\@xa\thousep\@xa{\the#1}}
+
+\def\shortthousep{%
+  \DeclareCommand\thous{
+    D {\NoValue} % decimal argument
+  }{%
+    % we declare it as a command with Q-type argument to allow spaces
+    % between digits.
+    \ifmmode\hbox\bgroup\@gmu@mmhboxtrue\fi
+    \IfValueTF{##1}{% we are given a sequence of digits
+      \@tempcnta=##1\relax
+      \ifnum\@tempcnta<0 $-$%
+        \@tempcnta=-\@tempcnta
+      \fi
+      \xathousep\@tempcnta
+      \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup
+      \else\@xa\spifletter
+      \fi
+    }%
+    {% no bare digits given, then we assume the argument is braced.
+      \thousep
+    }%
+  }% of |\thous|.
+}% of |\shortthousep|.
+
+
+\DeclareCommand\ATfootnotes{s}{% \chgs{2008/11/29 v0.98 moved here
+  % from my own private macro package to allow the beauty of these
+  % footnotes for the general audience}
+  % \stanza
+  % We make the footnote mark in the footnote |\scriptsize| not
+  % |\scriptscriptsize|.\nostanza
+  \IfValueT{#1}% the following setting is suitable for old style
+  % numbers in footnote marks, therefore I~place it in the starred
+  % version of the command.
+  {\prependtomacro\gmu@ATfootnotes{%
+      \pdef\@makefnmark{%
+        \mbox {\normalfont \textsuperscript {\smaller[3]\@thefnmark }}}%
+    }% of prepend,
+  }% of |\IfValueT|.
+  %
+  \gmu@ATfootnotes
+  \gmu@AT@ampulex\maketitle% without \pk{hyperref}
+  \ifdefined\HyOrg@maketitle
+    \afterfi{\gmu@AT@ampulex\HyOrg@maketitle}% with \pk{hyperref}
+  \fi
+}
+
+\pdef\gmu@AT@ampulex#1{%
+  \typeout{@@@@@^^J^^J\@nx#1^^J^^J%
+    @@@@    meaning:^^J\meaning#1%
+  }%
+  \ampulexdef#1{\def\@makefnmark}%
+  \if@twocolumn
+  {\gmu@ATfootnotes\if@twocolumn}% Ampulex redefinition of
+  % \incs{maketitle} for the standard classes.
+  \ampulexdef#1{\long\def\@makefntext}%
+  \if@twocolumn{\gmu@ATfootnotes\if@twocolumn}% Ampulex redefinition
+  % of \incs{maketitle} for \pk{mwcls}.
+}
+
+\pdef\gmu@ATfootnotes{%
+  % And we make the footnote number not be in superscript but on the
+  % base line, according to Andrzej Tomaszewski's suggestion on
+  % Bacho\TeX\ 2008, and the same size as in the footnote mark.\nostanza
+  \long\pdef\@makefntext##1{%
+    \ifdefined\@parindent \parindent\@parindent
+    \else \parindent 1em\relax
+    \fi
+    \indent{\ATf@font\scriptsize% ^^A \hphantom{19}\llap
+      {\@thefnmark}}%
+    \gmu@fnhook
+    \enspace\ignorespaces##1}%
+}
+
+\let\ATf@font\normalfont
+
+\emptify\gmu@fnhook
+
+
+\pdef\rrthis{% ‘rag right this’: make only the current paragraph
+  % ragged right (e.g.\ if the paragraph consists of a~long \ac{URL}).
+  % \chgs{2008/12/01 v0.98 added}
+  \begingroup\rightskip=0sp plus \hsize \endgraf\endgroup}
+
+\pdef\centerthis{% 2009/12/15
+  \begingroup
+  \rightskip=1\rightskip plus \hsize
+  \leftskip=1\leftskip plus\hsize
+  \parfillskip=\z@skip
+  \endgraf\endgroup}
+
+
+\def\TrzaskaTilde{%
+  \@xa\DeclareCommand\@xa\gmu@smarttilde
+  \@xa{\@xa T\@xa{\all@stars~}}{%
+    \IfValueTF{##1}{\nobreakspace{}}%
+    {\ifdim\dimexpr\hsize-\leftskip-\rightskip
+      -\ifdim\hangindent<\z@-\fi\hangindent % the last
+      % parameter is used with respect to the \pk{floatflt} package.
+      >%
+        \ifdim\f@size pt>\dimexpr10pt-1sp\relax
+          168dd
+        \else
+          144dd
+        \fi
+        \nobreakspace {}%
+      \else
+        \ %
+      \fi
+    }% of |\gmu@ifstar|'s else,
+  }% of |\gmu@smarttilde|,
+  \let~\gmu@smarttilde
+}% of |\TrzaskaTilde|.
+
+
+\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{%
+        \newpage{\pagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage}}
+
+\foone\obeylines{%
+  \def\disobeylines{% for arguments in which line end is active to
+    % simulate normal behaviour
+    \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active%
+      \pdef^^M{\@ifnextgroup{\ifhmode\unskip\space\fi}{\gmu@disMinner}}%
+      \def\gmu@disMinner##1{%
+        \ifx^^M##1\endgraf%
+        \else\afterfi{\ifhmode\unskip\space\fi}\fi##1}%
+    \fi}%
+}
+
+
+\DeclareCommand\*{Q{0123456789}{1}}
+{\gmu@flexhyphen
+  \gmu@star@loop0{#1}\relax
+}%
+
+\def\gmu@star@loop#1#2{% this is an expandable loop as in The
+   % \eTeX\ Manual p.~9.
+   \ifnum#1<\numexpr#2\relax%
+     \gmu@lowstar
+     \gmu@flexhyphen
+     \@xa\gmu@star@loop
+     \@xa{\number\numexpr#1+1\@xa}%
+     \@xa{\number#2\@xa}%
+   \fi}
+
+\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
+
+\foone{%
+  \catcode`„\active
+  \catcode`”\active
+  \catcode`’\active
+  \catcode`—\active
+  \catcode`–\active
+}{%
+  \def\activequotes{%
+    \incsdef„{}{\@ifnextchar—%
+      {\lv\llap{\string„}\pauzadial}{\string„}}%
+    \incsdef”{}{\string”\@ifnextanyRS{.,}{\quotkern}{}}%
+    \incsdef’{}{\string’\@ifnextanyRS{.,}{\quotkern}{}}%
+    \catcode`„\active
+    \catcode`”\active
+    }%
+    \def\activepunctsQ {„”’—–}%
+}
+
+\catcode`ѥ\active
+
+\DeclareCommand\ac {b} {%
+  \IfValueTF{#1}
+  {%
+    \acro{#1}%
+  }
+  {\ac@u}%
+}
+
+\def\ac@kernel#1{{\gmu@acrokernel {#1}}}% |#1| in braces because |\acrocore|
+                                % valid in \ty{Dzienniczek} uses
+                                % |\lowercase| (that requires  braced text).
+
+
+\@xa\def\@xa\@dc@basicdelims\@xa{%
+  \two@Ms \par \relax
+  \bgroup
+  \egroup \begingroup \endgroup
+  \begin \end
+  $% ^^A$
+  \(\)\[\]% other math delims
+  &\\% tabular delims
+}
+
+\let\@dc@basicdelimsp\@dc@basicdelims
+
+\@xa\addtomacro\@xa\@dc@basicdelimsp
+\@xa{\all@spaces}
+
+\@xa\def\@xa\@dc@punctanddelims
+\@xa{\@dc@basicdelims :,.;?!„”«»‹›"'`‘’}%
+
+\let \@dc@acpunctanddelims \@dc@punctanddelims
+
+\@xa\addtomacro\@xa\@dc@acpunctanddelims
+\@xa{\activepunctsQ}
+
+\let \@dc@acpunctanddelimsp \@dc@punctanddelims
+
+\@xa\addtomacro\@xa\@dc@acpunctanddelimsp
+\@xa{\all@spaces}
+
+\addtomacro\@dc@acpunctanddelimsp{~}
+
+\DeclareCommand\ac@u{
+  >\@xa U{\@dc@acpunctanddelimsp ()[]<>ѥ} \default{}
+  \eacher {\ac@kernel}
+  >iW{ѥ}
+}
+{\text{#1}}
+
+\fi % of if \XeTeX\ of l.~\ref{12322}.
+
+\@namedef{enumerate*}{%
+  \ifnum\@enumdepth>\thr@@
+    \@toodeep
+  \else
+    \advance\@enumdepth\@ne
+    \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%
+    \@xa\list\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname{%
+      \partopsep\topsep \topsep\z@ \leftmargin\z@
+      \itemindent\@parindent %|%\advance\itemindent\labelsep|
+      \labelwidth\@parindent
+      \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+      \listparindent\@parindent
+      \usecounter \@enumctr
+      \def\makelabel##1{##1\hfil}}%
+  \fi}
+\@namedef{endenumerate*}{\endlist}
+
+\@namedef{itemize*}{%
+  \ifnum\@itemdepth>\thr@@
+    \@toodeep
+  \else
+    \advance\@itemdepth\@ne
+    \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%
+    \@xa\list\csname\@itemitem\endcsname{%
+      \partopsep\topsep \topsep\z@ \leftmargin\z@
+      \itemindent\@parindent
+      \labelwidth\@parindent
+      \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
+      \listparindent\@parindent
+      \def\makelabel##1{##1\hfil }}%
+  \fi}
+\@namedef{enditemize*}{\endlist}
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmtypos.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmurl.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmurl.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fa5dd76af8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmurl.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmurl.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `url')
+%%
+%% 
+%% Copyright ©  
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
+%%
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{gmurl}
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 modifications to the url package (GM)]
+
+
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
+
+
+\RequirePackage{gmcommand}
+
+
+\def\urladdstar{%
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
+      \Store@Macro\url
+      \pdef\url{\gmu@ifstar{\nolinkurl}{\storedcsname{url}}}%
+    }{}}}
+
+\@onlypreamble\urladdstar
+
+\@ifXeTeX{%
+  \pdef\UrlFix{\AtBeginDocument{%
+      \@ifpackageloaded{url}{\gmu@UrlFix}{}}%
+    \relaxen\UrlFix}%
+  %
+  \AtBeginDocument{%
+    \pdef\UrlFix{%
+      \@ifpackageloaded{url}{\gmu@UrlFix}{}%
+      \relaxen\UrlFix}}%
+}
+{%
+  \pdef\UrlFix{\PackageWarning{gmutils}{!!! The \string\UrlFix\space
+      declaration works only with XeTeX}}%
+}
+
+\@ifXeTeX{}{%
+  \edef\gmu@restoreUpUpUp{\catcode`\@nx\^^^=\the\catcode`\^^^}%
+  \AtEndOfPackage\gmu@restoreUpUpUp
+  \catcode`\^^^=9 }
+
+\def\gmu@UrlFix{%
+  % \stanza
+  % default style assignments
+  \def\UrlBreaks{\do\.\do\@\do\\\do\/\do\!\do\_\do\|\do\;\do\]%
+    \do\)\do\,\do\?\do\'\do\"\do\+\do\=\do\#\do\%\do\~\do\_\do\|%
+    \do\{\do\}\do\$}%
+  \def\UrlBigBreaks{\do\:}%
+  \def\UrlNoBreaks{\do\(\do\[\do\{}%
+  \def\UrlSpecials{%
+    \do\ {\hbox{\visiblespace}}\do\^^M{\hbox{\visiblespace}}}%
+  % \stanza
+  %
+  % \stanza
+  \def\Url@Format##1{%
+    \UrlFont
+    \ifdefined\verbatim@specials
+      \catcode`\>\active
+      \verbatim@specials
+      \verbatim@mathhack
+    \fi % setting of
+    % the escape char, begin and end group and optionally math shift,
+    % defined in \pk{gmverb}.
+    \gmu@UrlSetup
+    \UrlLeft
+    \edef\gmu@theendlinechar{\the\endlinechar}%
+    \endlinechar\m@ne
+    \kern\z@% to forbid hyphenating the first word if the \ac{URL}
+    % begins with a~word
+    \hyphenchar\font=\UrlHyphenchar\relax
+    \let\-\gmu@discretionaryhyphen
+    \scantokens{##1}%
+    \endlinechar\gmu@theendlinechar\relax
+    \UrlRight
+  }% of |\Url@Format|.
+  % \stanza
+  \edef\UrlHyphenchar{%
+    \ifdefined\gmv@hyphenchar\gmv@hyphenchar
+    \else"A6 \fi}% \label{UrlHyphenchar} broken bar, |¦| or the same as
+  % provided in \pk{gmverb} for verbatims. You
+  % can redefine it as you please. This char is used as the
+  % hyphenation char in \ac{URL}s and therefore should be different
+  % from |-| (hyphen), which is often a part of an \ac{URL}. The
+  % broken bar seems to be quite unlikely in \ac{URL}s and/or file
+  % names.
+  % \stanza
+  \def\verbatim@mathhack{%
+    \ifdefined\verbatim@specials@list
+      \@xa\verbatim@mathhack@\verbatim@specials@list
+    \fi
+  }%
+  % \stanza
+  \def\verbatim@mathhack@##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
+    \IfValueT{##4}{%
+      \edef\gmu@thinmuskip{\the\thinmuskip}%
+      \edef\gmu@medmuskip{\the\medmuskip}%
+      \edef\gmu@thickmuskip{\the\thickmuskip}%
+      \begingroup
+      \lccode`\~=`##4\lowercase{%
+        \endgroup\def~####1~}%
+      {$\thinmuskip\gmu@thinmuskip\relax
+        \medmuskip\gmu@medmuskip\relax
+        \thickmuskip\gmu@thickmuskip\relax
+        ####1%
+        $}%
+      \catcode`##4\active
+    }%
+  }%
+  %\stanza
+  \def\gmu@UrlSetup{%
+    \medmuskip\Urlmuskip \thickmuskip\medmuskip \thinmuskip0mu%
+    \relpenalty\UrlBigBreakPenalty \binoppenalty\UrlBreakPenalty
+    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMath\UrlBreakPenalty}\UrlBreaks % bin
+    % (\incs{hyphenpenalty} anyway)
+    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMath\UrlBigBreakPenalty}\UrlBigBreaks % rel
+                                % (\incs{hyphenpenalty} anyway)
+    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMath\@M}\UrlNoBreaks % open (no break)
+    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMathAc\UrlBreakPenalty}% (\incs{hyphenpenalty})
+    \UrlSpecials
+    \if \iffontchar\font"2329 1\else0\fi\iffontchar\font"232A 1\else2\fi
+    % \nostanza we check whether the font provides both left and right
+    % angle brackets. \nostanza
+      \gmu@measurewd{^^^^2329}%
+      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+        \@nx\gmu@doUrlMathAc\@M\@nx\<{%
+          \hbox to\gmu@tempb{\unexpanded{\hss\char"2329 \hss}}}%
+        }\gmu@tempa
+      \gmu@measurewd{^^^^232a}%
+      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+        \@nx\do\@nx\>{%
+          \hbox to\gmu@tempb{\unexpanded{\hss\char"232A \hss}}}%
+        }\gmu@tempa
+    \else
+      \gmu@doUrlMathAc\@M\<{\langle}\do\>{\rangle}%
+    \fi
+    \iffontchar\font"22C6 % low star
+      \do\*{\hbox{\char"22C6 }}%
+    \else \do\**%
+    \fi
+    \ifx\do@url@hyp\@empty
+      \gmu@measurewd{-}% this macro is defined in line \ref{@measurewd}.
+      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
+        \unexpanded{\gmu@doUrlMathAc\@M\-}%
+        {\hbox to \gmu@tempb{\unexpanded{\hss-\hss}}%
+          \@nx\-}% hyphen is a
+        % good point for hyphenation, but the hyphenation char should
+        % be sth. else, and it is indeed: |¦| (broken bar,
+        % |\char"A6|). See also line \ref{UrlHyphenchar}
+      }\gmu@tempa
+    \fi
+    \addfontfeature{Ligatures=NoCommon, Mapping=none}% instead of
+    % ‘doing’ \incs{ver\+bat\+im\+@\+no\+lig\+@\+list}.
+  }% of |\gmu@UrlSetup|.
+  % \stanza
+  %
+  % \stanza
+  \def\gmu@doUrlMath##1##2{%\
+    % \begin{enumargs}
+    % \item value of the penalty (used as a~Boolean: if $<$
+    % \thous 10000, \nlperc\cs{hyphenpenalty} will be used anyway, if $\ge$
+    % \thous10000, there will be no \incs{discretionary}),
+    % \item the char, given as |\⁄<char>|.
+    % \end{enumargs}
+    \begingroup
+    \lccode`\~=`##2\lowercase{%
+      \endgroup\def~{\@ifnextchar~}%
+      \@xa\addtomacro\@xa~}% of |\lowercase|.
+    \ifnum##1<\@M
+    {%
+      {\char`##2\csname gmu@dbl\string##2kern\endcsname}% if next is  the same char
+      {\ifmmode\char`##2% else
+        \else\gmu@urlbreakable{##1}{##2}%
+        \fi}%
+    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument |\ifnum| true.
+    \else
+    {%
+      {\char`##2\csname gmu@dbl\string##2kern\endcsname}{\char`##2}%
+    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument |\ifnum| false.
+    \fi
+      \catcode`##2=\active
+    }% of |\gmu@doUrlMath|.
+  % \stanza
+  \def\gmu@doUrlMathAc##1##2##3{%\
+    % \begin{enumargs}
+    % \item  (value of) a~penalty (see the remark to \inverb|##1| of
+    % the previous macro),
+    % \item the char (as |\⁄<char>|),
+    % \item the definition.
+    % \end{enumargs}
+    \begingroup
+    \lccode`\~=`##2\lowercase{%
+      \endgroup\def~{\@ifnextchar~}%
+      \@xa\addtomacro\@xa~}% of |\lowercase|.
+    \ifnum ##1<\@M
+    {%
+      {\ifmmode\char`##2\else$##3\m@th$\fi}%
+      {\ifmmode\char`##2%
+        \else\discretionary{\hbox{$##3\m@th$}}{}{\hbox{$##3\m@th$}}%
+        \fi}%
+    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument if num true.
+    \else
+    {%
+      {\ifmmode\char`##2\else$##3\m@th$\fi}{\ifmmode\char`##2\else$##3\m@th$\fi}%
+    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument if num false.
+    \fi
+    \catcode`##2=\active
+  }% of |\gmu@doUrlMathAc|.
+  % \stanza
+  \pdef\gmu@url@rigidbreak##1##2{\discretionary{\char`##2}{}{\char`##2}}%
+  % \stanza
+  \pdef\gmu@url@flexbreak##1##2{\penalty\@M \hskip\z@ plus0,03em
+    \char`##2\penalty##1\hskip\z@ plus0,03em\relax}%
+  % \stanza
+  \let\gmu@urlbreakable\gmu@url@flexbreak
+  % \stanza
+  \def\Url@z##1{%
+    %  Do any hyper referencing due to hyperref (or perform a url-def)
+    \Url@HyperHook
+    % Now do the formatting in a group (can also have \incs{Url@HyperHook} take
+    % this as an argument). \nostanza
+    {\Url@Format{##1}}%
+    \endgroup}%
+  % \stanza
+  \DeclareUrlCommand\file{\urlstyle{sf}}%
+  % \stanza
+  \emptify\Url@moving% with our settings |\url| is pretty allowed in
+  % moving arguments, I~hope.
+}% of |\gmu@UrlFix|.
+
+\DeclareCommand\UrlSlashKern{O{tt}m}%
+{\AtBeginDocument{%
+    \@nameedef{url@#1style}{\def\@nx\UrlFont{%
+        \@xanxcs{#1family}%
+        \def\@xanxcs{gmu@dbl\string\/kern}%
+        {\kern#2\relax}%
+      }% of |\UrlFont|
+    }% of |\url#1style|
+    \urlstyle{#1}%
+  }% of |\AtBeginDocument|
+}% of |\UrlSlashKern|
+
+\def\DeclareUrlCommand#1#2{\pdef#1{\leavevmode\begingroup #2\Url}}
+
+\foolc ~ : {%
+  \@ifXeTeX{%
+    \def\metaat~{%
+      \penalty\@M \hskip\z@skip
+      \meta{аt}% it's a Cyrillic »a«!
+      \penalty\exhyphenpenalty
+      \hskip\z@skip
+    }%
+    %
+    \def\metadot~{%
+      \penalty\@M \hskip\z@skip
+      \meta{dоt}% it's a Cyrillic »o«!
+      \penalty\exhyphenpenalty
+      \hskip\z@skip
+    }%
+  }% of if \XeTeX
+  {%
+    \def\metaat~{\PackageError{gmurl}{Command \bslash metaat
+        works only in XeTeX}@}%
+    %
+    \def\metadot~{\PackageError{gmurl}{Command \bslash metaat
+        works only in XeTeX}.}%
+  }% of if not XeTeX
+}% of |\foolc|
+
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
+%%% mode: doctex
+%%% coding: utf-8
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmurl.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmutils.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmutils.sty
index 745e0f86f03..52afda5be49 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmutils.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/gmutils/gmutils.sty
@@ -1,3430 +1,126 @@
-%
-% \GetFileInfo{gmutils.sty}
-% \title{The \pk{gmutils} Package\thfileinfo}
-% \author{Grzegorz Murzynowski}
-% \maketitle
-%
-% \let\ty\emph
-%
-% \begin{copyrnote}
-%
-%%Written by Grzegorz Murzynowski,
-%% natror at o2 dot pl
-%%
-%% \copyright\,2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 by Grzegorz Murzynowski.
+%% 
+%% \iffalse ^^A we skip the debug setting
+\IfFileExists{\string~/bin/gen_and_xela}{\errorcontextlines=1000 }{}
+%% \fi
+%% ^^A $Id: TheUltimateMaster.gmd,v 0.250 2010/10/24 14:42:35 natror Exp natror $
+%% This is file “gmutils.sty” generated with the DocStrip utility.
+%% 
 %%
-%% This program is subject to the \LaTeX\ Project Public License.
-%% See ^^A
-%% \url{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html} ^^A
-%% for the details of that license.\rrthis
+%% The original source files were:
 %%
-%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".\par
+%% gmutils/gmutils.gmd  (with options: `utils')
 %%
-%% Many thanks to my \TeX\ Guru Marcin Woliński for his \TeX nical ^^A
-%% support.
-%
-%\end{copyrnote}
 %% 
+%% Copyright ©  2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+%% by Grzegorz ‘Natror’ Murzynowski
+%% natror (at) o2 (dot) pl
+%% 
+%% This program is subject to the LaTeX Project Public License.
+%% See http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/licenses.lppl.html
+%% for the details of that license.
 %%
-% \RecordChanges
-% \ChangesStart{}{1000/00/0}
-%
-% \chschange{v0.59}{06/09/04}{396}
-% \chschange{v0.61}{06/09/06}{432}
-% \chschange{v0.62}{06/9/7}{444}
-% \chschange{v0.65}{06/9/28}{700}
-% \chschange{v0.66}{06/10/5}{698}
-% \chschange{v0.67}{06/10/11}{739}
-% \chschange{v0.68}{06/10/12}{812}
-% \chschange{v0.69}{06/10/17}{844}
-% \chschange{v0.70}{06/10/20}{852}
-% \chschange{v0.71}{06/10/27}{876}
-% \chschange{v0.72}{06/11/14}{906}
-% \chschange{v0.74}{06/12/1}{1185}
-% \chschange{v0.76}{07/4/9}{1538}
-% \chschange{v0.77}{07/4/14}{1547}
-% \chschange{v0.78}{07/4/26}{1685}
-% \chschange{v0.80}{2007/4/29}{1689}
-% \chschange{v0.84}{2007/11/13}{2684}
-% \chschange{v0.85}{2007/11/16}{2795}
-% \chschange{v0.87}{2008/8/3}{4027}
-% \chschange{v0.88}{2008/8/3}{4040}
-% \chschange{v0.90}{2008/8/4}{4035}
-% \chschange{v0.91}{2008/8/6}{4055}
-% \chschange{v0.92}{2008/8/11}{4133}
-% \chschange{v0.93}{2008/8/21}{4140}
-% \chschange{v0.93}{2008/8/30}{4501}
-% \chschange{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{4880}
-% \chschange{v0.95}{2008/10/8}{4908}
-% \chschange{v0.96}{2008/11/21}{5363}
-% \toCTAN{2008/11/21 v0.96}
-% \chschange{v0.97}{2008/11/22}{5375}
-% \toCTAN{2008/11/22 v0.97}
-% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/11/30}{5429}
-% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/5}{5577}[\cs{DeclareCommand}]
-% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/5}{5627}[\cs{fakeonum}]
-% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/9}{6035}[\cs{DeclareCommand}, \cmd\arg]
-% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/10}{6129}
-% [\cmd\DeclareEnvironment]
-% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/10}{6147}
-% [\cmd\arg\ in verbatims]
-% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/12}{6535}
-% [\cmd\UrlFix]
-% \chschange{v0.98}{2008/12/14}{6656}
-% [type settings for \pk{gmdoc} (\cmd\narrativett) and for
-% \cmd\verbatimspecials] 
-% \chschange{v0.991}{2010/3/4}{8257}
-% [some shorthands and major development of \cmd\DeclareCommand,
-% including ‘Knuthian’ and general optional arguments and
-% ‘\cmd\afterassignment’ pseudo-argument]
-% \toCTAN{2010/03/04 v0.991}
-%
-% \skiplines we skip the driver 
-\ifnum\catcode`\@=12
-
-\documentclass[debug, countalllines, codespacesgrey, outeroff,
-pagella, trebuchet, cursor, fontspec=quiet]{gmdocc}
-\usepackage{eufrak}% for |\continuum| in the commentary.
-\twocoltoc
-\begin{document}
-
-\DocInput{\jobname.sty}
-\PrintChanges
-\thispagestyle{empty}
-\typeout{%
-  Produce change log with^^J%
-  makeindex -r -s gmglo.ist -o \jobname.gls \jobname.glo^^J
-  (gmglo.ist should be put into some texmf/makeindex directory.)^^J}
-\typeout{%
-  Produce index with^^J%
-  makeindex -r \jobname^^J}
-\afterfi{\end{document}}
-
-\fi% of driver pass
-%\endskiplines
-
+%% LPPL status: "author-maintained".
+%%
+%% 
+%% 
+%% For the documentation please refer to the file(s)
+%% gmutils.{gmd,pdf}.
+%% 
+%% 
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
 \ProvidesPackage{gmutils}
-     [2010/03/04 v0.991 some rather TeXnical macros, some of them tricky (GM)]
-
-%
-% \tableofcontents
-%
-% \division{Intro} 
-% 
-% The \pk{gmutils.sty} package provides some macros that are
-% analogous to the standard \LaTeX\ ones but extend their
-% functionality, such as |\@ifnextcat|, |\addtomacro| or |\begin(*)|.
-%   The others are just conveniences I~like to use in all my TeX
-%   works, such as |\afterfi|, |\pk| or |\cs|.
-%
-% I wouldn't say they are only for the package writers but I~assume
-% some nonzero \LaTeXpar-awareness of the user.
-%
-% For details just read the code part.
-%
-% \begin{gmlonely}
-%   \subdivision{Installation} Unpack the \file{gmutils-tds.zip}
-%   archive (this is an archive that conforms the \acro{TDS} standard,
-%   see \file{CTAN/tds/tds.pdf}) in some texmf directory or just put
-%   the \pk{gmutils.sty} somewhere in the \file{texmf/\:tex/\:latex}
-%   branch. Creating a~\file{texmf/\:tex/\:latex/\:gm} directory may
-%   be advisable if you consider using other packages written by me.
-%
-%   Then you should refresh your \TeX\ distribution's files' database
-%   most probably.
-% \end{gmlonely}
-%
-% \subdivision{Contents of the \pk{gmutils.zip} archive}
-%
-% The distribution of the \pk{gmutils} package consists of the
-% following three files and a~\acro{TDS}-compliant archive.
-% \begin{verse}
-%   \pk{gmutils.sty}\\
-%   \pk{README}\\
-%   \pk{gmutils.pdf}\\
-%   \pk{gmutils.tds.zip}
-% \end{verse}
-% 
-% \begin{gmlonely}
-%   \subdivision{Compiling of the documentation}
-%
-%   The last of the above files (the \pk{.pdf}, i.e., \emph{this
-%     file}) is a~documentation compiled from the \pk{.sty} file by
-%   running \LaTeX\ on the \pk{gmutils.sty} file twice
-%   (|xelatex gmutils.sty|  in the directory you wish the
-%   documentation to be in, you don't have copy the \file{.sty} file
-%   there, \TeX\ will find it),
-%   then MakeIndex on the \file{gmutils.idx} file, and then \LaTeX\
-%   on \file{gmutils.sty} once more.
-%
-%   MakeIndex shell command:
-%   \[\hbox{|makeindex -r gmutilsDoc|}\]
-%   The |-r| switch is to forbid MakeIndex to make implicit ranges since
-%   the (code line) numbers will be hyperlinks.
-%
-%   Compiling the documentation requires the packages:
-%   \pk{gmdoc} (\pk{gmdoc.sty} and \pk{gmdocc.cls}), \pk{gmverb.sty},
-%   \pk{gmutils.sty}, \pk{gmiflink.sty}  and also some standard packages:
-%   \pk{hyperref.sty}, \pk{color.sty}, \pk{geometry.sty},
-%   \pk{multicol.sty}, \pk{lmodern.sty}, \pk{fontenc.sty} that should
-%   be installed on your computer by default.
-%
-%   If you had not installed the \pk{mwcls} classes (available on
-%   CTAN and present in \TeX\ Live e.g.), the result of your
-%   compilation might differ a~bit from the \pk{.pdf} provided in this
-%   \pk{.zip} archive in formatting: If you had not installed
-%   \pk{mwcls}, the standard \pk{article.cls} class would be used.
-% \end{gmlonely}
-%
-\ifx\XeTeXversion\relax
-  \let\XeTeXversion\@undefined% If someone earlier used 
-% \nlperc|\@ifundefined{XeTeXversion}| to test
-% whether the engine is \XeTeX, then \incs{XeTeXversion} \emph{is} defined
-% in the sense of \eTeX\ tests. In that case we |\let| it to something
-% really undefined. Well, we might keep sticking to \incs{@ifundefined},
-% but it's a~macro and it eats its arguments, freezing their catcodes,
-% which is not what we want in line \ref{not@ifundef}.
-\fi
-
-\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
-\XeTeXinputencoding utf-8 % we use Unicode dashes later in this file.
-\fi% and if we are not in \XeTeX, we skip them thanks to \XeTeX-test.
-
-
- %^^A % \division{Ignoring spaces and line ends in packages and classes}
- %^^A %
- %^^A % Spurious spaces and line ends that convert to spaces are a~plague
- %^^A % for the package writers including me. On the other hand, changing
- %^^A % catcodes is dangerous and should be done with care. Therefore
- %^^A % I~provide a~declaration that reverts its effect at most at the end
- %^^A % of a~package or class.
- %^^A 
- %^^A \def\package@ignorespaces{%
- %^^A   \catcode`\ =9
- %^^A   \endlinechar-1
- %^^A   \AtEndOfPackage{\package@restorespace}}
- %^^A 
- %^^A \def\package@restorespace{\catcode`\ =10 \endlinechar13 }
- %^^A 
-
-% \division{Options}
-
-\newif\ifgmu@quiet
-
-\DeclareOption{quiet}{\gmu@quiettrue}
-
-\ProcessOptions
-
-% 
-% \division{A~couple of abbreviations}
-% {\DoIndex{\@nx \@xa} \Define\@xa \Define\@nx
-\let\@xa\expandafter
-\let\@nx\noexpand
-
-\def\@xau#1{\unexpanded\@xa{#1}}
-%\changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{added}
-% \nostanza Note that there's only one |\expandafter|, after
-% |\unexpanded|. It's because |\unexpanded| expands expandable tokens
-% and gobbles |\relax|es while looking for an opening brace or |\bgroup|.
-% Note also that it \emph{requires} a text in braces. 
-%
-% \chgs{2010/03/04 v0.991 made 1-parameter}
-% Note also that (since v0.991) this is a 1-parameter macro so doesn't
-% expand subsequent tokens until meets a \<balanced text> but just
-% takes first single token or \<text>.
-
-
-
-%} \HideDefining*\pdef
-\def\pdef{\protected\def}
-%\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/20}{added}
-
-% And this one is defined, I~know, but it's not |\long| with the
-% standard definition and I~want to be able to |\gobble| a~|\par|
-% sometimes. 
-% \Define\gobbletwo
-\long\def\gobble#1{}
-% \Define\@gobble
-\let\@gobble\gobble
-\let\gobbletwo\@gobbletwo
-
-
-% \HideDefining*\provide 
-\long\pdef\provide#1{%\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{added}
-  \ifdefined#1% \UnDef
-    \ifx\relax#1\afterfifi{\def#1}%
-    \else\afterfifi{\gmu@gobdef}% \UnDef
-    \fi
-  \else\afterfi{\def#1}%
-  \fi}
-
-
-\long\def\gmu@gobdef#1#{% \UnDef
-  \def\gmu@tempa{}% it's a~junk macro assignment
-  % to absorb possible prefixes.
-  \@gobble}
-
-% \HideDefining*\pprovide
-\def\pprovide{\protected\provide}
-% \changes[\pprovide]{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{added} Note that both
-% |\provide| and |\pprovide| may be prefixed with |\global|, |\outer|,
-% |\long| and |\protected| because the prefixes stick to |\def|
-% because all before it is expandable. If the condition(s) is false
-% (|#1| is defined) then the prefixes are absorbed by a~junk
-% assignment.
-%
-% Note moreover that unlike \LaTeX's |\providecommand|, our
-% \cs{(p)provide} allow any parameters string just like |\def|
-% (because they just \emph{expand} to |\def|).
-%
-
-\long\def\@nameedef#1#2{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{added}
-  \@xa\edef\csname#1\endcsname{#2}}
-
-% \division{\cs{if}s as a~four-argument \LaTeX\ command robust to unbalanced \cs{if}s and \cs{fi}s}
-
-\long\def\gmu@if#1#2{%
-  \csname if#1\endcsname#2\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi
-}
-
-% \division{\cs{firstofone} and the queer \cs{catcode}s}
-%
-% Remember that once a~macro's argument has been read, its
-% |\catcode|s are assigned forever and ever. That's what is
-% |\firstofone| for. It allows you to change the |\catcode|s locally
-% for a~definition \emph{outside} the changed |\catcode|s' group.
-% Just see the below usage of this macro `with \TeX's eyes', as my
-% \TeX\ Guru taught me.
-%
-\long\def\firstofone#1{#1}
-
-% ^^A \long\def\bracethis#1{{#1}}
-% ^^A \long\def\fooscant{\@xa\scantokens\bracethis}
-\long\pdef\scantwo#1#2{
-  \begingroup\endlinechar\m@ne
-  \@xa\endgroup\scantokens{#1#2}%
-}
-
-\long\def\@firstofthree#1#2#3{#1}
-\long\def\@secondofthree#1#2#3{#2}
-\long\def\@thirdofthree#1#2#3{#3}
-\long\def\@secondoffive#1#2#3#4#5{#2}
-
-% In some |\if›[cat›?›]|\ test I~needed to look only at the first token of
-% a~tokens' string (first letter of a~word usually) and to 
-% drop the rest of it. So I~define a~macro that expands
-% to the first token (or \arg{text}) of its argument.
-%
-\long\def\@firstofmany#1#2\@@nil{#1}
-% \changes{v0.63}{06/9/9}{added}
-
-\long\def\@allbutfirstof#1#2\@@nil{#2}
-% \changes{v0.97}{2008/11/22}{added}
-% \changes{v0.98}{2008/11/22}{renamed from \cs{@secondofmany}}
-
-
-% \division{\cs{afterfi} and pals}
-
-% It happens from time to time that you have some sequence of macros
-% in an |\if…| and you would like to expand |\fi| before expanding
-% them (e.g., when the macros should take some tokens next to |\fi…|
-% as their arguments. If you know how many macros are there, you may
-% type a~couple of |\expandafter|s and not to care how terrible it
-% looks.  But if you don't know how many tokens will there be, you
-% seem to be in a~real trouble. There's the Knuthian trick with
-% |\next|. And here another, revealed to me by my \TeX\ Guru.
-%
-% I~think the situations when the Knuthian (the former) trick is not
-% available are rather seldom, but they are imaginable at least: the
-% |\next| trick involves an assignment so it won't work e.g.\ in
-% |\edef|. 
-%
-% But |\afterfi| and pals are sensitive to |\fi|s that may occur in
-% macros' arguments so probably the safest and expandable way is the
-% |\expandafter\@›(first⁄|second›)oftwo| trick. %^^A|
-%^^A % One warning: those macros peel the braces off, i.e., 
-%^^A % \[|\if..\afterfi{\@makeother\^^M}\fi|\] 
-%^^A % causes a~leakage of
-%^^A % |^^M|\catother. To avoid pollution write 
-%^^A % \[|\if..\afterfi{\bgroup\@makeother\^^M\egroup}\fi|\,.\] 
-%
-
-\def\longafterfi{%
-  \long\def\afterfi##1##2\fi{\fi##1}}
-\longafterfi
-% And two more of that family:
-\long\def\afterfifi#1#2\fi#3\fi{\fi\fi#1}
-% \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/09}{\cs{if} removed from parameters' string}
-\long\def\afteriffifi#1#2\fi#3\fi{\fi#1}
-% Notice the refined elegance of those macros, that cover both `then'
-% and `else' cases thanks to |#2| that is discarded.
-
-\long\def\afterififfififi#1#2\fi#3\fi#4\fi{\fi#1}
-\long\def\afteriffififi#1#2\fi#3\fi#4\fi{\fi\fi#1}
-\long\def\afterfififi#1#2\fi#3\fi#4\fi{\fi\fi\fi#1}
-
-% \division{\cs{foone}}
-
-% The next command, |\foone|, is intended as two-argument for
-% shortening of the |\begingroup…\firstofone{\endgroup…}| hack.
-% 
-\long\def\foone#1{\begingroup#1\relax\egfirstofone}
-% \UnDef
-\long\def\egfirstofone#1{\endgroup#1}
-
-\def\fooatletter{\foone\makeatletter}
-
-
-
-% \division{\cs{@ifempty}, \cs{IfAmong}, \cmd\IfIntersect\ \cs{@ifinmeaning}}
-% After a~short deliberation I~make the \cmd\IfAmong…\cmd\among\ and
-% \cmd\IfIntersect\ macros' names apeless since they are intended for
-% the macro and class writers, at the same level of abstraction as
-% \cmd\DeclareCommand.
-%
-\long\pdef\@ifempty#1{%\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  % \item the token(s) we test, it may be just |{}|,
-  % \item the stuff executed if |#1| is empty (is |{}|),
-  % \item the stuff executed if |#1| consists of at least one token.   
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  \def\gmu@reserveda{#1}%
-  \ifx\gmu@reserveda\@empty\@xa\@firstoftwo
-  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
-  \fi}
-
-\long\def\@ifnonempty#1#2#3{\@ifempty{#1}{#3}{#2}}
-
-\long\pdef\IfAmong#1\among#2{%\label{IfAmong}\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  % \item the token(s) whose presence we check,
-  % \item the list of tokens in which we search |#1|,
-  % \item the ‘if found’ stuff,
-  % \item the ‘if not found’ stuff.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % \chgs{2008/12/05 v0.98 split from \cs{IfAmong}}
-  %
-  \long\def\gmu@among@##1#1##2\gmu@among@{%
-    \@ifempty{##2}\@secondoftwo\@firstoftwo}%
-  \gmu@among@#2#1\gmu@among@}
-
-\long\def\IfIntersect#1#2{% this (not expandable) macro checks\
-  % whether the list of tokens \inverb|#1| and \inverb|#2| have\
-  % nonempty intersection and if so executes \incs{@firstoftwo} or\
-  % else \incs{@secondoftwo}, so it's a~4-argument command:\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  % \item first list to match,
-  % \item second list to match,
-  % \item if match (nonempty intersection),
-  % \item if not match (empty intersection).
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  \let\IfIntersect@next\@secondoftwo
-  \gmu@foreach#1\gmu@foreach{%
-    \@xa\IfAmong\gmu@forarg\among{#2}
-    {\let\IfIntersect@next\@firstoftwo}{}}%
-  \IfIntersect@next}
-
-% We need a~macro that iterates over every token on a~list. \LaTeX's
-% |\@for| iterates over a~list separated with commas so it's not the
-% case. Our macro is much simpler.
-\long\def\gmu@foreach#1\gmu@foreach#2{%
-  \long\def\gmu@forer##1{%
-    \ifx\gmu@foreach##1\else
-    \long\def\gmu@forarg{##1}%
-    #2%
-    \@xa\gmu@forer
-    \fi}%
-  \gmu@forer#1\gmu@foreach}
-
-
-
-\long\pdef\@ifinmeaning#1\of#2{% \
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  % \item the token(s) whose presence we check,
-  % \item the macro in whose meaning we search |#1| (the first token of
-  %   this argument is expanded one level with |\expandafter|),
-  % \item the `if found' stuff,
-  % \item the `if not found' stuff.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  %
-  % \chgs{2007/11/06 v0.98 (in \pk{gmdoc}) made more elegant:
-  % \cs{if} changed to \cs{ifx} made four parameters and not expanding
-  % to an open \cs{if›(true⁄|false›)}. Also renamed from \cs{@ifismember}}
-  % \chgs{2008/12/05 v0.98 moved here from \pk{gmdoc} and rewritten,
-  % including split to \cs{IfAmong} because the latter is needed in
-  % \cs{DeclareCommand}} 
-  %
-  \def\gmu@reserveda{\IfAmong#1\among}%
-  \@xa\gmu@reserveda\@xa{#2}}
-
-
-% \division{Global Boolean switches}
-%
-% The |\newgif| declaration's effect is used even in the \LaTeXe\
-% source by redefining some particular user defined ifs (UD-ifs
-% henceforth) step by step.  The goal is to make the UD-if's
-% assignment global. I~needed it at least twice during \pk{gmdoc}
-% writing so I~make it a~macro. It's an almost verbatim copy of
-% \LaTeX's |\newif| modulo the letter $g$ and the |\global| prefix.
-% (File d: \file{ltdefns.dtx} Date: 2004/02/20 Version v1.3g, lines
-% 139--150) \Define\newgif
-\pdef\newgif#1{%
-  {\escapechar\m@ne
-    \global\let#1\iffalse
-    \@gif#1\iftrue
-    \@gif#1\iffalse
-  }}
-% `Almost' is also in the detail that in this case, which deals with
-% |\global| assignments, we don't have to bother with storing and
-% restoring the value of |\escapechar|: we can do all the work inside
-% a~group.
-% \DefIndex\@gif
-\def\@gif#1#2{%
-  \protected\@xa\gdef\csname\@xa\@gobbletwo\string#1%
-  g% the letter $g$ for `|\global|'.
-  \@xa\@gobbletwo\string#2\endcsname
-  {\global\let#1#2}}
-
-\pdef\newif#1{% We not only make \incs{newif}
-  % \incs{protected} but also make it to define \cs{protected}
-  % assignments so that premature expansion doesn't affect
-  % \inverb|\if…\fi| nesting.
- % \changes{v0.92}{2008/08/09}{added redefinition so that now
- % switches defined with it are \cs{protected} so they won't expand to
- % a~further expanding or unbalanced \cs{iftrue/false} in an \cs{edef}}
-  \count@\escapechar \escapechar\m@ne
-  \let#1\iffalse
-  \@if#1\iftrue
-  \@if#1\iffalse
-  \escapechar\count@}
-
-\def\@if#1#2{% 
-  \protected \@xa\def\csname\@xa\@gobbletwo\string#1%
-  \@xa\@gobbletwo\string#2\endcsname
-  {\let#1#2}}
-
-
-\pdef\hidden@iffalse{\iffalse}
-\pdef\hidden@iftrue{\iftrue}
-
-% After |\newgif\iffoo| you may type |{\foogtrue}| and the |\iffoo|
-% switch becomes globally equal |\iftrue|. Simili modo |\foogfalse|.
-% Note the letter $g$ added to underline globalness of the assignment.
-%
-% If for any reason, no matter how queer ;-) may it be, you need
-% \emph{both} global and local switchers of your |\if…|, declare
-% it both with |\newif| and |\newgif|.
-%
-% Note that it's just a~shorthand. |\global\if⁄<switch>›(true⁄|false›)|
-% \emph{does} work as expected.
-
-% \Define\grefstepcounter
-% \changes{v0.59}{06/09/04}{moved here from \pk{gmdoc}.}
-% There's a~trouble with |\refstepcounter|: defining |\@currentlabel|
-% is local. So let's |\def| a~|\global| version of |\refstepcounter|.
-%
-% Warning. I~use it because of very special reasons in \pk{gmdoc} and
-% in general it is probably not a~good idea to make |\refstepcounter|
-% global since it is contrary to the original \LaTeX\ approach.
-\pdef\grefstepcounter#1{%
-  {\let\protected@edef=\protected@xdef\refstepcounter{#1}}}
-% Na\"\i{}ve first try |\globaldefs=\tw@| raised an error 
-% |unknown command \reserved@e|. The matter was to globalize
-% |\protected@edef| of |\@currentlabel|.\rrthis
-% 
-% Thanks to using the true |\refstepcounter| inside, it observes the
-% change made to |\refstepcounter| by \pk{hyperref}.
-% \dekmedskip
-%
-% 2008/08/10 I~spent all the night debugging \cs{penalty 10000} that
-% was added after a~hypertarget in vertical mode. I~didn't dare to
-% touch \pk{hyperref}'s guts, so I~worked it around with ensuring
-% every \cs{grefstepcounter} to be in hmode:
-
-\pdef\hgrefstepcounter#1{%
-  \ifhmode\leavevmode\fi\grefstepcounter{#1}}
-
-% By the way I~read some lines from \TB\ and was reminded that
-% \cs{unskip} strips any last skip, whether horizontal or
-% vertical. And I~use \cs{unskip} mostly to replace a~blank space with
-% some fixed skip. Therefore define
-
-\pdef\hunskip{\ifhmode\unskip\fi}
-
-% Note the two macros defined above are \cs{protected}. I~think it's
-% a~good idea to make \cs{protected} all the macros that contain
-% assignments. There is one more thing with \cs{ifhmode}: it can be different
-% at the point of \cs{edef} and at the point of execution.
-
-
-% Another shorthand. It may decrease a~number of |\expandafter|s e.g.
-% \Define\glet
-\def\glet{\global\let}
-
-
-% \LaTeX\ provides a~very useful |\g@addto@macro| macro that adds its
-% second argument to the current definition of its first argument
-% (works iff the first argument is a~no argument macro). But I~needed
-% it some times in a~document, where |@| is not a~letter. So:
-% \Define\gaddtomacro
-\let\gaddtomacro=\g@addto@macro
-
-% The redefining of the first argument of the above macro(s) is
-% |\global|. What if we want it local? Here we are:
-% 
-\long\def\addto@macro#1#2{%
-  % \chgs{2008/12/7 v0.98 \cs{toks@} replaced with some
-  % \cmd\expandafter s because use of \cs{toks@} here caused
-  % a~disaster in \cs{DeclareCommand}}
-  \edef#1{\@xa\unexpanded\@xa{#1}\unexpanded{#2}}% \incmd\edef\ and
-                                % \incmd\unexpanded\ to double the hashes.
-}
-
-% And for use in the very document,
-% \Define\addtomacro
-\let\addtomacro=\addto@macro
-
-% 2008/08/09 I~need to prepend something not add at the end---so
-\long\def\prependtomacro#1#2{% \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/15}{order of
-  % arguments reversed}
-  \edef#1{\unexpanded{#2}\@xa\unexpanded\@xa{#1}}}
-% Note that \cs{prependtomacro} can be prefixed.
-
-% \Define\addtotoks
-\long\def\addtotoks#1#2{%
-  #1=\@xa{\the#1#2}}
-
-% \Define\emptify
-\newcommand*\@emptify[1]{\let#1=\@empty}
-\@ifdefinable\emptify{\let\emptify\@emptify}
-
-% Note the two following commands are in fact one-argument.
-%\Define\g@emptify \Define\gemptify
-\newcommand*\g@emptify{\global\@emptify}
-\@ifdefinable\gemptify{\let\gemptify\g@emptify}
-
-% \Define\relaxen
-\newcommand\@relaxen[1]{\let#1=\relax}
-\@ifdefinable\relaxen{\let\relaxen\@relaxen}
-
-% Note the two following commands are in fact one-argument.
-% \Define\g@relaxen \Define\grelaxen
-\newcommand*\g@relaxen{\global\@relaxen}
-\@ifdefinable\grelaxen{\let\grelaxen\g@relaxen}
-
-% \division{\cs{gm@ifundefined}---a~test that doesn't create any\
-%   hash entry unlike \cs{@ifundefined}}
-
-% I~define it under another name not redefine |\@ifundefined| because
-% I~can imagine an odd case when something works thanks to
-% |\@ifundefined|'s `relaxation’ effect.
-
-\long\def\gm@ifundefined#1{% not |\protected| because expandable.
-  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/9/12}{added. All \cs{@ifundefined}s used by
-  % me changed to this}
-  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/03}{made robust to unbalanced \cs{if}s and
-  % \cs{fi}s the same way as \LaTeX's \cs{@ifundefined} (after a~heavy
-  % debug :-)}
-  \ifcsname#1\endcsname% defined…
-    \@xa\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax% but only as |\relax|---then
-    % 2nd argument.
-      \afterfifi\@firstoftwo%
-    \else%  defined and not |\relax|---then 3rd argument.
-      \afterfifi\@secondoftwo%
-    \fi
-  \else% not defined---then 3rd.
-    \afterfi\@firstoftwo%
-  \fi}
-
-
-\long\def\gm@testdefined#1\iftrue{% This is a~macro that expands to
-  % \incs{iftrue} or \incs{iffalse} depending on whether its argument
-  % is defined in the \LaTeX\ sense. Its syntax requires an
-  % \incs{iftrue} to force balancing \incs{if}s with \incs{fi}s.
-  % \changes{v0.95}{2008/10/8}{added}
-  \csname
-  \ifdefined#1%
-    \ifx#1\relax
-       iffalse%
-    \else iftrue%
-    \fi
-  \else iffalse%
-  \fi\endcsname
-}
-
-\long\def\gm@testundefined#1\iftrue{% we expand the last macro two
-  % levels. We repeat the parameter string to force the proper syntax.
-  % \changes{v0.95}{2008/10/8}{added}
-  \@xa\@xa\@xa\unless\gm@testdefined#1\iftrue}
-
-
-
-% \division{Some `other' and active stuff}
-% Here I~define a~couple of macros expanding to special chars made
-% `other'. It's important the \CS are expandable and therefore
-% they can occur e.g. inside |\csname›…\endcsname| unlike e.g.\
-% \CS'es |\chardef|ed.
-%
-% \Define\subs
-\foone{\catcode`\_=8 }
-{\let\subs=_}
-
-% \Define\sups
-\foone{\catcode`\^=7 }
-{\let\sups=^}
-
-\foone{\@makeother\_}
-{\def\xiiunder{_}}
-
-\let\all@unders\xiiunder
-\foone{\catcode`\_=8 }
-{\addtomacro\all@unders{_}}
-\foone{\catcode`\_=11 }
-{\addtomacro\all@unders{_}}
-\foone{\catcode`\_=13 }
-{\addtomacro\all@unders{_}}
-% \nostanza Now |\all@unders| bears underscores of categories 8, 11,
-% 12 and 13.
-
-\def\all@stars{*}
-\foone{\catcode`\*=11 }
-{\addtomacro\all@stars{*}}
-\foone{\catcode`\*=13 }
-{\addtomacro\all@stars{*}}
-%\nostanza And |\all@stars| bears stars of categories 11, 12 and 13.
-
-
-\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
-  \chardef\_="005F 
-\fi
-
-\foone{\@makeother\`}%
-{\def\backquote{`}}
-
-
-\foone{\catcode`\[=1 \@makeother\{ 
-  \catcode`\]=2 \@makeother\}}%
-[%
-  \def\xiilbrace[{]%
-  \def\xiirbrace[}]%
-]% of |\firstofone|
-
-% Note that \LaTeX's  |\@charlb| and |\@charrb| are of catcode 11
-% (`letter'), cf. The \LaTeXe\ Source file k, lines 129--130.
+    [2010/10/24 v0.993 some rather TeXnical macros, some of them tricky (GM)]
 
 
-
-% Now, let's define such a~smart |_| (underscore) which will be usual
-% |_|${}_8$ in the math mode and |_|\catother\ (`other') outside math.
-% \Define\smartunder
-% \changes{v0.60}{06/09/05}{\cs{\_} instead of \cs{xiiunder}}
-\foone{\catcode`\_=\active}
-{%
-  \newcommand*\smartunder{%
-    \catcode`\_=\active
-    \def_{\ifmmode\subs\else\_\fi}}}% We define it as \inverb|\_| not just as
-% \inverb|\xiiunder| because some font encodings don't have \inverb|_| at the
-% \inverb|\char`\_| position.
-%
-% \CodeEscapeChar\!
-% \Define\bslash \Define\xiibackslash
-\foone{\catcode`\!=0 
-  \@makeother\\}
-{!newcommand*!xiibackslash{\}}
-%^^A] balancing braces for Emacs
-% \CodeEscapeChar\\
-
-\let\bslash=\xiibackslash
-
-
-%    \begin{oldmc}
-\foone{\@makeother\%}
-{\def\xiipercent{%}}
-%    \end{oldmc}
-
-\foone{\@makeother\&}%
-{\def\xiiand{&}}
-
-\foone{\@makeother\ }%
-{\def\xiispace{ }}
-
-\foone{\@makeother\#}%
-{\def\xiihash{#}}
-
-% We introduce \cs{visiblespace} from Will Robertson's \pk{xltxtra} if
-% available. It's not sufficient |\@ifpackageloaded{xltxtra}| since
-% \cs{xxt@visiblespace} is defined only unless |no-verb| option is
-% set. 2008/08/06 I~recognised the difference between \cs{xiispace}
-% which has to be plain `other' char (used in \cs{xiistring}) and
-% something visible to be printed in any font.
-
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \ifdefined\xxt@visiblespace
-    \let\visiblespace\xxt@visiblespace
-    \def\xxt@visiblespace@fallback{{%
-        \fontspec{Latin Modern Mono}\textvisiblespace}}%
-  \else
-    \let\visiblespace\xiispace
-  \fi}
-
-
-\foone\obeyspaces{\def\gmu@activespace{ }}
-
-\foone\obeylines{\def\activeM{^^M}}
-
-
-% \division{\cs{@ifnextcat}, \cs{@ifnextac}, catcode-independent\
-% \cs{gm@ifstar}, \cs{@ifnextsingle}, \cs{@ifnextgroup}} 
-%
-% As you guess, we |\def| |\@ifnextcat| \agrave~la |\@ifnextchar|, see
-% \LaTeXe\ source dated 2003/12/01, file d, lines 253--271. The
-% difference is in the kind of test used: while |\@ifnextchar| does
-% |\ifx|, |\@ifnextcat| does |\ifcat| which means it looks not at the
-% meaning of a~token(s) but at their |\catcode|(s). As you (should)
-% remember from \TeXbook, the former test doesn't expand macros while
-% the latter does. But in |\@ifnextcat| the peeked token is protected
-% against expanding by |\noexpand|. Note that the first parameter is
-% not protected and therefore it shall be expanded if it's
-% expandable. Because an assignment is involved, you can't test
-% whether the next token is an active char. But you can test if the
-% next token is |{|$_1$ or |}|$_2$: |\@ifnextcat\bgroup›…|,
-% |\@ifnextcat\egroup›…|. 
-
-\long\pdef\@ifnextcat#1#2#3{%
-% \changes{v0.75}{2007/01/01}{\cs{let} for \cs[\#]1 changed to
-% \cs{def} to allow things like \cs{noexpand\texttilde}}
-% \HideDef
-  \def\reserved@d{#1}%
-  \def\reserved@a{#2}%
-  \def\reserved@b{#3}%
-  \futurelet\@let@token\@ifncat}
-
-% \ResumeDef
-\def\@ifncat{%
-  \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken
-    \let\reserved@c\@xifncat
-  \else
-    \ifcat\reserved@d\@nx\@let@token
-      \let\reserved@c\reserved@a
-    \else
-      \let\reserved@c\reserved@b
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \reserved@c}
-
-{\def\:{\let\@sptoken= } \global\: % this makes |\@sptoken| a space token.
-
-  % \DefIndex\@xifncat
-\def\:{\@xifncat} \@xa\gdef\: {\futurelet\@let@token\@ifncat}}
-% Note the trick to get a~macro with no parameter and requiring
-% a~space after it. We do it inside a~group not to spoil the general
-% meaning of |\:| (which we extend later).
-% \dekmedskip
-% 
-% \stanza The next command provides the real \cs{if} test for the next
-% token. \emph{It} should be called |\@ifnextchar| but that name is
-% assigned for the future \cs{ifx} text, as we know. Therefore we call
-% it \cs{@ifnextif}.
-%
-% \stanza
-% Having |\@ifnextcat| defined, let's apply it immediately. Similar
-% thing does probably the \pk{xspace} package.
-\def\spifletter{\@ifnextcat a{\space}{}}
-
-
-\long\pdef\@ifnextif#1#2#3{%
-% \changes{v0.75}{2007/01/01}{\cs{let} for \cs[\#]1 changed to
-% \cs{def} to allow things like \cs{noexpand\texttilde}}
-% \chgs{2010/3/4 v0.991 inner macro fixed to handle active chars more
-% properly (more as \cmd\if\ would do it)}
-% \HideDef
-% (the future token in |\noexpand|ed, unlike \inhash1)
-  \def\reserved@d{#1}%
-  \def\reserved@a{#2}%
-  \def\reserved@b{#3}%
-  \futurelet\@let@token\@ifnif}
-% \ResumeDef
-
-\def\@ifnif{%
-  \ifx\@let@token\@sptoken
-    \let\reserved@c\@xifnif
-  \else
-    \if\reserved@d\@nx\@let@token
-      \let\reserved@c\reserved@a
-    \else % |#1| of |\@ifnextif| is not |\if|-equivalent the future
-      % token. But this may be because the future token is active
-      % so it \emph{would} be |\if|-equivalent if not passed
-      % through |\futurelet|. Let's manage this case.
-      \begingroup
-      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-        \lccode`\@nx~=`\reserved@d
-      }\gmu@tempa
-      \lowercase{\endgroup
-        \ifx~}\@let@token
-        \let\reserved@c\reserved@a
-      \else
-        \let\reserved@c\reserved@b
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \reserved@c}
-
-% \UnDef
-{\def\:{\let\@sptoken= } \: % this makes |\@sptoken| a space token.
-% \UnDef
-\def\:{\@xifnif} \@xa\gdef\: {\futurelet\@let@token\@ifnif}}
-
-% \dekmedskip
-%
-% But how to peek at the next token to check whether it's an active
-% char? First, we look with |\@ifnextcat| whether there stands a~group
-% opener. We do that to avoid taking a~whole |{…}| as the argument
-% of the next macro, that doesn't use |\futurelet| but takes the next
-% token as an argument, tests it and puts back intact.
-% \changes{v0.75}{2007/01/11}{added}
-%
-\long\pdef\@ifnextac#1#2{%
-  \@ifnextsingle
-  {\gm@ifnac{#1}{#2}}%
-  {#2}}
-
-\long\def\gm@ifnac#1#2#3{%
-  \ifcat\@nx~\@nx#3%
-    \@xa\@firstoftwo
-  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
-  \fi{#1#3}{#2#3}}
-
-% Yes, it won't work for an active char |\let| to |{|${}_1$, but it ^^A~}
-% \emph{will} work for an active char |\let| to a~char of
-% catcode${}\neq1$. (Is there anybody on Earth who'd make an active
-% char working as |\bgroup| not just recatcode it to $_1$?)
-%
-
-% Having defined such tools, let's redefine |\gm@ifstar| to make it work
-% with whatever catcode |*| may be.
-% make a~version of |\gm@ifstar| that would work with
-% |*|\catletter. 
-
-
-\pdef\gmu@lowstar{%
-  \iffontchar\font"22C6 \char"22C6 \else\gmu@lowstarfake\fi}% we could define it to
-% be expandable (with \inverb|^^^^22c6|) but the only goal of it would
-% be allowing this low star in |\csname›…\endcsname|. But it would be
-% misleading (not everyone can easily distinguish |⁄string*| from |*|)
-% so \IMHO\ it's better to raise an error should such an active occur
-% in a~|\csname|.
-% This macro is intended to be |\let| to an active star only in
-% verbatims. For usual text there's
-
-% Commands around making star low (via |\active|ation) are defined in
-% line \ref{def:gmu@star} because they use |\DeclareCommand|.
-
-
-\def\gmu@tempa{*}
-\foone{\catcode`\*=\active}
-{\def\gmu@tempb{*}% it's defined in line \ref{active star}
- % to make |*| defined (when it was undefined,
-  % \incmd\newcommand's \incs{gm@ifstar} test turned
-  % true, the next undefined token was gobbled and raised an error).
-  \let*=\gmu@lowstar}
-
-
-
-\edef\gmu@tempa{%
-  \long\pdef\@nx\gm@ifstar##1##2{% \chgs{2008/12/16 v0.98 renamed from
-    % \cs{@ifstar} since something
-    % redefines \cs{@ifstar}}]
-    \@nx\@ifnextif\gmu@tempa%
-    {\@nx\@firstoftwo{##1}}%
-    {%
-      \@nx\@ifnextchar\@xa\@nx\gmu@tempb
-      {\@nx\@firstoftwo{##1}}{##2}}%
-  }% of |\gm@ifstar|.
-}\gmu@tempa
-
-
-%\stanza
-% A~test whether we can pick a~single token. We have to check whether
-% we are not next to |{| and whether we are not next to |}|.
-
-\long\pdef\@ifnextsingle#1#2{% \chgs{2008/12/11 v0.98 extracted from
-  % \cs{@ifnextac}} This macro checks whether the next token is able
-  % to be picked or is it a~braced list of tokens or is it a~group
-  % closer so there's no token to be picked.
-  \@ifnextcat\bgroup{#2}{%
-    \@ifnextcat\egroup{#2}% \chgs{2008/12/11 v0.98 added test for
-    % \cmd\egroup} 
-    {#1}}}
-
-\long\pdef\@ifnextgroup#1#2{% Note this macro turns true both before
-  % a~group opener and before a~group closer.
-  \@ifnextsingle{#2}{#1}}
-
-
-% now let's apply this to sth. useful (used in \pk{gmverse} and in
-% some typesetting, e.g.\ for prof.\ JSB.
-\pdef\ignoreactiveM{%
-  \@ifnextgroup{}{\gmu@checkM}}
-
-\foone\obeylines{% we know it's a~single token since we use this macro
-  % only in \incmd\@ifnextgroup's ‘else’.
-  \long\pdef\gmu@checkM#1{%
-    \ifx
-    #1\@xa\ignoreactiveM%
-    \else\@xa#1\fi}}
-
-
-%
-% \stanza Now, define a~test that checks whether the next token is
-% a~genuine space, | |${}_{10}$ that is. First define
-% a~\CS let such 
-% a~space. The assignment needs a~little trick (\TeXbook\ appendix D)
-% since |\let|'s syntax includes one optional space after |=|.
-%
-\let\gmu@reserveda\*%
-\def\*{%
-  \let\*\gmu@reserveda
-  \let\gm@letspace= }%
-\* %
-
-% \Define\@ifnextspace
-\def\@ifnextspace#1#2{%
-  \let\gmu@reserveda\*%
-  \def\*{%
-    \let\*\gmu@reserveda
-    \ifx\@let@token\gm@letspace\afterfi{#1}%
-    \else\afterfi{#2}%
-    \fi}%
-  \futurelet\@let@token\*}
-% First use of this macro is for an active |-| that expands to |---|
-% if followed by a~space. Another to make dot checking whether is
-% followed by |~| without gobbling the space if it occurs instead.
-%
-% \stanza
-% Now a~test if the next token is an active line end. I~use it in
-% \pk{gmdoc} and later in this package for active long dashes.
-
-\foone\obeylines{%
-  \long\pdef\@ifnextMac#1#2{%
-    \@ifnextchar^^M{#1}{#2}}}
-
-
-% \division{Storing and restoring the meanings of \CSs}
-%
-% First a~Boolean switch of globalness of assignments and 
-% its verifier.
-\newif\ifgmu@SMglobal
-
-\pdef\SMglobal{\gmu@SMglobaltrue}
-% The subsequent commands are defined in such a~way that you can
-% `prefix' them with |\SMglobal| to get global (re)storing.
-% \stanza
-% A~command to store the current meaning of a~\CS in another macro to
-% temporarily redefine the \CS and be able to set its original meaning
-% back (when grouping is not recommended):
-%
-%\Define\StoreMacro
-%\changes{v0.61}{06/09/05}{added.}
-%\changes{v0.67}{06/10/11}{enriched with \cs{makeatletter}}
-\pdef\StoreMacro{%
-  \begingroup\makeatletter\gm@ifstar\egStore@MacroSt\egStore@Macro}
-% The unstarred version takes a~\CS and the starred version
-% a~text, which is intended for special control sequences. For storing
-% environments there is a~special command in line \ref{StoreEnvironment}.
-
-\long\def\egStore@Macro#1{\endgroup\Store@Macro{#1}}
-\long\def\egStore@MacroSt#1{\endgroup\Store@MacroSt{#1}}
-
-\long\def\Store@Macro#1{%
-  \escapechar92
-  \ifgmu@SMglobal\afterfi\global\fi
-  \@xa\let\csname /gmu/store\string#1\endcsname#1%
-  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}
-
-
-\long\def\Store@MacroSt#1{%
-  \edef\gmu@smtempa{%
-    \ifgmu@SMglobal\global\fi
-    \@nx\let\@xa\@nx\csname/gmu/store\bslash#1\endcsname%\label{SMbslash}
-    % we add backslash because to ensure compatibility between
-    % \incs{(Re)StoreMacro} and \incs{(Re)StoreMacro*}, that is. to allow
-    % writing e.g.  \inverb|\StoreMacro\kitten| and then
-    % \inverb|\RestoreMacro*{kitten}| to restore the meaning of
-    % \incs{kitten}.\ilrr
-    \@xa\@nx\csname#1\endcsname}
-  \gmu@smtempa
-  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}% we wish the globality to be just
-                            % once.\par
-
-% We make the |\StoreMacro| command a~three-step to allow usage of the
-% most inner macro also in the next command.
-%
-% The starred version, |\StoreMacro*| works with csnames (without the
-% backslash). It's first used to store the meanings of robust
-% commands, when you may need to store not only |\foo|, but also
-% |\csname foo \endcsname|.
-% 
-%
-% The next command iterates over a~list of \CSs and stores each of
-% them. The \CS'es may be separated with commas but they don't have to.
-% \Define\StoreMacros
-
-\long\pdef\StoreMacros{\begingroup\makeatletter\Store@Macros}
-\long\def\Store@Macros#1{\endgroup
-  \gmu@setsetSMglobal
-  \let\gml@StoreCS\Store@Macro
-  \gml@storemacros#1.}
-% \label{InnerStore}
-
-\def\gmu@setsetSMglobal{%
-  \ifgmu@SMglobal
-    \let\gmu@setSMglobal\gmu@SMglobaltrue
-  \else
-    \let\gmu@setSMglobal\gmu@SMglobalfalse
-  \fi}
-
-% And the inner iterating macro:
-\long\def\gml@storemacros#1{%
-  \def\gmu@reserveda{\@nx#1}% My \TeX\ Guru's trick to deal with |\fi|
-  % and such, i.e., to hide |#1| from \TeX\ when it is processing a~test's
-  % branch without expanding.
-  \if\gmu@reserveda.% a~dot finishes storing.
-    \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse
-  \else
-    \if\gmu@reserveda,% The list this macro is put before may
-    % contain commas and that's O.K., we just continue the work.
-      \afterfifi\gml@storemacros
-    \else% what is else this shall be stored.
-      \gml@StoreCS{#1}% we use a~particular \CS to may |\let| it both to
-      % the storing macro as above and to the restoring one as
-      % \gmiflink[letRestore]{below}. 
-      \afterfifi{\gmu@setSMglobal\gml@storemacros}%
-    \fi
-  \fi}
-
-% And for the restoring
-%\Define\RestoreMacro
-%\changes{v0.61}{06/09/05}{added.}
-%\changes{v0.67}{06/10/11}{enriched with \cs{makeatletter}}
-\pdef\RestoreMacro{%
-  \begingroup\makeatletter\gm@ifstar\egRestore@MacroSt\egRestore@Macro}
-
-\long\def\egRestore@Macro#1{\endgroup\Restore@Macro{#1}}
-\long\def\egRestore@MacroSt#1{\endgroup\Restore@MacroSt{#1}}
-
-\long\def\Restore@Macro#1{%
-  \escapechar92
-  \gmu@ifstored#1{%
-    \ifgmu@SMglobal\afterfi\global\fi
-    \@xa\let\@xa#1\csname /gmu/store\string#1\endcsname
-    \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}%
-  {\unless\ifgmu@quiet
-      \PackageWarning{gmutils}{\@nx#1 is not stored, I do nothing with
-        it}%
-    \fi
-  }%
-}
-
-\long\def\gmu@ifstored#1#2#3{%
-  \gm@ifundefined{/gmu/store%
-    \if\relax\@nx#1\else\bslash\fi
-    \string#1}{#3}{#2}%
-}
-
-\long\pdef\gmu@storeifnotyet#1{%
-  \if\relax\@nx#1% we check if it's a~\CS
-  \gmu@ifstored{#1}{}{\StoreMacro#1}%
-  \fi}
-
-
-\long\def\Restore@MacroSt#1{%
-  \gm@ifundefined{/gmu/store\bslash#1}%
-  {\unless\ifgmu@quiet
-    \PackageWarning{gmutils}{\bslash#1 is not stored. I~do nothing}%
-    \fi}%
-  {\edef\gmu@smtempa{%
-      \ifgmu@SMglobal\global\fi
-      \@nx\let\@xa\@nx\csname#1\endcsname
-      \@xa\@nx\csname/gmu/store\bslash#1\endcsname}% cf. the commentary
-    % in line \ref{SMbslash}.
-    \gmu@smtempa}%
-  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}
-
-% \Define\RestoreMacros
-\long\pdef\RestoreMacros{\begingroup\makeatletter\Restore@Macros}
-
-\long\def\Restore@Macros#1{\endgroup
-  \gmu@setsetSMglobal
-  \let\gml@StoreCS\Restore@Macro% \gmhypertarget[letRestore]{we}
-  % direct the core \CS towards restoring and call the same iterating
-  % macro as in line \ref{InnerStore}.
-  \gml@storemacros#1.}
-% As you see, the |\RestoreMacros| command uses the same iterating
-% macro inside, it only changes the meaning of the core macro.
-
-% And to restore \emph{and} use immediately:
-%\changes{v0.67}{06/10/11}{enriched with \cs{makeatletter}}
-\def\StoredMacro{\begingroup\makeatletter\Stored@Macro}
-\long\def\Stored@Macro#1{\endgroup\Restore@Macro#1#1}
-
-% To be able to call a~stored \CS without restoring it.
-\def\storedcsname#1{%% \changes{v0.88}{2008/08/03}{added}
-  \csname /gmu/store\bslash#1\endcsname}
-
-
-% 2008/08/03 we need to store also an environment.
-\pdef\StoreEnvironment#1{% \label{StoreEnvironment}
-% \changes{v0.88}{2008/08/03}{added}
-  \StoreMacro*{#1}\StoreMacro*{end#1}}
-
-\pdef\RestoreEnvironment#1{%
-% \changes{v0.88}{2008/08/03}{added}
-  \RestoreMacro*{#1}\RestoreMacro*{end#1}}
-
-
-% It happened (see the definition of |\@docinclude| in \pk{gmdoc.sty})
-% that I~needed to |\relax| a~bunch of macros and restore them after
-% some time. Because the macros were rather numerous and I~wanted the
-% code more readable, I~wanted to |\do| them. After a~proper defining
-% of |\do| of course. So here is this proper definition of |\do|,
-% provided as a~macro (a~declaration).
-%
-% \Define\StoringAndRelaxingDo
-% \changes{v0.59}{06/09/04}{added for storing index-related macros in
-%   \pk{gmdoc}'s \cs{DocInclude}.}
-% \changes{v0.61}{06/09/05}{renamed from \cs{MacroStoringDo} and the
-% storing cs's prefix changed from \cs[]{@gml@srs}.}
-\def\StoringAndRelaxingDo{%
-  \gmu@SMdo@setscope
-  \long\def\do##1{%
-    \gmu@SMdo@scope
-    \@xa\let\csname /gmu/store\string##1\endcsname##1%
-    \gmu@SMdo@scope\let##1\relax}}
-
-\def\gmu@SMdo@setscope{%
-  \ifgmu@SMglobal\let\gmu@SMdo@scope\global
-  \else\let\gmu@SMdo@scope\relax
-  \fi
-  \global\gmu@SMglobalfalse}
-
-% And here is the counter-definition for restore.
-%
-% \Define\RestoringDo
-% \changes{v0.59}{06/09/04}{added for restoring index-related macros in
-%   \pk{gmdoc}'s \cs{DocInclude}.}
-% \changes{v0.61}{06/09/05}{renamed from \cs{MacroRestoringDo} and
-%   relaxing of the storing cs removed.}
-\long\def\RestoringDo{%
-  \gmu@SMdo@setscope
-  \long\def\do##1{%
-    \gmu@SMdo@scope
-    \@xa\let\@xa##1\csname /gmu/store\string##1\endcsname}}
-% Note that both |\StoringAndRelaxingDo| and |\RestoringDo| are
-% sensitive to the |\SMglobal| `prefix'.
-
-% And to store a~cs as explicitly named cs, i.e. to |\let| one csname
-% another (|\n@melet| not |\@namelet| because the latter is defined
-% in Till Tantau's \pk{beamer} class another way) (both arguments
-% should be text):
-\long\def\n@melet#1#2{%
-  \edef\gmu@nl@reserveda{%
-    \let\@xa\@nx\csname#1\endcsname
-    \@xa\@nx\csname#2\endcsname}%
-  \gmu@nl@reserveda}
-
-% The |\global| prefix doesn't work with |\n@melet| so we define the
-% alternative. 
-\long\def\gn@melet#1#2{%
-  \edef\gmu@nl@reserveda{%
-    \global\let\@xa\@nx\csname#1\endcsname
-    \@xa\@nx\csname#2\endcsname}%
-  \gmu@nl@reserveda}
-
-\long\pdef\envirlet#1#2{%
-  \n@melet{#1}{#2}%
-  \n@melet{end#1}{end#2}%
-}
-
-
-% ^^A \StoreMacro\ch@ck
-% ^^A % \label{store:ch@ck}
+%%
+%%
+%%     ^^A\typeout{\unexpanded{#4}}%%
 
 
- %\division{\cs{DeclareCommand} and \cmd\DeclareEnvironment}
- % The code of this section is based on the \pk{xparse}
- % package version 0.17 dated 1999/09/10, the version available in \TeX
- % Live 2007-13, in Ubuntu packages at least. Originally considered  a~stub `im Erwartung'
- % (Schönberg) for the \LaTeX 3 bundle, it evolved to quite a~nice
- % tool I~think.  
- % 
- % I~rewrote the ancient \pk{xparse}'s code to use the usual
- % catcodes (only with |@| a~letter) and not to use the \pk{ldcsetup}
- % package (which caused an error of
- % undefined \CS\ |\KV@def|).
- % Then I~added the |\protected| prefix to the first macro. And I~added
- % my concept of |S|/|T| arg.\ spec. And of |b| and |B| spec. And the
- % |Q| argument type. And made \cmd\DeclareEnvironment\ makes the
- % arguments passed also to the end macro.
-%
-%   After a~short deliberation I~rename the command to
-%  \cs{DeclareCommand} which is much shorter than original
-%  \cs{DeclareDocumentCommand} and more adequate at least
-%  in my case: I~don't only use this powerful declaration for
-%  ‘document’ commands.
-%
-% ^^A % After exchange of some mails with Morten H\o{}gholm and trying
-% ^^A % \pk{xparse} of 2008/08/03 svn 748 (which beautifully spoils the
-% ^^A % catcodes)  I~wrap the
-% ^^A % ancient code in a~conditional to avoid name collision if someone
-% ^^A % loads \pk{xparse} before \pk{gmutils}
-%
-% In the args specification you can use:
-% \begin{itemize}
-% \item [\texttt{m}] for mandatory argument (braced or not),
-% \item [\env{O\arg{default}}] for optional argument (in square
-% brackets) with default value \<default> (which is passed as |#|\<n>
-% if the argument is missing),
-% \item [\texttt{o}] equivalent of |O{\NoValue}|:  optional argument
-% (in square brackets) lack of which makes  the \cs{NoValue} macro
-% passed as |#|\<n>. You can check it with 
-% \possfil  |\If›[No›]Value›(T⁄|F⁄|TF›){\#⁄<n>}|,
-% \item [\texttt{s}] for optional star (if star is present, it becomes
-% respective |#|\<n>, or else |\NoValue| is at the |#|\<n> (unlike in \pk{xparse}!).
-% \item [\texttt{S}\arg{list}{default}] for a~Single token, checks whether on the
-% respective position there's an unbraced token one of \<list> and
-% returns it on |#|\<n>  if present or \arg{default} if absent. The
-% \arg{default} is a braced optional. If absent, |\NoValue| is the default.
-% ^^A Then that
-% ^^A % token can become |#|\<$n+1$>.
-% \item [\texttt{T}] as ‘Token’, just an alias for |S|.
-%
-% Like in \pk{xparse}, |s| is a~shorthand for |S{*}|, but
-% \emph{unlike} in \pk{xparse}, in the parsed arguments you get |*| or
-% |\NoValue| as |#|\<n>. You can now declare
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareCommand\mimbla{S{+-}m}{%
-% \leavevmode
-% \ifx#1+\raise\fi
-% \ifx#1-\lower\fi
-% \ifx#1\NoValue\@tempdima=\fi
-% 7pt \hbox{#2}%
-% }
-%\end{verbatim}
-% and after |\mimbla+{raised} \mimbla-{lowered} \mimbla {untouched}|
-% get:\par
-% \fooatletter{\DeclareCommand\mimbla{S{+-}m}{\leavevmode\ifx#1+\raise\fi\ifx#1-\lower\fi\ifx#1\NoValue\@tempdima=\fi7pt\hbox{#2}}\mimbla+{raised}}
-%\mimbla-{lowered} \mimbla {untouched} 
-%
-% This example is rather silly but shows that you spend only one |#|
-% for two symbols while in \pk{xparse} you would spend two. What if
-% you wanted 10 options for the optional symbol? Here it's no
-% problem. And with any number $k$ of tokens on the list the next |#| is
-% always $n+1$ not $n+k+1$.
-%
-% \item [\texttt{Q}\arg{list}] as ‘se\textbf Quence’, a~sequence of
-% symbols from \<list>; for the fundamental usage see line
-% \ref{Q-type}. More clearly, an argument specified with
-% |Q|\arg{tokens} is a~word over the alphabet
-% \<tokens>${}\cup{\tt\visiblespace}$ where {\tt\visiblespace}
-% is ignored and shall not be passed in the respective \hash{\<n>}.
-%
-% \item [\texttt{c}] for an optional argument in
-% parentheses. Historically it comes from a ‘coordinate’ argument and
-% may serve as such: if you declare \TextUsage\DCcoordinate, then
-% its catcher will be redefined to check for presence of a comma and pass
-% the argument as |{|\arg{before comma}{after comma}|}| if comma
-% present. |\NoValue| is passed if absent. By default
-% \TextUsage\DCnocoordinate\ is executed that defines the |c| type
-% argument as just an optional in parentheses.
-%
-% \item [\texttt C\arg{default}] as |c|, with default value.
-%
-% \item [\texttt b] for for an \emph{optional} argument in curly
-% braces. That's strange for anyone acquainted with \LaTeX\ and
-% contrary to its basic convention, but practised by Til Tantau in the
-% \pk{beamer} class. If missing, |\NoValue| is passed as |#|\<n> and
-% therefore all the tests |If›[No›]Value›(T⁄|F⁄|TF›)| apply.
-%
-% \item [\texttt B\arg{default}] for a~braced \emph{optional} argument with
-% the default value \<default>.
-%
-% \item [\texttt K\arg{\#-string}\metachar{[}\arg{replacement}\metachar{]}]
-%   for a~\emph{mandatory} \textbf Knuthian delimited or undelimited macro
-%   parameters. This concept comes from Stephen Hicks' suggestion at
-%   Bacho\TeX\ 2009 of implementing arguments delimited with
-%   |#{|. ^^A}
-%   So, in the mandatory first argument to |K| you give
-%   an arbitrary parameters string as described in Chapter 20 of
-%   \TB. If you don't provide the replacement, only |#1| of those
-%   parameters will be passed to the core macro of your command as
-%   |#|\<n>. In both arguments you use single |#| char.
-%
-% \item [\texttt G\arg{pair of tokens}\metachar{[}{default value}\metachar{]}] a \textbf General
-% catcher of an optional. For instance, to declare an optional in
-% angles (used e.g.\ in Till Tantau's \pk{beamer}), declare
-% |G{<>}|. Again, if second argument is absent, |\NoValue| is assumed.
-% \item[\texttt{A}] (for ‘angles’) a~shorthand for |G{<>}| (accepts
-% the second braced as the default value).
-%
-% \item [\texttt{\string\afterassignment}\arg{register}] a
-% pseudo-argument that in fact \emph{interrupts} parsing arguments to
-% let an assignment to \<register>. The default \<register> is |\@tempcnta|. For
-% example, 
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \DeclareCommand\llf{\afterassignment}
-% {{\lastlinefit\@tempcnta\par}}
-%\end{verbatim}
-% defines |\llf| to be a command that expects a value for a numerical
-% assignment, assigns it to  (|\@tempcnta| and then to) the |\lastlinefit|
-% special register and executes |\par| with that setting inside a
-% group.
-%
-% Actually, \<register> may be empty |{}| and then each
-% time our command is used the left side of the assignment has to
-% be given explicitly and may even be different each time.
-%
-% Doesn't add anything to the arguments' list.
-%
-% \emph{This pseudo-argument type should be considered experimental.}
-%
-% \end{itemize}
-% 
-%
-% \stanza
-% 
-% Note that you could limit acceptable values of a~mandatory or an
-% optional-in-brackets argument
-% to a~list inside definition of the command, using |\IfAmong›…\among…|
-% defined in line \ref{IfAmong}.
-%
-% The |S|/|T|, |s| and |Q| arguments are always `long', they allow
-% |\par| as their value that is. They have to be unbraced to be parsed so
-% there's no danger of “runaway argument”.
-%
-% By default, \TextMarginize*{\long!lL} all the |c|, |C|,  |o|, |O|, |m|, |b| and
-% |B| are ‘short’, they don't allow |\par| in them that
-% is. Note however that |\par| is allowed in the default values. If
-% you wish to allow |\par| for all the arguments, you can say
-% |\DeclareCommand\mycommand!|… — the optional |!| makes all
-% the arguments ‘long’. Instead of |!| you can use |L| or |l| for
-% ‘long’ or just |\long| itself.
-%
-% In the arguments specification string you can write |>›[{›]⁄<prefix>›[}›]|
-% to make subsequent argument ‘long’ or ignored:
-%
-% Any of  \TextUsage*{Pp!lL\long\par} to make a particular argument ‘long’,
-% allowing |\par| in it that is, and/or any of \TextUsage*{iI} to make the
-% argument ignored (just gobbled).
-%
-% (Note that also the |c| and |C| arguments may be made ‘long’. That's
-% because I use them not as coordinates but as just another kind of
-% optional argument.
-%
-% The concept of ignored arguments came to my head when I was
-% declaring a command with three braced optionals and put optional
-% stars only to distinguish the braced optionals.
-%
-%  For example, after
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \DeclareCommand\GLBTQKi{%
-%    G{&&}{\#1 default}
-%    >LB{\#2 default}
-%    >iT{*\ht}
-%    Q{0123456789}{0}
-%    K{#1\par#2\par}{{\text{#1}\over\text{#2}}}
-% \end{verbatim}
-% and you get |\GLBTQKi|  4-argument with:
-% \begin{enumargs}
-%   \dc G{&&} optional short in a pair of |&|  with  |\NoValue| as the default,
-%   \dc >LB  optional long in curly braces,
-%   \dc >iT{*\ht} star or |\ht| control sequence,
-%   \dc Q{0123456789}{0} optional sequence of decimal digits with
-%   default 0,
-%   \dc K{#1\par#2\par}{{\text{#1}\over\text{#2}}} mandatory sequence
-%   of two arguments both delimited with |\par|, that will be passed
-%   the inner macro as |{\text{#1}\over\text{#2}}|.
-% \end{enumargs}
-%
-% \stanza The arguments  may be tested inside the command with
-% \TextUsage\IfLong|{#⁄<n>}|\arg{what if long}{what if short}. The
-% test looks for |\par| at any level of nesting (|{\par}|---|\par| in
-% braces will not hide) since it  |\detokenize|s
-% its argument.
-%
-% ^^A % \stanza
-% ^^A %
-% ^^A % There's an  idea that came to my mind but I~did not
-% ^^A % implement it: 
-% ^^A % \begin{itemize}
-% ^^A % \item [\texttt{>B}] spec prefix for
-% ^^A %   mandatory argument to check whether that argument is braced. 
-% ^^A % \end{itemize}
-% ^^A % The |B| and |b| argument types partially fulfil it.
-%
-% \stanza If you wish \TextMarginize*{\global\outer} to define your
-% command |\global|ly, you can specify
-% |\DeclareCommand\mycommand\global|. If you wish to forbid usage of
-% your command in arguments of macros, add the |\outer| prefix. As
-% with original \TeX's |\def| and like, the prefixes are allowed in
-% any order and in any number only here they come between the
-% command's name and the arguments specification. You can also add
-% |\long|, as we mentioned above, and, for the symmetry, also
-% |\protected|, although the latter is \emph{always} added since the
-% command is not expandable.
-%
-% \stanza Handling of white spaces with optionals seems to me too
-% complicated compared to the estimated weight of the problem and
-% I~haven't faced it so far so I~don't provide anything. But!---but
-% there are some commands that should be invisible in the typeset
-% text, such as indexing commands and font declarations. For those
-% there is a~working \LaTeX\ mechanism of |\@bsphack|---|\@esphack|
-% and to use it I~provide yet another ‘prefix’:
-% if you type \TextMarginize*{iIwW\sphack} |W| or
-% |w| (for ‘white’) or |I| or |i| (for ‘invisible’) or, if you prefer
-% a~prefix-like, |\sphack|\qfootnote{I~don't define the \cmd\sphack\
-%   control sequence and don't assume it's defined. I~use it only
-%   as a~marker and my use of it doesn't create an entry in the
-%   hash table.}
-% between the \CS to be defined and arguments 
-% spec, |\@bsphack| and |\@esphack| will be
-% added in proper places.
-%
-% \stanza The original inner macros of the ancient \pk{xparse} had
-% names like |\@dc@o| etc. According to my \TeX\ Guru's advice
-% I~changed them to |\ArgumentCatcher@|\<letter(s)> to make the error
-% messages less confusing. Well, I~don't know if they are but
-% \possfil|\ArgumentCatcher@PO| looks better than |\@dc@PO| doesn't it?
-%
-% Talking of messages, there's a~Boolean switch
-% \TextUsage\IfDCMessages. Its default setting is
-% \TextUsage\DCMessagesfalse\ but if you set
-% \TextUsage\DCMessagestrue, every |\command| created with my
-% |\DeclareCommand| will issue a~message “Parsing arguments
-% for |\command|” at the beginning of its execution.
-%
-% If you are positive \TextMarginize{.qQ} that no such message will
-% ever be useful, you can suppress the very placing of it in the
-% command's definition with an optional argument to
-% \cs{Dec\-la\-re\-comm\-and} with all other ‘prefixes’, |.| or |q|
-% or |Q| for ‘quiet’.
-% 
-% \stanza
-% To sum up, |\DeclareCommand| takes the following arguments:
-% \begin{enumargs}
-%   \dc >Pm the command to be defined (can be even |\par| if you
-%   really wish),
-%
-% \dc Q{\long\global\outer\protected!lL.qQiIwW\sphack} optional
-% \eTeX's prefix\:(es) and/or symbols for making all the arguments
-% long (|!|, |l| or |L|) and/or to suppress placing of the diagnostic
-% message in the definition (|.|, |q|, |Q|) and/or for placing
-% |\@sphack|---|\@esphack|  (|i|, |I|, |w|, |W|, |\sphack|),
-%
-%   \dc >Pm the arguments
-%   specification (can contain |\par| as you see), 
-%
-%   \dc >Pm the definition body. You refer to the arguments with
-%   |#|\<n> and can test their presence and absence with
-%   |\If›[No›]Value›(T⁄|F⁄|TF›){#⁄<n>}| and if the argument was specified
-%   with the |>P| prefix (allows |\par| in itself), you can test it
-%   with |\IfLong{#⁄<n>}|\arg{if long}{if short}. You are also
-%   provided the |\IfAmong›…\among| and |\IfIntersect| tests defined
-%   earlier in this package to process the arguments, especially of
-%   the |S|/|T| and |Q| type.
-%   
-% \end{enumargs}
-% 
-%\stanza
-% There is also the \TextUsage\DeclareEnvironment\ command to
-% define environments with sophisticated optionals. It takes the
-% arguments analogous to those of |\DeclareCommand|. 
-%
-% The |iIwW\sphack| specifier however acts  different: it doesn't add
-% |\@bsphack| nor |\@esphack| but only |\@ignoretrue|  to the
-% end macro so the spaces following |\end{myenvir}| will be
-% ignored. (I~tried the space hack but it's problematic (“bad space
-% factor” error) if an environment begins in the vertical mode and
-% ends in horizontal.
-% 
-% \stanza
-% So the arguments to
-% \cs{Decl\-are\-Env\-iron\-ment} are:
-% \begin{enumargs}
-%
-%   \dc Pm the environment's name; you may wonder why it allows
-%   \cmd\par; it's to allow environments like
-%   \inverb|\string\par|---I~met such an environment once.
-%
-%   \dc Q{\long\outer\global\protected!lL.qQiIwW\sphack} to prefix
-%   \possfil the
-%   command (note that |\outer| prefix will actually not work  since
-%   the command is called with |\csname|), make all the
-%   arguments ‘long’ (|\long|, |!|, |l| or |L|), not to place the message
-%   issuer in the command (|.|, |q|, |Q|) or  to make the
-%   environment ignores spaces following its end (|iIwW\sphack|).
-%   
-%   \dc Pm the arguments specification (both for the begin and for the
-%   end macros)
-%   
-%   \dc Pm the begin definition,
-%   
-%   \dc Pm the end definition; it can use the same parameters
-%   (\hash{\<n>}'s) as the begin definition. Note however that there
-%   is only one
-%    specification of the arguments and both begin and end have to have 9
-%   parameters in total at most.
-%
-% \end{enumargs}
-% 
-% 
- 
-\unless\ifdefined\@temptokenb
-\newtoks\@temptokenb
+\unless\ifdefined\Name
+  \def\Name#1#2{\expandafter#1\csname#2\endcsname}
 \fi
 
-\newif\if@dc@alllong@ % for an option of all arguments long.
-\newif\if@dc@quiet@ % for suppressing the message of using  of
-% declared command. 
-
-\newif\IfDCMessages % a~global switch to suppress the message about
-% parsing. 
-
-
-\def\@dc@long@yes{P}
-
-\newtoks\@dc@arguments
-
-\newcount\@dc@catchernum
-\newcount\@dc@argnum
-
-\newif\if@dc@ignore
-
-
-% \UnPdef
-\long\pdef\DeclareCommand#1#2#3{% ^^B It's the draft version just
-  % ^^B~to declare the true one, which is  defined in line \ref{DC:final}.
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  % \item command to be defined,
-  % \item arguments specification,
-  % \item definition body.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % \chgs[\DeclareCommand]{2008/12/05 v0.98 added the \env{S}/\env{T} spec parsing, the
-  %   \env{s} spec parsing rewritten to be a~shorthand for
-  %   \env{S\{*\}}, unused code removed}
-  %
-  \@dc@catchernum\z@
-  \@dc@argnum\z@
-  \toks@{}% in this register we will store  the created sequence of
-  % argument catchers. 
-  % ^^A Later, in the working declared command,
-  % ^^A   % \incs{toks@} bears \inverb|{#1}{#2}{#3}…|.
-  \@temptokena\toks@ % in this register we will store the sequence of \inverb|#1#2…|.
-  \@temptokenb\toks@ % in this register we will store the sequences of
-  % \inverb|m|'s. 
-  % ^^A   \@temptokenc\toks@ % this register will bear the sequence of tests
-  % ^^A   % for `longness' of arguments.
-  \emptify\@dc@long@
-  \@dc@ignorefalse
-  \@dc#2X% |X| is the sentinel of parsing.
-  \protected\edef#1{%
-    \@nx\@dc@    {\the\toks@}%
-    \@xa\@nx\csname\string#1\endcsname 
-    \@nx #1%
-  }%
-  \edef\gmu@reserveda{%
-    \long\def\@xa\@nx\csname\string#1\endcsname
-    \the\@temptokena{%
-      % ^^A       \the\@temptokenc
-      \unexpanded{#3}}}%
-  \gmu@reserveda}% of the ‘draft’ |\DeclareCommand|.
-
-
-\long\def\@dc@
-  #1%  the argument catchers in a~pair of braces (their arguments
-  %   may contain \incmd\par\ so the macro is long).
-  #2% |\\thecommand|
-  #3% |\thecommand|
-  {% 
-  \ifx\protect\@typeset@protect
-    \@xa\@firstofone
-  \else
-    \protect#3\@xa\@gobble
-  \fi
-  {\@dc@arguments{#2}#1\the\@dc@arguments}}
-
-
-\def\@dc#1{% The main parsing macro.
-  \ifx#1X% if we meet the sentinel we stop. Note there may be some
-  % \inverb|m|'s in \incs{@temptokenb} and we might not to care about
-  % them since
-  % they denote mandatory arguments and as such they will
-  % be grabbed by \nlperc|\\⁄<declared command>|. However, if any of them
-  % contains \incs{par} (while it shouldn't), then it wouldn't be
-  % noticed since \inverb|\\⁄<declared command>| is always
-  % long. Therefore:
-    \@dc@add@ms
-  \else
-    \ifx#1>%
-      \let\next@dc\grab@prefix
-    \else % not |X| neither |>|
-      \if@dc@alllong@\let\@dc@long@\@dc@long@yes\fi
-      \ifx#1\afterassignment\@dc@ignoretrue\fi % if we parse the
-      % assigned pseudo-argument, we don't want to add anything to the
-      % % arguments' toks register so we apply general mechanism of
-      % % ignoring an argument.
-      \ifx#1\gobblespace\@dc@ignoretrue\fi % again, as above for
-      % ignoring spaces.
-      \ifnum \ifx#1m0\else1\fi \ifx\@dc@long@\@empty 0\else 2\fi
-          \if@dc@ignore 1\else0\fi = 0 % we check
-      % whether \inverb|#1| is \inverb|m| and not prefixed.
-        \addto@hook\@temptokenb m% as you see, \incs{@temptokenb} serves as
-        % a~storage of |m|'s.
-      \else % (not |m|) or prefixed
-        \@dc@add@ms
-        \if@dc@ignore\addtotoks\toks@{\@dc@ignorearg}\fi
-        \@xa\addtotoks\@xa\toks@\@xa{%
-          \csname ArgumentCatcher@\@dc@long@\detokenize{#1}\endcsname}% the argument catcher's name
-        % is  \inverb|\ArgumentCatcher@›[P›]⁄<arg. type>|.
-        \@temptokenb{}%
-      \fi% of |\if| short |m| or not
-      \advance\@dc@catchernum\@ne
-      \unless\if@dc@ignore
-        \advance\@dc@argnum\@ne
-        \@temptokena\@xa{%
-          \the\@xa\@temptokena\@xa##\the\@dc@argnum}%
-      \else
-        \@dc@ignorefalse
-      \fi
-      \IfAmong#1\among{ABCO}%
-      {\let\next@dc\grab@default}%
-      {\IfAmong#1\among{GQST}%
-        {\let\next@dc\grab@defaults}% G, Q, S and T have second argument,
-        % braced optional, which is the default value (|\NoValue| by default).
-        {\gmu@if  x {K#1}%
-          {\let\next@dc\@dc@define@K}%
-          {\gmu@if x {\afterassignment#1}%
-            {\let\next@dc\dc@grab@afterass}%
-            {\let\next@dc\@dc}%
-          }%
-        }%
-      }%
-      \unless\ifx\next@dc\@dc@define@K
-        \emptify\@dc@long@
-      \fi
-  \fi % of |\if#1>|.
-    \@xa\next@dc
-  \fi
-}%
-
-\def\@dc@add@ms{%
-  \@xa\@ifempty\@xa{\the\@temptokenb}%
-  {}%
-  {\toks@\@xa{%
-      \the\@xa\toks@
-      \csname ArgumentCatcher@\the\@temptokenb\endcsname}}}
-
-
-\long\def\grab@default#1{% the default value or the list of tokens for
-  % \inenv{S} may contain \incs{par} (why not?), that's why we make
-  % this macro \incs{long}. 
-  \toks@\@xa{\the\toks@{#1}}%
-  \let\next@dc\@dc
-  \@dc
-}
-
-\long\def\grab@defaults#1{% default (when default is absent)
-  \toks@\@xa{\the\toks@{#1}}%
-  \@ifnextchar\bgroup
-  {\grab@default}%
-  {\grab@default{\NoValue}}%
-}
-
-\def\dc@grab@afterass{%
-  \@ifnextchar\bgroup
-  {\grab@default}%
-  {\grab@default{\@tempcnta}}%
-}
-
-
-\long\def\@dc@addargum{%
-  \addtotoks\@dc@arguments}
-
-\StoreMacro\@dc@addargum
-
-\pdef\@dc@ignorearg{%
-  \long\def\@dc@addargum##1{%
-    \RestoreMacro\@dc@addargum}}
-
-% Parsing of Knuthian parameters string is easier to implement with
-% full-feature |\DeclareCommand| so we postpone it till line \ref{K@parse}
-
-
-\def\grab@prefix#1{% 
-  \IfIntersect{#1}{\long!lL\par Pp}%
-  {\def\@dc@long@{P}}{}%
-  \IfIntersect{#1}{Ii}%
-  {\@dc@ignoretrue}{}%
-  \@dc
-}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@o#1\@dc@arguments{% parsing of an optional with no default
-  \@ifnextchar[%^^A]
-  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#1}\ArgumentCatcher@o@}%\
-  % the last macro has to be short so
-  % we can't give it all the arguments' catchers since some default may 
-  % contain \incs{par}. Therefore we hide all the argument catchers in
-  % \incs{@dc@parse@next}. 
-  {\@dc@addargum\NoValue#1\@dc@arguments}}
-
-\def\ArgumentCatcher@o@[#1]{%
-  \@dc@addargum{{#1}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Po#1\@dc@arguments{% parsing of an optional with no default.
-  \@ifnextchar[%^^A]
-  {\ArgumentCatcher@Po@{#1}}%
-  {\@dc@addargum\NoValue#1\@dc@arguments}}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Po@#1[#2]{%
-  \@dc@addargum{{#2}}#1\@dc@arguments}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@O#1#2\@dc@arguments{% parsing of optional with default value.\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  %   \mand  the default value,
-  %   \mand  the tail of args parser.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % 
-  \@ifnextchar[%^^A]
-  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@o@}% note that even when an
-  % optional is short, its default  may contain \incs{par}.
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}
-
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PO#1#2\@dc@arguments{% parsing of optional with default value.\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  %   \mand  the default value,
-  %   \mand  the tail of args parser.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % 
-  \@ifnextchar[%^^A]
-  {\ArgumentCatcher@Po@#2}% note that even when an
-  % optional is short, its default  may contain \incs{par}.
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}
-
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@b#1\@dc@arguments{% parsing of an optional braced short argument.
-  \@ifnextcat\bgroup
-  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#1}\ArgumentCatcher@m@}%\
-  % the last macro has to be short so
-  % we can't give it all the arguments' parsers since some default may 
-  % contain \incs{par}. Therefore we hide all the argument catchers in \incs{@dc@parse@next}.
-  {\@dc@addargum\NoValue#1\@dc@arguments}}
-
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pb#1\@dc@arguments{% parsing of a~braced and
-  % long optional with \incmd\NoValue\ default.
-  \@ifnextcat\bgroup
-  {\ArgumentCatcher@Pm#1\@dc@arguments}%
-  {\@dc@addargum\NoValue#1\@dc@arguments}%
-}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@B#1#2\@dc@arguments{% parsing of a~braced optional with default value.\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  %   \mand  the default value,
-  %   \mand  the tail of args catchers.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % 
-  \@ifnextcat\bgroup
-  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@m@}% note that even when an
-  % optional is short, its default  may contain \incs{par}.
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PB#1#2\@dc@arguments{% parsing of a~braced
-                                % and long  optional with default value.\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  %   \mand  the default value,
-  %   \mand  the tail of args catchers.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % 
-  \@ifnextcat\bgroup
-  {\ArgumentCatcher@Pm#2\@dc@arguments}% 
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}
-
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@S@% parsing of a~Single continued:
-#1%  the list to search |#4| on,
-#2% the default value,
-#3% the tail of args parsers,
-#4% the token we search in |#1|  (it's an unbraced
-% single token as we checked in line \ref{dc@S:bgroup}).
-{%
-  \IfAmong#4\among{#1}%
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#4}}#3\@dc@arguments}%
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#2}}#3\@dc@arguments#4}%
-}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@S % parsing of a~\textbf Single\
-  % token. It's always long since we look for a~single unbraced token\
-  % so there is no danger of “runaway argument”.
-#1% the list we search optional token on,
-#2% the default value,
-#3%  the tail  of args parser.
-\@dc@arguments{%
-  \@ifnextsingle
-  % \label{dc@S:bgroup}
-  {\ArgumentCatcher@S@{#1}{#2}{#3}}%
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#2}}#3\@dc@arguments}% if we parse an
-  % opening or closing brace, then we are sure it's not any expected
-  % Single.
-}
-  
-
-\let\ArgumentCatcher@PS\ArgumentCatcher@S % as above: we always act `long' with single tokens.
-\let\ArgumentCatcher@T\ArgumentCatcher@S % we allow |T| (for Token) as
-% an alias of |S|.
-
-
-\edef\ArgumentCatcher@s{%
-  \@nx\ArgumentCatcher@S{\@xa\@nx\all@stars}{\@nx\NoValue}}% the |s| arg spec is
-% a~shorthand for \inverb|S{*}|. Except the star may be of any
-% category from $\{11,12,13\}$.
-\let\ArgumentCatcher@Ps\ArgumentCatcher@s
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Q% parsing of a~se\textbf Quence\
-            % of tokens from the list. It's always long since we look for  unbraced tokens\
-            % so there is no danger of “runaway argument”.
-#1%  the list we search optional tokens on,
-#2%  the default value,
-#3%   the tail  of args parser.
-\@dc@arguments % delimiter
-{% 
-  \def\@dc@parse@next{#3}%
-  \emptify\@dc@seQuence
-  \ArgumentCatcher@Q@{#1}{#2}}
-
-% \Define\ArgumentCatcher@PQ
-\let\ArgumentCatcher@PQ\ArgumentCatcher@Q
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Q@#1#2{% list, default
-  % ^^A   \typeout{@@@@ AC@Q@, toks@: \the\@dc@arguments}%
-  \@ifnextsingle
-  {\ArgumentCatcher@Q@@{#1}{#2}}%
-  {\@dc@seQuence@finish{#2}}%
-}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Q@@#1#2#3{% list, default, token to be checked\\
-  % we only launch this macro when not
-  % before opening curly brace. \inverb|#1| is the list of acceptable
-  % values, \inverb|#2| the default value, \inverb|#3| is the token to
-  % be sought on the list. 
-  \IfAmong #3\among{#1}%
-  {\addtomacro\@dc@seQuence#3%
-    \ArgumentCatcher@Q@{#1}{#2}}%
-  {\@dc@seQuence@finish{#2}#3}%
-}
-
-\long\def\@dc@seQuence@finish#1{%
-  % ^^A   \typeout{@@@@ l.\the\inputlineno\space \@xa\unexpanded\@xa{\@dc@seQuence}}%
-  \ifx\@dc@seQuence\@empty\def\@dc@seQuence{#1}\fi
-  \@xa\@dc@addargum\@xa{\@xa{\@dc@seQuence}}%
-  % ^^A   \typeout{@@@@ finish, toks@: \the\@dc@arguments}%
-  \@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments }
-
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@c#1\@dc@arguments{%
-  \@ifnextchar(%^^A)
-  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#1}\ArgumentCatcher@c@}%
-  {%
-    % ^^A     \PackageError{gmutils/gmparse}{Missing coordinate argument}%
-    % ^^A     {A value of (0,0) is assumed}%
-    \@dc@addargum{{\NoValue}}#1\@dc@arguments}%
-}
-
-\def\DCcoordinate{%
-  \def\ArgumentCatcher@c@(##1){%
-    \IfAmong,\among{##1}%
-    {\@xa\@dc@addargum\@dc@commasep##1\@dc@commasep}%
-    {\@dc@addargum{{##1}}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}%
-  % \stanza
-  \def\@dc@commasep##1,##2\@dc@commasep{{{{##1}{##2}}}}%
-  % \stanza
-  \long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pc@(##1){%
-  \IfAmong,\among{##1}%
-  {\@xa\@dc@addargum\@dc@commasep##1\@dc@commasep}%
-  {\@dc@addargum{{##1}}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}%
-}
-
-\def\DCnocoordinate{%
-  \def\ArgumentCatcher@c@(##1){%
-    \@dc@addargum{{##1}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}%
-  % \stanza
-  \long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pc@(##1){%
-    \@dc@addargum{{##1}}\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}%
-}
-
-\DCnocoordinate
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@C#1#2\@dc@arguments{%
-  \@ifnextchar(%^^A)
-  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@c@}%
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}
-
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pc#1\@dc@arguments{%
-  \@ifnextchar(%^^A)
-  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#1}\ArgumentCatcher@Pc@}%
-  {\@dc@addargum{{\NoValue}}#1\@dc@arguments}%
-}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PC#1#2\@dc@arguments{%
-  \@ifnextchar(%^^A)
-  {\def\@dc@parse@next{#2}\ArgumentCatcher@Pc@}%
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#1}}#2\@dc@arguments}}
-
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pm#1\@dc@arguments#2{%
-  \@dc@addargum{{#2}}#1\@dc@arguments}
-
-\def\gmu@hashes#1#2{% this is a~fully expandable loop analogous to
-  % that of The  % \eTeX\ Manual p.~9.
-  \ifnum#1<#2%
-  ####\number#1
-  \expandafter\gmu@hashes
-  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
-  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
-  \fi}% of |\gmu@hashes|.
-
-\def\gmu@hashesbraced#1#2{%
-  \ifnum#1<#2%
-  {####\number#1}%
-  \expandafter\gmu@hashesbraced
-  \expandafter{\number\numexpr#1+1\expandafter}%
-  \expandafter{\number#2\expandafter}%
-  \fi}% of |\gmu@hashesbraced|.
-
-\@tempcnta=1
-\@whilenum\@tempcnta<9\do{%
-  \edef\gmu@ms{\romannumeral\numexpr\@tempcnta*1000 }%
-  % 
-  % ^^A   \typeout{@@@@ gmutils.sty: defining \bslash
-  %   ^^A     ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms}% 
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-    \long\def\@xa\@nx\csname
-       ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms
-    \endcsname 
-    ##1\@nx\@dc@arguments{\def\@nx\@dc@parse@next{##1}%
-      \@xa\@nx\csname
-        ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms @%
-      \endcsname}%
-    % 
-    \def\@xa\@nx\csname
-    ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms @%
-    \endcsname
-    \gmu@hashes1{\numexpr\@tempcnta+1}%
-    {\@nx\@dc@addargum{%
-        \gmu@hashesbraced1{\numexpr\@tempcnta+1}}%
-      \@nx\@dc@parse@next\@nx\@dc@arguments
-    }% of \incs{ArgumentCatcher@\<m's>@}.
-  }% of |\edef|.
-  \gmu@tempa
-  \advance\@tempcnta1\relax
-}% of the loop.
-
-% The loop above defines 8 pairs of macros as we see thanks to the
-% code below:
-\if 1 1
-\@tempcnta\@ne
-\@whilenum\@tempcnta<9\do{%
-  \edef\gmu@ms{\romannumeral\numexpr\@tempcnta*1000}%
-  \typeout{\bslash  ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms:%
-    ^^J\@xa\meaning\csname ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms\endcsname}%
-  \typeout{\bslash  ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms @:%
-    ^^J\@xa\meaning\csname ArgumentCatcher@\gmu@ms @\endcsname}%
-  \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
-}
+\unless\ifcsname ifgmu@quiet\endcsname
+\Name\newif {ifgmu@quiet}% % it has to be at least (at highest) in
 \fi
-% The code above produces on the terminal:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-% \ArgumentCatcher@m:
-% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@m@ 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@m@:
-% macro:#1->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}}\@dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mm:
-% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mm@ 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mm@:
-% macro:#1#2->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}}\@dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmm:
-% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmm@ 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmm@:
-% macro:#1#2#3->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}}\@dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmm:
-% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmmm@ 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmm@:
-% macro:#1#2#3#4->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}\@dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmm:
-% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmmmm@ 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmm@:
-% macro:#1#2#3#4#5->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}\@dc@parse@next \to
-% ks@ 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmm:
-% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmm@ 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmm@:
-% macro:#1#2#3#4#5#6->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}\@dc@parse@ne
-% xt \@dc@arguments 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmm:
-% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmm@ 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmm@:
-% macro:#1#2#3#4#5#6#7->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}}\@dc@pa
-% rse@next \@dc@arguments 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmmm:
-% macro:#1\@dc@arguments ->\def \@dc@parse@next {#1}\ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmmm@ 
-% \ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmmm@:
-% macro:#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8->\addto@hook \@dc@arguments {{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}}\@
-% dc@parse@next \@dc@arguments 
-%\end{verbatim}
- 
-
-\def\ArgumentCatcher@mmmmmmmmm\the\@dc@arguments
-#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{% yes, it has to be
-  % delimited (well, actually: started) by \inverb|\the\@dc@arguments| not
-  % only \incs{@dc@arguments}. And it doesn't need to be long and launch inner
-  % short macro because there's nothing more to catch.
-  \@dc@addargum{%
-    {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{#8}{#9}}\the\@dc@arguments}
 
+\RequirePackage{xkeyval}
 
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pm#1\@dc@arguments#2{% catcher of a~long mandatory.
-  \@dc@addargum{{#2}}#1\@dc@arguments}
+\RequirePackage{gmbase}
 
 
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@K %  a~Knuthian delimited or undelimited
-% arguments parsed and passed to the command's body in a~digest
-% (Knuthian replacement)
-#1% the particular Knuthian macro
-#2%   the tail of args parser.
-\@dc@arguments % tail delimiter
-{\def\@dc@parse@next{#2}#1}
-
-\let\ArgumentCatcher@PK\ArgumentCatcher@K
-
-\long\def\gmu@twostring#1#2{\string#1\string#2}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@G % general catcher
-#1% left and right delimiter
-#2% default value
-#3% the tail of args parser.
-\@dc@arguments % tail delimiter
-{%
-  \edef\@dc@Gname{ArgumentCatcher@G\gmu@twostring#1}%
-  \unless\ifcsname \@dc@Gname \endcsname
-    \@xa\def\csname \@dc@Gname\@xa\endcsname
-    \@dc@Gparams#1{\@dc@addargum{{##2}}##1\@dc@arguments}%
-  \fi
-  \@xa\@ifnextchar\@firstoftwo#1%
-  {\def\dc@parse@next{#3}% we hide possible |\par|s.
-    \csname\@dc@Gname\endcsname\dc@parse@next}%
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#2}}#3\@dc@arguments}%
+\DeclareOptionX{quiet}{\gmu@quiettrue
+  \PassOptionsToPackage{quiet}{gmtypos}%
 }
 
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PG % general catcher
-#1% left and right delimiter
-#2% default value
-#3% the tail of args parser.
-\@dc@arguments % tail delimiter
+\def\gmu@PackOptionX
+#1% name of a package with or without leading “gm”.
 {%
-  \edef\@dc@Gname{ArgumentCatcher@PG\gmu@twostring#1}%
-  \unless\ifcsname \@dc@Gname \endcsname
-    \long\@xa\def\csname \@dc@Gname\@xa\endcsname
-    \@dc@Gparams#1{\@dc@addargum{{##2}}##1\@dc@arguments}%
-  \fi
-  \@xa\@ifnextchar\@firstoftwo#1%
-  {\csname\@dc@Gname\endcsname{#3}}%
-  {\@dc@addargum{{#2}}#3\@dc@arguments}%
-}
-
-
-\long\def\@dc@Gparams#1#2{##1#1##2#2}% expands to parameters string
-% with \inhash1 delimited with first argument and \inhash2 delimited
-% with second. In fact it's intended to pass  \inhash1 further (it will
-% always be braced) and to catch an argument put in a~pair of tokens
-% given \incmd\@dc@Gparams\ as the arguments.
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@A{\ArgumentCatcher@G{<>}}
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@PA{\ArgumentCatcher@PG{<>}}
-
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@a{\ArgumentCatcher@G{<>}{\NoValue}}
-\long\def\ArgumentCatcher@Pa{\ArgumentCatcher@PG{<>}{\NoValue}}
-
-
-\def\NoValue{-NoValue-}
-
-\long\def\IfNoValueTF#1{% % \chgs{2008/12/1 v0.98 the \pk{xparse} tests for
-  % the presence of value redefined and much simplified (43 \CS'es
-  % less). Moreover, they are now fully expandable: \cmd\IfNoValueTF,
-  % \cmd\IfNoValueT, \cmd\IfNoValueF, \cmd\IfValueTF, \cmd\IfValueT,
-  % \cmd\IfValueF} 
-  %
-  \@xa\ifx\@firstofmany#1\@empty\@@nil\NoValue \afterfi\@firstoftwo
-  \else\afterfi\@secondoftwo
-  \fi}
-
-\long\def\IfNoValueT#1#2{\IfNoValueTF{#1}{#2}\@empty}
-
-\long\def\IfNoValueF#1#2{\IfNoValueTF{#1}\@empty{#2}}
-
-\long\def\IfValueTF#1#2#3{\IfNoValueTF{#1}{#3}{#2}}
-
-\long\def\PutIfValue#1{\IfValueT{#1}{#1}}
-
-% \Define\IfValueT
-\let\IfValueT\IfNoValueF
-
-% \Define\IfValueF
-\let\IfValueF\IfNoValueT
-
-\long\pdef\IfLong#1{%\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  % \item the argument to check for |\par|,
-  % \item what if |\par| found,
-  % \item what if |\par| not found.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % 
-  \edef\gmu@reserveda{\detokenize{#1}}%
-  \edef\gmu@reserveda{%
-    \IfAmong\string\par\@nx\among{\gmu@reserveda}}%
-  \gmu@reserveda}
-
-
-% |\afterassignment| pseudo-argument
-
-\long\@namedef{ArgumentCatcher@\detokenize{\afterassignment}}%
-#1% register used in the assignment
-#2%  the tail  of args parser.
-\@dc@arguments{%
-  \def\@dc@parse@next{%
-    \@dc@addargum\NoValue  % to make ignoring mechanism work  
-    #2\@dc@arguments}%
-  \afterassignment\@dc@parse@next
-  #1}% optional space and |=| is left at user's discretion. In fact,
-% \inhash1 may be empty and then each
-% time our command is used the left side of the assignment has to
-% be given explicitly and may even be different each time.
-  
-\n@melet{ArgumentCatcher@P\detokenize{\afterassignment}}
-{ArgumentCatcher@\detokenize{\afterassignment}}
-
-% |\gobblespace| pseudo-argument: useful between optional and
-% Knuthian-type arguments and after all parsing.  Equivalent
-% |>iT{\somedummymacro}|. At first I wanted mark it |\ignorespaces|
-% but the gobbling doesn't expand macros: it doesnt't use
-% |\ignorespaces| but |\@ifnextchar|'s space trick.
-
-\long\@namedef{ArgumentCatcher@\detokenize{\gobblespace}}%
-{\ArgumentCatcher@S{\dc@gobblespace@dummy}{\NoValue}}
-
-\n@melet{ArgumentCatcher@P\detokenize{\gobblespace}}
-{ArgumentCatcher@\detokenize{\gobblespace}}
-
-\def\dc@gobblespace@dummy{\dc@gobblespace@dummy}
-
-\let\gobblespace\dc@gobblespace@dummy
-
-
-% end of catchers' definitions
-
-
-\DeclareCommand\DeclareCommand   % This is the final version by now.\
-  % Note we introduce the ‘prefixes’ at the \inhash2 position only at \
-  % this point so we have yet to prefix every argument specifier\
-  % separately. Note also we only here ‘teach’ |\DeclareCommand| to
-  % pass the name of its main argument in the |\dc@bsname| macro.
-{>Pm             %   (1)  command to be defined (may  be \incs{par} if you
-                         %   really wish),
-  Q{\global\protected\outer\long!lL.qQiIwW\sphack\envhack}%\
-                 % \label{Q-type}  % (2) an optional
-                 % se\textbf Quence of \eTeX's prefixes and/or |!| or |l| or |L|
-                 % for ‘all
-                 % long’ and/or |.| or |q| or
-                 % |Q| for `quiet' (message about calling the command is
-                 % suppressed) and/or % |i| or |I| as ‘invisible’ or |W| or |w| as
-                 % ‘white’ or |\sphack| to make the command ‘invisible’ in
-                 % the leading with the \incs{@bsphack}…\incs{@esphack}\qfootnote{To
-                 %   deal with an ‘invisible’ environment, there is one more
-                 %   acceptable value of this argument: \cmd\envhack, which
-                 %   suppresses placing \cs{@bsphack}---\cs{@esphack} and places
-                 %   \cs{@ignoretrue} instead in the end macro.},
-  >Pm % (3)  arguments specification (may contain \incmd\par),
-  >Pm % (4) the definition body; may contain nearly anything including
-                  % \incmd\par\ and tests for presence/absence of arguments
-                  % \nlperc|\If›[No›]Value›(T⁄|F⁄|TF›)| and for their longness \incmd\IfLong;
-                  % you refer to the arguments with \inverb|#|\<n>.
-}{% \label{DC:final}  %
-                 % \chgs{2008/12/05 v0.98 added the \cs{@bsphack}---\cs{@esphack} option}
-                 % \chgs{2008/12/07 v0.98 added the \env{Q\arg{tokens}} argument type
-                 %   (a~word over the alphabet \<tokens>)}
-                 %
-                 % ^^A   \edef\@detokena{\detokenize{{#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} {#6}}}%
-                 % ^^A   \typeout{\@detokena}%
-                 % 
-  \edef\dc@bsname{\string#1}% we'll use it in K-type arg.\ catcher and
-  % to allow \inhash1${}=={}$\incs{par}
-  % (\incs{Pack\+age\+Warn\+ing} is short and \incs{typeout} too!).
-  \gm@testdefined#1\iftrue
-    \IfDCMessages
-      \PackageWarning{gmutils (gmparse)}{Redefining command \dc@bsname\space
-        with \string\DeclareCommand}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \IfDCMessages
-      \typeout{^^J\string\DeclareCommand\dc@bsname\space (new)^^J}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % First we parse the declaration options to know whether all the
-  % arguments are to be long and whether we should suppress the
-  % message ``Parsing arguments for…''.\nostanza
-  \@dc@alllong@false
-  \@dc@quiet@false
-  % ^^A \typeout{@@@@ \the\inputlineno\space DC \xiihash1: \@nx#1}%
-  \IfIntersect{#2}{\long!lL}{%
-    % ^^A \typeout{@@@ \@nx #1 \space intersect with !lL }%
-    \@dc@alllong@true}{}%
-  \IfIntersect{#2}{.qQ}{\@dc@quiet@true}{}%
-  \IfIntersect{#2}{iIwW\sphack}%
-  {% if `invisibility' is specified: \UnDef
-    \def\@dc@bsphack@{\@nx\@bsphack}% \UnDef
-    \def\@dc@esphack@{\@nx\@esphack}%
-  }% 
-  {\emptify\@dc@bsphack@\emptify\@dc@esphack@}% if `invisibility' is not specified.
-  \IfAmong\envhack\among{#2}%
-  {% but  if we define an environment:
-    \emptify\@dc@bsphack@\emptify\@dc@esphack@}%
-  {% and if we don't define an environment:
-    \emptify\@dc@env@argstoend}%
-  \relaxen\@dc@global@ \relaxen\@dc@outer@
-  \IfAmong\outer\among{#2}{\let\@dc@outer@\outer}{}%
-  \IfAmong\global\among{#2}{\let\@dc@global@\global}{}%
-  % We initialise the scratch count and toks registers before parsing
-  % of the arguments specifiers.\nostanza
-  \@dc@catchernum\z@
-  \@dc@argnum\z@
-  \toks@{}% 
-  \@temptokena\toks@
-  \@temptokenb\toks@
-  % We parse the arguments specifiers:\nostanza
-  \@dc#3X% |X| is the sentinel of parsing.\par
-  % Now we define the basic macro:\nostanza
-  \@dc@outer@\@dc@global@ % possibly the prefixes,
-  \protected\edef#1{% always |\protected| \balsmiley( ;-)
-    \@dc@bsphack@ % perhaps |\@bsphack|
-    \unless\if@dc@quiet@
-      \unexpanded{%
-        \IfDCMessages
-        \typeout}{Parsing arguments for \dc@bsname.}%
-        \@nx\fi
-    \fi
-    \@nx\@dc@{\the\toks@}% in the braces appear the argument catchers.
-    \@xa\@nx\csname\dc@bsname\endcsname
-    \ifx\@dc@outer@\outer
-      \@xa\@nx\csname \@xa\gobble\string#1 \endcsname % note the blank
-      % space after \inhash1! If the command is to be \incmd\outer, we
-      % can't put it itself, so we put another, whose name is the same
-      % plus a~space. Anyway, since \inhash1 becomes \incmd\protected,
-      % this case will never be executed.
-      \else \@nx #1%
-      \fi
-  }% \UnDef
-  \edef\gmu@reserveda{%
-    \@dc@global@ % perhaps |\global|
-    \long\def\@xa\@nx\csname\string#1\endcsname% for a~command
-    % \incmd\command, define \incs{\bslash command}\ilrr
-    \the\@temptokena% it's |#1#2#3…|
-    {% the definition body:
-      \@dc@env@argstoend % if we define an environment, this macro
-      % will provide passing the arguments to the end macro (see
-      % line \ref{@dc@env@argstoend}).
-      % ^^A \IfNoValueTF{#1}%
-      % ^^A       {\@dc@test@long\@nx#2{\the\@temptokena}}{}%
-      \unexpanded{#4}%
-      \@dc@esphack@}%
-  }% of |\edef|.
-  \gmu@reserveda
-}% of |\DeclareCommand|.
-
-% Now we have a~convenient tool to implement parsing of a~Knuthian
-% argument(s).
-
-% Knuthian argument's default replacement
-\def\@dc@K@defaultrepl{##1}
-% 2009/11/22 inner pair of braces removed (as leading to additional
-% group causing errors).
-
-\DeclareCommand\@dc@define@K\long{mb}{% \label{K@parse}
-  %  first we add the particular \CS to the toks register:\nostanza
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-    \unexpanded{\toks@\@xa}%
-    {\@nx\the\toks@{%
-        \@xa\@nx\csname\dc@bsname @K\the\@dc@catchernum\endcsname}}%
-  }\gmu@tempa
-  %  and define this macro: \nostanza
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-    \def\@xa\@nx\csname\dc@bsname @K\the\@dc@catchernum\endcsname
-    \unexpanded{#1}{%
-    \@nx\@dc@addargum{{%
-        \IfValueTF{#2}{\unexpanded{#2}}{\@xau{\@dc@K@defaultrepl}}%
-      }}% we add the Knuthian
-    % replacement to the toks register as \inhash n.
-    \@nx\@dc@parse@next\@dc@arguments}% and continue parsing.
-  }% of |\edef|. Now we execute this temporary macro, which means we \incmd\def|\⁄<command>@K⁄<n>|
-  \@dc@global@ % set properly before |\@dc#3X|. 
-  \if P\@dc@long@\relax\long\fi
-  \gmu@tempa
-  % ^^A  \nameshow{\dc@bsname @K\the\@dc@catchernum}%
-  % Now we clean up and continue construction of arguments parser. \nostanza
-  \emptify\@dc@long@
-  \@dc
-}
-
-
-\DeclareCommand\DeclareEnvironment\long
-{m% Pm the environment's name; you may wonder why it allows
-  %   \incmd\par. Once I~met an environment with a~name containing
-  %   \nlperc|\string\par|.
-    Q{\outer\global\protected\long!lL.qQiIwW\sphack\envhack}% \  
-    % a~sequence of \eTeX's prefixes and/or specifiers to make all the
-    % arguments ‘long’ (\incmd\long, |!|,
-    % |l| or |L|)
-    % and/or not to place the message issuer in the command
-    % (\inverb|.|, \inverb|q|, \inverb|Q|) and/or to make the
-    % environment ignore spaces following its end (|i|, |I|, |w|, |W|
-    % or \incmd\sphack),
-  m   %    the arguments specification (both for the begin and the
-                % end  definitions),
- m %  the begin definition,
- m %    the end definition; it \emph{can} contain any
-  %   \inverb|#|\<n>---the arguments of the environment are passed
-  %   to it, too.
-}{% 
-  \def\@dc@env@argstoend{% \label{@dc@env@argstoend} \UnDef
-    \edef
-    \@xa\@nx\csname \bslash#1(arguments)\endcsname
-    {\unexpanded{%
-        \@xa\@xa\@xa\unexpanded\@xa\@xa\@xa{\@xa\@gobble\the\@dc@arguments}%
-      }% of outer |\unexpanded|,
-    }% of |\edef|'s body.
-    % \nostanza Note that |\@dc@env@argstoend| will be put in an
-    % |\edef| and the arguments bearer it sets will be defined as custom for
-    % this particular environment (its name contains the name of the
-    % environment) and inside the environment's group
-    % and will bear a~list of tokens \arg{arg.1}{arg.2}\mch… not
-    % the \CS\ |\@dc@arguments| so it's robust to nested environments
-    % and even to \cs{DeclareEnvironment}'s occurrences inside the
-    % environment.\fullpar \nostanza
-  }% of |\@dc@env@argstoend|.
-  % 
-  \def\gmu@reserveda{\envhack}%  we add the information we define an
-  % environment.
-  \IfValueT{#2}%
-  {\addtomacro\gmu@reserveda{#2}}% we pass all the ‘prefixes’ to
-  % \incs{Decl\+are\+Comm\+and} 
-  % \stanza
-  \@xa\DeclareCommand\csname#1\@xa\endcsname
-  \gmu@reserveda{#3}{#4}%
-  %
-  %\nostanza Now the begin definition is done. Let's get down to the
-  %end definition. \nostanza
-  %
-  \@dc@global@ % note this \CS was for sure redefined by the last
-  % \incs{Decl\+are\+Com\+m\+and} (and by nothing else) and that's
-  % exactly what we want. 
-  \@nameedef{end#1}% It's |\edef| inside.
-  {\@nx\@xa\@xa\@nx\csname\bslash end#1\endcsname
-    \@xa\@nx\csname \bslash#1(arguments)\endcsname}% 
-  % \nostanza We |\edef| the |\end|\<env. name> macro to be 
-  % \[|\expandafter\\end⁄<env. name>\\⁄<env. name>(arguments)|\]
-  % (it's |\expandafter| and two  control sequences, the latter with
-  % |(arguments)| in its name).
-  % 
-  \IfIntersect{#2}{iIwW\sphack}%
-  {\@dc@global@\@xa\addtomacro
-    \csname end#1\endcsname{\@ignoretrue}}{}%
-  \edef\gmu@reserveda{% \UnDef
-    \@dc@global@\long\def % the inner end macro is always \incmd\long\
-    % and perhaps defined \incmd\global ly.
-    \@xa\@nx\csname\bslash end#1\endcsname 
-    \the\@temptokena% it's |#1#2#3›…|---the inner end macro takes the
-    % same number of parameters as the begin macro.
-    {% the definition body
-      % ^^A \IfNoValueTF{#1}%
-      % ^^A       {\@dc@test@long\@nx#2{\the\@temptokena}}{}%
-      \unexpanded{#5}}%
-  }% of |\edef|.
-  \gmu@reserveda
-}
-
-
-% ^^A \unless\ifdefined\DeclareDocumentCommand
-% ^^A \let\DeclareDocumentCommand\DeclareCommand
-% ^^A \fi
-% ^^A 
-% ^^A \unless\ifdefined\DeclareDocumentEnvironment
-% ^^A \let\DeclareDocumentEnvironment\DeclareEnvironment
-% ^^A \fi
-
-
-
-% \division{Ampulex Compressa-like modifications of macros}
-% Ampulex Compressa is a~wasp that performs brain surgery on its
-% victim cockroach to lead it to its lair and keep alive for its
-% larva. Well, all we do here with the internal \LaTeX\ macros
-% resembles Ampulex's actions but here is a~tool for a~replacement of
-% part of macro's definition. 
-%
-% The \cs{ampulexdef} command takes its |#2| which has to be a~macro
-% and replaces part of its definition delimited with |#5| and |#6|
-% with the replacement |#7|. The redefinition may be prefixed with
-% |#1|. |#2| may have parameters and for such a~macro you have to set
-% the parameters string and arguments string (the stuff to be taken by
-% the one-step expansion of the macro) as the optional |[#3]| and
-% |[#4]|.  . If \cs{ampulexdef} doesn't find the start and end tokens
-% in the meaning of the macro, it does nothing to it.  You have to
-% write |####| instead of |#| or you can use |\ampulexhash| as
-% well. For an example use see line \ref{ampulexset}.
-
-%^^A \showthe\catcode`:
-%^^A \showthe\catcode`_
-%^^A 
-%^^A \gmu@storespecials
-%^^A 
-%^^A \RequirePackage{xparse}[2008/08/03]
-%^^A 
-%^^A % This should not happen but well, it did: the catcodes changed the
-%^^A % \pk{expl3} way leaked so I~fix them here.
-%^^A \gmu@septify
-%^^A \@makeother\:
-%^^A \catcode`_=8
-%^^A \catcode`\ =10
-
-
-\DeclareCommand\ampulexdef\long
-{Q{\outer\long\global\protected} % (1)  (optional) prefix\:(es);
-  % allowed is any sequence of them in any order, just like for the 
-  % original \TeX's \incmd\def.
-  S{\def\edef\gdef\xdef\pdef} % (2) (optional) kind of definition; if
-  % not specified, \incmd\def\ will be used.
-  m % (3)  macro to be redefined,
-  O{} % (4) \cs{def}'s parameters string; empty by default,
-  O{} % (5) definition body's parameters to be taken in a~one-step
-  % expansion of the redefined macro; empty by default,
-  m % (6) start token(s),
-  m % (7) end token(s)
-  m % (8) the replacement
-}{%^^B
-  % \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/29}{added}
-  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/07}{made \pk{xparse}-ish and
-  %   \cs{ampulexset} removed}
-  % \chgs{2008/12/7 v0.98 first argument (the prefix) made of the
-  % \env{Q} type}
-  % For the example of usage see \ref{ampulexset}. \HideDef
-  \def\gmu@tempa{#6}%
-  \def\gmu@tempb{#7}%
-  \def\gmu@tempc{#8}% we wrap the start, end and replacement tokens in
-  % macros to avoid unbalanced \incs{if}s. \ResumeDef
-  \edef\gmu@tempd{%
-    \long\def\@nx\gmu@tempd
-    ####1\detoken@xa\gmu@tempa
-    ####2\detoken@xa\gmu@tempb
-    ####3\@nx\gmu@tempd{%
-      \unexpanded{% \chgs[\ampulexdef]{2008/11/30 v0.98 a~bug fixed:
-        % added \cs{unexpanded}} 
-        \@ifempty{##3}{\hidden@iffalse}{\hidden@iftrue}}}}%
-  %
-  \gmu@tempd% it defines \incs{gmu@tempc} to produce an open \incs{if}
-  % depending on whether the start and end token(s) are found in the
-  % meaning of \inverb|#3|.
-  %
-  \edef\gmu@tempe{%
-    \@nx\gmu@tempd\all@other#3% note that |#3| may have parameters so
-    % we have to look at its meaning not at its one-level expansion,
-    % which could produce an ‘extra \cmd\}’ error.
-    \detoken@xa\gmu@tempa
-    \detoken@xa\gmu@tempb\@nx\gmu@tempd
-  }%
-  %
-  \gmu@tempe% we apply the checker and it
-  % produces an  open \incs{if}.
-  \edef\gmu@tempd{%
-    \long\def\@nx\gmu@tempd
-    ####1\@xa\unexpanded\@xa{\gmu@tempa}%
-    ####2\@xa\unexpanded\@xa{\gmu@tempb}%
-    ####3\@nx\ampulexdef{% we define a~temporary
-      % macro with the parameters delimited with the `start' and `end' parameters
-      % of \incs{ampulexdef}.\fullpar
-      \@nx\unexpanded{####1}%
-      \@nx\@xa\@nx\unexpanded
-      \@nx\@xa{\@nx\gmu@tempc}%we replace the part of the redefined
-      % macro's meaning with the replacement text.
-      \@nx\unexpanded{####3}}}%
-%^^A\show\gmu@tempd
-  \gmu@tempd
-%^^A\show\gmu@tempd
-  % 
-  \edef\gmu@tempf{#5}%
-  \edef\gmu@tempe{%
-    \IfValueT{#1}{#1}\IfValueTF{#2}{#2}{\def}%
-    \@nx#3#4{%
-      \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@tempd\@xa#3\gmu@tempf\ampulexdef}}%
-  \gmu@tempe
-  \fi}
-
-\def\ampulexhash{####}% for your convenience (not to count the hashes).
-
-% For the heavy debugs I~was doing while preparing \pk{gmdoc}, as
-% a~last resort I~used |\showlists|. But this command alone was
-% usually too little: usually it needed setting |\showboxdepth| and
-% |\showboxbreadth| to some positive values. So,
-%
-\def\gmshowlists{\showboxdepth=1000 \showboxbreadth=1000 \showlists}
-% \changes{v0.59}{06/09/04}{moved here from \pk{gmdoc}}
-
-
-
-\newcommand\nameshow[1]{\@xa\show\csname#1\endcsname}
-\newcommand\nameshowthe[1]{\@xa\showthe\csname#1\endcsname}
-% Note that to get proper |\showthe\my@dimen14| in the `other' |@|'s
-% scope you write |\nameshowthe{my@dimen}14|\,.
-
-% Standard |\string| command returns a~string of `other' chars except
-% for the space, for which it returns | |$_{10}$. In \pk{gmdoc}
-% I~needed the spaces in macros' and environments' names to be always
-% \catother, so I~define
-% \Define\xiistring
-% \changes{v0.59}{06/09/04}{moved here from \pk{gmdoc}}
-\long\def\xiistring#1{%
-  \if\@nx#1\xiispace
-    \xiispace
-  \else
-    \afterfi{\string#1}% to make the same error as bare |\string|
-    % would cause in case of empty \inhash1.
-  \fi}
-
-%The next macro is applied to a~|\detokenized| nonempty string to convert the spaces into
-% ‘other’. \nostanza
-\def\@xiispaces#1 #2\@@nil{%
-  #1%
-  \ifx\@xiispaces#2\@xiispaces
-  \else
-  \xiispace
-  \afterfi{\@xiispaces#2\@@nil}%
-  \fi}
-
-
-% \division{Environments redefined}
-% \subdivision{Almost an environment or redefinition of \cs{begin}}
-%
-% We'll extend the functionality of |\begin|: the non-starred
-% instances shall act as usual and we'll add the starred version. The
-% difference of the latter will be that it won't check whether the
-% `environment' has been defined so any name will be allowed. 
-%
-% This is intended to structure the source with named groups that
-% don't have to be especially defined and probably don't take any
-% particular action except the scoping.
-%
-%  (If the |\begin*|'s argument is a~(defined) environment's name,
-%  |\begin*| will act just like |\begin|.)
-% \dekmedskip
-%
-% Original \LaTeX's |\begin|:
-% \begin{verbatim}
-%\def\begin#1{%
-%  \@ifundefined{#1}%
-%    {\def\reserved@a{\@latex@error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}}%
-%    {\def\reserved@a{\def\@currenvir{#1}%
-%        \edef\@currenvline{\on@line}%
-%        \csname #1\endcsname}}%
-%    \@ignorefalse
-%    \begingroup\@endpefalse\reserved@a}
-%\end{verbatim}
-% 
-%   \Define\@begnamedgroup
-\long\def\@begnamedgroup#1{%
-  \edef\@prevgrouplevel{\the\currentgrouplevel}% added 2009/03/24 to
-  % handle special pseudo-environments that don't increase
-  % \incmd\currentgrouplevel (such as \inenv{document}). Note it's
-  % |\edef|ed \emph{outside} the environment's group.
-  \@ignorefalse% not to ignore blanks after group
-  \begingroup\@endpefalse
-  \edef\@prevenvir{\@currenvir}% Note we |\edef| it inside the group
-  % (for obvious reason), unlike the ‘previous’ grouplevel.
-  \edef\@currenvir{#1}% We could do recatcoding
-  % through\inverb|\string| or \nlperc\cmd\detokenize\ but all the name
-  % `other' and 10 could affect
-  % a~thousand packages so we don't do that and we'll recatcode in
-  % a~testing macro, see line \ref{@ifenvir}.
-  \edef\@currenvline{\on@line}%
-  \csname #1\endcsname}% if the argument is a~command's name (an
-% environment's e.g.), this command will now be executed. (If the
-% corresponding control sequence hasn't been known to \TeX, this line
-% will act as |\relax|.)
-
-% Let us make it the starred version of |\begin|.
-%   \begin{DoIndex}{\begin}
-%       \Define\begin
-% \Define*{\begin*}
-\def\begin{\gm@ifstar{\@begnamedgroup}{%
-      \@begnamedgroup@ifcs}}
-% \end{DoIndex}
-
-\def\@begnamedgroup@ifcs#1{%
-  \ifcsname#1\endcsname\afterfi{\@begnamedgroup{#1}}%
-  \else\afterfi{\@latex@error{Environment #1 undefined}\@eha}%
-  \fi}%
-
-
-%\subdivision{\cs{@ifenvir} and improvement of \cs{end}}
-%
-% \changes{v0.74}{2006/11/27}{The catcodes of \cs{begin} and \cs{end}
-% argument(s) don't have to agree strictly anymore: an environment is properly
-% closed if the \cs{begin}'s and \cs{end}'s arguments result in the
-% same \cs{csname}}
-%
-% It's very clever and useful that |\end| checks whether its argument
-% is |\ifx|-equivalent |\@currenvir|. However, in standard \LaTeX\ it
-% works not quite as I~would expect: Since the idea of environment is
-% to open a~group and launch the \CS named in the |\begin|'s
-%   argument. That last thing is done with |\csname…\endcsname| so
-%   the catcodes of chars are irrelevant (until they are |\active|,
-%   ${}_1$, ${}_2$ etc.). Thus should be also in the |\end|'s test and
-% therefore we ensure the compared texts are both expanded and made
-% all `other'.
-%
-% First a~(not expandable) macro that checks whether current
-% environment is as given in |#1|. Why is this macro |\long|?---you
-% may ask. It's |\long| to allow environments such as |\string\par|.
-%
-\long\def\@ifenvir#1{%\label{@ifenvir}\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  %   \mand enquired environment name which will be confronted with
-  %   \incs{@currenvir}
-  %   \mand what if true (if the names are
-  %   equivalent\qfootnote{The names are checked whether they produce
-  %     the same \cmd\csname. They don't have to have the same
-  %     catcodes.})
-  %   \mand what if false
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % 
-  % \changes{v0.92}{2008/08/07}{added}
-\@ifedetokens{\@currenvir}{#1}}
-
-
-\long\pdef\@ifedetokens#1#2{%
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  % \item first list of tokens to be expanded and detokenized
-  % \item second list
-  % \item if agree
-  % \item else
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % 
-  % \chgs{2009/04/21 v0.99 moved to a~separate macro from
-  % \cmd\@ifenvir\ and made symmetric to both arguments}
-  % \chgs{2008/12/01 v0.98 rewritten not to make entries in the hash
-  % table, thanks to \cmd\detokenize\ and made robust to open \cs{if}s
-  % in the arguments thanks to substitution of explicit parameters
-  % with \cmd\@firstoftwo\ and \cmd\@secondoftwo}
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{#1}% to get |#1| fully expanded.
-  \edef\gmu@reserveda{\@xa\detokenize\@xa{\gmu@tempa}}% with our
-  % brave new \incs{begin}, \incs{@currenvir} is fully expanded,
-  % remember? 
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{#2}% to get |#2| fully expanded.
-  \edef\gmu@reservedb{\@xa\detokenize\@xa{\gmu@tempa}}%
-  \ifx\gmu@reserveda\gmu@reservedb\@xa\@firstoftwo
-  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
-  \fi}
-
-\def\@ifjobname#1{\@ifedetokens{\jobname}{#1}}
-
-\long\def\@ifprevenvir#1{%\label{@ifenvir}\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  %   \mand enquired environment name which will be confronted with
-  %   \incs{@prevenvir}
-  %   \mand what if true (if the names are
-  %   equivalent\qfootnote{The names are checked whether they produce
-  %     the same \cmd\csname. They don't have to have the same
-  %     catcodes.})
-  %   \mand what if false
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % 
-  % \changes{v0.92}{2009/09/04}{added}
-\@ifedetokens{\@prevenvir}{#1}}
-
-
-
-% Note that |\@ifjobname| and |\@ifenvir| are expandable and in an
-% |\edef| they expand to 
-% \[|\@ifedetokens{⁄<current jobname>}{⁄<arg.1>}|\] and
-% \[|\@ifedetokens{⁄<current envir>}{⁄<arg.1>}|\] resp. which may be
-% useful for some  \TeX vert.
-
-
-\def\@checkend#1{\@ifenvir{#1}{}{\@badend{#1}}}
-% \changes{v0.92}{2008/08/07}{shortened thanks to \cs{@ifenvir}}
-% Thanks to it you may write |\begin{macrocode*}| with |*|\catother
-% and end it with |\end{macrocode*}| with |*|\catletter\ (that was the
-% problem that led me to this solution). The error messages looked
-% really funny:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%! LaTeX Error: \begin{macrocode*} on input line 1844 ended by \end{macrocode*}.
-%\end{verbatim}
-% You might also write
-% also |\end{macrocode\star}| where |\star| is defined as `other' star
-% or letter star.
-
-% \division{Storing and restoring the catcodes of specials}
-%
-% \Define\gmu@restorespecials
-\DeclareCommand\gmu@storespecials{o}{% we provide a~possibility of
-  % adding stuff. For usage see line \ref{@storespecials}.
-  \def\do##1{\catcode`\@nx##1=\the\catcode`##1\relax}%
-  \edef\gmu@restorespecials{%
-    \dospecials\do\^^M}\IfValueT{#1}{#1}}
-
-\pdef\gmu@septify{% restoring the standard catcodes of specials. The
-  % name is the opposite of `sanitize' ^^A(
-  % :-)\,. It restores also the original catcode of \inverb|^^M|.
-  \def\do{\relax\catcode`}%
-  \do\ 10\do\\0\do\{1\do\}2\do\$3\do\&4%
-  \do\#6\do\^7\do\_8\do\%14\do\~13\do\^^M5\relax
-  %\nostanza |%% \let\do\@makeother|\\
-  % |%% \do0\do1\do2\do3\do4\do5\do6\do7\do8\do9\relax|\nostanza
-}
-
-
-
-
-%\division{From \pk{relsize}}
-%
-%\changes{v0.58}{06/09/02}{Relative font size change macros added}
-%
-% As file \pk{relsize.sty}, v3.1 dated July 4, 2003 states, \LaTeXe\
-% version of these macros was written by Donald Arseneau
-% \url{asnd@triumf.ca} and Matt Swift \url{swift@bu.edu} after the
-% \LaTeX\,2.09 \pk{smaller.sty} style file written by Bernie Cosell
-% \url{cosell@WILMA.BBN.COM}\,.
-%
-% I~take only the basic, non-math mode commands with the assumption
-% that there are the predefined font sizes.
-% 
-% You declare the font size with \TextUsage\relsize\arg{n} where
-% \<n> gives the number of steps ("mag-step" = factor of 1.2) to
-% change the size by. E.g., $n = 3$ changes from |\normalsize| to
-% |\LARGE| size.  Negative $n$ selects smaller fonts.
-% \TextUsage\smaller${}=={}$|\relsize{-1}|;
-% \TextUsage\larger${}=={}$|\relsize{1}|. \TextUsage\smallerr (my
-% addition)${}=={}$|\relsize{-2}|; \TextUsage\largerr\ guess yourself.
-% 
-% (Since |\DeclareRobustCommand|
-% doesn't issue an error if its argument has been defined and it only
-% informs about redefining, loading \pk{relsize} remains allowed.)
-% \Define\relsize
-\pdef\relsize#1{%
-  \ifmmode \@nomath\relsize\else
-    \begingroup
-     \@tempcnta % assign number representing current font size
-       \ifx\@currsize\normalsize 4\else   % funny order is to have most …
-        \ifx\@currsize\small 3\else       % …likely sizes checked first
-         \ifx\@currsize\footnotesize 2\else
-          \ifx\@currsize\large 5\else
-           \ifx\@currsize\Large 6\else
-            \ifx\@currsize\LARGE 7\else
-             \ifx\@currsize\scriptsize 1\else
-              \ifx\@currsize\tiny 0\else
-               \ifx\@currsize\huge 8\else
-                \ifx\@currsize\Huge 9\else
-                4\rs@unknown@warning % unknown state: |\normalsize| as starting point
-     \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-%  Change the number by the given increment:
-     \advance\@tempcnta#1\relax
-%  watch out for size underflow:
-      \ifnum\@tempcnta<\z@ \rs@size@warning{small}{\string\tiny}\@tempcnta\z@ \fi
-      \@xa\endgroup
-      \ifcase\@tempcnta  % set new size based on altered number
-         \tiny \or \scriptsize \or \footnotesize \or \small \or \normalsize \or 
-         \large \or \Large \or \LARGE \or \huge \or \Huge \else 
-          \rs@size@warning{large}{\string\Huge}\Huge
-\fi\fi}% end of |\relsize|.
-
-\providecommand*\rs@size@warning[2]{\PackageWarning{gmutils (relsize)}{%
- Size requested is too #1.\MessageBreak Using #2 instead}}
-
-
-\providecommand*\rs@unknown@warning{\PackageWarning{gmutils (relsize)}{Current font size 
- is unknown! (Why?!?)\MessageBreak Assuming \string\normalsize}}
-
-% And a~handful of shorthands: 
-%
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\larger[1][\@ne]{\relsize{+#1}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\smaller[1][\@ne]{\relsize{-#1}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\textlarger[2][\@ne]{{\relsize{+#1}#2}}
-\DeclareRobustCommand*\textsmaller[2][\@ne]{{\relsize{-#1}#2}}
-\pdef\largerr{\relsize{+2}}
-\pdef\smallerr{\relsize{-2}}
-
-
-
-%\division{Meta-symbols}
-% I~fancy also another Knuthian trick for typesetting \<meta-symbols>
-% in \TeXbook. So I~repeat it here. The inner |\meta| macro is
-% copied verbatim from \pk{doc}'s v2.1b documentation dated 2004/02/09
-% because it's so beautifully crafted I~couldn't resist. I~only don't
-% make it |\long|.
-% \dekmedskip
-%
-% \begin{quotation}
-% The new implementation fixes this problem by defining
-% |\meta| in a radically different way: we prevent hyphenation by defining a |\language|
-% which has no patterns associated with it and use this to typeset the words within
-% the angle brackets.
-% \end{quotation}
-%^^A~\DefIndex\l@nohyphenation
-%^^A~\ifx\l@nohyphenation\undefined
-%^^A~  \newlanguage\l@nohyphenation
-%^^A~\fi
-\pdef\meta#1{%
-  % \begin{quotation}
-  %   Since the old implementation of |\meta| could be used in math we better ensure
-  %   that this is possible with the new one as well. So we use |\ensuremath| around
-  %   |\langle| and |\rangle|. However this is not enough: if |\meta@font@select| below
-  %   expands to |\itshape| it will fail if used in math mode. For this reason we hide
-  %   the whole thing inside an |\nfss@text| box in that case.
-  % \end{quotation}
-  {\meta@fontsetting\ensuremath\langle}%
-  \ifmmode\@xa\nfss@text\fi
-  {% this has to be a~begin-group because \incmd{\nfss@text} becomes
-   % \incmd\hbox\ in math mode.
-   \gmu@activespaceblank
-    \meta@font@select
-    % Need to keep track of what we changed just in case the user changes font inside
-    % the argument so we store the font explicitly.
-    % ^^A~% \DefIndex\meta@hyphen@restore
-    % ^^A    \edef\meta@hyphen@restore{%
-    %   ^^A      \hyphenchar\the\font\the\hyphenchar\font}%
-    % ^^A    \hyphenchar\font\m@ne
-    % ^^A    \language\l@nohyphenation
-    #1\/%
-    % ^^A~    \meta@hyphen@restore
-  }%
-  {\meta@fontsetting\ensuremath\rangle}%
-}% of |\meta|.
-
-\pdef\gmu@activespaceblank{%
-  \@xa\def\gmu@activespace{\space\ignorespaces}% note the
-  % subtle perversity of this definition: if we meet more than one
-  % subsequent active spaces, then the first of them will
-  % typeset \incmd\space and its \incmd\ignorespaces\ will
-  % gobble \incmd\space\ of the second and will stop at
-  % \incs{ignorespaces} and this \incs{ignorespaces} will gobble
-  % the next \incs{space} and so on.
-}
-
-\def\meta@fontsetting{\color{red!50!black}}
-
-\def\meta@font@select{\meta@fontsetting\it}
-% \changes {v0.76}{06/9/21}{\cs{itshape} changed to an explicit and
-% violent \cs{it} to work as expected in \cs{cs}'s argument}
-% But I~define |\meta@font@select| as the brutal and explicit |\it|
-% instead of the original |\itshape| to make it usable e.g.\ in the
-% \pk{gmdoc}'s |\cs| macro's argument.
-
-
-% The below |\meta|'s drag\qfootnote{Think of the drags that transform
-%   a~very nice but rather standard `auntie' (`Tante' in Deutsch) into
-%   \balsmiley( a~most adorable Queen ;-)\,.} is a~version of
-% \TeXbook's one.  \Define*[\<⁄kern⁄string-3pt›…>]{\<›…>}
-\def\<#1>{\meta{#1}}
-
-\pdef\metachar#1{\begingroup\metacharfont #1\endgroup}
-\def\metacharfont{\meta@fontsetting\rm}
-
-% ^^A\gmshowlists
-
-% \division{Macros for printing macros and filenames}
-%
-% First let's define three auxiliary macros analogous to |\dywiz| from
-% \pk{polski.sty}: a~shorthands for |\discretionary| that'll stick to
-% the word not spoiling its hyphenability and that'll won't allow
-% a~line break just before nor just after themselves.  The
-% |\discretionary| \TeX\ primitive has three arguments: |#1| `before
-% break', |#2| `after break', |#3| `without break', remember?
-% \Define\discre \Define\discret
-\pdef\discre#1#2#3{\leavevmode\kern0sp%
-  \discretionary{#1}{#2}{#3}\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax}
-
-\pdef\discret#1{\discre{#1}{#1}{#1}}
-
-% A~tiny little macro that acts like |\-| outside the math mode and
-% has its original meaning inside math.
-\def\:{%
-  \ifmmode\afterfi{\mskip\medmuskip}%
-  \else\afterfi{\discre{\null}{}{}}% \incs{null} to get
-  % \incs{hyphenpenalty} not \incs{exhyphenpenalty}.
-  \fi}
-
-
-
-\let\gmu@discretionaryhyphen\- % for the cases when we don't redefine
-                               % \incs\- but use \incs\UrlFix
-
-
-\DeclareCommand\bihyphen{O{*}}{% a~redefinition of |\-| that makes it
-  % optional-argument to allow further hyphenation
-  \DeclareCommand\gmu@discretionaryhyphen{T{#1}ca}{%
-    \IfValueT{##2}{%
-      \@ifempty{##2}{}{%
-        \def\gmu@bihyphen@char{##2}}%
-    }%
-    \IfValueT{##3}{%
-      \@ifempty{##3}{}{%
-        \def\gmu@bihyphen@corr{##3}}%
+  % So we declare an OptionX that by default loads this package thanks
+  % to a special \CS having been defined to load it or do nothing.
+  \DeclareOptionX{#1}[on]{%
+    % ^^V     \ifcsname gmu@Require@#1\endcsname
+    % ^^V       \PackageError{gmutils}{Value clash for the ***#1*** package option}{}%
+    % ^^V     \fi
+    \lowercase{\@xa\if\@gobble ##1\relax}% “off” given as the value
+    \@namedef{gmu@Require@#1}{}%
+    \else % “on”
+    \afterfi{%
+      \@namedef{gmu@Require@#1}{%
+        \IfFileExists{gm#1.sty}%
+        {\RequirePackage{gm#1}}% if there's a \pk{gm} package, we load
+        % it, else we load
+        {\RequirePackage{#1}}%
+      }% of namedef
+    }% of afterfi
+    \fi
+  }%  of |\DeclareOptionX|
+  \IfFileExists{gm#1.sty}%
+  {\DeclareOptionX{gm#1}[on]{%
+      \ExecuteOptionsX{#1=####1}%
     }%
-    \IfValueTF{##1}\discre\discretionary
-    {% before break
-      \IfValueTF{##2}{%
-        \@ifempty{##2}{\gmu@bihyphen@char}{##2}%
-      }{%
-        \ifnum\hyphenchar\font>\z@
-          \char\hyphenchar\font
-        \fi}}% end of before break
-    {%after break
-      \IfValueT{##3}{%
-        \@ifempty{##3}{\gmu@bihyphen@corr}{##3}%
-      }%
-    }%
-    {% without break
-    }% almost as in \TB: unlike \TB, we allow hyphenchars
-    % $\ge255$ as we are \XeTeX.
-  }% of |\DeclareCommand\-|
-  \gmu@storeifnotyet\-% original |\-| is a~\TeX's
-  % primitive, therefore we should store it.
-  \let\-\gmu@discretionaryhyphen
-  \let\@dischyph\gmu@discretionaryhyphen % to override \pk{framed.sty}
-}% of |\bihyphen|
-
-
-\relaxen\gmu@bihyphen@corr
-
-\pdef\vs{\discre{\visiblespace}{}{\visiblespace}}
-
-% Then we define a~macro that makes the spaces visible even if used in
-% an argument (i.e., in a~situation where re|\catcode|ing has no
-% effect).
-%
-\def\printspaces#1{{\let~=\vs \let\ =\vs \gm@pswords#1 \@@nil}}
-% \DefIndex\gm@pswords
-\def\gm@pswords#1 #2\@@nil{%
-  \ifx\relax#1\relax\else#1\fi
-  \ifx\relax#2\relax\else\vs\penalty\hyphenpenalty\gm@pswords#2\@@nil\fi}% note 
-% that in the recursive call of \incs{gm@pswords} the argument string is
-% not extended with a~sentinel space: it has been already by
-% \incs{printspaces}.\ilrr
-
-\pdef\sfname#1{\textsf{\printspaces{#1}}}
-
-\def\gmu@discretionaryslash{\discre{/}{\hbox{}}{/}}% the second
-% pseudo-argument nonempty to get
-% \incs{hyphenpenalty} not \incs{exhyphenpenalty}.\ilrr
-
-
-\pdef\file#1{\gmu@printslashes#1/\gmu@printslashes}
-
-\def\gmu@printslashes#1/#2\gmu@printslashes{%
-  \sfname{#1}%
-  \ifx\gmu@printslashes#2\gmu@printslashes
-  \else
-  \textsf{\gmu@discretionaryslash}%
-  \afterfi{\gmu@printslashes#2\gmu@printslashes}\fi}
-    
-
-% it allows the spaces in the filenames (and prints
-% them  as \vs).
-
-% The  macro defined below I~use to format the packages' names.
-\pdef\pk#1{\textsf{#1}}
-% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/13}{\cs{textup} removed to allow slanting
-% the name in titles (that are usually typeset in Italic font)}
-
-
-% Some (if not all) of the below macros are copied from \pk{doc}
-% and/or \pk{ltxdoc}.
-% 
-% A~macro for printing control sequences in arguments of
-% a~macro. Robust to avoid writing an explicit |\| into a~file. It
-% calls |\ttfamily| not |\tt| to be usable in headings which are
-% boldface sometimes.
-%
-% 
-\DeclareCommand\cs{O{\type@bslash\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip}}{%\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  %   \dc O{\bslash}  the control sequence's prefix, by default it's
-  %   \inverb|\| allowing hyphenation of subsequent word,
-  %   \dc m the control sequence or anything to be typeset in
-  %   typewriter font.
-  %   ^^A this argument is long to allow \inverb|\cmd\par|
-  %   ^^A     % that expands to |\cs{\string\par}| or so.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  % \chgs{2008/12/12 v0.98 added \cs{verbatim@specials}}
-  % \chgs{2008/12/12 v0.98 made \cmd\- switch to \cmd\normalfont\
-  % because \IMHO\ this underlines the fact that a~\CS\ belongs to the
-  % narrative. \cmd\hyphenchar\ set to 45 as in usual texts} 
-  \begingroup
-  \ifdefined\verbatim@specials\verbatim@specials\fi
-  \edef\-{\discretionary{%
-      \ifdefined\gmv@hyphen\gmv@hyphen
-      \else\unexpanded{{\normalfont-}}%
-      \fi}{}{}}%
-  \def\{{\type@lbrace\yeshy}\def\}{\char`\}}%
-  \narrativett
-  \edef\narrativett@storedhyphenchar{\the\hyphenchar\font}%
-  \hyphenchar\font=\ifdefined\gmv@hyphenchar\gmv@hyphenchar
-  \else "A6 \fi
-  \cs@inner{#1}}
-
-\pdef\cs@inner#1#2{%
-  #1#2%
-  \hyphenchar\font=\narrativett@storedhyphenchar\relax
-  \endgroup}
-
-\def\narrativett{\ttfamily}% such name because I~introduce it to
-% distinguish the narrative verbatims from the code in \pk{gmdoc}.
-
-\long\pdef\env{\cs[]}
-% \changes{v0.66}{06/09/29}{the braces removed}
-
-% And for the special sequences like |^^A|:\nostanza
-\foone{\@makeother\^}
-  {\pdef\hathat{\cs[^^]}}
-
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \@ifpackageloaded{gmdoc}{\def\hash{\cs[\#]}}{}}
-
-% And one for encouraging line breaks e.g., before long verbatim words.
-\def\possfil{\hfil\penalty1000\hfilneg}
-
-\def\possvfil{\vfil
-  \penalty\numexpr
-  \gmu@minnum{\clubpenalty+\widowpenalty}{9999}%
-  %^^A\gmu@maxnum
- %^^A   {\ifnum\widowpenalty<\@M
- %^^A       \gmu@minnum{\widowpenalty+1}{9999}\relax
- %^^A     \else1000%
- %^^A     \fi}%
- %^^A   {\ifnum\clubpenalty<\@M
- %^^A       \gmu@minnum{\clubpenalty+1}{9999}\relax
- %^^A     \else1000%
- %^^A     \fi}%
-  \relax % eaten by |\gmu@maxnum|
-  \relax % eaten by |\numexpr|
-  \vfilneg}
-
-\long\def\gmu@extremnum#1#2#3{%\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  % \item inequality sign
-  % \item left side of comparison
-  % \item right side of comparison
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  \@xa\ifx\@firstofmany#3\@@nil\relax % this complicated test is to
-  % allow arguments beginning with some \incs{if⁄<…>} as in
-  % \incs{possvfil} e.g.
-    \@xa\@firstoftwo
-  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
-  \fi
-  {#2}%
-  {%
-    \ifnum\numexpr#2\relax#1\numexpr#3\relax 
-      \@xa\@firstoftwo
-    \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
-    \fi
-    {\gmu@extremnum#1{#2}}%
-    {\gmu@extremnum#1{#3}}%
-  }%
-}
-
-\def\gmu@maxnum{\gmu@extremnum>}
-\def\gmu@minnum{\gmu@extremnum<}
-
-
-% \division{Typesetting arguments and commands} 
-%
-% We define a~conditional and iterating command \TextUsage\arg\ that
-% in math mode does what it used to do was in math and outside math it
-% typesets mandatory, optional and picture (parenthesed) and angled
-% arguments and optional stars. You can
-% write \[|\arg[gefilte]*<fisch>(mit){baigele}|\] to get
-% \[\hbox{\arg[gefilte]*{fisz}(mit){bajgele}}\]
-% or even
-% \[|\verb+\MoltoAdagio⁄⁄arg*{Dankgesang}<an>[die Gottheit]+|\] 
-% (where |⁄⁄| is the escape char in verbatims) to
-% get \[|\MoltoAdagio⁄arg*{Dankgesang}<an>[die Gottheit]|\] (in
-% der lydischen Tonart).
-%
-% For more complicated arguments configurations consider using
-% \pk{gmdoc}'s environment \env{enumargs}.
-% \stanza
-% The five macros below are taken from the \pk{ltxdoc.dtx}.
-%
-% \begin{quotation}|\cmd{\foo}| Prints |\foo| verbatim. It may be used inside moving
-% arguments. |\cs{foo}| also prints |\foo|, for those who prefer that
-% syntax. (This second form may even be used when |\foo| is
-% |\outer|).\end{quotation}
-% 
-
-\long\def\cmd#1{\@xa\cs\@xa{\@xa\cmd@to@cs\string#1}}% it has to be
-% un\incs{protected}! It has so many \incmd\expandafter s to allow
-% \inverb|\cmd\par| and still keep the \incmd\cs\ command ‘short’.
-
-\def\cmd@to@cs#1#2{\char\number`#2\relax}
-% \nostanza It can be short since it never gets actual control
-% sequence as an argument only a~string of ‘other’ tokens (and maybe spaces).
-
-% |\marg{text}| prints \marg{text}, `mandatory argument'.
-% \Define\marg
-\pdef\marg#1{{\narrativett\type@lbrace}\meta{#1}{\narrativett\char`\}}}
-
-% |\oarg{text}| prints \oarg{text}, `optional argument'.
-% Also |\oarg[text]| does that.
-% \HideAllDefining
-% \Define\oarg
-\pdef\oarg{\@ifnextchar[\@oargsq\@oarg}
-%^^A]
-\pdef\@oarg#1{{\narrativett[}\meta{#1}{\narrativett]}}
-\pdef\@oargsq[#1]{\@oarg{#1}}
-
-% |\parg{te,xt}| prints \parg{te,xt}, `picture mode argument'.
-% \Define\parg
-\pdef\parg{\@ifnextchar(\@pargp\@parg}
-%^^A)
-\def\@parg#1{{\narrativett(}\meta{#1}{\narrativett)}}
-\def\@pargp(#1){\@parg{#1}}
-
-\pdef\aarg{\@ifnextchar<\@aarga\@aarg}
-\def\@aarg#1{{\narrativett<}\meta{#1}{\narrativett>}}
-\def\@aarga<#1>{\@aarg{#1}}
-
-\def\@verbaarga#1#2>{\@aarg{#2}\arg@dc}
-
-\foone{\catcode`>\active}{%
-  \def\@verbaargact#1#2>{\@aarg{#2}\arg@dc}%
+  }% of if yes. Else:
+  {}%
+  %
 }
 
-\foone{\@makeother\{\@makeother\}%
-  \catcode`[=\@ne\catcode`]=\tw@}
-[% ^^A{
-  \def\@verbmargm#1#2}[% for an argument in curly braces in a verbatim, where
-    % the braces are not groupers and not necessary ‘other’. We'll know
-    % by \incmd{\@ifnextif} that the future token is an opening
-    % brace. Note this macro has 2nd parameter delimited with ‘other’
-    % closing brace (so may not act correctly when braces are nested
-    % (then hide them with special verbatim groupers)).  
-    \marg[#2]%
-    \arg@dc
-  ]%
-]% of |\foone|
-
-% \ResumeAllDefining
-\DeclareCommand\arg@dc!{%
-  % \chgs{200/03/04 v0.991 added rcognising of verbatim braces and
-  %   angles}  
-  s % (1)
-  o % (2)
-  c % (3)
-  b % (4)
-  a % (5)
-  S{\arg} % (6) just gobbled (for backwards compatibility)
-}{% This command iterates while it
-  % has arguments and typesets them in brackets, parentheses or curly
-  % braces. Note it gobbles subsequent |\arg|s and just iterates.
-  \def\next{0}%
-  \IfValueT{#1}%
-  {\metachar[\scanverb{*}\metachar]\def\next{1}}%
-  \IfValueT{#2}{\@oarg{#2}\def\next{1}}%
-  \IfValueT{#3}{\@parg{#3}\def\next{1}}%
-  \IfValueT{#4}{\marg{#4}\def\next{1}}%
-  \IfValueT{#5}{\aarg{#5}\def\next{1}}%
-  \@ifnextchar\egroup{\endgroup}{%
-    \if1\next\@xa\arg@dc
-    \else % it's crucial that we look for verbatim braces \emph{after}
-      % we checked there were no \inhash4, otherwise there would
-      % be an error.
-      \def\next{%
-        \@ifnextif\xiilbrace{\@verbmargm}%
-        {% not active or other lbrace
-          \@ifnextif<{% then we look for angles
-            \ifnum\catcode`>=\active
-              \@xa\@verbaargact
-            \else\@xa\@verbaarga
-            \fi}%
-          {% and if not angles neither verbatim braces, then
-            \endgroup  % if we have no more arguments to typeset, we
-            % close the group opened in line \ref{queer.group}
-          }%
-        }%
-      }%
-      \@xa \next
-    \fi
-  }% of not egroup
-}% of  |\arg@dc|
-
-
-% Now define the front-end macro of the |\arg| command:\nostanza
-\foone{\obeylines}{%
-  \AtBeginDocument{%
-    \let\math@arg\arg %
-    \pdef\arg{\ifmmode\math@arg %
-      % \chgs{200/03/04 v0.991 added rcognising of verbatim braces and angles}
-      \else\afterfi{%
-        \begingroup %
-        % \label{queer.group}
-        \ifdefined\@ifQueerEOL\@ifQueerEOL{%
-          \def^^M{\unskip\space}% in the ‘queer’ \ac{EOL}s scope we
-          % keep line end active in case we have
-          % \incmd\arg\nlpercent\arg{arg.} ending a~line: the next
-          % char peeper touches line end or, if the line end was $_5$,
-          % gobbles the space it turns into so the comment layer would
-          % ‘leak’ to the code layer.
-        }{}\fi %
-        \arg@dc}%
-      \fi}% of |\arg|,
-  }% of |\AtBeginDocument|,
-}% of |\foone|.
-% \chgs{2008/12/07 v0.98 made iterating thanks to \cmd\DeclareCommand\cs{arg@dc}}
-
-
-% Now you can write 
-%\begin{verse}
-% |\arg{mand.\ arg} [opt.\ arg] (pict.\ arg)| \\
-% to get \arg{mand.\ arg} [opt.\ arg] (pict.\ arg). (Yes, with only one |\arg|!)\\
-% And |$\arg(1+i) = \pi/4$| for $\arg(1+i) = \pi/4$.
-% \end{verse}
-% 
-
-\DeclareCommand\cat{Q{'"0123456789ABCDEF}}{%
-  ${}_{\the\numexpr#1}\m@th$\@ifnextcat a\space{}}
-
+    \gmu@PackOptionX{command}
+   \gmu@PackOptionX{ampulex}
+    \gmu@PackOptionX{envir}
+    \gmu@PackOptionX{relsize}
+    \gmu@PackOptionX{meta} %  provides |\bihyphen|, |\discre|, |\discret|
+    \gmu@PackOptionX{logos}
+     \gmu@PackOptionX{notonlypream}
+    \gmu@PackOptionX{mw}
 
-% \division{Not only preamble!}
-% Let's remove some commands from the list to erase at begin document!
-% Primarily that list was intended to save memory not to forbid
-% anything. Nowadays, when memory is cheap, the list of only-preamble
-% commands should be rethought \IMHO.
+    \gmu@PackOptionX{typos}
+    \gmu@PackOptionX{parts}
+    \gmu@PackOptionX{url}
+    \gmu@PackOptionX{RCS}
 
+\ExecuteOptionsX{command, envir, ampulex, relsize, meta, logos,
+  notonlypream, %  ^^V mw=off,
+  typos, parts, url}
 
-% \Define\not@onlypreamble
-% \changes{v0.79}{2007/04/28}{All the actions are done in a~group and
-% therefore \cs{xdef} used instead of \cs{edef} because this command
-% has to use \cs{do} (which is contained in the \cs{@preamblecmds}
-% list) and \cs{not@onlypreamble} itself should be able to be let to
-% \cs{do}} 
-\newcommand\not@onlypreamble[1]{{%
-  \def\do##1{\ifx#1##1\else\@nx\do\@nx##1\fi}%
-  \xdef\@preamblecmds{\@preamblecmds}}}
+\ProcessOptionsX
 
-\not@onlypreamble\@preamblecmds
-\not@onlypreamble\@ifpackageloaded
-\not@onlypreamble\@ifclassloaded
-\not@onlypreamble\@ifl@aded
-\not@onlypreamble\@pkgextension
+\def\doifdefined#1{\ifdefined#1\@xa#1\fi}
 
-% And let's make the message of only preamble command's forbidden use
-% informative a~bit:
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@command
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@envir
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@ampulex
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@relsize
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@meta
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@logos
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@notonlypream
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@mw
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@typos
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@parts
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@url
+\doifdefined\gmu@Require@RCS
 
-\def\gm@notprerr{ can be used only in preamble (\on@line)}
 
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \def\do#1{\@nx\do\@nx#1}%
-  \edef\@preamblecmds{%
-    \def\@nx\do##1{%
-      \def##1{\@nx\PackageError{gmutils/LaTeX}%
-        {\@nx\string##1 \@nx\gm@notprerr}\@nx\@eha}}%
-    \@preamblecmds}}
-
-% A~subtle error raises: the \LaTeX\ standard |\@onlypreamble| and
-% what |\document| does with |\@preamblecmds| makes any two of `only
-% preamble' \CS's |\ifx|-identical inside \env{document}. And my
-% change makes any two \CS's |\ifx|-different. The first it
-% causes a~problem with is standard \LaTeX's |\nocite| that checks
-% |\ifx\@onlypreamble\document|. So hoping this is a~rare problem, we
-% circumvent it. 2008/08/29 a~bug is reported by Edd Barrett that
-% with \pk{natbib} an `extra \}' error occurs so we wrap the fix in
-% a~conditional. 
-%
-% \changes[\nocite]{v0.93}{2008/08/29}{a~bug fixed: with \pk{natbib}
-% an `extra \}' error. Now it fixes only the standard version of
-% \cs{nocite}}
-
-
-\def\gmu@nocite@ampulex{% we wrap the stuff in a~macro to hide an open
-  % \incs{if}. And not to make the begin-input hook too large.
-  % \label{ampulexset} the first optional argument is the
-  % parameters string and the second the argument for one-level
-  % expansion of \incs{nocite}. Both hash strings are doubled to pass
-  % the  % first \incs{def}.
-  \ampulexdef\nocite[####1][{{####1}}]% note the double brace
-  % around \inhash3. 
-  \ifx
-  {\@onlypreamble\document}%
-  \iftrue}
-
-
-\AtBeginDocument{\gmu@nocite@ampulex}%
-
-
-% \division{Third person pronouns}
-%
-% Is a~reader of my documentations `she' or 'he' and does it make
-% a~difference?
-% 
-% Previous versions of this documentation were consequently
-% alternating ’he’ and ’she’ and provided specific macros for that
-% purpose. Now I'm not that queer and gender so I take what is
-% normally used,  ’they’ that is.
-%
-% (The issue of human sexes and genders (certainly much more numerous
-% than 2) is complex and delicate and a \TeX\ macro package is
-% probably not the best place to discuss it.)
-% ^^A % Not to favour any gender in the personal pronouns, define
-% ^^A % commands that'll print alternately masculine and feminine
-% ^^A % pronoun of third person. By `any' I~mean not only typically
-% ^^A % masculine and typically feminine but the entire amazingly rich
-% ^^A % variety of people's genders, \emph{including} those who do not
-% ^^A % describe themselves as `man' or `woman'.
-% ^^A %
-% ^^A % One may say two pronouns
-% ^^A % is far too little to cover this variety but I~could point Ursula's
-% ^^A % K.\ LeGuin's \textit{The Left Hand Of Darkness} as another acceptable
-% ^^A % answer. In that moody and moderate \acro{SF} novel the androgynous
-% ^^A % persons are usually referred to as `mister', `sir' or `he': the
-% ^^A % meaning of reference is extended. Such an extension also my
-% ^^A % automatic pronouns do suggest. It's \emph{not} political
-% ^^A % correctness, it's just respect to people's diversity.
-% ^^A % \DefIndex*{gm@PronounGender}
-% ^^A % \let\do\Define
-% ^^A % \do\gm@atppron \do\heshe \do\hisher \do\himher \do\hishers
-% ^^A % \do\HeShe \do\HisHer \do\HimHer \do\HisHers
-% ^^A \newcounter{gm@PronounGender} ^^A ^^A
-% ^^A \newcommand*\gm@atppron[2]{%
-%   ^^A
-%   ^^A   \stepcounter{gm@PronounGender}% remember |\stepcounter| is global.
-%   ^^A \ifodd\value{gm@PronounGender}#1\else#2\fi} 
-% ^^A  \newcommand*\heshe{\gm@atppron{he}{she}} 
-% ^^A  \newcommand*\hisher{\gm@atppron{his}{her}} 
-% ^^A  \newcommand*\himher{\gm@atppron{him}{her}} 
-% ^^A  \newcommand*\hishers{\gm@atppron{his}{hers}} 
-% ^^A  \newcommand*\HeShe{\gm@atppron{He}{She}} 
-% ^^A  \newcommand*\HisHer{\gm@atppron{His}{Her}} 
-% ^^A  \newcommand*\HimHer{\gm@atppron{Him}{Her}} 
-% ^^A  \newcommand*\HisHers{\gm@atppron{His}{Hers}} 
- 
 \def\heshe{they}
 \def\hisher{their}
 \def\himher{them}
@@ -3435,3714 +131,11 @@ pagella, trebuchet, cursor, fontspec=quiet]{gmdocc}
 \def\HimHer{Them}
 \def\HisHers{Theirs}
 
-% \division{Improvements to \pk{mwcls} sectioning commands}
-%
-% That is, `Expe-ri-mente'\footnote{A.\ Berg, \textit{Wozzeck}.} mit MW
-% sectioning \& \cs{refstepcounter} to improve \pk{mwcls}'s cooperation
-% with \pk{hyperref}. They shouldn't make any harm if another class
-% (non-\pk{mwcls}) is loaded.
-%
-% We |\refstep| sectioning counters even if the sectionings are not
-% numbered, because otherwise
-% \begin{enumerate}
-% \item \pdfTeX\ cried of multiply defined |\label|s,
-% \item e.g.\ in a~table of contents the hyperlink
-% |<rozdzia\l\ Kwiaty polskie>| linked not to the chapter's heading but
-% to the last-before-it change of |\ref|.
-% \end{enumerate}
-
-\AtBeginDocument{% because we don't know when exactly \pk{hyperref} is
-  % loaded and maybe after this package.
-  \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{\newcounter{NoNumSecs}%
-    \setcounter{NoNumSecs}{617}% to make |\ref|ing to an unnumbered section
-    % visible (and funny?).
-    \def\gm@hyperrefstepcounter{\refstepcounter{NoNumSecs}}%
-    \pdef\gm@targetheading#1{%
-      \hypertarget{#1}{#1}}}% end of then
-  {\def\gm@hyperrefstepcounter{}%
-    \def\gm@targetheading#1{#1}}% end of else
-}% of |\AtBeginDocument|
-
-% Auxiliary macros for the kernel sectioning macro:
-\def\gm@dontnumbersectionsoutofmainmatter{%
-  \if@mainmatter\else \HeadingNumberedfalse \fi}
-\def\gm@clearpagesduetoopenright{%
-  \if@openright\cleardoublepage\else \clearpage\fi}
-
-% To avoid |\def|ing of |\mw@sectionxx| if it's undefined, we redefine
-% |\def| to gobble the definition and restore the original meaning of
-% itself.
-%
-% Why shouldn't we change the ontological status of |\mw@sectionxx|
-% (not define if undefined)? Because some macros (in \pk{gmdocc} e.g.)
-% check it to learn whether they are in an \pk{mwcls} or not.
-%
-% But let's make a~shorthand for this test since we'll use it three
-% times in this package and maybe also somewhere else.
-% \Define\@ifnotmw
-\long\def\@ifnotmw#1#2{\gm@ifundefined{mw@sectionxx}{#1}{#2}}
-
-
-
-%^^A \let\gmu@def\def
-%^^A \@ifnotmw{%
-%^^A   \StoreMacro\gmu@def \def\gmu@def#14#2{\RestoreMacro\gmu@def}}{}
-%^^A % I~know it may be of bad taste (to write such a~way \emph{here}) but
-%^^A % I~feel so lonely and am in an alien state of mind after 3 hour sleep
-%^^A % last night and, worst of all, listening to sir Edward Elgar's flamboyant
-%^^A % Symphonies d'Art Nouveau. 
-%^^A %
-%^^A % A~\emph{decent} person would just wrap the following
-%^^A % definition in |\gm@ifundefined|'s Else. But look, the definition is so
-%^^A % long and I~feel so lonely etc. So,
-%^^A % I~define |\def| (for some people there's nothing sacred) to be
-%^^A % a~macro with two parameters, first of which is 
-%^^A % delimited by digit 4 (the last token of |\mw@sectionxx|'s parameter
-%^^A % string) and the latter is undelimited which means it'll be the body
-%^^A % of the definition. Such defined |\def| does nothing else but
-%^^A % restores its primitive meaning by the way sending its arguments to
-%^^A % the Gobbled Tokens' Paradise. Luckily, |\RestoreMacro| contains
-%^^A % |\let| not |\def|.
-
-% The kernel of MW's sectioning commands:
-\@ifnotmw{}{%
-\def\mw@sectionxx#1#2[#3]#4{%
-  \edef\mw@HeadingLevel{\csname #1@level\endcsname
-        \space}% space delimits level number!
-  \ifHeadingNumbered
-      \ifnum \mw@HeadingLevel>\c@secnumdepth \HeadingNumberedfalse \fi
-      % \nostanza line below is in |\gm@ifundefined| to make it work in classes
-      % other than \pk{mwbk}\nostanza
-      \gm@ifundefined{if@mainmatter}{}{\gm@dontnumbersectionsoutofmainmatter}
-  \fi
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%%   \ifHeadingNumbered
-%%     \refstepcounter{#1}%
-%%     \protected@edef\HeadingNumber{\csname the#1\endcsname\relax}%
-%%   \else
-%%     \let\HeadingNumber\@empty
-%%   \fi
-%\end{verbatim}
-  \def\HeadingRHeadText{#2}%
-  \def\HeadingTOCText{#3}%
-  \def\HeadingText{#4}%
-  \def\mw@HeadingType{#1}%
-  \if\mw@HeadingBreakBefore
-    \if@specialpage\else\thispagestyle{closing}\fi
-    \gm@ifundefined{if@openright}{}{\gm@clearpagesduetoopenright}%
-    \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter
-      \thispagestyle{blank}\else
-      \thispagestyle{opening}\fi
-       \global\@topnum\z@
-  \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingBreakBefore|
-%%
-% placement of |\refstep| suggested by me (GM):\nostanza
-  \ifHeadingNumbered
-    \refstepcounter{#1}%
-    \protected@edef\HeadingNumber{\csname the#1\endcsname\relax}%
-  \else
-    \let\HeadingNumber\@empty
-    % ^^A    \gm@hyperrefstepcounter it's nonsense
-  \fi% of |\ifHeadingNumbered|
-%%
-  \if\mw@HeadingRunIn
-    \mw@runinheading
-  \else
-    \if\mw@HeadingWholeWidth
-      \if@twocolumn
-        \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter
-        \onecolumn
-        \mw@normalheading
-        \pagebreak\relax
-              \if@twoside
-                \null
-                \thispagestyle{blank}%
-                \newpage
-              \fi% of |\if@twoside|
-        \twocolumn
-        \else
-          \@topnewpage[\mw@normalheading]%
-        \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter|
-      \else
-        \mw@normalheading
-        \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter\pagebreak\relax\fi
-      \fi% of |\if@twocolumn|
-    \else
-      \mw@normalheading
-      \if\mw@HeadingBreakAfter\pagebreak\relax\fi
-    \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingWholeWidth|
-  \fi% of |\if\mw@HeadingRunIn|
-  }
-%^^A%%% (End of Experimente with MW sectioning.)
-
-
-%
-% \subdivision{An improvement of MW's \cs{SetSectionFormatting}}
-%
-% A~version of MW's |\SetSectionFormatting| that lets to leave some
-% settings unchanged by leaving the respective argument empty (|{}| or
-% |[]|).
-%
-% Notice: If we adjust this command for new version of \acro{MWCLS},
-% we should name it |\SetSectionFormatting| and add issuing errors if
-% the inner macros are undefined.
-%
-%\begin{enumargs*}^^B
-%\opt the flags, e.g. |breakbefore|, |breakafter|;
-%\item the sectioning name, e.g. |chapter|, |part|;
-%\item preskip;
-%\item heading type;
-%\item postskip
-%\end{enumargs*}
-%
-
-\relaxen\SetSectionFormatting
-\newcommand*\SetSectionFormatting[5][\empty]{%
-  \ifx\empty#1\relax\else% empty (not |\empty|!) |#1| also launches |\else|.\HideDef
-    \def\mw@HeadingRunIn{10}\def\mw@HeadingBreakBefore{10}%
-    \def\mw@HeadingBreakAfter{10}\def\mw@HeadingWholeWidth{10}%
-    \@ifempty{#1}{}{\mw@processflags#1,\relax}% If |#1| is omitted,
-    % the flags are left unchanged. If |#1| is given, even as [], the
-    % flags are first cleared and then processed again.
-  \fi
-  \gm@ifundefined{#2}{\@namedef{#2}{\mw@section{#2}}}{}%
-  \mw@secdef{#2}{@preskip} {#3}{2 oblig.}%
-  \mw@secdef{#2}{@head}    {#4}{3 oblig.}%
-  \mw@secdef{#2}{@postskip}{#5}{4 oblig.}%
-  \ifx\empty#1\relax
-    \mw@secundef{#2@flags}{1 (optional)}%
-  \else\mw@setflags{#2}% \ResumeDef
-  \fi}
-
-\def\mw@secdef#1#2#3#4{% ^^B
-% \begin{enumargs}
-% \item  the heading name,
-% \item  the command distincter,
-% \item  the meaning,
-% \item  the number of argument to error message.
-% \end{enumargs}
-  \@ifempty{#3}
-    {\mw@secundef{#1#2}{#4}}
-    {\@namedef{#1#2}{#3}}}
-
-\def\mw@secundef#1#2{%
-  \gm@ifundefined{#1}{%
-    \ClassError{mwcls/gm}{%
-      command \bslash#1  undefined \MessageBreak
-      after \bslash SetSectionFormatting!!!\MessageBreak}{%
-      Provide the #2 argument of \bslash SetSectionFormatting.}}{}}
-
-
-% First argument is a~sectioning command (wo.\ the backslash) and second the
-% stuff to be added at the beginning of the heading declarations.
-\def\addtoheading#1#2{%
-    \n@melet{gmu@reserveda}{#1@head}%
-    \edef\gmu@reserveda{\unexpanded{#2}\@xa\unexpanded{\gmu@reserveda}}%
-    \n@melet{#1@head}{gmu@reserveda}%
-%^^A    \@xa\show\csname#1@head\endcsname
-}
-
-}% of |\@ifnotmw|'s else.
-
-% \subdivision{Negative \cs{addvspace}} When two sectioning commands
-% appear one after another (we may assume that this occurs only when
-% a~lower section appears immediately after higher), we prefer to put
-% the \emph{smaller} vertical space not the larger, that is, the
-% preskip of the lower sectioning not the postskip of the higher.
-%
-% For that purpose we modify the very inner macros of \acro{MWCLS}
-% to introduce a~check whether the previous vertical space equals the
-% postskip of the section one level higher.
-
-\@ifnotmw{}{% We proceed only in \acro{MWCLS}.
-  
-% The information that we are just after a~heading will be stored in
-% the |\gmu@prevsec| macro: any heading will define it as the section
-% name and |\everypar| (any normal text) will clear it.
-\def\@afterheading{%
-  \@nobreaktrue
-  \xdef\gmu@prevsec{\mw@HeadingType}% added now
-  \everypar{%
-    \grelaxen\gmu@prevsec% added now. All the rest is original \LaTeX.
-    \if@nobreak
-    \@nobreakfalse
-    \clubpenalty \@M
-    \if@afterindent \else
-    {\setbox\z@\lastbox}%
-    \fi
-    \else
-    \clubpenalty \@clubpenalty
-    \everypar{}%
-    \fi}}
-  
-% If we are (with the current heading) just after another heading (one
-% level lower I~suppose), then we add the less of the higher header's
-% post-skip and the lower header pre-skip or, if defined, the
-% two-header-skip. (We put the macro defined below just before
-% |\addvspace| in \pk{mwcls} inner macros.)
-\def\gmu@checkaftersec{%
-  \gm@ifundefined{gmu@prevsec}{}{%
-    \ifgmu@postsec% an additional switch that is true by default but
-    % may be turned into an \cs{ifdim} in special
-    % cases, see line \ref{gmu@postsec}.
-    {\@xa\mw@getflags\@xa{\gmu@prevsec}%
-      \glet\gmu@reserveda\mw@HeadingBreakAfter}% \UnDef
-    \if\mw@HeadingBreakBefore\def\gmu@reserveda{11}\fi% if the 
-    % current heading inserts page break before itself, all the play
-    % with vskips is irrelevant.
-    \if\gmu@reserveda\else
-    \penalty10000\relax
-    \skip\z@=\csname\gmu@prevsec @postskip\endcsname\relax
-    \skip\tw@=\csname\mw@HeadingType @preskip\endcsname\relax
-    \gm@ifundefined{\mw@HeadingType @twoheadskip}{%
-      \ifdim\skip\z@>\skip\tw@
-      \vskip-\skip\z@% we strip off the post-skip of previous
-      % header if it's bigger than current pre-skip
-      \else
-      \vskip-\skip\tw@% we strip off the current pre-skip otherwise
-      \fi}{% But if the two-header-skip is defined, we put
-      % \emph{it}
-      \penalty10000
-      \vskip-\skip\z@
-      \penalty10000
-      \vskip-\skip\tw@
-      \penalty10000
-      \vskip\csname\mw@HeadingType @twoheadskip\endcsname
-      \relax}%
-    \penalty10000
-    \hrule height\z@\relax% to hide the last (un)skip before subsequent
-    % \incs{addvspace}s. \ilrr
-    \penalty10000
-    \fi
-    \fi
-  }% of |\gm@ifundefined{gmu@prevsec}| `else'.
-}% of |\def\gmu@checkaftersec|.
-
-\def\ParanoidPostsec{% \label{gmu@postsec} this version of
-  % \inverb|\ifgmu@postsec| is intended for the special case of
-  % sections may contain no normal text, as while \pk{gmdoc}ing.
-  \def\ifgmu@postsec{% note this macro expands to an open \cs{if}.
-    \skip\z@=\csname\gmu@prevsec @postskip\endcsname\relax
-    \ifdim\lastskip=\skip\z@\relax% we play
-    % with the vskips only if the last skip is the previous
-    % heading's postskip (a~counter-example I~met while
-    % \pk{gmdoc}ing).
-  }}
-  
-\let\ifgmu@postsec\iftrue
-  
-\def\gmu@getaddvs#1\addvspace#2\gmu@getaddvs{%
-  \toks\z@={#1}%
-  \toks\tw@={#2}}
-
-% And the modification of the inner macros at last:
-\def\gmu@setheading#1{%
-  \@xa\gmu@getaddvs#1\gmu@getaddvs
-  \edef#1{%
-    \the\toks\z@\@nx\gmu@checkaftersec
-    \@nx\addvspace\the\toks\tw@}}
-
-\gmu@setheading\mw@normalheading
-\gmu@setheading\mw@runinheading
-
-\def\SetTwoheadSkip#1#2{\@namedef{#1@twoheadskip}{#2}}
-
-}% of |\@ifnotmw|'s else.
-
-
-% \subdivision{My heading setup for \pk{mwcls}}
-%
-% The setup of heading skips was tested in `real' typesetting, for
-% money that is. The skips are designed for 11/13\,pt leading and
-% together with my version of \pk{mw11.clo} option file for \pk{mwcls}
-% make the headings (except paragraph and subparagraph) consist of
-% an integer number of lines. The name of the declaration comes from
-% my employer, ``Wiedza Powszechna'' Editions.
-
-\@ifnotmw{}{% We define this declaration only when in \pk{mwcls}.
-\DeclareCommand\WPheadings{T{\chapter}}{%
-  \SetSectionFormatting[breakbefore,wholewidth]
-      {part}{\z@\@plus1fill}{}{\z@\@plus3fill}%
-  % 
-  \IfValueF{#1}{%
-    \gm@ifundefined{chapter}{}{%
-      \SetSectionFormatting[breakbefore,wholewidth]
-      {chapter}
-      {66\p@}% |{67\p@}|% for Adventor/Schola 0,95.
-      {\FormatHangHeading{\LARGE}}
-      {27\p@\@plus0,2\p@\@minus1\p@}%
-    }%
-  }% of unless |#1|
-  % 
-  \SetTwoheadSkip{section}{27\p@\@plus0,5\p@}%
-  \SetSectionFormatting{section}
-      {24\p@\@plus0,5\p@\@minus5\p@}%  ^^A {24\p@\@plus5\p@\@minus2\p@}
-      {\FormatHangHeading {\Large}}
-      {10\p@\@plus0,5\p@}% ed.\ Krajewska of ``Wiedza Powszechna'', as
-      % we understand her, wants the skip between a~heading and text
-      % to be rigid.
-  %
-  \SetTwoheadSkip{subsection}{11\p@\@plus0,5\p@\@minus1\p@}%
-  \SetSectionFormatting{subsection}
-      {19\p@\@plus0,4\p@\@minus6\p@}
-      {\FormatHangHeading {\large}}% 12/14 pt
-      {6\p@\@plus0,3\p@}% after-skip 6\,pt due to p.12, not to squeeze
-      % the before-skip too much.
-  %
-  \SetTwoheadSkip{subsubsection}{10\p@\@plus1,75\p@\@minus1\p@}%
-  \SetSectionFormatting{subsubsection}
-      {10\p@\@plus0,2\p@\@minus1\p@}
-      {\FormatHangHeading {\normalsize}}
-      {3\p@\@plus0,1\p@}% those little skips should be smaller than
-      % you calculate out of a~geometric progression, because the
-      % interline skip enlarges them.
-  %
-  \SetSectionFormatting[runin]{paragraph}
-      {7\p@\@plus0,15\p@\@minus1\p@}
-      {\FormatRunInHeading{\normalsize}}
-      {2\p@}%
-  %
-  \SetSectionFormatting[runin]{subparagraph}
-      {4\p@\@plus1\p@\@minus0,5\p@}
-      {\FormatRunInHeading{\normalsize}}
-      {\z@}%
-}% of |\WPheadings|
-}% of |\@ifnotmw|
-
-
-% \subdivision{Compatibilising standard and \pk{mwcls} sectionings}
-%
-% If you use Marcin Woli\nacute ski's document classes (\pk{mwcls}), you
-% might have met their little queerness: the sectioning commands take
-% two optional arguments instead of standard one. It's reasonable
-% since one may wish one text to be put into the running head,
-% another to the toc and yet else to the page. But the order of
-% optionalities causes an incompatibility with the standard classes:
-% MW section's first optional argument goes to the running head not to
-% toc and if you've got a~source file written with the standard
-% classes in mind and use the first (and only) optional argument, the
-% effect with \pk{mwcls} would be different if not error.
-%
-% Therefore I~counter-assign the commands and arguments to reverse the
-% order of optional arguments for sectioning commands when \pk{mwcls}
-% are in use and reverse, to make \pk{mwcls}-like sectioning optionals usable
-% in the standard classes.
-%
-% \stanza
-% With the following in force, you may both in the standard classes
-% and in \pk{mwcls} give a~sectioning command one or two optional
-% arguments (and mandatory the last, of course). If you give just one
-% optional, it goes to the running head and to toc as in scls (which
-% is unlike in \pk{mwcls}). 
-% If you give two optionals, the first goes to the running head and
-% the other to toc (like in \pk{mwcls} and unlike in scls). 
-%
-% (In both cases the mandatory last argument goes only to the page.)
-%
-% What more is unlike in scls, it's that even with them the starred
-% versions of sectioning commands allow optionals (but they still send
-% them to the Gobbled Tokens' Paradise).
-%
-% (In \pk{mwcls}, the only difference between starred and non-starred
-% sec commands is (not) numbering the titles, both versions make a~contents
-% line and a~mark and that's not changed with my redefinitions.)
-%
-%
-\@ifnotmw{% we are not in \pk{mwcls} and want to
-  % handle \pk{mwcls}-like sectionings i.e., those written with two
-  % optionals.
-  \def\gm@secini{gm@la}%
-  \StoreMacros{\partmark\chaptermark\sectionmark\subsectionmark\subsubsectionmark\paragraphmark}%
-  % \Define\gm@secxx
-  \def\gm@secxx#1#2[#3]#4{%
-    \ifx\gm@secstar\@empty
-    % \nostanza a~little trick to allow
-      % a~special version of the heading just to the running head.
-      \@namedef{#1mark}##1{% we redefine \cs{\<sec>mark} to gobble its
-        % argument and to launch the stored true marking command on the
-        % appropriate argument.
-        \storedcsname{#1mark}{#2}%
-        \RestoreMacro*{#1mark}% after we've done what we
-        % wanted we restore original |\#1mark|.\ilrr
-      }%
-      \def\gm@secstar{[#3]}% if |\gm@secstar|
-    % is empty, which means the sectioning command was written
-    % starless, we pass the `true' sectioning command |#3| as the
-    % optional argument. Otherwise the sectioning command was written
-    % with star so the `true' s.c.\ takes no optional.
-    \fi
-    \@xa\@xa\csname\gm@secini#1\endcsname
-    \gm@secstar{#4}}%
-% \stanza
-}{% we are in \pk{mwcls} and want to reverse MW's optionals order
-  % i.e., if there's just one optional, it should go both to toc and to
-  % running head.
-  \def\gm@secini{gm@mw}%
-  % 
-  \let\gm@secmarkh\@gobble% in \pk{mwcls} there's no need to make
-  % tricks for special version to running headings.
-  % \Define\gm@secxx
-  \def\gm@secxx#1#2[#3]#4{%
-    \@xa\@xa\csname\gm@secini#1\endcsname
-    \gm@secstar[#2][#3]{#4}}%
-}
-
-\def\gm@sec#1{\@dblarg{\gm@secx{#1}}}
-\def\gm@secx#1[#2]{%
-  \@ifnextchar[{\gm@secxx{#1}{#2}}{\gm@secxx{#1}{#2}[#2]}}% if
-% there's only one optional, we double \emph{it} not the mandatory
-% argument.  ^^A}
-
-\def\gm@straightensec#1{% the parameter is for the command's name.
-  \gm@ifundefined{#1}{}{% we don't change the ontological status of the
-    % command because someone may test it.
-    \n@melet{\gm@secini#1}{#1}%
-    \@namedef{#1}{%
-      \gm@ifstar{\def\gm@secstar{*}\gm@sec{#1}}{%
-        \def\gm@secstar{}\gm@sec{#1}}}}%
-}%
-
-\let\do\gm@straightensec
-\do{part}\do{chapter}\do{section}\do{subsection}\do{subsubsection}
-\@ifnotmw{}{\do{paragraph}}% this `straightening' of
-% |\paragraph| with the standard \pk{article} caused the `\TeX\
-% capacity exceeded' error. Anyway, who on Earth wants paragraph
-% titles in toc or running head?
-%
-%
-% \division{\env{enumerate*} and \env{itemize*}}
-% We wish the starred version of \env{enumerate} to be just numbered
-% paragraphs. But \pk{hyperref} redefines |\item| so we should do it
-% a~smart way, to set the \LaTeX's \env{list} parameters that is.
-%
-% (Marcin Woli\nacute ski in \pk{mwcls} defines those environments slightly
-% different: his item labels are indented, mine are not; his
-% subsequent paragraphs of an item are not indented, mine are.)
-%
-% \Define*{enumerate*}
-\@namedef{enumerate*}{%
-  \ifnum\@enumdepth>\thr@@
-    \@toodeep
-  \else
-    \advance\@enumdepth\@ne
-    \edef\@enumctr{enum\romannumeral\the\@enumdepth}%
-    \@xa\list\csname label\@enumctr\endcsname{%
-      \partopsep\topsep \topsep\z@ \leftmargin\z@ 
-      \itemindent\@parindent %|%\advance\itemindent\labelsep|
-      \labelwidth\@parindent
-      \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
-      \listparindent\@parindent
-      \usecounter \@enumctr 
-      \def\makelabel##1{##1\hfil}}%
-  \fi}
-\@namedef{endenumerate*}{\endlist}
-
-% \Define*{itemize*}
-\@namedef{itemize*}{%
-  \ifnum\@itemdepth>\thr@@
-    \@toodeep
-  \else
-    \advance\@itemdepth\@ne
-    \edef\@itemitem{labelitem\romannumeral\the\@itemdepth}%
-    \@xa\list\csname\@itemitem\endcsname{%
-      \partopsep\topsep \topsep\z@ \leftmargin\z@ 
-      \itemindent\@parindent 
-      \labelwidth\@parindent 
-      \advance\labelwidth-\labelsep
-      \listparindent\@parindent
-      \def\makelabel##1{##1\hfil }}%
-  \fi}
-\@namedef{enditemize*}{\endlist}
-
-
-
-% \division{The logos}
-%
-% We'll modify The \LaTeX\ logo now to make it fit better to various
-% fonts. 
-
-\let\oldLaTeX\LaTeX
-\let\oldLaTeXe\LaTeXe
-
-\pdef\TeX{T\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.125emX\@}
-\StoreMacro\TeX
-\AtBeginDocument{\RestoreMacro\TeX}
-
-\newcommand*\DeclareLogo[3][\relax]{% \begin{enumargs*}
-  % \opt  is for non-\LaTeX\ spelling and will be used in the
-  % \acro{PD1} encoding (to make pdf bookmarks);
-  % \item is the command, its name will be the PD1 spelling by
-  % default,
-  % \item is the definition for all the font encodings except PD1.
-  % \end{enumargs*}
-  % 
-  \ifx\relax#1\def\gmu@reserveda{\@xa\@gobble\string#2}%
-  \else
-    \def\gmu@reserveda{#1}%
-  \fi
-  \edef\gmu@reserveda{%
-    \@nx\DeclareTextCommand\@nx#2{PD1}{\gmu@reserveda}}
-  \gmu@reserveda
-  \DeclareTextCommandDefault#2{#3}%
-  \pdef#2{#3}% added for \XeTeX.
-}
-
-% \DeclareDefining\DeclareLogo
-\DeclareLogo\LaTeX{%
-  {%
-    % ^^A\typeout{***** LaTeX logo of GM ^^J}\show\relax
-    L%
-    \setbox\z@\hbox{\check@mathfonts
-      \fontsize\sf@size\z@
-      \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
-      A}%
-    \kern-.57\wd\z@
-    \sbox\tw@ T%
-    \vbox to\ht\tw@{\copy\z@ \vss}%
-    \kern-.2\wd\z@% originally $-,15$\,em for T.
-  }%
-  {% 
-    \ifdim\fontdimen1\font=\z@
-    \else
-      \count\z@=\fontdimen5\font
-      \multiply\count\z@ by 64\relax
-      \divide\count\z@ by\p@
-      \count\tw@=\fontdimen1\font
-      \multiply\count\tw@ by\count\z@
-      \divide\count\tw@ by 64\relax
-      \divide\count\tw@ by\tw@
-      \kern-\the\count\tw@ sp\relax
-    \fi}%
-  \TeX}
-
-\DeclareLogo\LaTeXe{\mbox{\m@th \if
-    b\expandafter\@car\f@series\@nil\boldmath\fi
-    \LaTeX\kern.15em2$_{\textstyle\varepsilon}$}}
-
-\StoreMacro\LaTeX
-\StoreMacro*{LaTeX }
-% \label{SMLaTeX}
-
-% `\LaTeXpar' in my opinion better describes what I~work with/in than
-% just `\LaTeX'.
-% \Define\LaTeXpar
-\DeclareLogo[(La)TeX]{\LaTeXpar}{%
-  {%
-    \setbox\z@\hbox{(}%)
-    \copy\z@
-    \kern-.2\wd\z@ L%
-    \setbox\z@\hbox{\check@mathfonts
-      \fontsize\sf@size\z@
-      \math@fontsfalse\selectfont
-      A}%
-    \kern-.57\wd\z@
-    \sbox\tw@ T%
-    \vbox to\ht\tw@{\box\z@%
-      \vss}%
-  }%
-  \kern-.07em% originally $-,15$\,em for T.
-  {%(
-    \sbox\z@)%
-    \kern-.2\wd\z@\copy\z@  
-    \kern-.2\wd\z@}\TeX
-}
-
-% \begin{quotation} Here are a few definitions which can usefully be
-% employed when documenting 
-% package files: now we can readily refer to \AmSTeX, \BibTeX\ and \SliTeX, as well
-% as the usual \TeX\ and \LaTeX. There's even a \PlainTeX\ and
-% a~\Web.\end{quotation}
-\gm@ifundefined{AmSTeX}
-  {\def\AmSTeX{\leavevmode\hbox{$\mathcal A\kern-.2em\lower.376ex%
-        \hbox{$\mathcal M$}\kern-.2em\mathcal S$-\TeX}}}{}
-
-\DeclareLogo\BibTeX{{\rmfamily B\kern-.05em%
-    \textsc{i{\kern-.025em}b}\kern-.08em% the kern is wrapped in
-                                % braces for my |\fakescaps|' sake.
-    \TeX}}
-
-
-\DeclareLogo\SliTeX{{\rmfamily S\kern-.06emL\kern-.18em\raise.32ex\hbox
-        {\scshape i}\kern -.03em\TeX}}
-
-\DeclareLogo\PlainTeX{\textsc{Plain}\kern2pt\TeX}
-
-\DeclareLogo\Web{\textsc{Web}}
-% There's also the \LaTeXpar\ logo got with the |\LaTeXpar| macro
-% provided by \pk{gmutils}. And here \TeXbook's logo:
-\DeclareLogo[The TeX book]\TeXbook{\textsl{The \TeX book}}
-\let\TB\TeXbook% \textit{TUG Boat} uses this.
-
-\DeclareLogo[e-TeX]\eTeX{%
-  \iffontchar\font"03B5{\itshape ε}\else
-  \ensuremath{\varepsilon}\fi-\kern-.125em\TeX}% definition sent by Karl
-% Berry from \textit{TUG Boat} itself.
-
-\StoreMacro\eTeX
-
-\DeclareLogo[pdfe-TeX]\pdfeTeX{pdf\eTeX}
-
-\DeclareLogo\pdfTeX{pdf\TeX}
-\DeclareLogo\pdfLaTeX{pdf\LaTeX}
-% \changes{v0.97}{2008/11/22}{added}
-
-\gm@ifundefined{XeTeX}{%
-  \DeclareLogo\XeTeX{X\kern-.125em\relax
-    \gm@ifundefined{reflectbox}{%
-      \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667em\relax}{%
-      \lower.5ex\hbox{\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.1667em\relax}%
-    \TeX}}{}
-
-\gm@ifundefined{XeLaTeX}{%
-  \DeclareLogo\XeLaTeX{X\kern-.125em\relax
-    \gm@ifundefined{reflectbox}{%
-      \lower.5ex\hbox{E}\kern-.1667em\relax}{%
-      \lower.5ex\hbox{\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.1667em\relax}%
-    \LaTeX}}
-% As you see, if \TeX\ doesn't recognise \cs{reflectbox}
-% (\pk{graphics} isn't loaded), the first |E| will not be reversed.
-% This version of the command is intended for non-\XeTeX\ usage. With
-% \XeTeX, you can load the \pk{xltxtra} package (e.g.\ with the
-% \pk{gmutils} |\XeTeXthree| declaration) and then the reversed |E|
-% you get as the Unicode Latin Letter Reversed E.
-
-\DeclareLogo[LuaTeX]\LuaTeX{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}
-% \changes{v0.96}{2008/10/10}{added}
-
-% \division{Expandable turning stuff all into `other'}
-% ^^A 
-% ^^A % While typesetting a~Unicode file contents with \pk{inputenc} package
-% ^^A % I~got a~trouble with some Unicode sequences that expanded to
-% ^^A % unexpandable \CSs: they couldn't be used within
-% ^^A % |\csname…\endcsname|. My \TeX Guru advised to use |\meaning| to
-% ^^A % make all the name `other'. So---here we are.
-% ^^A %
-% ^^A % Don't use them in |\edef|s, they would expand not quite.
-% ^^A % \Define\unex@namedef \Define\unex@nameuse
-% ^^A 
-% ^^A 
-
-% A shorthand.  Note that it takes an undelimited argument not
-% requires \<balanced text>.
-
-\long\def\detoken@xa#1{\detokenize\@xa{#1}}
-
-% The next macro originates from the ancient era when I didn't know
-% about \eTeX's |\detokenize|. A try to redefine it to
-% |\detokenize\@xa{#1}| resulted in error so (v0.991) I leave it and
-% use as is. 
-%
-% Note however it acts different than |\detoken@xa| for a macro with
-% parameters: while |\detoken@xa| produces and ‘extra |}|’ error,
-% |\all@other| expands to the detokenised meaning.  \Define\all@other
- \long\def\all@other#1{\@xa\gm@gobmacro\meaning#1}
- 
- % The |\gm@gobmacro| macro above is applied to gobble the |\meaning|'s
- % beginning, |long macro:->| all `other' that is. 
- % \Define\gm@gobmacro
- \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-   \def\@nx\gm@gobmacro##1\@xa\@gobble\string\macro:##2->{}}
- \gmu@tempa
-
-
-% \division{Brave New World of  \XeTeX}
-
-\def\@ifXeTeX{% two-argument command
-  \ifdefined\XeTeXversion
-  \unless\ifx\XeTeXversion\relax\afterfifi\@firstoftwo\else\afterfifi\@secondoftwo\fi
-  \else\afterfi\@secondoftwo\fi}
-
-\def\XeTeXifprefix{% to be used as prefix to an |\if›…| test.
-  \@ifXeTeX{}{\unless}}
-
-\DeclareCommand\XeTeXthree{o}{% \
-  % \changes{v0.90}{2008/8/4}{adjusted
-  %   to the redefinition of
-  %   \cs{verb} in \pk{xlxtra} 2008/07/29}
-  \@ifXeTeX{%
-    \IfValueT{#1}{\PassOptionsToPackage{#1}{fontspec}}%
-    \@ifpackageloaded{gmverb}{\StoreMacro\verb}{}% 
-    \RequirePackage{xltxtra}% since v 0.4 (2008/07/29) this package
-    % redefines |\verb| and \env{verbatim*},
-    % and quite elegantly provides an option
-    % to suppress the redefinitions, but
-    % unfortunately that option excludes also
-    % a~nice definition of |\xxt@visiblespace|
-    % which I~fancy.
-    \@ifpackageloaded{gmverb}{\RestoreMacro\verb}{}% 
-    \AtBeginDocument{%
-      \RestoreMacro\LaTeX\RestoreMacro*{LaTeX }% my version of the
-      % \LaTeX\ logo has been stored just
-      % after defining, in line \ref{SMLaTeX}. \ilrr
-      \RestoreMacro\eTeX}%
-    % \stanza
-    \pdef\adddefaultfontfeatures##1{%
-      \addtomacro\zf@default@options{#1,}}
-  }% of |\@ifXeTeX|'s first argument,
-  {}% |\@ifXeTeX|'s second argument,
-}% of |\XeTeXthree|'s body.
-
-
-% \indent The |\udigits| declaration causes the digits to be typeset
-% uppercase. I~provide it since by default I~prefer the lowercase
-% (nautical) digits.
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \@ifpackageloaded{fontspec}{%
-    \pdef\udigits{%
-      \addfontfeature{Numbers=Uppercase}}%
-  }{%
-    \emptify\udigits}}
-
-
-% \subdivision{Fractions}
-
-\def\Xedekfracc{\gm@ifstar\gmu@xedekfraccstar\gmu@xedekfraccplain}
-    % (plain) The starless version turns the font feature |frac| on. 
-    % 
-    % (\*) But nor my modification of Minion Pro neither \TeX\ Gyre
-    % Pagella doesn't feature the
-    % |frac| font feature properly so, with the starred version of the
-    % declaration we use the characters from the font where available
-    % (see the |\@namedef|s below) and the |numr| and |dnom| features
-    % with the fractional slash otherwise (via |\gmu@dekfracc|).
-    % 
-    % (\*\*) But Latin Modern Sans Serif Quotation doesn't support the
-    % numerator and denominator positions so we provide the double
-    % star version for it, which takes the char from font if it exist
-    % and typesets with lowers and kerns otherwise.
-    
-\def\gmu@xedekfraccstar{%
-  \def\gmu@xefraccdef##1##2{%
-      \iffontchar\font ##2
-        \@namedef{gmu@xefracc##1}{\char##2 }%
-      \else
-        \n@melet{gmu@xefracc##1}{relax}%
-      \fi}%
-    % 
-    \def\gmu@dekfracc##1/##2{%
-      {\addfontfeature{VerticalPosition=Numerator}##1}\gmu@numeratorkern
-      \char"2044 \gmu@denominatorkern
-      {\addfontfeature{VerticalPosition=Denominator}##2}}%
-    % 
-    % We define the fractional macros. Since Adobe Minion Pro doesn't
-    % contain $\frac n5$ nor $\frac n6$, we don't provide them here.
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/4}{"BC}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/2}{"BD}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{3/4}{"BE}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/3}{"2153}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{2/3}{"2154}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/5}{"2155}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{2/5}{"2156}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{3/5}{"2157}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{4/5}{"2158}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/6}{"2159}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{5/6}{"215A}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{1/8}{"215B}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{3/8}{"215C}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{5/8}{"215D}%
-    \gmu@xefraccdef{7/8}{"215E}%
-    \pdef\dekfracc@args##1/##2{%
-      \gm@ifundefined{gmu@xefracc\detokenize{##1/##2}}{%
-        \gmu@dekfracc{##1}/{##2}}{%
-        \csname gmu@xefracc\detokenize{##1/##2}\endcsname}%
-      \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup\fi
-    }% of |\dekfracc@args|.
-    \gm@ifstar{\let\gmu@dekfracc\gmu@dekfraccsimple}{}%
-  }
-
-\def\gmu@xedekfraccplain{% `else' of the main |\gm@ifstar|
-    \pdef\dekfracc@args##1/##2{%
-      \ifmmode\hbox\fi{%
-        \addfontfeature{Fractions=On}%
-        ##1/##2}%
-      \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup\fi
-    }% of |\dekfracc@args|
-  }
-
-\newif\if@gmu@mmhbox% we'll use this switch for |\dekfracc| and also
-% for |\thous| (hacky thousand separator).
-
-\pdef\dekfracc{% \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/14}{made to work also in math
-               % mode, even with math-active digits}
-  \ifmmode\hbox\bgroup\@gmu@mmhboxtrue\fi
-  \dekfracc@args}
-
-
-\def\gmu@numeratorkern{\kern-.055em\relax}
-\def\gmu@denominatorkern{\kern-.05em\relax}
-
-
-% What have we just done? We defined two versions of the
-% |\Xefractions| declaration. The starred version is intended to make
-% use only of the built-in fractions such as \dekfracc1/2 or
-% \dekfracc7/8. To achieve that, a~handful of macros is defined that
-% expand to the Unicodes of built-in fractions and |\dekfracc| command
-% is defined to use them.
-%
-% The unstarred version makes use of the Fraction font feature and
-% therefore is much simpler.
-%
-% Note that in the first argument of |\gm@ifstar| we wrote 8 (eight)
-% |#|s to get the correct definition and in the second argument `only'
-% 4. (The \LaTeXe\ Source claims that that is changed in the `new
-% implementation' of |\gm@ifstar| so maybe it's subject to change.)
-
-% A~simpler version of |\dekfracc| is provided in line \ref{2292}.
-
-% \subdivision{\cs{resizegraphics}}
-
-\pdef\resizegraphics#1#2#3{% % \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{\cs{includegraphics}
-  % works well in \XeTeX\ so I~remove the complicated version
-  % with \cs{XeTeXpicfile}}
-  % 2009/11/17 works bad with a file whose name contains spaces so I
-  % return \cmd\XeTeXpicfile
-  \resizebox{#1}{#2}{%
-    \edef\gmu@tempa{\@nx\csname XeTeX\@nx\@ifendswithpdf{%
-        \@xa\string\csname#3\endcsname}{pdf}{pic}file\@nx\endcsname}%
-    \gmu@tempa "#3"\relax}}
-
-\edef\gmu@tempa{%
-  \def\@nx\@ifendswithpdf##1{%
-    \unexpanded{%
-      \ifnum
-      \if\relax\gmu@pdfdetector}##1%
-    \detokenize{pdf}\unexpanded{\relax0\else1\fi}% we expand to 1 if
-    % \inhash1 ends with lowercase ‘pdf’ of cat. 12
-    \unexpanded{\if\relax\gmu@PDFdetector}##1%
-    \detokenize{PDF}\unexpanded{\relax0\else1\fi}% we expand to 1 if
-    % \inhash1 ends with uppercase ‘PDF’ of cat. 12
-    >0 
-    \unexpanded{\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi}%
-  }% of |\@ifendswithpdf|
-  %
-  % \stanza
-  % 
-  \def\@nx\gmu@pdfdetector##1\detokenize{pdf}{}%
-  \def\@nx\gmu@PDFdetector##1\detokenize{PDF}{}%
-}\gmu@tempa
-
-
-\pdef\textsuperscript@@#1{%
-  \@textsuperscript{\selectfont#1}}%
-\def\@textsuperscript#1{%
-  {\m@th\ensuremath{^{\mbox{\fontsize\sf@size\z@#1}}}}}
-
-\let\textsuperscript@@\textsuperscript
-
-\def\GMtextsuperscript{%
-  \@ifXeTeX{%
-    \DeclareCommand\textsuperscript{sm}{%
-      \IfValueTF{##1}{\textsuperscript@@{##2}}%
-      {%
-        \begingroup
-        \addfontfeature{VerticalPosition=Numerator}##2%
-        \endgroup}}%
-  }{\truetextsuperscript}}
-
-\def\truetextsuperscript{%
-  \let\textsuperscript\textsuperscript@@
-}
-
-%^^A %\subdivision{Proper loading of \pk{tikz}}
-%^^A \def\xetikz{\def\pgfsysdriver{pgfsys-dvipdfm.def}%
-%^^A   \usepackage{tikz}}
-
-% \subdivision{Settings for mathematics in main font} I~used these
-% terrible macros while typesetting E.~Szarzyński's \textit{Letters}
-% in 2008. The \TextUsage\gmath\ declaration introduces math-active
-% digits and binary operators and redefines Greek letters and parentheses, the
-% \TextUsage\garamath\ declaration redefines the quantifiers and is
-% more Garamond Premier Pro-specific.
-
-% So, when you set default fonts (in the preamble), put
-% \TextUsage\gmath\ to set what possible from them to math. This sets
-% the |normal| math version. If you want to use another set of fonts
-% elsewhere in your document and have according math for them, set
-% them ‘for a~while’ in the preamble and in their scope declare
-% |\gmath⁄arg[version]|. Then put |\mathversion{normal}| right after
-% |\begin{document}| and |\gmath[⁄<version>]| where you want those
-% other fonts. 
-%
-%  |\gmath| takes second optional argument, in parentheses,
-% which should be (sth.\ that expands to) a |\fontspec| font selecting
-% command. A font selected by this command will be declared and used
-% when some char in basic font is missing and only else the default
-% math font will be left for such a char.
-%
-% So, \[|\gmath⁄arg[version](rescue font«(spec-ification)»)|\]
-%
-% Note that |\gmath| without first optional argument has always to
-% come first because otherwise it overwrite settings of your math
-% version. 
-
-\def\gmu@getfontstring{%
-  \xdef\gmu@fontstring{%
-    \gmu@fontstring@}}
-
-\def\gmu@fontstring@{%
-  \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@fontstring@@\@xa\meaning\the\font\@@nil}
-
- %^^A \edef\gmu@tempa{%
- %^^A   \def\@nx\gmu@fontstring@@
- %^^A   \detokenize{select font }##1\@nx\@@nil
- %^^A   {##1}%
- %^^A }\gmu@tempa
-
-\def\gmu@fontstring@@#1"#2"#3\@@nil{"#2"}
-
-\def\gmu@getfontscale#1Scale#2=#3,{%
-  \ifx\gmu@getfontscale#3\else
-    \def\gmu@tempa{MatchLowercase}%
-    \def\gmu@tempb{#3}%
-    \ifx\gmu@tempa\gmu@tempb
-      \gmu@calc@scale{5}%
-      \@xa\@firstoftwo
-    \else
-      \def\gmu@tempa{MatchUppercase}%
-      \ifx\gmu@tempa\gmu@tempb
-        \gmu@calc@scale{8}%
-        \afterfifi\@firstoftwo
-        \else\afterfifi\@secondoftwo
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    {\xdef\gmu@fontscalebr{[\gmu@fontscale] }}%
-    {\xdef\gmu@fontscalebr{[#3] }}%
-    \afterfi\gmu@getfontscale
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-\def\gmu@getfontdata#1{%
-  \global\emptify\gmu@fontscalebr
-  \begingroup
-  #1%
-  %^^A\typeout{@@@@ \@xa\meaning\the\font}%
-  \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@getfontscale
-  \csname zf@family@options\f@family\endcsname
-  ,Scale=\gmu@getfontscale,%
-  \gmu@getfontstring
-  \xdef\gmu@theskewchar{\the\skewchar\font}%
-  \endgroup}
-  
-
-\def\gmu@stripchar#1"{"}
-
-\DeclareCommand\gmath@getfamnum{C{\gmath@fam}}{%
-  \edef\gmath@famnum{\@xa\gmu@stripchar\meaning#1}%
-}
-
-%\incs{XeTeXmathcode}\<char slot> \arg[=] \<type> \<family> \<char slot>
-
-\DeclareCommand\gmathFams{o  % the name of math version
-  C{\NoValue} % ‘rescue’ font. Will be accessible via
-  % \inverb|\symgmathRoman⁄<version>| (math family) and
-  % \inverb|\gmath@fontt⁄<version>| (font).
-}{%
-  %^^A\AtBeginDocument{\setbox0=\hbox{$\showthe\textfont0 $}}%
-  \IfValueT{#1}{%
-    \DeclareMathVersion{#1}% this sets the defaults so no need to
-    % define them explicitly
-    % ^^A     \SetSymbolFont{operators}{#1}{OT1}{qpl}{m}{n}%
-    % ^^A     %^^A\SetSymbolFont{letters}  {#1}{OML}{qpxmi} {m}{it}%
-    % ^^A     \SetSymbolFont{symbols}{#1}{OMS}{pxsy}{m}{n}%
-    % ^^A     \SetSymbolFont{largesymbols}{#1}{OMX}{pxex}{m}{n}%
-    }% of if |#1| given
-  % 
-  \gmu@getfontdata{\rmfamily\itshape}%
-  % 
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-    \IfValueTF{#1}{\@nx\SetSymbolFont{letters}{#1}}%
-    {\@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{letters}}%
-    {\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{it}%
-    \IfValueT{#1}{%
-      \@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{letters#1}%
-      {\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{it}%
-      }%
-    \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
-      \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
-    \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathit\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{it}{%
-      <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
-    \IfValueT{#1}{%
-      \@nx\SetMathAlphabet\@nx\mathit{#1}{\encodingdefault}{gmathit#1}{m}{it}}%
-  }\gmu@tempa
-  % 
-  \IfValueT{#2}{%
-    \gmu@getfontdata{#2\gmu@ifstored{\upshape}{\storedcsname{upshape}}{\upshape}}%
-    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-      \@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{gmathRoman\PutIfValue{#1}}%
-      {\encodingdefault}{gmathRm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}%
-      \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathRm\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
-        \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
-      \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathRm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}{%
-        <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
-    }\gmu@tempa
-    \@xa\font\csname gmath@fontt\PutIfValue{#1}\endcsname
-    =\gmu@fontstring\relax
-    % \stanza
-    \gmu@getfontdata{#2\gmu@ifstored{\itshape}{\storedcsname{itshape}}{\itshape}}%
-    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-      \@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{gmathItalic\PutIfValue{#1}}%
-      {\encodingdefault}{gmathIt\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}%
-      \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathIt\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
-        \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
-      \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathIt\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}{%
-        <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
-    }\gmu@tempa
-  }% of if |#2| given
-  % \stanza 
-  \gmu@getfontdata{\rmfamily\upshape}%
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-    \IfValueTF{#1}{\@nx\SetSymbolFont{gmathroman}{#1}}%
-    {\@nx\DeclareSymbolFont{gmathroman}}%
-    {\encodingdefault}{gmathrm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}%
-    \@nx\DeclareFontFamily{\encodingdefault}{gmathrm\PutIfValue{#1}}{%
-      \skewchar\font\gmu@theskewchar\space}%
-    \@nx\DeclareFontShape{\encodingdefault}{gmathrm\PutIfValue{#1}}{m}{n}{%
-      <-> \gmu@fontscalebr \gmu@fontstring}{}%
-    \IfValueT{#1}{%
-      \@nx\SetMathAlphabet\@nx\mathrm{#1}{\encodingdefault}{gmathrm#1}{m}{n}}%
-  }\gmu@tempa
-  % ^^A \typeout{@@@ gmathrm (upright symbols):
-  %   ^^A     \meaning\gmu@tempa}%
-    \@xa\font\csname gmath@font\PutIfValue{#1}\endcsname
-    =\gmu@fontstring\relax
-    \gmathfamshook
-}
-
-\emptify\gmathfamshook
-
-\DeclareCommand\gmathbase{oC{\NoValue}}{%
-  \gmathFams[#1](#2)%
-  \DeclareCommand\gmath@do{%
-    m % (1) the character or \CS\ to be declared,
-    o % (2)  the Unicode to be assigned,
-    m % (3) math type (\CS like \cs{mathord} etc.)
-    C{\gmath@fam} % font family
-  }{%\
-    %
-    \gmath@getfamnum(##4)%
-    \IfValueTF{##2}{%
-      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-        = \mathchar@type##3\space
-        \gmath@famnum\space
-        % ^^A\the\XeTeXcharglyph
-        "##2\relax}%
-      \if\relax\@nx##1%
-        \gmu@ifstored{##1}{}{\StoreMacro##1}%
-        \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-          \XeTeXmathchardef \@nx##1\gmu@tempa}%
-        \else
-        \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-          \XeTeXmathcode `##1 \gmu@tempa}
-        \fi%
-      }%
-      {% no value of |##2|
-        \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-          \XeTeXmathcode `##1 =
-          \mathchar@type##3\space
-          \gmath@famnum\space 
-          %^^A \the\XeTeXcharglyph
-          `##1\relax}%
-      }%
-      \gmu@tempa
-      % ^^A       \typeout{@@@@ \@nx##1}%
-      % ^^A       \typeout{@@@@ \@xa\detokenize\@xa{\gmu@tempa}}%
-    }% of \incs{gmath@do}
-    % 
-    \DeclareCommand\gmath@doif{%
-      m        % (1) the Unicode hex of char enquired,
-      m      % (2) the char or \CS\ to be declared,
-      m      % (3) math type \CS (\cs{mathord} etc.),
-      o      % (4) second-choice Unicode (taken if first-choice is absent),
-      o      % (5) third-choice Unicode (as above if second-choice is absent from font).
-      B{\gmath@fam} % (6) never used in this package. Why?
-      C{\NoValue}
-    }{%
-      \gmu@storeifnotyet{##2}%
-      \@xa\let\@xa\gmath@ft\csname
-        gmath@font%
-        \ifx\gmath@fam##6\else t\fi
-        \gmath@version
-      \endcsname
-      \iffontchar\gmath@ft"##1 \gmath@do##2[##1]##3(##6)%
-      \else
-        \IfValueTF{##4}{%
-          \iffontchar\gmath@ft"##4 \gmath@do##2[##4]##3(##6)%
-          \else
-            \IfValueTF{##5}{%
-              \iffontchar\gmath@ft"##5 \gmath@do##2[##5]##3(##6)%
-              \else 
-                \gmath@restore{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##7}%
-              \fi}%
-            {\gmath@restore{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##7}}%
-          \fi}%
-        {\gmath@restore{##1}{##2}{##3}{##4}{##5}{##7}}%
-      \fi
-    }% of |\gmath@doif|
-    % In the command above we try to define math char or a~\CS in the
-    % family given as |##6|. If there're no respective chars, we try
-    % the same with the family given (as a~word) in |##7|.
-    \def\gmath@restore##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
-      \IfValueT{##6}%
-      {\ifcsname ##6\endcsname
-          \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-            \unexpanded{\gmath@doif{##1}{##2}{##3}[##4][##5]}%
-            {\@xa\@nx\csname##6\endcsname}\relax
-          }\gmu@tempa
-          \@xa\@gobbletwo % if family |##6| is defined, we gobble the
-          % other branch
-        \fi
-      }%
-      \firstofone
-      {\if\relax\@nx##2%
-          \RestoreMacro##2%
-        \fi
-      }%
-    }%
-    % 
-\iffalse % doesn't work in a~non-math font.
-    \DeclareCommand\gmath@delc{mo}{%\
-      % \begin{enumargs*}
-      %   \mand the char or \CS\ to be declared,
-      % \opt the Unicode (if not the same as the char).
-      % \end{enumargs*}
-      %
-    \gmath@getfamnum
-    \IfValueTF{##2}{%
-      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-        = \gmath@famnum\space "##2\relax}%
-      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-        \XeTeXdelcode `##1 \gmu@tempa}
-    }%
-    {%
-      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-        \XeTeXdelcode `##1 =
-        \gmath@famnum\space 
-        % ^^A \the\XeTeXcharglyph
-        `##1\relax}%
-    }%
-    \gmu@tempa
-    % ^^A     \typeout{@@@@ \@nx##1}%
-    % ^^A     \typeout{@@@@ \meaning\gmu@tempa}%
-  }% of \incs{gmath@delc}
-  % 
-  \def\gmath@delcif##1##2{%\
-    % \begin{enumargs*}
-    %   \mand the Unicode enquired,
-    % \item the char to be delcode-declared
-    % \end{enumargs*}
-    % 
-    \iffontchar\gmath@font"##1 \gmath@delc##2[##1]\fi}
-\fi% of iffalse
-  %
-  \def\gmath@delimif##1##2##3{%\
-    % \begin{enumargs*}
-    % \item the Unicode enquired,
-    % \item the \CS\ defined as \cs{XeTeXdelimiter},
-    % \item the math type \CS\ (probably \incs{mathopen} or
-    %   \incs{mathclose}).
-    % \end{enumargs*}
-    \iffontchar\gmath@font"##1 
-      \gmath@getfamnum
-      \protected\edef##2{\@nx\ensuremath{%
-          \XeTeXdelimiter \mathchar@type##3\space
-          \gmath@famnum\space "##1\relax}}%
-    \fi}% of \cs{gmath@delimif}.
-  %
-  \pdef\rmopname##1##2##3{%
-    \mathop {##1\kern \z@ \mathrm{##3}}\csname n##2limits@\endcsname
-  }%
-  %
-  \DeclareCommand\gmu@dogmathbase{oC{\NoValue}}{%
-    %^^A\setbox0=\hbox{$\showthe\textfont0 $}%
-    \RestoreMacro\mathchar@type%
-    % 
-    \IfValueT{##1}{\mathversion{##1}}%
-    %
-    \edef\gmath@version{\PutIfValue{##1}}%
-    % ^^A\show\gmath@version
-    %
-    \@xa\let\@xa\gmath@fam\csname symgmathroman%
-    \endcsname
-    \edef\gmath@famm{symgmathRoman\gmath@version}% as you see, this is
-    % not a~font family (number) but a~macro containing the name: of
-    % the secondary (‘rescue’) family.
-    %
-    \typeout{@@@ gmutils.sty: taking some math chars from the font^^J \gmu@fontstring@}%
-    \gmath@do+\mathbin
-    \gmath@doif{2212}-\mathbin[2013](\gmath@famm)% minus sign if present or else en dash
-    \gmath@do=\mathrel
-    \gmath@do0\mathord
-    \gmath@do1\mathord
-    \gmath@do2\mathord
-    \gmath@do3\mathord
-    \gmath@do4\mathord
-    \gmath@do5\mathord
-    \gmath@do6\mathord
-    \gmath@do7\mathord
-    \gmath@do8\mathord
-    \gmath@do9\mathord
-    %% 
-    \gmath@doif{2264}\le\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
-    \let\leq\le
-    \let\leeng\le
-    \gmath@doif{2265}\ge\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
-    \let\geq\ge
-    \let\geeng\ge
-    \gmath@doif{2A7D}\xleq\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{2A7E}\xgeq\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
-    \@ifpackageloaded{polski}{%
-      \ifdefined\xleq
-      \gmu@storeifnotyet\leq
-      \let\leq=\xleq
-      \let\le=\leq
-      \fi
-      \ifdefined\xgeq
-      \gmu@storeifnotyet\geq
-      \let\geq=\xgeq
-      \let\ge=\geq
-      \fi}{}%
-    % 
-    \gmath@do.\mathpunct
-    \gmath@do,\mathpunct
-    \gmath@do;\mathpunct
-    \gmath@do…\mathpunct 
-    \gmath@do(\mathopen
-%^^A    \gmath@delc(% doesn't work with a~non-math font (I~dunno if
-%^^A~it works with a~math font).
-    \gmath@do)\mathclose
-%^^A    \gmath@delc)%
-    \gmath@do[\mathopen
-%^^A    \gmath@delc[%
-    \gmath@do]\mathclose
-%^^A    \gmath@delc]%
-    % 
-    \gmath@doif{00D7}×\mathbin (\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@do:\mathrel
-    \gmath@doif{00B7}·\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{22C6}*\mathbin(\gmath@famm)% % low star
-    \gmath@doif{2300}\varnothing\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{221E}\infty\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{2248}\approx\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{2260}\neq\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
-    \let\ne\neq
-    \gmath@doif{00AC}\neg\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{00AC}\nego\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@do/\mathop
-    \gmath@do<\mathrel
-%^^A    \gmath@delcif{2329}<%
-    \gmath@do>\mathrel
-%^^A    \gmath@delcif{232A}>%
-    \gmath@doif{2329}\langle\mathopen(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{232A}\rangle\mathclose(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{2202}\partial\mathord(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{00B1}\pm\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{007E}\sim\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{2190}\leftarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{2192}\rightarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{2194}\leftrightarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%% if not present,
-    % \incs{gmathfurther} will take care
-    % of it if left and right arrows are present.
-    \gmath@doif{2191}\uparrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%% it should be a~delimiter
-    % (declared with \incs{gmath@delimif}) % but in a~non-math
-    % font the delimiters don't work (2008/11/19) and I~don't think
-    % I'll ever need up- and down- arrows as delimiters.
-    \gmath@doif{2193}\downarrow\mathrel(\gmath@famm)%
-    % 
-    \gmath@doif{2208}\in\mathrel[03F5][0454](\gmath@famm)%%
-    % As a~fan of modal logics I~allow redefinition of \incs{lozenge}
-    % and \incs{square} iff both are in the font. I~don't accept
-    % the ‘ballot box’ U+2610.
-    \if\iffontchar\gmath@font"25CA 0\else 1\fi
-       \iffontchar\gmath@font"25FB 0\else\iffontchar\gmath@font"25A1 0\else 2\fi\fi
-      \gmath@do\lozenge[25CA]\mathord
-      \gmath@doif{25FB}\square\mathord[25A1](\gmath@famm)%%  ‘medium white square (modal
-      % operator)’ of just ‘white square’. 
-    \fi
-    \gmath@doif{EB08}\bigcircle\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{2227}\wedge\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{2228}\vee\mathbin(\gmath@famm)%
-    %
-    \gmath@doif{0393}\Gamma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{0394}\Delta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{0398}\Theta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{039B}\Lambda\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{039E}\Xi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    %^^A~\gmath@doif{039F}\Xi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03A3}\Sigma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03A5}\Upsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03А6}\Phi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03A8}\Psi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03A9}\Omega\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    % 
-    \@xa\let\@xa\gmath@fam\csname symletters\gmath@version%
-    \endcsname
-    \edef\gmath@famm{symgmathItalic\gmath@version}%
-    % 
-    \gmath@doif{03B1}\alpha\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03B2}\beta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03B3}\gamma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03B4}\delta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03F5}\epsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03B5}\varepsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03B6}\zeta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03B7}\eta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03B8}\theta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03D1}\vartheta\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03B9}\iota\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03BA}\kappa\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03BB}\lambda\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03BC}\mu\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03BD}\nu\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03BE}\xi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03C0}\pi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03A0}\Pi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03C1}\rho\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03C3}\sigma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03DA}\varsigma\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%% 03C2?
-    \gmath@doif{03C4}\tau\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03C5}\upsilon\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03D5}\phi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03C7}\chi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03C8}\psi\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    \gmath@doif{03C9}\omega\mathalpha(\gmath@famm)%
-    %
-    \if 1 1%
-    \iffontchar\gmath@font"221A
-      \fontdimen61\gmath@font=1pt
-      \edef\sqrtsign{%
-        \XeTeXradical \@xa\gmu@stripchar\meaning\symgmathroman\space "221A\relax}%
-    \fi
-    \fi% of if 1 1.
-    \def\max{\rmopname \relax m{max}}%
-    \def\min{\rmopname \relax m{min}}%
-    \def\lim{\rmopname \relax m{lim}}%
-    \def\sin{\rmopname \relax o{sin}}%
-    \def\cos{\rmopname \relax o{cos}}%
-    \def\tg{\rmopname \relax o{tg}}%
-    \def\ctg{\rmopname \relax o{ctg}}%
-    \def\tan{\rmopname \relax o{tan}}%
-    \def\ctan{\rmopname \relax o{ctan}}%
-  }% of |\gmu@dogmathbase|
-  \AtBeginDocument{\gmu@dogmathbase[#1](#2)%
-    \let\gmathbase\gmu@dogmathbase
-  }% of atbd
-    \not@onlypreamble\gmathbase
-}% of \cs{gmathbase}
-
-% The |\gmatbase| declaration defines a~couple of gmath defining
-% commands and then launches them for the default font at begin
-% document and becomes only that launching.
-
-\@onlypreamble\gmathbase
-% \nostanza It's a~bit tricky: if \cs{gmathbase} occurs first time in
-% a~document inside \env{document} then an error error is raised. But
-% if \cs{gmathbase} occurs first time in the preamble, then it removes
-% itself from the only-preamble list and redefines itself to be only
-% the inner macro of the former itself.
-
-\pdef\gmathfurther{% \HideDef
-  % \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{removed definition of
-  %   \cs{}\<letter>s and \cs{}\<digit>s}
-  % \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/7}{Greek letters completed. Wrapped with
-  %   \cs{addtotoks} to allow using in any order with \cs{garamath}
-  %   and others}
-  % 
-  \def\do##1##2##3{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
-    \def##1{%
-      \mathop{\mathchoice{\hbox{%
-            \rm
-            \edef\gma@tempa{\the\fontdimen8\font}%
-            \larger[3]%
-            \lower\dimexpr(\fontdimen8\font-\gma@tempa)/2 %
-              \hbox{##2}}}{\hbox{%
-              \rm
-              \edef\gma@tempa{\the\fontdimen8\font}%
-              \larger[2]%
-              \lower\dimexpr(\fontdimen8\font-\gma@tempa)/2 %
-              \hbox{##2}}}%
-          {\mathrm{##2}}{\mathrm{##2}}}##3}}%
-    \iffontchar\gmath@font"2211    \do\sum{\char"2211}{}\fi%
-    \do\forall{\gma@quantifierhook \rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{A}%
-      \gmu@forallkerning
-    }{\nolimits}%
-    \def\gmu@forallkerning{\setbox0=\hbox{A}\setbox2=\hbox{\scriptsize x}%
-      \kern\dimexpr\ht2/3*2 -\wd0/2\relax}% to be able to redefine it
-    % when the big quantifier is Bauhaus-like.
-    \do\exists{\rotatebox[origin=c]{180}{\gma@quantifierhook E}}\nolimits%
-    % 
-    \def\do##1##2##3{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
-      \def##1{##3{%
-          \mathchoice{\hbox{\rm##2}}{\hbox{\rm##2}}%
-          {\hbox{\rm\scriptsize##2}}{\hbox{\rm\tiny##2}}}}}%
-    %
-    \unless\iffontchar\gmath@font"2227
-      \do\vee{\rotatebox[origin=c]{90}{<}}\mathbin%
-    \fi
-    \unless\iffontchar\gmath@font"2228
-      \do\wedge{\rotatebox[origin=c]{-90}{<}}\mathbin
-    \fi
-    %
-    \unless\iffontchar\gmath@font"2194
-      \if\iffontchar\gmath@font"2190 0\else1\fi
-        \iffontchar\gmath@font"2192 0\else2\fi
-        \do\leftrightarrow{\char"2190\kern-0,1em \char"2192}\mathrel
-        %^^A\typeout{@@@ I fake \string\leftrightarrow}%
-    \fi\fi
-    % 
-    \def\do##1##2##3{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
-      \def##1####1{##2{\hbox{%
-            \rm
-            \setbox0=\hbox{####1}%
-            \edef\gma@tempa{\the\ht0}%
-            \edef\gma@tempb{\the\dp0}%
-            ##3%
-            \setbox0=\hbox{####1}%
-           \lower\dimexpr(\ht0 + \dp0)/2-\dp0 -((\gma@tempa+\gma@tempb)/2-\gma@tempb) %
-           \box0}}}}%
-   \do\bigl\mathopen\larger
-   \do\bigr\mathclose\larger
-   \do\Bigl\mathopen\largerr
-   \do\Bigr\mathclose\largerr
-   \do\biggl\mathopen{\larger[3]}%
-   \do\biggr\mathclose{\larger[3]}%
-   \do\Biggl\mathopen{\larger[4]}%
-   \do\Biggr\mathclose{\larger[4]}%
-   % 
-   % 
-   \addtotoks\everymath{% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/20}{the
-     % \cs{everymath}'s left brace moved here:
-     % earlier all the stuff was put into \cs{everymath}}
-     \def\do##1##2{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
-       \def##1{\ifmmode##2{\mathchoice
-           {\hbox{\rm\char`##1}}{\hbox{\rm\char`##1}}%
-           {\hbox{\rm\scriptsize\char`##1}}{\hbox{\rm\tiny\char`##1}}}%
-         \else\char`##1\fi}}%
-     % ^^A  \StoreMacros{\{\}}%
-     \do\{\mathopen
-     \do\}\mathclose
-     % 
-     \def\={\mathbin{=}}%
-     \def\neqb{\mathbin{\neq}}%
-     \let\neb\neqb
-     \def\do##1{\gmu@storeifnotyet##1%
-       \edef\gma@tempa{%
-         \def\@xa\@nx\csname \@xa\gobble\string##1r\endcsname{%
-           \@nx\mathrel{\@nx##1}}}%
-       \gma@tempa}%
-     \do\vee \do\wedge \do\neg
-     \def\fakern{\mkern-3mu}%
-     \thickmuskip=8mu plus 4mu\relax
-     % 
-     \gma@gmathhook
-   }% of |\everymath|.
-   \everydisplay\everymath
-   \ifdefined\Url
-     \ampulexdef\Url{\let\do}\@makeother
-     {\everymath{}\let\do\@makeother}% I~don't know why but the
-     % \pk{url} package's \incs{url} typesets the argument inside
-     % a~math which caused digits not to be typewriter but Roman and
-     % lowercase. 
-  \fi% of |\ifdefined\Url|.
-}% of |\def\gmathfurther|. \ResumeDef
-
-\StoreMacro\mathchar@type
-
-\DeclareCommand\gmath{oC{\NoValue}}{%
-  \gmathbase[#1](#2)%
-  \gmathfurther
-  \IfValueT{#1}{\csname gmathhook#1\endcsname}% this allows adding
-  % version-specific stuff (I~first used this for Fell fonts rescued
-  % with Garamond Premier)
-}
-
-\pdef\gmathscripts{% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/11}{added}
-  \addtotoks\everymath{\catcode`\^=7\relax \catcode`\_=8\relax }%
-  \everydisplay\everymath}
-
-\pdef\gmathcats{%
-  \addtotoks\everymath{\gmu@septify}%
-  \everydisplay\everymath}
-
-\emptify\gma@quantifierhook
-\def\quantifierhook#1{%
-  \def\gma@quantifierhook{#1}}
-
-\emptify\gma@gmathhook
-\def\gmathhook#1{\addtomacro\gma@gmathhook{#1}}
-
-
-\def\gma@dollar$#1${{\gmath$#1$}}%
-\def\gma@bare#1{\gma@dollar$#1$}%
-\def\gma@checkbracket{\@ifnextchar\[%^^A\]
-  \gma@bracket\gma@bare}
-\def\gma@bracket\[#1\]{{\gmath\[#1\]}\@ifnextchar\par{}{\noindent}}
-\def\gma{\@ifnextchar$%^^A $
-  \gma@dollar\gma@checkbracket}
-
-   %^^A In Beamer presentations it will we defined another way.
-   %^^B trial composition
-\def\bgcolor{\color{white}}
-
-\DeclareCommand\garamath{%
-  O{\rm}% the font command
-}{%
-  % Before 2009/10/19 all the stuff was added to |\everymath| which
-  % didn't work.
-  \quantifierhook{\addfontfeature{OpticalSize=800}}%
-  % 
-  \def\gma@arrowdash{{%
-      \setbox0=\hbox{\char"2192}\copy0\kern-0,6\wd0
-      \bgcolor\rule[-\dp0]{0,6\wd0}{\dimexpr1,07\ht0+\dp0}\kern-0,6\wd0}}%
-  % 
-  \def\gma@gmathhook{%
-    \def\do####1####2####3{\gmu@storeifnotyet####1%
-      \def####1{####3{%
-          \mathchoice{\hbox{#1####2}}{\hbox{#1####2}}%
-          {\hbox{#1\scriptsize####2}}{\hbox{#1\tiny####2}}}}}%
-    \do\mapsto{\rule[0,4ex]{0,1ex}{0,4ex}\kern-0,05em%
-      \gma@arrowdash\kern-0,05em\char"2192}\mathrel
-    \do\cup{\scshape u}\mathbin
-    \do\varnothing{\setbox0=\hbox{\gma@quantifierhook\addfontfeature{Scale=1.272727}0}%
-      \setbox2=\hbox{\char"2044}%
-      \copy0 \kern-0,5\wd0 \kern-0,5\wd2 \lower0,125\wd0 \copy2
-      \kern0,5\wd0\kern-0,5\wd2}{}% of |\varnothing|
-    \do\leftarrow{\char"2190\kern-0,05em\gma@arrowdash}\mathrel
-    \do\shortleftarrow{\char"2190}\mathrel
-    \do\rightarrow{\gma@arrowdash\kern-0,05em\char"2192}\mathrel
-    \do\shortrightarrow{\char"2192\relax}\mathrel
-    \do\in{\gma@quantifierhook\char"0454}\mathbin
-    \do\prec{\gma@quantifierhook
-      \rotatebox[origin=c]{-90}{%
-        \glyphname{u03A5.a}}}\mathrel % added 2009/9/11
-  }% of |\gma@gmathhook|
-}% of |\garamath|.
-
-
-
-
-% \subdivision{Minion and Garamond Premier kerning and ligature fixes}
-
-%»Ws« shall not make long »s« because long »s« looks ugly next to »W«.
-
-\def\gmu@tempa{\kern-0,08em\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax
-  s\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax}
-
-\protected\edef\Vs{V\gmu@tempa}
-
-\protected\edef\Ws{W\gmu@tempa}
-
-\pdef\Wz{W\kern-0,05em\penalty10000\hskip0sp\relax z}
-
-
-
-% \subdivision{A~left-slanted font} Or rather a~left Italic \emph{and}
-% left slanted font. In both cases we sample the skewness of the
-% itshape font of the current family, we reverse it and apply to
-% \cs{itshape} in \cs{litshape} and 
-% \cs{textlit} and to \cs{sl} in \cs{lsl}. Note
-% a~slight asymmetry: \cs{litshape} and \cs{textlit} take the current
-% family while \cs{lsl} and \cs{textlsl} the basic Roman family and
-% basic (serif) Italic font. Therefore we introduce the \cs{lit}
-% declaration for symmetry, that declaration left-slants \cs{it}.
-%
-% {\leftslanting
-% I~introduced them first while typesetting E.~Szarzyński's
-% \ty{Letters} to follow his (elaborate) hand-writing and now I copy
-% them here when need left Italic for his \ty{Albert Camus' ^^B
-% \ty{The Plague}} to avoid using bold font.\par}
-%
-% Of course it's rather esoteric so I~wrap all that in a~declaration.
-
-\pdef\leftslanting@{%
-  \def\litdimen{\strip@pt\fontdimen1\font ex}%
-  \def\litcorrection{%
-    \ifhmode\null\nobreak\hskip\litdimen\relax\fi}%
-  \def\litkern{% note it's to be used inside the left slanted font,
-    % unlike \incmd\litcorrection, intended to be used \emph{before}
-    % switching to left slant/italic.
-    \leavevmode\null
-    \kern-\litdimen\relax}%
-  \def\dilitkern{\kern\litdimen\litkern}%
-  % \stanza
-  \pdef\litshape{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{copied here from
-    % E.~Szarzyński's \ty{The Letters}}
-    \litcorrection
-    \itshape
-    \@tempdima=-2\fontdimen1\font
-    \advance\leftskip by\strip@pt\fontdimen1\font ex % to assure at
-    % least the lowercase letters not to overshoot to the (left)
-    % margin. Note this has any effect only if there is a~\incs{par} in
-    % the scope.
-    \litcorrection
-    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-      \@nx\addfontfeature{FakeSlant=\strip@pt\@tempdima}}%^^B 
-    % \ilrr when not \incs{edef}ed, it caused an error, which is
-    % perfectly understandable. 
-    \gmu@tempa}%
-  %
-  % 
-  \pdef\textlit##1{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{added}
-    {\litshape##1}}%
-  %
-  \pdef\lit{\rm\litshape}%
-  %
-  % 
-  \pdef\lsl{{%
-      \litcorrection      
-      \it
-      % \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{copied here from E.~Szarzyński's \ty{The
-      %     Letters}}
-      \@tempdima=-\fontdimen1\font
-      \litcorrection
-      \xdef\gmu@tempa{%
-        \@nx\addfontfeature{RawFeature={slant=\strip@pt\@tempdima}}}}%
-    \rm  % Note in this declaration we left-slant the basic Roman font
-    % not the itshape of the current family.
-    \gmu@tempa}%
-  %
-  % Now we can redefine \cs{em} and \cs{emph} to use left Italic for
-  % nested emphasis. In Polish typesetting there is bold in nested
-  % emphasis as I~have heard but we don't like bold since it perturbs
-  % homogeneous greyness of a~page. So we introduce a~three-cycle
-  % instead of two-: Italic, left Italic, upright.
-  % 
-  \pdef\em{%\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{added}
-    \ifdim\fontdimen1\font=\z@  \itshape
-    \else
-      \ifdim\fontdimen1\font>\z@ \litshape
-      \else \upshape
-      \fi
-    \fi}%
-  %
-  %
-  \pdef\emph##1{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/22}{added}
-    {\em##1}}%
-}% of \cs{leftslanting@}.
-
-\pdef\leftslanting{\AtBeginDocument\leftslanting@}
-
-\AtBeginDocument{\let\leftslanting\leftslanting@}
-
-
-% \subdivision{Fake Old-style Numbers}
-%
-% While preparing documentation of this package I~faced an \ae ^^A
-% sthetic problem of lack of old-style numbers in a~font I~fancy. The
-% font is for the sans serif and the digits occur only in the date in
-% title so it would be a~pity not too use a~nice font when only one or
-% two numbers are needed.
-
-\def\romorzero#1{%
-  \ifnum#1=0 zero\else\romannumeral#1 \fi}
-
-\DeclareCommand\fakeonum{%
-  o %  fake bold for the digit »2« (for which emboldening improves
-  % look),
-  >Pm   %  the text to fake old-style numbers in.
-  % ^^A  Note it's an optional
-  % ^^A   % braced argument so if the next non-space token after
-  % ^^A   % \incs{fakeonum} is not left brace, the \inverb|#2|-less version
-  % ^^A   % will be executed. It allows one to use this command as an
-  % ^^A   % environment. 
-}{%\
-  % I~tried to use this command as a~declaration but active digits are
-  % very uncomfortable, e.g.\ you can't define macros with arguments. 
-  % \chgs{2008/12/04 v0.98 added}
-  \gmu@if@onum{#2}{%
-    \begingroup
-    \edef\gmu@tempa{#2}%
-    \makeatletter%
-    \IfValueT{#1}{%
-      \prependtomacro\fake@onum@ii{%
-        \begingroup\addfontfeature{FakeBold=#1}}%
-      \addtomacro\fake@onum@ii\endgroup
-    }%
-    \endlinechar\m@ne % to suppress the line end added by
-    % |\scantokens|, especially in active |^^M|'s scopes.
-    \gmu@dofakeonum
-    \@xa\scantokens\@xa{\gmu@tempa}%
-    \endgroup
-  }% of |\gmu@ifonum| ‘else’.
-}% of |\fakeonum|.
-
-\def\gmu@dofakeonum{%
-  \def\do##1{%
-    \catcode`##1\active
-    \scantokens{%
-      \@xa\let\@xa##1%
-      \csname fake@onum@\@xa\romorzero\string##1\endcsname\empty}}%
-  \do0\do1\do2\do3\do4\do5\do6\do7\do8\do9%
-}
-
-\def\do#1#2{%
-  \@namedef{fake@onum@\romorzero#1}{#2}}
-
-\def\gmu@tempa#1{%
-  \do#1{\leavevmode
-    \gmu@calculateslant{#1}% uses \incs{gmu@tempa} and
-    % \incs{gmu@tempb}, therefore goes first. And defines \incs{gmu@tempd}.
-    \gmu@measurewd{#1}% the width of char |#1| is in \incs{gmu@tempa}
-    % without kerning and in \incs{gmu@tempb} with kerning.
-    %^^A\typeout{@@@@@@ \gmu@tempa}%
-    %^^A     {\gmu@tempe
-    %  ^^A       \typeout{@@@@@@ \the\fontcharwd\font`#1}%
-    %  ^^A     }%
-    \edef\gmu@tempc{\the\fontcharht\font`#1}%
-    \hbox to \gmu@tempb {%
-      \hss\resizebox{\gmu@tempa}%
-      {\dimexpr\fontdimen5\font+\gmu@tempc-\fontdimen8\font}%
-      {\gmu@tempd#1}\hss}}}
-
-\def\gmu@measurewd#1{% \label{@measurewd}
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\fontcharwd\font`#1}%
-  \settowidth{\@tempdimb}{% to preserve kerning
-    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1%
-    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1%
-    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1\char`#1%
-    \char`#1\char`#1\char`#1}%
-  \edef\gmu@tempb{\the\dimexpr(\@tempdimb-\gmu@tempa)/20}%
-}
-
-\gmu@tempa0 % |\fake@onum@zero|
-\gmu@tempa1 % |\fake@onum@i|
-\gmu@tempa2 % |\fake@onum@ii|
-
-\def\gmu@tempa#1{%
-  \do#1{\leavevmode
-    \gmu@measurewd{#1}%
-    \lower
-    \dimexpr\fontdimen8\font-\fontdimen5\font\relax
-    \hbox to \gmu@tempb {\hss#1\hss}}%
-}
-
-\gmu@tempa3 % |\fake@onum@iii|
-\gmu@tempa4 % |\fake@onum@iv|
-\gmu@tempa5 % |\fake@onum@v|
-\gmu@tempa7 % |\fake@onum@vii|
-\gmu@tempa9 % |\fake@onum@ix|
-
-\def\gmu@tempa#1{% to preserve pseudo-kerning in digits sequences.
-  \do#1{\leavevmode
-  \gmu@measurewd#1%
-  \hbox to \gmu@tempb {\hss#1\hss}}}
-
-\gmu@tempa6 % |\fake@onum@vi|
-\gmu@tempa8 % |\fake@onum@viii|
-
-
-\protected\def\gmu@if@onum{%
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{\@xa\meaning\the\font}%
-  \@xa\@ifinmeaning\detokenize{+onum}\of\gmu@tempa
-}
-% \nostanza Thus |\gmu@if@onum| becomes a~two-argument command that
-% executes its \hash1 if there is |+onum| in current font
-% specification or its |#2| if |+onum| is absent.
-%
-% One could easily generalise |\gmu@if@onum| to |\@if@fontfeature|,
-% i.e.\ to a~test for an arbitrary font feature, probably with
-% employing that very nice feature specification of \pk{fontspec}, so
-% that you could write
-% |\IfFontFeature{Numbers=OldStyle}{}{fake old-style digits}|.
-
-\pdef\gmu@getslant{% we define |\gmu@tempa| to the (fake) slant of current font.
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{\@xa\meaning\the\font\detokenize{slant=0,}}%
-  \edef\gmu@tempb{%
-    \def\@nx\gmu@tempb####1%
-    \detokenize{slant=}%
-    ####2,####3}%
-  \gmu@tempb\@@nil{##2}%
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{\@xa\gmu@tempb\gmu@tempa\@@nil pt}%
-  %^^A~\typeout{@@@@  :::\gmu@tempa:::}%
-}
-
-\def\gmu@calculateslant#1{%
-  \gmu@getslant
-  %^^A~\typeout{@@@@ \the\fontdimen1\font}%
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\numexpr\dimexpr\fontdimen1\font + \gmu@tempa}%\
-  % \incs{gmu@tempa} bears the number of scaled points of total slant
-  % (\inverb|\fontdimen1\font|${}+$\inverb|slant=…| if present) per 1pt
-  % of \inhash1.\ilrr
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\numexpr \gmu@tempa *
-    \numexpr\fontdimen5\font\relax/\numexpr\fontcharht\font`#1
-    \relax}%\
-  % we scale the total slant of \inverb|#1| by the ratio of original
-  % and scaled height of \inverb|#1|.
-  \edef\gmu@tempd{%
-    \the\dimexpr \gmu@tempa sp  - \fontdimen1\font}%\
-  % and we subtract slant-fontdimen from the scaled total slant.
-  %^^A\typeout{@@@ \gmu@tempd}%
-  \ifdim\gmu@tempd=\z@ \emptify\gmu@tempd
-  \else\edef\gmu@tempd{%
-    \@nx\addfontfeature{FakeSlant=\strip@pt\dimexpr\gmu@tempd}}%
-  \fi}
-
-\DeclareCommand\gmu@cepstnof{O{\gmu@tempa}% a~cs to be |\xdef|ed the
-  % font specification,
-  s% not used really,
-  m% |\fontspec| token or name of feature font (\inverb|Italic|, \inverb|Bold|,
-   % \inverb|SmallCaps|, \inverb|BoldItalic| ),
-  O{, Scale=MatchLowercase}% \pk{fontspec}  font features (key=val)
-}
-{% |\gmu@cepstnof|'s body
-  \def\gmu@reservedc##1:##2:\@@nil{%
-    \ifx:##2:\else RawFeature={\gmu@maybestripcomma##2,,\@@nil} \fi}%
-  % \stanza
-  \def\gmu@reservedd##1/##2/\@@nil{% to check whether font name
-    % contains |/| (which may not be true!)
-    \ifx&##2&\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi}%
-  % \stanza
-  \def\gmu@reservede##1:##2:\@@nil{% to check whether the font name
-    % contains |:| when it doesn't contain |/|.
-    \ifx&##2&\@xa\@firstoftwo\else\@xa\@secondoftwo\fi}%
-  % \stanza
-  \edef\gmu@reserveda{%
-    % now, reserved B parses the font name and features. It uses an
-    % auxiliary reserved C because after |/| may be or may not be
-    % features specification.
-    \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@reservedd\@xa\meaning\the\font//\@@nil
-    {% font name doesn't contain a~slash
-      \@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@reservede\@xa\meaning\the\font::\@@nil
-      {% nor does it contain a~colon
-        \def\@nx\gmu@reservedb\detokenize{select font
-          "}####1\detokenize{"}####2\@nx\@@nil{%
-          \ifx\fontspec#3%
-            \@nx\@nx\@nx\fontspec[\@gobble#4\@empty]{####1}% gobble a~comma
-          \else
-            #3Font={####1}, #3Features={\@gobble #4\@empty}%
-          \fi
-        }%
-      }%
-      {% no slash but there is a~colon
-        \def\@nx\gmu@reservedb\detokenize{select font
-          "}####1:####2\detokenize{"}####3\@nx\@@nil{%
-          \ifx\fontspec#3%
-            \@nx\@nx\@nx\fontspec[\@nx\gmu@reservedc####2::\@nx\@@nil#4]{####1}%
-          \else
-            #3Font={####1}, #3Features={\@nx\gmu@reservedc####2::\@nx\@@nil#4}%
-          \fi
-        }%
-      }%
-    }% of ‘no slash’ case
-    {% font name contains a~slash
-      \def\@nx\gmu@reservedb\detokenize{select font
-        "}####1/####2\detokenize{"}####3\@nx\@@nil{%
-        \ifx\fontspec#3%
-          \@nx\@nx\@nx\fontspec[\@nx\gmu@reservedc####2::\@nx\@@nil#4]{####1}%
-        \else
-          #3Font={####1}, #3Features={\@nx\gmu@reservedc####2::\@nx\@@nil#4}%
-        \fi
-      }% of |\gmu@reservedb|
-    }% of ‘slash present’ case
-  }\gmu@reserveda
-  % ^^A\typeout{@@@@@ ›\@xa\meaning\the\font‹}%
-  \xdef#1{\@xa\@xa\@xa\gmu@reservedb\@xa\meaning\the\font\@@nil}%
-  % ^^A~\typeout{@@@@@ ›\meaning#1‹}%
-}%
-
-\def\gmu@maybestripcomma#1,,#2\@@nil{#1}
-
-\pdef\gmu@setbasefont{\@xa\let\@xa\gmu@basefont\the\font}
-
-\let\setbasefont\gmu@setbasefont
-
-\DeclareCommand\gmu@calc@scale{%
-  O{1}% a~factor,
-  m% number of the fontdimen
-  }
-{\begingroup
-  % ^^A~\setlength\@tempdima{\fontdimen#1\font}%
-  % ^^A~\setlength\@tempdimb{\fontdimen#1\zf@basefont}%
-  % ^^A~\setlength\@tempdimc{1pt*\ratio{\@tempdima}{\@tempdimb}}%
-  % We ‘descale’ the current font:\nostanza
-  \gmu@cepstnof\fontspec[, Scale=1]\gmu@tempa
-  \@xa\let\@xa\gmu@currfont@descaled\the\font
-  \gmu@basefont
-  % ^^A\typeout{@@@@ \meaning\gmu@basefont}%
-  \gmu@cepstnof\fontspec[, Scale=1]\gmu@tempa
-  % \nostanza now also the base font is descaled.
-  \xdef\gmu@fontscale{%
-    \strip@pt
-    % ^^A\@tempdimc
-    \dimexpr  1pt *
-     \numexpr\dimexpr#1\fontdimen#2\font\relax\relax /
-    \numexpr\fontdimen#2\gmu@currfont@descaled\relax 
-    \relax}%
-  % ^^A    \zf@PackageInfo{\zf@fontname\space scale = \zf@scale}%
-  \endgroup}
-
-
-%\division{Varia}
-%
-
-% A~very neat macro provided by \pk{doc}. I~copy it
-% \texttilde|verbatim|.
-\def\gmu@tilde{%
-  \leavevmode\lower.8ex\hbox{$\,\widetilde{\mbox{ }}\,$}}
-% Originally there was just |\ | instead of |\mbox{ }| but some
-% commands of ours do redefine |\ |.
-%^^A\pdef\*{\gmu@tilde}
-% \changes[\*]{v0.97}{2008/11/29}{ removed (it was a~text tilde,
-% available as \cmd\texttilde)}
-\AtBeginDocument{% to bypass redefinition of |\~| as a~text command
-  % with various encodings
-  \pdef\texttilde{% 
-    % \changes{v0.83}{2007/08/22}{postponed to
-    %   \cs{begin\{document\}} to avoid overwriting by a~text command
-    %   and
-    %   made sensible to a~subsequent
-    %   /} % \changes{v0.86}{2007/12/11}{renamed from \cmd\~
-    % since the latter is one of \LaTeX's\ accents}
-    \@ifnextchar/{\gmu@tilde\kern-0,1667em\relax}\gmu@tilde}}
-% We prepare the proper kerning for ``\texttilde/''.
-
-% The standard |\obeyspaces| declaration just changes the space's
-% |\catcode| to \catactive\ (`active'). Usually it is fairly enough
-% because no one `normal' redefines the active space. But we are
-% \emph{not} normal and we do \emph{not} do usual things and therefore
-% we want a~declaration that not only will |\active|ate the space but
-% also will (re)define it as the |\ | primitive. So define
-% |\gmobeyspaces| that obeys this requirement.
-% 
-% (This definition is repeated in \pk{gmverb}.)
-\foone{\catcode`\ \active}%
-{\def\gmobeyspaces{\let \ \catcode`\ \active}}
-
-% While typesetting poetry, I~was surprised that sth.\ didn't work. The
-% reason was that original |\obeylines| does |\let| not |\def|, so I~give
-% the latter possibility.
-% \Define\defobeylines
-% \changes{v0.62}{06/09/07}{moved from \pk{pmlectionis.cls}}
-\foone{\catcode`\^^M\active}% the comment signs here are crucial.
-{\def\defobeylines{\catcode`\^^M=13 \def^^M{\par}}}
-
-% Another thing I~dislike in \LaTeX\ yet is doing special things for
-% |\…skip|'s, 'cause I~like the Knuthian simplicity. So I~sort of
-% restore Knuthian meanings:
-% \changes{v0.63}{06/9/8}{Plain-like skip macros
-% defined: \cs{dek›(small⁄|med⁄|big›)skip} i.e., moved here from
-% another file}
-
-\def\deksmallskip{\vskip\smallskipamount}
-\def\undeksmallskip{\vskip-\smallskipamount}
-\def\dekmedbigskip{\vskip\glueexpr \medskipamount+\smallskipamount}
-\def\dekmedskip{\vskip\medskipamount}
-\def\dekbigskip{\vskip\bigskipamount}
-
-
-\def\hfillneg{\hskip 0pt plus -1fill\relax}
-% \changes{v0.80}{2007/04/28}{added}
-
-
-% A~mark for the \TODO{}s:
-\newcommand*{\TODO}[1][]{{%
-    \sffamily\bfseries\huge TO-DO!\if\relax#1\relax\else\space\fi#1}}
-% \changes{v0.64}{06/9/17}{moved here from \pk{pmlectionis}}
-
-% \skiplines
-% The code contained in this |\skiplines| I~wrote to make the table of
-% contents two-column. The first difficulties led me to making the
-% writes immediate at begin and end document but this also worked bad
-% in a~special situation, namely, when a~contents line was added on
-% the last page of the document. So for now I~give this way up and
-% brutally redefine the internal \LaTeX\ macro.
-%
-% % A~trick for making |\protected@write| immediate. What's a~use of it?
-% % See the next macro.
-% % Define\MakeWriteImmediate
-% % CodeDefIndex\@@write
-% % changes{v0.65}{06/9/26}{added}
-% \newcommand*\MakeWriteImmediate{%
-%   \let\@@write\write
-%   \def\write{\immediate\@@write}}
-%
-% % First I~used it for closing of \env{multicols} in the \file{.toc}
-% % file. Second time to make \emph{two} tables of contents containing
-% % two different parts of the document
-% % Define\ImmediateAddtoConts
-% % changes{v0.65}{06/9/26}{added}
-% \newcommand\ImmediateAddtoConts[2]{{%
-%     \MakeWriteImmediate
-%     \addtocontents{#1}{#2}%
-% }}
-% \endskiplines
-
-% I~like two-column tables of contents. First I~tried to provide them by
-% writing |\begin{multicols}{2}| and |\end{multicols}| out to the
-% \file{.toc} file but it worked wrong in some cases. So I~redefine the
-% internal \LaTeX\ macro instead.
-\newcommand*\twocoltoc{%
-  \RequirePackage{multicol}%
-  \def\@starttoc##1{%
-    \begin{multicols}{2}\makeatletter\@input {\jobname .##1}%
-      \if@filesw \@xa \newwrite \csname tf@##1\endcsname 
-        \immediate \openout \csname tf@##1\endcsname \jobname .##1\relax
-      \fi 
-      \@nobreakfalse\end{multicols}}}
-
-\@onlypreamble\twocoltoc
-
-% The macro given below is taken from the \pk{multicol} package (where
-% its name is |\enough@room|). I~put it in this package since I~needed
-% it in two totally different works.
-\DeclareCommand\enoughpage{%
-  Q{+-0123456789}% (optional short version (number of |\baselineskip|s))
-  B{2\baselineskip}% (2) optional (formerly mandatory) long version of
-  % required room on a page
-  >is
-  B{} % (3) what if the room is enough
-  >isB{\newpage} % (4) what if there's to little room on a page
-}{% 
-  % \chgs{2009/03/18 v0.98 made \eTeX-ish}
-  % \chgs{2009/05/25 v0.98 made ifthenelse-like with ‘then’ and ‘else’
-  %   optional default \<nothing> and \cmd\newpage resp.}
-  % \chgs{2009/10/21 v0.98 \cmd\par\ removed since to let it be used
-  %   for \cmd\pagebreak\ inside a paragraph}
-  % ^^A  \par
-  \if
-  \ifdim\dimexpr\pagegoal-\pagetotal<\dimexpr
-  \IfValueTF{#1}{#1\baselineskip}{#2}\relax
-   1\else0\fi
-   \unless\ifdim\dimexpr\pagegoal-\pagetotal<\z@
-    1\else2\fi
-    % \nostanza We check both whether space left on page is larger
-    % than we check \emph{and} whether it's nonnegative (the latter
-    % happens when we are already on the next page). Therefore this
-    % test will not work properly for large values of \inhash1 or
-    % values close to \incmd\textwidth.
-  % ^^A   % \nostanza since 2009/03/18 the test is expandable but
-  % ^^A   % I~leave this macro \inverb|\protected| because  user's will to
-  % ^^A   % make the test during the (e-)definition of  some macro or while
-  % ^^A   % expanding macros as in inserts seems to me not 
-  % ^^A   % very likely. \nostanza
-    \@xa\@firstoftwo
-  \else
-    \@xa\@secondoftwo
-  \fi
-  {#4}{#3}%
-}
-
-%^^A % Two shorthands for debugging:
-%^^A %\Define\tOnLine\Define\OnAtLine
-%^^A \newcommand*\tOnLine{\typeout{\on@line}}
-%^^A 
-%^^A \let\OnAtLine\on@line
-
-% An equality sign properly spaced:
-\pdef\equals{\hunskip${}={}$\ignorespaces}
-% And for the \LaTeX's pseudo-code statements:
-\pdef\eequals{\hunskip${}=={}$\ignorespaces}
-
-\pdef\·{\hunskip${}·{}$\ignorespaces}
-
-
-% While typesetting a~\acro{UTF-8} ls-R result I~found a~difficulty that
-% follows: \acro{UTF-8} encoding is handled by the \pk{inputenc}
-% package. It's O.K. so far. The \acro{UTF-8} sequences are managed using
-% active chars. That's O.K. so far. While writing such sequences to
-% a~file, the active chars expand. You feel the blues? When the result of
-% expansion is read again, it sometimes is again an active char, but
-% now it doesn't star a~correct \acro{UTF-8} sequence. 
-%
-% Because of that I~wanted to `freeze' the active chars so that they
-% would be |\write|n to a~file unexpanded. A~very brutal operation is
-% done: we look at all 256 chars' catcodes and if we find an active
-% one, we |\let| it |\relax|.  As the macro does lots and lots of
-% assignments, it shouldn't be used in |\edef|s.
-%
-% \Define\freeze@actives
-% \changes{v0.76}{2007/02/07}{added}
-
-\def\freeze@actives{%
-  \count\z@\z@
-  % 
-  \@whilenum\count\z@<\@cclvi\do{%
-    \ifnum\catcode\count\z@=\active
-      \uccode`\~=\count\z@
-      \uppercase{\let~\relax}%
-    \fi
-    \advance\count\z@\@ne}}
-
-
-% A~macro that typesets all 256 chars of given font. It makes use of
-% |\@whilenum|. \Define\ShowFont
-
-\newcommand*\ShowFont[1][6]{%
-  \begin{multicols}{#1}[The current font (the \f@encoding\ encoding):]
-    \parindent\z@
-    \count\z@\m@ne
-    \@whilenum\count\z@<\@cclv\do{
-      \advance\count\z@\@ne
-      \ \the\count\z@:~\char\count\z@\par}
-  \end{multicols}}
-
-
-% A~couple of macros for typesetting liturgic texts such as psalmody
-% of Liturgia Horarum. I~wrap them into a~declaration since they'll be
-% needed not every time.
-% \Define\liturgiques
-% \changes{v0.76}{07/3/30}{added, or rather moved from \file{Akatyst.tex}}
-\newcommand*\liturgiques[1][red]{% Requires the \pk{color} package.
-  \gmu@RPfor{xcolor}\color%
-  \newcommand*\czerwo{\small\color{#1}}% environment
-  \newcommand{\czer}[1]{\leavevmode{\czerwo##1}}% we leave
-  % vmode because if we don't, then \env{verse}'s |\everypar| would be
-  % executed in a~group and thus its effect lost.
-  \StoreMacro\*%
-  \def\*{\czer{\storedcsname{*}}}%
-  \def\+{\czer{†}}%
-  \newcommand*\nieczer[1]{\textcolor{black}{##1}}%
-}
-
-% After the next definition you can write
-% \cs{gmu@RP}\arg[options]{package}{\CS} to get the package |#2|
-% loaded with options |#1| if the \CS |#3| is undefined.
-\newcommand*\gmu@RPfor[3][]{% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/30}{renamed from
-  % \cs{gmu@RPif} and \#3 changed from a~csname to \CS} 
-  \ifx\relax#1\relax\emptify\gmu@resa
-  \else \def\gmu@resa{[#1]}%
-  \fi
-  \@xa\RequirePackage\gmu@resa{#2}}
-
-% Since inside \env{document} we cannot load a~package, we'll redefine
-% |\gmu@RPfor| to issue a~request before the error issued by undefined
-% \CS. 
-%^^A \Define\gmu@RPfor
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \renewcommand*\gmu@RPfor[3][]{%
-    \unless\ifdefined#3%
-      \@ifpackageloaded{#2}{}{%
-        \typeout{^^J! Package `#2' not loaded!!! (\on@line)^^J}}%
-    \fi}}
-
-
-% It's very strange to me but it seems that $\continuum$ is not
-% defined in the basic math packages. It is missing at least in the
-% \textit{Symbols} book.
-\pprovide\continuum{%
-  \gmu@RPfor{eufrak}\mathfrak\ensuremath{\mathfrak{c}}}
-
-% And this macro I~saw in the \pk{ltugproc} document class and I~liked
-% it.
-\def\iteracro{%
-  \pdef\acro##1{%
-    \begingroup
-    \acropresetting
-    \gmu@acrospaces##1 \gmu@acrospaces
-    \endgroup
-  }%
-}
-
-\emptify\acropresetting
-
-\iteracro
-
-\def\gmu@acrospaces#1 #2\gmu@acrospaces{%
-  \gmu@acroinner#1\gmu@acroinner
-  \ifx\relax#2\relax\else
-    \space
-    \afterfi{\gmu@acrospaces#2\gmu@acrospaces}% when |#2| is nonempty,
-    % it is ended with a~space. Adding one
-    % more space in this line resulted in
-    % an infinite loop, of course.
-  \fi}
-
-
-\def\gmu@acroinner#1{%
-  \ifx\gmu@acroinner#1\relax\else
-    \ifcat a\@nx#1\relax%
-      \ifnum`#1=\uccode`#1%
-        {\acrocore{#1}}%
-      \else{#1}% tu było |\smallerr|
-      \fi
-    \else#1%
-    \fi
-    \afterfi\gmu@acroinner
-  \fi}
-
-% We extract the very thing done to the letters to a~macro because we
-% need to redefine it in fonts that don't have small caps.
-\pdef\acrocore{\smaller % was: |\scshape\lowercase|
-}
-
-% Since the fonts I~am currently using do not support required font
-% feature, I~skip the following definition. 
-
-\def\IMHO{\acro{IMHO}}
-\def\AKA{\acro{AKA}}
-
-\pdef\usc#1{{\addfontfeature{Letters=UppercaseSmallCaps}#1}}
-
-\def\uscacro{\let\acro\usc}
-
-%^^A \newcommand*\qxenc{\fontencoding{QX}\selectfont}
-%^^A % The |\copyright| command is unavailable in T1 and U~(unknown)
-%^^A % encodings so provide
-%^^A \newcommand*\qxcopyright{{\qxenc\copyright}}
-%^^A \newcommand*\qxcopyrights{%
-%^^A   \let\gmu@copyright\copyright
-%^^A   \def\copyright{{\qxenc\gmu@copyright}}}
-%^^A 
-%^^A \newcommand*\fixcopyright{%
-%^^A   \@ifXeTeX{\def\copyright{\char"00A9 }}{\qxcopyrights}}
-
-
-% Probably the only use of it is loading \pk{gmdocc.cls} `as second
-% class'. This command takes first argument optional, options of the
-% class, and second mandatory, the class name. I~use it in an article
-% about \pk{gmdoc}.
-\def\secondclass{%
-  \newif\ifSecondClass
-  \SecondClasstrue
-  \@fileswithoptions\@clsextension}%|[outeroff,gmeometric]{gmdocc}|%
-% it's loading \pk{gmdocc.cls} with all the bells and whistles except
-% the error message.
-
-
-% Cf.\ \TeXbook\ ex.\ 11.6.\par
-% A~line from \LaTeX:
-% \[|% \check@mathfonts\fontsize\sf@size\z@\math@fontsfalse\selectfont|\]
-% didn't work as I~would wish: in a~|\footnotesize|'s scope it still
-% was |\scriptsize|, so too large.
-% \changes{v0.81}{2007/05/13}{moved here from \pk{pmlectionis.cls}}
-
-\def\gmu@dekfraccsimple#1/#2{\leavevmode\kern.1em
-  \raise.7ex\hbox{%^^A \udigits
-    \gmu@fracfontsetup#1}\gmu@numeratorkern
-  \dekfraccslash\gmu@denominatorkern
-  %^^A\lower.25ex\hbox
-  {%^^A\udigits
-    \gmu@fracfontsetup#2}%
-  \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup\fi}
-
-\def\gmu@fracfontsetup{%
-  \smaller[3]\addfontfeature{FakeBold=1}}
-
-
-\def\dekfraccsimple{% \label{2292}
-  \let\dekfracc@args\gmu@dekfraccsimple
-}
-\@ifXeTeX{\def\dekfraccslash{\char"2044 }}
-{\def\dekfraccslash{/}} % You can define it as the fraction slash,
-% %%%%% \nlpercent|\char"2044 |\ilrr
-\dekfraccsimple
-
-% \changes{v0.81}{2007/05/13}{moved here from \pk{pmlectionis.cls}}
-
-
-% A~macro that  acts like |\,| (thin and unbreakable space) except it
-% allows hyphenation afterwards:
-
-\newcommand*\ikern{\,\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip\relax}
-%\changes{v0.82}{2007/07/17}{added}
-
-% And a~macro to forbid hyphenation of the next word:
-\pdef\nohy{\leavevmode\kern0sp\relax}
-\pdef\yeshy{\leavevmode\penalty\@M\hskip\z@skip}
-% In both of the above definitions `0sp' not |\z@| to allow their
-% writing to and reading from files where @ is `other'. 
-
-
-
-
-% \subdivision{\cs{include} not only \file{.tex}'s}
-% |\include| modified by me below lets you to include files of any
-% extension provided that extension in the argument. 
-% 
-% If you want to |\include| a~non-\file{.tex} file and deal with it
-% with |\includeonly|, give the latter command full file name, with
-% the extension that is.
-%
-\def\gmu@getext#1.#2\@@nil{%\UnDef
-  \def\gmu@filename{#1}%\UnDef
-  \def\gmu@fileext{#2}}
-
-\def\include#1{\relax
-  \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
-  \@latex@error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
-  \else \@include#1 \fi}
-
-\def\@include#1 {%
-  \gmu@getext#1.\@@nil
-  % \UnDef
-  \ifx\gmu@fileext\empty\def\gmu@fileext{tex}\fi
-  \clearpage
-  \if@filesw
-    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{\gmu@filename.aux}}%
-  \fi
-  \@tempswatrue
-  \if@partsw
-    \@tempswafalse
-    \edef\reserved@b{#1}%
-    \@for\reserved@a:=\@partlist\do{%
-      \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\@tempswatrue\fi}%
-  \fi
-  \if@tempswa
-    \let\@auxout\@partaux
-    \if@filesw
-      \immediate\openout\@partaux \gmu@filename.aux
-      \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
-    \fi
-    \@input@{\gmu@filename.\gmu@fileext}%
-    \inclasthook
-    \clearpage
-    \@writeckpt{\gmu@filename}%
-    \if@filesw
-      \immediate\closeout\@partaux
-    \fi
-  \else
-% If  the file is not included, reset |\@include| |\deadcycles|, so that a
-% long list of non-included files 
-% does not generate an `Output loop' error.
-    \deadcycles\z@
-    \@nameuse{cp@\gmu@filename}%
-  \fi
-  \let\@auxout\@mainaux}
-
-
-\newcommand\whenonly[3]{%
-  \def\gmu@whonly{#1,}%
-  \ifx\gmu@whonly\@partlist\afterfi{#2}\else\afterfi{#3}\fi}
-
-% I~assume one usually includes chapters or so so the last page style
-% should be closing.
-\def\inclasthook{\thispagestyle{closing}}
-
-% \subdivision{Switching on and off parts of one file}
-%
-% The |\include| facility is very nice only it forces you to split
-% your source in many files. Therefore I~provide a~tool analogous to
-% |\include| and using the same |\includeonly| mechanism/list to
-% switch on and off parts of the same source file.
-%
-\def\filepart#1{\relax
-  \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
-  \@latex@error{\string\filepart\space cannot be nested}\@eha
-  \else\afterfi{\@filepart#1 }\fi}
-
-\def\@filepart#1 {%
-  \clearpage
-  \edef\gmu@filepartname{#1}% we'll use it later
-  \if@filesw
-    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#1.aux}}%
-  \fi
-  \@tempswatrue
-  \if@partsw
-    \@tempswafalse
-    \@for\reserved@a:=\@partlist\do{%
-      \ifx\reserved@a\gmu@filepartname\@tempswatrue\fi}%
-  \fi
-  \if@tempswa
-    \let\@auxout\@partaux
-    \if@filesw
-      \immediate\openout\@partaux #1.aux
-      \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
-    \fi
-    \@xa\@firstoftwo
-    % \label{spart:iftrue}
-  \else
-% If  the file is not included, reset |\@include| |\deadcycles|, so that a
-% long list of non-included files 
-% does not generate an `Output loop' error.
-    \deadcycles\z@
-    \@nameuse{cp@\gmu@filepartname}%
-    \let\@auxout\@mainaux
-    \@xa\@secondoftwo
-  \fi
-  {\iftrue}%
-  {\let\endfilepart\fi
-    \csname gm@skipped@#1\endcsname
-    \def\next{\RestoreMacro\endfilepart
-      \@ifnextchar\bgroup{\show\NextBgroup\@gobble}{}}%
-    \@xa\next\iffalse}%
-}
-
-
-\DeclareCommand\endfilepart{b}{% Note the argument is  not used really. Maybe later we'll
-  % use it for checking of proper matching. Or maybe not.
-  \inclasthook
-  \clearpage
-  \@writeckpt{\gmu@filepartname}%
-  \if@filesw
-  \immediate\closeout\@partaux
-  \fi
-  \fi% this |\fi| closes |\Iftrue| put by line \ref{spart:iftrue}.
-  \let\@auxout\@mainaux
-}
-
-\StoreMacro\endfilepart
-
-\def\nofileparts{%
-  \let\filepart\@gobble
-  \DeclareCommand\endfilepart{b}{}%
-}
-
-% \subdivision{Fix of including when \pk{fontspec} is used}
-% The \pk{fontspec} package creates counters for font families. If
-% a~\pk{fontspec} command is used in a~part of a~document and then
-% such a~part is skipped, an error occurs ‘No counter zf@fam@…
-% defined’. Now we fix that by ensuring all the counters are defined
-% before they are set.
-%
-% Note it's a~draft version which doesn't support resetting of one counter
-% within another.
-
-\def\includecountfix{%
-  \def\@wckptelt##1{%
-    \immediate\write\@partaux{%
-      \providecounter{##1}% to
-      % provide the font counters defined
-      % in parts of the document.
-      \string\setcounter{##1}{\the\@nameuse{c@##1}}}}%
-}
-
-\pdef\providecounter#1{%
-  \unless\ifcsname c@#1\endcsname\newcounter{#1}\fi}
-
-
-% \subdivision{Faked small caps}
-
-\def\gmu@scapLetters#1{%
-  \ifx#1\relax\relax\else% two |\relax|es to cover the case of empty |#1|.
-    \ifcat a\@nx#1\relax
-      \ifnum\the\lccode`#1=`#1\relax
-        {\fakescapscore\MakeUppercase{#1}}% not Plain |\uppercase|
-                                % because that works bad with \pk{inputenc}.
-      \else#1%
-      \fi
-    \else#1%
-    \fi%
-    \@xa\gmu@scapLetters
-  \fi}%
-%
-\def\gmu@scapSpaces#1 #2\@@nil{%
-  \ifx#1\relax\relax
-  \else\gmu@scapLetters#1\relax
-  \fi
-  \ifx#2\relax\relax
-  \else\afterfi{\ \gmu@scapSpaces#2\@@nil}%
-  \fi}
-%
-\def\gmu@scapss#1\@@nil{{\def~{{\nobreakspace}}%
-    \gmu@scapSpaces#1 \@@nil}}%|% \def\\{{\newline}}\relax|
-% adding redefinition of |\\| caused stack overflow.  Note it
-% disallows hyphenation except at |\-|.
-
-\pdef\fakescaps#1{{\gmu@scapss#1\@@nil}}
-
-\let\fakescapscore\gmu@scalematchX
-
-% Experimente z~akcentami patrz no3.tex.
-\def\tinycae{{\tiny\AE}}% to use in |\fakescaps[\tiny]{…}|
-
-\RequirePackage{calc}
-
-% wg |\zf@calc@scale| pakietu \pk{fontspec}.
-
-\@ifpackageloaded{fontspec}{%
-  \def\gmu@scalar{1.0}%
-  \def\zf@scale{}%
-  \def\gmu@scalematchX{%
-    \begingroup
-      \ifx\zf@scale\empty\def\gmu@scalar{1.0}%
-      \else\let\gmu@scalar\zf@scale\fi
-      \setlength\@tempdima{\fontdimen5\font}% 5---ex height
-      \setlength\@tempdimb{\fontdimen8\font}% 8---\XeTeX\ synthesised
-      % uppercase height.
-      \divide\@tempdimb by1000\relax
-      \divide\@tempdima by\@tempdimb
-      \setlength{\@tempdima}{\@tempdima*\real{\gmu@scalar}}%
-      \gm@ifundefined{fakesc@extrascale}{}{%
-        \setlength{\@tempdima}{\@tempdima*\real{\fakesc@extrascale}}}%
-      \@tempcnta=\@tempdima
-      \divide\@tempcnta by 1000\relax
-      \@tempcntb=-1000\relax
-      \multiply\@tempcntb by\@tempcnta
-      \advance\@tempcntb by\@tempdima
-      \xdef\gmu@scscale{\the\@tempcnta.%
-        \ifnum\@tempcntb<100 0\fi
-        \ifnum\@tempcntb<10 0\fi
-        \the\@tempcntb}%^^A{\strip@pt\@tempdimc}%
-%^^A      \typeout{**** \gmu@scscale}%
-    \endgroup
-    \addfontfeature{Scale=\gmu@scscale}%
-  }}{\let\gmu@scalematchX\smallerr}
-
-\def\fakescextrascale#1{\def\fakesc@extrascale{#1}}
- 
-
-% \subdivision{See above/see below}
-% To generate a~phrase as in the header depending of whether the
-% respective label is before of after.
-\newcommand*\wyzejnizej[1]{%
-  \edef\gmu@tempa{\gm@ifundefined{r@#1}{\arabic{page}}{%
-      \@xa\@xa\@xa\@secondoftwo\csname r@#1\endcsname}}%
-  \ifnum\gmu@tempa<\arabic{page}\relax wy\.zej\fi
-  \ifnum\gmu@tempa>\arabic{page}\relax ni\.zej\fi
-  \ifnum\gmu@tempa=\arabic{page}\relax \@xa\ignorespaces\fi
-}
-
-%\subdivision{\env{luzniej} and \env{napapierki}---environments used\
-%  in page breaking for money}
-%
-% \QueerEOL
-% The name of first of them comes from Polish typesetters' phrase
-% ``rozbija\cacute\ [sk\l ad] na papierki''---`to broaden [leading] with
-% paper scratches'.
-
-\def\napapierkistretch{0,3pt}% It's quite much for 11/13pt leading.
-
-\def\napapierkicore{\advance\baselineskip%
-  by 0ptplus\napapierkistretch\relax}
-
-
-% ^^A % \catcode`\^^D\active \def^^D{\traceon}
-% ^^A % \catcode`\^^E\active \def^^E{\traceoff\gmshowlists}
-% ^^A \catcode`\^^D=9
-% ^^A \catcode`\^^E=9
-\DeclareEnvironment{napapierki}{s}{%
-  % \chgs{2009/01/05 v0.98 added optional star controlling globalness}
-  \par\IfValueT{#1}{\global
-  }%
-  \napapierkicore}
-{%
-  \par
-  \IfValueT{#1}{\global\baselineskip=1\baselineskip\relax
-  }%
-}% so that you can use  \inverb|\napapierki*›…\endnapapierki*|
-% in interlacing environments.
-
-
-
-\newcount\gmu@luzniej
-
-\newcommand*\luzniejcore[1][1]{%
-  \advance\gmu@luzniej\@ne% We use this count to check whether we open
-  % the environment or just set |\looseness| inside it again.
-  \ifnum\gmu@luzniej=\@ne  \multiply\tolerance by 2 \fi
-  \looseness=#1\relax}
-
-% After |\begin{luzniej}| we may put the optional argument of
-% |\luzniejcore| 
-\newenvironment*{luzniej}{\par\luzniejcore}{\par}
-
-
-% The starred version sets |\looseness| in |\everypar|, which has its advantages
-% and disadvantages.\nostanza
-\newenvironment*{luzniej*}[1][1]{%
-  \multiply\tolerance by 2\relax
-  \everypar{\looseness=#1\relax}}{\par}
-
-\newcommand*\nawj{\kern0,1em\relax}% a~kern to be put between
-% parentheses and letters with descendants such as $j$ or $y$ in
-% certain fonts.
-%
-% The original |\pauza| of \pk{polski} has the skips rigid (one is
-% even a~kern). We make the skips flexible. Moreover, our |\pauza|
-% begins with |\ifhmode| to be usable also at the beginning of a~line
-% where it  marks a~part of a~dialogue.
-
-\def\pauza@skipcore{\hskip0.2em plus0.1em\relax
-  \pauzacore
-  \@ifnextchar,{% 2009/11/22 added a special case of a comma following pauza
-  }{\hskip.2em plus0.1em\relax\ignorespaces}}%
-%
-\def\ppauza@skipcore{\unskip\penalty10000\hskip0.2em plus0.1em\relax
-          \ppauza@dash\hskip.2em plus0.1em\ignorespaces}
-% 
-
-\AtBeginDocument{%
-  \pdef\pauza{%
-    \ifhmode
-      \unskip\penalty10000
-      \hskip0.2em plus0.1em\relax
-      \pauzacore\hskip.2em plus0.1em\relax\ignorespaces%
-    \else
-      \pauzadial
-    \fi}%
-  % 
-  % According to \tytul{Instrukcja technologiczna.\ Skład ręczny ^^B
-  %   i~maszynowy} the dialogue dash (in Polish) should be followed by
-  % a~rigid hskip of \dekfracc1/2\,em.
-  \pdef\pauzadial{%
-    \leavevmode\pauzacore\penalty10000\hskip0,5em\ignorespaces}
-  % 
-  % And a~version with no space at the left, to begin a~|\noindent|ed
-  % paragraph explaining e.g.\ a~quotation:
-  \pdef\lpauza{%
-    \leavevmode
-    \pauzacore\hskip.2em plus0.1em\ignorespaces}%
-  % 
-  % We define |\ppauza| as an en dash surrounded with thin stretchable
-  % spaces and sticking to the upper line or bare but discretionary
-  % depending on the next token being space${}_10$. Of course you'll
-  % never get such a~space after a~literal \CS so an explicit |\ppauza|
-  % will always result with a~bare discretionary en dash, but if we
-  % |\let–\ppauza|…
-  % \stanza
-   \pdef\ppauza{%
-    \ifvmode    \PackageError{gmutils}{%
-      command \bslash ppauza (en dash) not intended for vmode.}{%
-      Use \bslash ppauza (en dash) only in number and numeral ranges.}%
-    \else
-      \unskip\discretionary
-      {\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}%
-    \fi}%
-}% of at begin document
-
-\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
-%
-\AtBeginDocument{% to be independent of moment of loading of \pk{polski}.
-  \pdef\—{%
-    \ifhmode
-      \unskip\penalty10000
-      \afterfi{%
-        \@ifnextspace{\pauza@skipcore}%
-        {\@ifnextchar,{\pauza@skipcore}% a special case of comma added 2009/11/22
-          {\@ifnextMac{\pauza@skipcore}%
-            {\pauzacore\penalty\hyphenpenalty\hskip\z@skip}}}%
-      }% of |\afterfi|'s argument
-      \else
-    % \nostanza According to \tytul{Instrukcja technologiczna.\ Skład ręczny ^^B
-    % i~maszynowy} the dialogue dash should be followed by a~rigid
-    % hskip of \dekfracc1/2\,em.\nostanza
-      \leavevmode\pauzacore\penalty10000\hskip0,5em\ignorespaces
-    \fi}%
-  % The next command's name consists of letters and therefore it eats
-  % any spaces following it, so |\@ifnextspace| would always be
-  % false, therefore we don't use it.\nostanza 
-  \pdef\–{%
-    \ifvmode    \PackageError{gmutils}{%
-      command \bslash ppauza (en dash) not intended for vmode.}{%
-      Use \bslash ppauza (en dash) only in number and numeral ranges.}%
-    \else
-      \afterfi{%
-        \@ifnextspace{\ppauza@skipcore}{%
-          \@ifnextMac\ppauza@skipcore
-          {\unskip\discretionary
-            {\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}{\ppauza@dash}}}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-  }%
-  % 
-  \def\emdash{\char`\—}
-}% of at begin document 
-
-\def\longpauza{\def\pauzacore{—}}
-\longpauza
-\def\shortpauza{% 
-  \def\pauzacore{\hbox{–\kern,23em\relax\llap{–}}}}%
-\def\ppauza@dash{–}%
-
-
-\else % not \XeTeX
-\def\longpauza{\def\pauzacore{---}}
-\longpauza
-\def\shortpauza{% 
-  \def\pauzacore{--\kern,23em\relax\llap{--}}}%
-\def\ppauza@dash{--}%
-
-
-\fi% of if \XeTeX.
-
-
-
-% If you have all the three dashes on your keyboard (as I~do), you may want to use
-% them for short instead of |\pauza|, |\ppauza| and |\dywiz|. The
-% shortest dash is defined to be smart in math mode and result with
-% $-$.
-\ifdefined\XeTeXversion
-\foone{\catcode`—\active \catcode`–\active \catcode`-\active}{%\label{not@ifundef}
-  \def\adashes{\AtBeginDocument\adashes}% because |\pauza|
-  % is defined at begin document.
-  \AtBeginDocument{\def\adashes{%
-      \catcode`—\active \def—{\—}%
-      \catcode`–\active \def–{\–}%
-      % ^^A        \catcode`-\active \let-\gmu@dywiz
-      \addtomacro\dospecials{\do\–\do\—}%
-      \addtomacro\@sanitize{\@makeother\–\@makeother\—}%
-      \addtomacro\gmu@septify{\do\–13\do\—13\relax}%
-}}}
-\else
-\relaxen\adashes
-\fi
-
-
-% The hyphen shouldn't be active \IMHO\ because it's used in \TeX\
-% control such as |\hskip-2pt|. Therefore we provide the |\ahyphen|
-% declaration reluctantly, because sometimes we need it and always use
-% it with caution. Note that my active hyphen in vertical and math
-% modes expands to |-|\catother.
-
-\def\gmu@dywiz{\ifmmode-\else
-  \ifvmode-\else\afterfifi\dywiz\fi\fi}%
-
-\foone{\catcode`-\active}{% aktivnyj diefis aktywny dywiz active hyphen
-    \def\ahyphen{\let-\gmu@dywiz\catcode`\-\active}}
-
-
-% To get current time. Works in \eTeX s, including \XeTeX. |\czas|
-% typesets \czas\ and |\czas[:]| typesets \czas[:].
-\newcommand*\czas[1][.]{%
-  \the\numexpr(\time-30)/60\relax#1%
-  \@tempcnta=\numexpr\time-(\time-30)/60*60\relax
-  \ifnum\@tempcnta<10 0\fi\the\@tempcnta}
-
-
-\@ifXeTeX{%
-  \pdef\textbullet{% \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/3}{the \XeTeX\
-    % version enriched with \cs{iffontchar} due to lack of bullets
-    % with the default settings reported by Morten H\o{}gholm and Edd Barrett}
-    \iffontchar\font"2022 \char"2022 \else\ensuremath{\bullet}\fi}%
-  % 
-  \pprovide\glyphname#1{% \changes{v0.96}{2008/11/12}{moved here from
-    % my private document class}
-    \XeTeXglyph \numexpr\XeTeXglyphindex "#1"\relax\relax}% since
-                                % \XeTeX\ … \incs{numexpr} is redundant.
-}
-{\def\textbullet{\ensuremath{\bullet}}}
-
-\newenvironment*{tytulowa}{\newpage}{\par\thispagestyle{empty}\newpage}
-
-% To typeset peoples' names on page 4 (the editorial page):
-\def\nazwired{\quad\textsc}
-
-
-
-
-% \subdivision{Typesetting dates in my memoirs}
-
-% A~date in the |YYYY-MM-DD| format we'll transform into  
-% `\acro{DD mmmm YYYY}' 
-% format or we'll just typeset next two tokens/|{…}| if the
-% arguments' string begins with |--|. The latter option is provided to
-% preserve compatibility with already used macros and to avoid
-% a~starred version of |\thedate| and the same time to be able to turn
-% |\datef| off in some cases (for \file{SevSev04.tex}).
-\pdef\polskadata{%
-  \DeclareCommand\gmu@datefsl{%
-    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % (1) year
-    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % (2) month
-    Q{0123456789\bgroup} % (3) day
-    T{,} K{##1\gmu@datefsl} % (4, 5) additional stuff after comma
-  }{%
-      \IfValueF{##2}{\PutIfValue{##3}}%
-      \IfValueT{##2}{%
-        \@tempcnta=0##3\relax\the\@tempcnta
-        \ifcase##2\relax\or\ stycznia\or\ lutego%
-        \or\ marca\or\ kwietnia\or\ maja\or\ czerwca\or\ lipca\or\ sierpnia%
-        \or\ września\or\ października\or\ listopada\or\ grudnia\else
-        {}%
-        \fi}%
-        \IfValueT{##1}{\space ##1}%
-        \PutIfValue{##4}\IfValueT{##5}{ ##5}%
-      }% of \incs{gmu@datefsl}.
-  }% of |\polskadata|
-
-\polskadata
-
-% For documentation in English:
-\pdef\englishdate{%
-  \DeclareCommand\gmu@datefsl{%
-    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % (1) year
-    Q{0123456789\bgroup}>iT{/-} % (2) month
-    Q{0123456789\bgroup} % (3) day
-    T{,}  K{##1\gmu@datefsl} % (4, 5) additional stuff after comma
-  }{%
-    \IfValueF{##2}{\PutIfValue{##3}}%
-    \IfValueT{##2}{%
-      \ifcase##2\relax\or January\or February%
-        \or March\or April\or May\or June\or July\or August%
-        \or September\or October\or November\or December\else
-        {}%
-      \fi}%
-    \space
-    \@tempcnta=##3\relax\the\@tempcnta,
-    \IfValueT{##1}{ ##1}%
-    \PutIfValue{##4}\IfValueT{##5}{ ##5}%
-  }% of \incs{gmu@datefsl}.
-}%
-
-
-
-% Dates for memoirs to be able to typeset them also as diaries.
-\newif\ifdate
-% ^^A|%\newcounter{dateinsection}[section]|
-\pdef\bidate#1{%
-  \gmu@datefsl#1\gmu@datefsl
-}
-
-\pdef\linedate{\gm@ifstar\linedate@@\linedate@}
-\pdef\linedate@@#1{\linedate@{--{}{}#1}}
-\pdef\linedate@#1{\par
-  \linedate@hook{#1}%
-  \ifdate\addvspace{\dateskipamount}%
-  \possvfil% if we put it before |\addvspace|, the v-space is always added.
-  \date@line{\footnotesize\itshape \bidate{#1}}%
-  \nopagebreak
-  \else%|%\ifnum\arabic{dateinsection}>0\dekbigskip\fi|
-    \addvspace{\bigskipamount}\possvfil
-  \fi}% end of |\linedate|.
-  
-\let\linedate@hook\@gobble
-
-\let\dateskipamount\medskipamount
-  
-\pdef\rdate{\let\date@line\rightline \linedate}
-  
-  
-\def\date@left#1{\par{%
-    \raggedright#1%
-    \leftskip\z@skip
-    % ^^A     \hangindent\z@skip
-    % ^^A     \hangafter\z@
-    % ^^A     \parshape\z@
-    % ^^A~wycinam, bo gryzło się z~floatingfigure.
-    \@@par}}%
-
-\pdef\ldate{%\changes{v0.94}{2008/09/06}{\cs{leftline}
-  % replaced with \cs{par}…\cs{par} to work well with \pk{floatflt}}
-  \let\date@line\date@left
-  \linedate}
-
-\newcommand*\runindate[1]{%
-  \paragraph{\footnotesize\itshape \gmu@datef#1\gmu@datef}%
-  \stepcounter{dateinsection}}
-% I'm not quite positive which side I~want the date to be put to so
-% let's |let| for now and we'll be able to change it in the very documents.
-\let\thedate\ldate
-
-
-\pdef\zwrobcy#1{\emph{#1}} %ostinato, allegro con moto,
-                                %garden party etc., także kompliment
-
-\pdef\tytul#1{\emph{#1}}
-
-
-% Maszynopis w~świecie justowanym zrobi delikatną
-% chorągiewkę. (The \env{maszynopis} environment will make a~delicate
-% ragged right if called in a~justified world.)
-\newenvironment{maszynopis}[1][]{#1\ttfamily
-  \hyphenchar\font=45\relax% this assignment is global for the font.
-  \@tempskipa=\glueexpr\rightskip+\leftskip\relax
-  \ifdim\gluestretch\@tempskipa=\z@ 
-  \tolerance900
-  % \nostanza it worked well with tolerance \equals 900.\nostanza
-  \advance\rightskip by\z@ plus0,5em\relax\fi
-  \fontdimen3\font=\z@% we forbid stretching spaces…\par\nostanza\gmdnoindent
-  %|%  \fontdimen4\font=\z@| but allow shrinking them.\nostanza
-  \hyphenpenalty0 % not to make \TeX\ nervous: in a~typewriting this
-  % marvellous algorithm of hyphenation should be turned off and every
-  % line broken at the last allowable point.
-  \StoreMacro\pauzacore
-  \def\pauzacore{-\rlap{\kern-0,3em-}-}%
-}{\par}
-
-
-
-\pdef\justified{%
-  \leftskip=1\leftskip% to preserve the natural length and discard
-  % stretch and shrink.
-  \rightskip=1\rightskip
-  \parfillskip=1\parfillskip
-  \advance\parfillskip by 0sp plus 1fil\relax
-  % ^^A~\lastlinefit=700
-  \let\\\@normalcr}
-
-% To conform Polish recommendation for typesetting saying that
-% a~paragraph's last line leaving less than |\parindent| should be
-% stretched to fill the text width:\nostanza
-\DeclareCommand\fullpar{%
-  T{+-}%
-  Q{+-0123456789} % optional looseness (most probably negative)
-}{%
-  \begingroup
-  \IfValueT{#1}{\looseness=#1\IfValueTF{#2}{#2}{1}\relax
-    \multiply\tolerance by \tw@
-  }%
-  \fullparcore
-  \par
-  \endgroup}
-
-\pdef\fullparcore{%
-  \hunskip
-  \parfillskip\z@skip}
-
-
-% To conform Polish recommendation for typesetting that says that the
-% last line of a~paragraph has to be 2|\parindent| long at least. The
-% idea is to set \cs{parfillskip} naturally rigid and long as
-% |\textwidth-2\parindent|, but that causes non-negligible shrinking
-% of the
-% inter-word spaces so we provide a~declaration to catch the proper
-% glue where the parindent is set (e.g.\ in footnotes parindent is 0\,pt) 
-\newcommand*\twoparinit{% the name stands for `\emph{last} paragraph
-  % line's length \emph{min}imum \emph{two} \incs{parindent}.
-  \def\twopar@defts{%
-    \hsize-\leftskip-\rightskip-\fontcharwd\font`…}%
-  \def\twopar@atleast{2\@parindent}%
-  \DeclareCommand\twopar{%
-    T{+-}% (1) you can specify loosening the paragraph by one only by
-         % typing single |+| and tightening by one by typing single |-|.
-    Q{+-0123456789}% (2)
-    A{\twopar@atleast}% (3)
-    >iT{\cipolagwa}}{%
-    \begingroup
-    \IfValueT{##1}{%
-      \looseness=##1\IfValueTF{##2}{##2}{1}\relax
-      \multiply\tolerance by2
-    }%
-    \twoparcore<##3>%
-    \par
-    \endgroup
-  }% of \incmd\twopar.
-  % \stanza
-  \ifdefined\XeTeXversion
-    \DeclareCommand\twoparcore{%
-      A{\twopar@atleast}>iT{\cipolągwa}}{%
-      \hunskip % it's \ac{O.K.} it's in a~group, it'll work anyway.
-      \edef\gmu@tempa{\the\dimexpr\twopar@defts-##1\relax}%
-      \parfillskip=\glueexpr\gmu@tempa minus \gmu@tempa
-      \relax% to delimit |\glueexpr|.
-      \relax% to delimit the assignment.
-    }%
-  \else % not \XeTeX---doesn't use |\fontcharwd|.
-    \DeclareCommand\twoparcore{%
-      A{\twopar@default}>iT{\cipolagwa}}{%
-      \hunskip % it's \ac{O.K.} it's in a~group, it'll work anyway.
-      {\setbox0=\hbox{\dots}%
-        \xdef\gmu@tempa{\the\wd0}}%
-      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-        \the\dimexpr\hsize-\leftskip-\rightskip
-        -\gmu@tempa-2\@parindent\relax}%
-      \parfillskip=\glueexpr\gmu@tempa minus \gmu@tempa
-      \relax% to delimit |\glueexpr|.
-      \relax% to delimit the assignment.
-    }%
-  \fi
-  % \stanza
-  \AtBeginDocument{%
-    \unless\ifdefined\@parindent
-      \newskip\@parindent
-      \@parindent=\parindent
-    \fi
-    \def\restoreparindent{\parindent\@parindent}%
-  }% of \cmd\AtBeginDocument.
-}% of \cs{twoparinit}.
-
-
-
-
-% \subdivision{For dati under poems}
-% Or explanations under results of \pk{time}.
-
-\DeclareCommand\wherncore{om}{%\
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  %   \dc optional value of \incs{hskip} of (left) indent of the parbox. If
-  %   absent, parbox is aligned right;
-  % \dc text for the datum parbox.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  \IfValueTF{#1}{\leftline{%
-      \whernfont
-      \hskip#1\relax\parbox
-      {\dimexpr\textwidth-\leftskip-\rightskip-#1}%
-      {#2}% of |\parbox|,
-    }% of |\leftline|,
-  }% of |ValueT{#1}|.
-  {% |ValueF{#1}|:
-    \rightline
-    {\whernfont
-      \whern@parbox{#2}%
-    }% of |\rightline|,
-    \setprevdepth
-  }% of |ValueF{#1}|,
-}% of |\wherncore|.
-
-
-\DeclareCommand\whern@parbox{%
-  S{\leftskip\rightskip}% horizontal alignment of resulting box (the
-  % side to be ragged)
-  O{t} % vertical alignment of parbox
-  >is % separator
-  O{0,7666\textwidth} % (3) width of parbox
-  m % (4) parbox contents
-}{%
-  % \begin{enumargs}
-  %   \dc S the skip of the ragged side,
-  %   \dc the |\parbox|'s contents.
-  % \end{enumargs}
-  \parbox[#2]{#3}{%
-    \IfValueTF{#1}{#1}{\leftskip}=0sp plus \textwidth
-    \parfillskip0sp\relax
-    \let\\\linebreak
-    \disobeylines
-    \whernfont #4\unskip\strut\endgraf
-    \getprevdepth
-  }% of |\parbox|,
-}% of |\whern@parbox|.
-  
-\def\whern{%
-  \endgraf\nopagebreak
-  \gm@ifstar{\wherncore}%
-  {\vskip\whernskip\wherncore}}
-
-\let\whernfont\footnotesize
-
-\newskip\whernskip
-\whernskip2\baselineskip minus 2\baselineskip\relax
-
-\DeclareCommand\whernup{%
-  o % a~vskip before
-  >is % separating star (ignored)
-  o  % (2) custom width of parbox
-  >Pm}{\par
-  \IfValueT{#1}{\vskip#1\relax}%
-  \leftline{%
-    \IfValueTF{#2}{\whern@parbox\rightskip[b][#2]}%
-    {\whern@parbox\rightskip[b]}%
-    {#3}%
-  }%
-  \setprevdepth
-  \nopagebreak\relax
-  \@ifenvir{quote}{\noindent\ignorespaces}{}}
-
-
-
-%\subdivision{Thousand separator}
-
-\pdef\thousep#1{% a~macro that'll put the thousand separator between
-  % every two three-digit groups.\par\nostanza
-  % First we check whether we have at least five digits.
-  %\changes{v0.93}{2008/08/23}{added}
-  \gmu@thou@fiver#1\relax\relax\relax\relax\relax% we put five
-  % \incs{relax}es after the parameter to ensure the string will meet
-  % \incs{gmu\+@\+thou\+@\+fi\+ver}'s definition.\ilrr
-  \gmu@thou@fiver{#1}{% if more than five digits:
-    \emptify\gmu@thou@put
-    \relaxen\gmu@thou@o\relaxen\gmu@thou@i\relaxen\gmu@thou@ii
-    \@tempcnta\z@
-    \gmu@thou@putter#1\gmu@thou@putter
-    \gmu@thou@put
-  }}
-
-\def\gmu@thou@fiver#1#2#3#4#5\gmu@thou@fiver#6#7{% this macro only
-  % checks if the text delimited with itself consists of at least five tokens/braces
-  \ifx\relax#5\relax\@xa\@firstoftwo
-  \else\@xa\@secondoftwo
-  \fi{#6}{#7}}
-
-\def\gmu@thou@putter#1#2{% we are sure to have at least five tokens
-  % before the sentinel \incs{gmu@thou@putter}.
-  \advance\@tempcnta\@ne
-  \@tempcntb\@tempcnta
-  \divide\@tempcntb3\relax
-  \@tempcnta=\numexpr\@tempcnta-\@tempcntb*3
-  \edef\gmu@thou@put{\@xau{\gmu@thou@put}\unexpanded{#1}%
-    \ifx\gmu@thou@putter#2\else
-      \ifcase\@tempcnta
-        \gmu@thou@o\or\gmu@thou@i\or\gmu@thou@ii% all three
-        % \CSes are yet  \incs{relax} so we may put them in
-        % an \incs{edef} safely.\ilrr
-      \fi
-    \fi}% of \cs{edef}
-  \ifx\gmu@thou@putter#2% if we are at end of the digits…
-    \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-      \ifcase\@tempcnta
-        \gmu@thou@o\or\gmu@thou@i\or\gmu@thou@ii
-      \fi}%
-    \@xa\let\gmu@tempa\gmu@thousep% … we set the proper \CS…
-  \else% or …
-    \afterfi{%  iterate.
-      \gmu@thou@putter#2}% of \cs{afterfi}
-  \fi% of if end of digits.
-}% of \cs{gmu@thou@putter}.
-
-\def\gmu@thousep{\,}% in Polish the recommended thousand separator is
-% a~thin space.
-%
-% So you can type |\thousep{7123123123123}| to get
-% \thousep{7123123123123}. But what if you want to apply |\thousep| to
-% a~count register or a~|\numexpr|? You should write one or two
-% |\expandafter|s and |\the|. Let's do it only once for all:
-
-\pdef\xathousep#1{\@xa\thousep\@xa{\the#1}}
-% Now write |\xathousep{\numexpr 10*9*8*7*6*120}| to get
-% \xathousep{\numexpr 90*8*7*6*120}. 
-
-\def\shortthousep{%
-  \DeclareCommand\thous{Q{+-0123456789}}{%
-    % we declare it as a command with Q-type argument to allow spaces
-    % between digits.
-    \ifmmode\hbox\bgroup\@gmu@mmhboxtrue\fi
-    \IfValueTF{##1}{% we are given a sequence of digits
-      \@tempcnta=##1\relax
-      \ifnum\@tempcnta<0 $-$%
-        \@tempcnta=-\@tempcnta
-      \fi
-      \xathousep\@tempcnta
-      \if@gmu@mmhbox\egroup
-      \else\@xa\spifletter
-      \fi
-    }%
-    {% no bare digits given, then we assume the argument is braced.
-      \thousep
-    }%
-  }% of |\thous|.
-}% of |\shortthousep|.
-%
-% And now write \shortthousep |\thous 3628800| to get \thous 3628800 even with
-% a~blank space (beware of the range of \TeX's counts).
-
-
-% \subdivision{\pk{hyperref}'s \cs{nolinkurl} into \cs{url*}}
-
-\def\urladdstar{%
-  \AtBeginDocument{%
-    \@ifpackageloaded{hyperref}{%
-      \StoreMacro\url
-      \pdef\url{\gm@ifstar{\nolinkurl}{\storedcsname{url}}}%
-    }{}}}
-
-\@onlypreamble\urladdstar
-
-
-% \subdivision{Footnotes suggested by Andrzej Tomaszewski}
-
-\DeclareCommand\ATfootnotes{s}{% \chgs{2008/11/29 v0.98 moved here
-  % from my own private macro package to allow the beauty of these
-  % footnotes for the general audience} 
-  % \stanza
-  % We make the footnote mark in the footnote |\scriptsize| not
-  % |\scriptscriptsize|.\nostanza
-  \IfValueT{#1}% the following setting is suitable for old style
-  % numbers in footnote marks, therefore I~place it in the starred
-  % version of the command.
-  {\prependtomacro\gmu@ATfootnotes{%
-      \pdef\@makefnmark{%
-        \mbox {\normalfont \textsuperscript {\smaller[3]\@thefnmark }}}%
-    }% of prepend,
-  }% of |\IfValueT|.
-  % 
-  \gmu@ATfootnotes
-  \gmu@AT@ampulex\maketitle% without \pk{hyperref}
-  \ifdefined\HyOrg@maketitle
-    \afterfi{\gmu@AT@ampulex\HyOrg@maketitle}% with \pk{hyperref}
-  \fi
-}
-
-\pdef\gmu@AT@ampulex#1{%
-  \ampulexdef#1{\def\@makefnmark}%
-  \if@twocolumn
-  {\gmu@ATfootnotes\if@twocolumn}% Ampulex redefinition of
-  % \incs{maketitle} for the standard classes.
-  \ampulexdef#1{\long\def\@makefntext}%
-  \if@twocolumn{\gmu@ATfootnotes\if@twocolumn}% Ampulex redefinition
-  % of \incs{maketitle} for \pk{mwcls}.
-}
-
-\pdef\gmu@ATfootnotes{%
-  % And we make the footnote number not be in superscript but on the
-  % base line, according to Andrzej Tomaszewski's suggestion on
-  % Bacho\TeX\ 2008, and the same size as in the footnote mark.\nostanza
-  \long\pdef\@makefntext##1{%
-    \ifdefined\@parindent \parindent\@parindent
-    \else \parindent 1em\relax
-    \fi
-    \indent{\ATf@font\scriptsize% ^^A \hphantom{19}\llap
-      {\@thefnmark}}%
-    \gmu@fnhook
-    \enspace\ignorespaces##1}%
-}
-
-\let\ATf@font\normalfont
-
-\emptify\gmu@fnhook
-
-\pdef\rrthis{% ‘rag right this’: make only the current paragraph
-  % ragged right (e.g.\ if the paragraph consists of a~long \ac{URL}).
-  % \chgs{2008/12/01 v0.98 added}
-  \begingroup\rightskip=0sp plus \hsize \endgraf\endgroup}
-
-\pdef\centerthis{% 2009/12/15
-  \begingroup
-  \rightskip=1\rightskip plus \hsize
-  \leftskip=1\leftskip plus\hsize
-  \parfillskip=\z@skip
-  \endgraf\endgroup}
-
-
-\def\balsmiley#1 {}% to balance parentheses and brackets in
-                % smileys. \balsmiley( ;-) \inverb|\balsmiley( ;-)|
-% \chgs{2008/12/9 v0.98 moved here from my personal macro package
-% since I~needed it in the documentation of \pk{gmutils}}. 
-%^^A The \pk{wasysym} package defines \incs{smiley} as it should be, a~smiley
-%^^A that is.
-
-\long\pdef\scantnoline#1{%  ‘rescan tokens without adding line end’
-  {\endlinechar\m@ne\scantokens{#1}}}
-% \chgs{2008/12/14 v0.98 added}
-
-% \subdivision{A~fix to the \pk{url} package}
-%
-% It happened that a~\ac{URL}s typeset with the |\url| command of the
-% \pk{url} package came out sort of spaced because kerning was off
-% because of the math mode. So I~provide a~redefinition of the
-% internal macros of the \pk{url} package which in my version uses not math mode but
-% |\scantokens| and not |\relpenalty| and |\binoppenalty| but
-% |\hyphenpenalty| (as it is in the paragraph) and
-% |\discretionary|. I~tried putting explicit penalties after the
-% symbols but that spoiled kerning.
-%
-% The rules of line breaking are somewhat different, too: in the original \pk{url}
-% package line breaks are forbidden between any two symbols listed in
-% |\UrlBigBreaks|.  In  my version line breaks are
-% forbidden between any two \emph{identical} ‘\ac{URL} Breaks’ and
-% ‘\ac{URL} Big Breaks’. 
-%
-% There are some more differences in formatting some chars, i.a.\ |~|,
-%  |%| and angle brackets which I~don't treat specially and just take from font
-% assuming the font provides \ac{ASCII} chars and checking whether it
-% provides the angle brackets.
-%
-\@ifXeTeX{%
-  \pdef\UrlFix{\AtBeginDocument{%
-      \@ifpackageloaded{url}{\gm@UrlFix}{}}%
-    \relaxen\UrlFix}%
-  %
-  \AtBeginDocument{%
-    \pdef\UrlFix{%
-      \@ifpackageloaded{url}{\gm@UrlFix}{}%
-      \relaxen\UrlFix}}%
-}
-{%
-  \pdef\UrlFix{\PackageWarning{gmutils}{!!! The \string\UrlFix\space
-      declaration works only with XeTeX}}%
-}
-
-
-\@ifXeTeX{}{%
-  \edef\gmu@restoreUpUpUp{\catcode`\@nx\^^^=\the\catcode`\^^^}%
-  \AtEndOfPackage\gmu@restoreUpUpUp
-  \catcode`\^^^=9 }
-  
-\def\gm@UrlFix{%
-  % \stanza
-  % default style assignments
-  \def\UrlBreaks{\do\.\do\@\do\\\do\/\do\!\do\_\do\|\do\;\do\]%
-    \do\)\do\,\do\?\do\'\do\"\do\+\do\=\do\#\do\%\do\~\do\_\do\|%
-    \do\{\do\}\do\$}%
-  \def\UrlBigBreaks{\do\:}%
-  \def\UrlNoBreaks{\do\(\do\[\do\{}%
-  \def\UrlSpecials{%
-    \do\ {\hbox{\visiblespace}}\do\^^M{\hbox{\visiblespace}}}%
-  % \stanza
-  % 
-  % \stanza
-  \def\Url@Format##1{%
-    \UrlFont 
-    \ifdefined\verbatim@specials
-      \catcode`\>\active
-      \verbatim@specials
-      \verbatim@mathhack
-    \fi % setting of
-    % the escape char, begin and end group and optionally math shift,
-    % defined in \pk{gmverb}.
-    \gm@UrlSetup 
-    \UrlLeft
-    \edef\gmu@theendlinechar{\the\endlinechar}%
-    \endlinechar\m@ne
-    \kern\z@% to forbid hyphenating the first word if the \ac{URL}
-    % begins with a~word
-    \hyphenchar\font=\UrlHyphenchar\relax
-    \let\-\gmu@discretionaryhyphen
-    \scantokens{##1}%
-    \endlinechar\gmu@theendlinechar\relax
-    \UrlRight
-  }% of |\Url@Format|.
-  % \stanza
-  \edef\UrlHyphenchar{%
-    \ifdefined\gmv@hyphenchar\gmv@hyphenchar
-    \else"A6 \fi}% \label{UrlHyphenchar} broken bar, |¦| or the same as
-  % provided in \pk{gmverb} for verbatims. You
-  % can redefine it as you please. This char is used as the
-  % hyphenation char in \ac{URL}s and therefore should be different
-  % from |-| (hyphen), which is often a part of an \ac{URL}. The
-  % broken bar seems to be quite unlikely in \ac{URL}s and/or file
-  % names.
-  % \stanza
-  \def\verbatim@mathhack{%
-    \ifdefined\verbatim@specials@list
-      \@xa\verbatim@mathhack@\verbatim@specials@list
-    \fi
-  }%
-  % \stanza
-  \def\verbatim@mathhack@##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
-    \IfValueT{##4}{%
-      \edef\gmu@thinmuskip{\the\thinmuskip}%
-      \edef\gmu@medmuskip{\the\medmuskip}%
-      \edef\gmu@thickmuskip{\the\thickmuskip}%
-      \begingroup
-      \lccode`\~=`##4\lowercase{%
-        \endgroup\def~####1~}%
-      {$\thinmuskip\gmu@thinmuskip\relax
-        \medmuskip\gmu@medmuskip\relax
-        \thickmuskip\gmu@thickmuskip\relax
-        ####1%
-        $}%
-      \catcode`##4\active
-    }%
-  }%
-  %\stanza
-  \def\gm@UrlSetup{%
-    \medmuskip\Urlmuskip \thickmuskip\medmuskip \thinmuskip0mu%
-    \relpenalty\UrlBigBreakPenalty \binoppenalty\UrlBreakPenalty
-    % ^^A     \exhyphenpenalty\@M % seems not to work.
-    % ^^A     \hyphenpenalty\@M
-    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMath\UrlBreakPenalty}\UrlBreaks % bin
-    % (\incs{hyphenpenalty} anyway)
-    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMath\UrlBigBreakPenalty}\UrlBigBreaks % rel
-                                % (\incs{hyphenpenalty} anyway)
-    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMath\@M}\UrlNoBreaks % open (no break)
-    \def\do{\gmu@doUrlMathAc\UrlBreakPenalty}% (\incs{hyphenpenalty})
-    \UrlSpecials
-    \if \iffontchar\font"2329 1\else0\fi\iffontchar\font"232A 1\else2\fi
-    % \nostanza we check whether the font provides both left and right
-    % angle brackets. \nostanza
-      \gmu@measurewd{^^^^2329}%
-      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-        \@nx\gmu@doUrlMathAc\@M\@nx\<{%
-          \hbox to\gmu@tempb{\unexpanded{\hss\char"2329 \hss}}}%
-        }\gmu@tempa
-      \gmu@measurewd{^^^^232a}%
-      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-        \@nx\do\@nx\>{%
-          \hbox to\gmu@tempb{\unexpanded{\hss\char"232A \hss}}}%
-        }\gmu@tempa
-    \else
-      \gmu@doUrlMathAc\@M\<{\langle}\do\>{\rangle}%
-    \fi
-    \iffontchar\font"22C6 % low star
-      \do\*{\hbox{\char"22C6 }}% 
-    \else \do\**% 
-    \fi
-    \ifx\do@url@hyp\@empty
-      \gmu@measurewd{-}% this macro is defined in line \ref{@measurewd}. 
-      \edef\gmu@tempa{%
-        \unexpanded{\gmu@doUrlMathAc\@M\-}%
-        {\hbox to \gmu@tempb{\unexpanded{\hss-\hss}}%
-          \@nx\-}% hyphen is a
-        % good point for hyphenation, but the hyphenation char should
-        % be sth. else, and it is indeed: |¦| (broken bar,
-        % |\char"A6|). See also line \ref{UrlHyphenchar}
-      }\gmu@tempa
-    \fi
-    \addfontfeature{Ligatures=NoCommon, Mapping=none}% instead of
-    % ‘doing’ \incs{ver\+bat\+im\+@\+no\+lig\+@\+list}.
-    % ^^A     \let\do\set@mathnolig \verbatim@nolig@list  % prevent ligatures
-  }% of |\gm@UrlSetup|.
-  % \stanza
-  % ^^A   \def\gmu@UrlBreakPenalty{\gobble{\penalty\UrlBreakPenalty\relax}}%
-  % ^^A   \def\gmu@UrlBigBreakPenalty{\gobble{\penalty\UrlBigBreakPenalty\relax}}%
-  % ^^A   \def\gmu@Url@M{\gobble{\penalty\@M\relax}}%
-  % 
-  % \stanza
-  \def\gmu@doUrlMath##1##2{%\
-    % \begin{enumargs}
-    % \item value of the penalty (used as a~Boolean: if $<$
-    % \thous 10000, \nlperc\cs{hyphenpenalty} will be used anyway, if $\ge$
-    % \thous10000, there will be no \incs{discretionary}),
-    % \item the char, given as |\⁄<char>|.
-    % \end{enumargs}
-    % ^^A     % \begin{enumargs}
-    % ^^A     % \item a~type information macro that expands to |\gobble{⁄«penalty»}|,
-    % ^^A     % \item the char, given as |\⁄<char>|.
-    % ^^A     % \end{enumargs}
-    % ^^A\gmu@measurewd{##3}%
-    \begingroup 
-    \lccode`\~=`##2\lowercase{%
-      \endgroup\def~{\@ifnextchar~}%
-      \@xa\addtomacro\@xa~}% of |\lowercase|.
-    \ifnum##1<\@M
-    {%
-      {\char`##2\csname gmu@dbl\string##2kern\endcsname}% if next is  the same char
-      {\ifmmode\char`##2% else
-        \else\gmu@urlbreakable{##1}{##2}%
-        \fi}%
-    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument |\ifnum| true.
-    \else
-    {%
-      {\char`##2\csname gmu@dbl\string##2kern\endcsname}{\char`##2}%
-    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument |\ifnum| false.
-    \fi
-      \catcode`##2=\active
-    }% of |\gmu@doUrlMath|.
-  % \stanza
-  \def\gmu@doUrlMathAc##1##2##3{%\
-    % \begin{enumargs}
-    % \item  (value of) a~penalty (see the remark to \inverb|##1| of
-    % the previous macro),
-    % \item the char (as |\⁄<char>|),
-    % \item the definition.
-    % \end{enumargs}
-    \begingroup 
-    \lccode`\~=`##2\lowercase{%
-      \endgroup\def~{\@ifnextchar~}%
-      \@xa\addtomacro\@xa~}% of |\lowercase|.
-    \ifnum ##1<\@M
-    {%
-      {\ifmmode\char`##2\else$##3\m@th$\fi}%
-      {\ifmmode\char`##2%
-        \else\discretionary{\hbox{$##3\m@th$}}{}{\hbox{$##3\m@th$}}%
-        \fi}%
-    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument if num true.
-    \else
-    {%
-      {\ifmmode\char`##2\else$##3\m@th$\fi}{\ifmmode\char`##2\else$##3\m@th$\fi}%
-    }% of |\addtomacro|'s argument if num false.
-    \fi
-    \catcode`##2=\active
-  }% of |\gmu@doUrlMathAc|.
-  % \stanza
-  \pdef\gmu@url@rigidbreak##1##2{\discretionary{\char`##2}{}{\char`##2}}%
-  % \stanza
-  \pdef\gmu@url@flexbreak##1##2{\penalty\@M \hskip\z@ plus0,03em
-    \char`##2\penalty##1\hskip\z@ plus0,03em\relax}% 
-  % \stanza
-  \let\gmu@urlbreakable\gmu@url@flexbreak
-  % \stanza
-  \def\Url@z##1{%
-    %  Do any hyper referencing due to hyperref (or perform a url-def)
-    \Url@HyperHook
-    % Now do the formatting in a group (can also have \incs{Url@HyperHook} take
-    % this as an argument). \nostanza
-    {\Url@Format{##1}}%
-    \endgroup}%
-  % \stanza
-  \DeclareUrlCommand\file{\urlstyle{sf}}%
-  % \stanza
-  \emptify\Url@moving% with our settings |\url| is pretty allowed in
-  % moving arguments, I~hope.
-}% of |\gmu@UrlFix|.
-
-\DeclareCommand\UrlSlashKern{O{tt}m}%
-{\AtBeginDocument{%
-    \@nameedef{url@#1style}{\def\@nx\UrlFont{%
-        \@xa\@nx\csname#1family\endcsname
-        \def\@xa\@nx\csname gmu@dbl\string\/kern\endcsname
-        {\kern#2\relax}%
-        % ^^A        \hyphenchar\font=124
-      }% of |\UrlFont|
-    }% of |\url#1style|
-    \urlstyle{#1}%
-  }% of |\AtBeginDocument|
-}% of |\UrlSlashKern|
-
-
-
-
-% \division{Conditional tilde}
-%
-% Polish typesetting standards say that for 12 dd and 10 dd \<czcionki>
-% if leading is narrower that 3\dekfracc1/2 \<kwadratu>, $ 3\dekfracc1/2 × 48$dd,
-% then hanging letters are allowed, which also applies to 8 and 6 dd
-% \<czcionki> in less than 3 \<kwadraty> leading. I~treat this
-% recommendation not strictly but as an inspiration, that is
-% I~translate »dd« to »pt«.
-
-\def\TrzaskaTilde{%
-  \@xa\DeclareCommand\@xa\gm@smarttilde
-  \@xa{\@xa S\@xa{\all@stars~}}{%
-    \IfValueTF{##1}{\nobreakspace{}}%
-    {\ifdim\dimexpr\hsize-\leftskip-\rightskip
-      -\ifdim\hangindent<\z@-\fi\hangindent % the last
-      % parameter is used with respect to the \pk{floatflt} package.
-      >%
-        \ifdim\f@size pt>\dimexpr10pt-1sp\relax
-          168dd
-        \else
-          144dd
-        \fi
-        \nobreakspace {}%
-      \else
-        \ %
-      \fi
-    }% of |\gm@ifstar|'s else,
-  }% of |\gm@smarttilde|,
-  \let~\gm@smarttilde
-}% of |\TrzaskaTilde|.
-
-
-\pdef\getprevdepth{%
-  \endgraf
-  \xdef\setprevdepth{\prevdepth=\the\prevdepth\relax}%
-}
-
-% \division{Storing the catcode of line end}
-\def\StoreCatM{%
-  \protected\edef\RestoreCatM{%
-    \catcode`\@nx\^^M=\the\catcode`\^^M\relax}%
-}
-
-\pdef\RestoreCatM{\PackageE{gmutils}{first store the catcode of
-    ^\empty^\empty M with \string\StoreCatM.}%
-}
-
-% \division{A~really empty page}
-% Copied from Marcin Woliński's macros.
-% 
-
-\newcommand{\clearemptydoublepage}{%
-        \newpage{\pagestyle{empty}\cleardoublepage}}
-
-
-\DeclareCommand\setspaceskip{%
-  A{}% optional factor for all three components
-  O{\fontdimen2\font}%
- >is
- O{\fontdimen3\font}%
- >is
- O{\fontdimen4\font}}
-{\spaceskip=#1#2plus#1#3minus#1#4\relax}
-
-\foone\obeylines{% 
-  \def\disobeylines{% for arguments in which line end is active to
-    % simulate normal behaviour
-    \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active%
-      \pdef^^M{\@ifnextgroup{\ifhmode\unskip\space\fi}{\gmu@disMinner}}%
-      \def\gmu@disMinner##1{%
-        \ifx^^M##1\endgraf%
-        \else\afterfi{\ifhmode\unskip\space\fi}\fi##1}%
-    \fi}%
-}
-
-
-%^^A\def\gmu@lowstarfake{*}
-
-
-\def\makestarlow{%
-  \begingroup\lccode`\~=`\*\lowercase{%% \Define**
-    \endgroup\def~{\gmu@lowstar}}% 2009/10/19  |\let| changed to
-  % \inverb|\def| to allow redefinitions of \incmd\gmu@lowstar.
-  \catcode`\*=\active
-  \defLowStarFake
-}
-
-\DeclareCommand\defLowStarFake{%
-  Q{+-0123456789,.}{0,5}% fraction of fontchar depth of the star glyph
-}%
-{%
-  \def\gmu@lowstarfake{%
-    \leavevmode\vbox{\hbox{*}\kern#1\fontchardp\font`*}%
-  }%
-}
-
-
-\def\gmu@lowstarfake{*} % useful for next command where normal star is
-% low.
-
-
-% The |\*| \CS and active |*| should be defined different to make them
-% distinguishable by tests, especially with |\gm@ifstar| in
-% mind. 
-
-\DeclareCommand\*{Q{0123456789}{1}}
-% \label{def:gmu@star}
-{\gmu@star@loop0{#1}}
-
-\def\gmu@star@loop#1#2{% this is an expandable loop as in The
-   % \eTeX\ Manual p.~9.
-   \ifnum#1<\numexpr#2\relax%
-     \gmu@lowstar
-     \@xa\gmu@star@loop
-     \@xa{\number\numexpr#1+1\@xa}%
-     \@xa{\number#2\@xa}%
-   \fi}
-
-
-  
-\endinput
-%
-% \ChangesGeneral
-%
-% \changes{v0.70}{06/10/20}{Package renamed to \pk{gmutils} from
-% \pk{gmlpatch}. As my \protect\TeX\ Guru remarked rightly, the
-% previous name might suggest there was sth.\ wrong with \LaTeX\ which
-% was not my intention}
-%
-% \changes{v0.74}{2006/11/28}{Added macros to make sectioning commands
-% of \pk{mwcls} and standard classes compatible. Now my sectionings
-% allow two optionals in both worlds and with \pk{mwcls} if there's
-% only one optional, it's the title to toc and running head not just
-% to the latter}
-%
-% \changes{v0.76}{2007/03/10}{A~`fixing' of \cs{dots} was rolled back
-% since it came out they were \acro{O.K.} and that was the \acro{QX} encoding that
-% prints them very tight}
-%
-% \changes{v0.77}{2007/04/13}{\cs{afterfi} \& pals made two-argument
-% as the Marcin Woli\nacute ski's analogoi are. At this occasion some
-% redundant macros of that family are deleted}
-% 
-% \changes{v0.78}{2007/04/26}{\cs{@namelet} renamed to \cs{n@melet}
-% to solve a~conflict with the \pk{beamer} class. The package contents
-% regrouped}
-%
-% \changes{v0.85}{2007/11/16}{fixed behaviour of too clever headings
-% with \pk{gmdoc} by adding an \cs{ifdim} test}
-%
-% \changes{v0.87}{2008/08/03}{the package goes \eTeX\ even more,
-% making use of \cs{ifdefined} and the code using \acro{UTF-8} chars is
-% wrapped in a~\XeTeX-condition}
-%
-% \changes{v0.89}{2008/08/04}{removed obsolete adjustment of \pk{pgf}
-% for \XeTeX}
-%
-% \changes{v0.91}{2008/08/06}{removed \cs{jobnamewoe} since
-% \cs{jobname} is always without extension. \cs{xiispace} forked to
-% \cs{visiblespace} \cs{let} to \cs{xxt@visiblespace} of \pk{xltxtra}
-% if available. The documentation driver integrated with the \file{.sty} file}
-%
-% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/21}{A~couple of \cs{DeclareRobustCommand*}
-% changed to \cs{pdef}}
-%
-% \changes{v0.93}{2008/08/29}{The numerical macros commented out as
-% obsolete and never really used}
-%
-% \changes{v0.94}{2008/09/08}{\cs{bgroup} and \cs{egroup} in the
-% macro storing commands and in \cs{foone} changed to \cs{begingroup}
-% and \cs{endgroup} since the former produce an empty \cs{mathord} in
-% math mode while the latter don't}
-%
-% \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{The code from ancient \pk{xparse} (1999) of \TeX
-% Live 2007 rewritten here}
-%
-% \changes{v0.94}{2008/10/4}{removed \cs{unex@namedef} and
-% \cs{unex@nameuse}, probably never really used since they were
-% incomplete: \cs{edef@other} undefined}
-%
-% \toCTAN{2008/11/21 v0.96}
-%
-%
-% \PrintChanges\PrintIndex
-%\NoEOF
-
-% (For my GNU Emacs:)
-%%% Local Variables: 
+%%% (For my GNU Emacs:)
+%%% Local Variables:
 %%% mode: doctex
 %%% coding: utf-8
-%%% mode: flyspell
-%%% ispell-local-dictionary: "british"
-%%% End: 
-
-% LocalWords:  xedekfraccplain dekfraccsimple doif ifnif sptoken xifnif lowstar
-% LocalWords:  dc oC soC oarg parg Ps LocalWords ifnextgroup xifncat ifncat xaS
-% LocalWords:  ifnextsingle seQuence activespace dofakeonum smarttilde prevdp
-% LocalWords:  reserveda fileext filepart tempswatrue partsw tempswafalse gmu
-% LocalWords:  tempswa filename filepartname partlist mainaux writeckpt nameuse
-% LocalWords:  prependtomacro xefraccdef xefracc mmhbox selectfont cepstnof
-% LocalWords:  reservedb tempd SMglobal smtempa SMglobalfalse MacroSt fontscale
-% LocalWords:  quotedstring getfontdata getfontscale getfontstring fontstring
-% LocalWords:  numeratorkern denominatorkern fracfontsetup maxnum minnum
-% LocalWords:  extremnum firstofmany normalcr tempcnta currfont reservedc
-% LocalWords:  maybestripcomma twocolumn thefnmark makefnmark ATfootnotes
-% LocalWords:  reservedd reservede
+%%% End:
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `gmutils.sty'.